Regulatory Guide 4.2: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
Line 1: Line 1:
{{Adams
{{Adams
| number = ML18071A400
| number = ML003739519
| issue date = 09/30/2018
| issue date = 07/31/1976
| title = Preparation of Environmental Report for Nuclear Power Stations
| title = Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Stations
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = NRC/RES
| author affiliation = NRC/RES
Line 9: Line 9:
| docket =  
| docket =  
| license number =  
| license number =  
| contact person = O'Donnell E
| contact person =  
| case reference number = DG-4026
| case reference number = -nr
| document report number = RG-4.002, Rev. 3
| document report number = RG-4.2 Revision 2
| package number = ML18071A399
| document type = Regulatory Guide
| document type = Regulatory Guide
| page count = 192
| page count = 101
}}
}}
{{#Wiki_filter:U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION
{{#Wiki_filter:NUREG-0099 Regulatory Guide 4.2 Revision 2 USNRC REGULATORY GUIDE SERIES
                              REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2, REVISION 3 Issue Date: September 2018 Technical Lead: J. Davis PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
    REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2, REVISION 2 PREPARATION OF
                            FOR NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
                FOR
NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS
              J U LY 1976 U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION


==A. INTRODUCTION==
Revision 2 U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION                                                                                                                  July 1976 REGULATORY GUIDE
Purpose This regulatory guide (RG) provides guidance to applicants for the format and content of environmental reports (ERs) that are submitted as part of an application for a permit, license, or other authorization to site, construct, and/or operate a new nuclear power plant.
  OFFICE OF STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT
                                                                    REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL
                                              REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS
                    USNRC REGULATORY GUIDES                                        Comments should be sent to the Secretary of the Commission. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Guides are issued to describe and make available to the public          Regulatory Commission. Washington, D.C. 20555. Attention: Docketing end methods acceptable to the NRC staff of implementing specific parts of the          Service Section.


Applicability This RG applies to applications for a permit, license, or other approval for a nuclear power plant subject to Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR), Part 50, Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities (Ref. 1), 10 CFR Part 52 Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 2), and the associated review under 10 CFR Part 51, Environmental Protection Regulations for Domestic Licensing and Related Regulatory Functions (Ref. 3).
Commission'%regulations, to delineate techniques used qy the staff in evalu eting specific problems or postulated accidents, or to provide guidance to appli-  The guides ere issued in the following ten broad divisions:
Applicable Regulations
cents. Regulatory Guides are not substitutes for regulations, and compliance        1. Power Reactors                      S. Products with them is not required. Methods and solutions different from those set out in    2 Rmsrchend Test Reactors              7. Transportation the guides will be acceptable it they provide a basis for the findings requisite to 3. Fuels and Materials Facilities      7. Occupational Health the issuance or continuance of a permit or license by the Commission.              4. Environmental and Siting            9. Antitrust Review Comments and suggestions for improvements in these guides are encouraged            5. Materials and Plant Protection      10. General at all times. and guides will be revised, as appropriate, to accommodate com.
    *    The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA; 42 United States Code (U.S.C.) 4321 et seq.) (Ref. 4) requires that Federal agencies prepare detailed environmental impact statements (EISs) on proposed major Federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. A principal objective of NEPA is to require a Federal agency to consider, in its decision-making process, the environmental impacts of each proposed major Federal action and alternative actions, including alternative sites. Additional direction is provided in Executive Order 11514 Protection and Enhancement of Environmental Quality (Ref. 5), as amended by Executive Order 11991 Environmental Impact Statements (Ref. 6), and in the Council on Environmental Qualitys regulations at 40 CFR Chapter V - Council on Environmental Quality - Parts 1500-1508 (Ref. 7). Regarding the CEQ regulations, as stated in
          10 CFR 51.10, the NRC takes account of those regulations voluntarily, subject to certain conditions.


Written suggestions regarding this guide or development of new guides may be submitted through the NRCs public Web site in the NRC Library at https://nrcweb.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/reg-guides/, under Document Collections, in Regulatory Guides, at https://nrcweb.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/reg-guides/contactus.html.
monte and to reflect new information or experience. This guide was revised as a    Copies of published guides may be obtained by written request indicating the result of substantive comments received from the public and additional staff        divisions desired to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Washington. D.C.


Electronic copies of this RG, previous versions of RGs, and other recently issued guides are also available through the NRCs public Web site in the NRC Library at https://nrcweb.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/reg-guides/, under Document Collections, in Regulatory Guides. This RG is also available through the NRCs Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html, under ADAMS Accession Number (No.)
review                                                                              25.   Attention: Director. Office of Standards Development.
ML18071A400. The regulatory analysis may be found in ADAMS under Accession No. ML16116A068. The associated draft guide DG-4026 may be found in ADAMS under Accession No. ML16116A067, and the staff responses to the public comments on DG-4026 may be found under ADAMS Accession No. ML18071A401.


*  10 CFR Part 50 governs the licensing of nuclear power plants. Applicable sections in
TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                        Page
        10 CFR Part 50 provide requirements for submittal of ERs in support of applications for early site permits (ESPs), combined licenses (COLs), limited work authorizations (LWAs), construction permits (CPs), and operating licenses (OLs).
    *  10 CFR Part 51 provides requirements for U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commissions (NRCs)
        preparation and processing of EIS and related documents under Section 102(2)(C) of NEPA.


*  10 CFR Part 52 governs the issuance of ESPs, design certifications (DCs), COLs, standard design approvals, and manufacturing licenses for nuclear power facilities licensed under Section 103 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2133) (Ref. 8), and Title II of the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5841-5853) (Ref. 9). Applicable sections in 10 CFR Part
==A. INTRODUCTION==
        52 describe requirements to include ERs for ESPs, DCs, COLs, standard design approvals, and manufacturing licenses.
...................................................................                                              v
 
  1.  National Environmental Goals .....................................................                                        v
Related Guidance While the guidance provided in the related documents listed below may overlap with guidance in this RG, the purposes of the documents are different. Some of the related documents offer guidance in the development of reference sources that may be useful in the development of an ER, but, unlike this RG,
  2.  Federal Water Pollution Control Act .................................................                                    v
none are specifically intended to offer guidance directly pertinent to preparing the ER itself.
  3.  NRC Implementing Actions Concerning the Environment ................................                                      v
 
  4.  Commission Action on Environmental Reports ........................................                                   vMii
*  RG 1.206, Combined License Application for Nuclear Power Plants (LWR Edition) (Ref. 10),
  5.   Cost-Benefit Analysis ............................................................                                    viii
        identifies sources of information that can be used by applicants in the development of ERs for COL applications.
  6.  Environmental Reports ...........................................................                                     viii
 
  7.  Preparation of Environmental Reports ..............................................                                    ix B. STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS .....................                                                 1-1 Chapter 1 Purpose of the Proposed Facility and Associated Transmission ........................                            1-1
* RG 4.7, General Site Suitability Criteria for Nuclear Power Stations (Ref. 11), discusses the major site characteristics related to public health and safety and environmental issues that the NRC staff considers in determining the suitability of sites for light-water-cooled nuclear power stations.
        1.1  System Demand and Reliability ................................................                                   1-1
 
              1.1.1 Load Characteristics ...................................................                                  1-1
*  RG 4.11, Terrestrial Environmental Studies for Nuclear Power Stations (Ref. 12), provides technical guidance that the NRC staff considers acceptable for terrestrial environmental studies and analyses supporting licensing decisions for nuclear power reactors.
              1.1.2 System Capacity ......................................................                                   1-2
 
              1.1.3 Reserve M argins ......................................................                                   1-2
*  RG 4.24, Aquatic Environmental Studies for Nuclear Power Stations (Ref. 13), provides technical guidance that the NRC staff considers acceptable for aquatic environmental studies and analyses supporting licensing decisions for nuclear power reactors.
              1.1.4 External Supporting Studies. ............................................                                1-2
 
        1.2 Other Objectives ...........................................................                                     1-2
*  NUREG-1555, Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 14), provides the criteria used by the NRC staff for reviewing ERs submitted with nuclear power plant license applications.
        1.3  Consequences of Delay ......................................................                                    1-2 Chapter 2 The Site and Environmental Interfaces .........................................                              .2-1
 
        2.1  Geography and Demography ..................................................                                    2-1
Purpose of Regulatory Guides The NRC issues RGs to describe to the public methods that the staff considers acceptable for use in implementing specific parts of the agencys regulations, to explain techniques that the staff uses in evaluating specific problems or postulated accidents, and to provide guidance to applicants. Regulatory guides are not substitutes for regulations and compliance with them is not required. Methods and solutions that differ from those set forth in RGs will be deemed acceptable if they provide a basis for the findings required for the issuance or continuance of a permit or license by the Commission.
              2.1.1 Site Location and Description .......                            ....................................    2-1
 
              2.1.2 Population Distribution .................................................                                2-1
RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 2
              2.1.3 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters ........................................                                2-2
 
        2.2  Ecology ..................................................................                                      2-3
Paperwork Reduction Act This RG provides guidance for implementing the mandatory information collections in 10 CFR
        2.3  Meteorology ..............................................................                                      2-4
Parts 50, 51, and 52 that are subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et. seq.).
        2.4  Hydrology ................................................................                                     2-5
These information collections were approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), under control numbers 3150-0011, 3150-0021, and 3150-0151. Send comments regarding this information collection to the Information Services Branch, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC
        2.5  Geology ..................................................................                                      2-6
20555-0001, or by e-mail to Infocollects.Resource@nrc.gov, and to the Desk Officer, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, NEOB-10202 (3150-0011, 3150-0021, 3150-0151), Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20503.
        2.6  Regional Historic, Archeological, Architectural, Scenic, Cultural, and Natural Features .....                   2-6
        2.7  Noise ....................................................................                                      2-7 Chapter 3 The Station ................................................................                                    3-1
        3.1  External Appearance .......................................................                                    3-1
        3.2   Reactor and Steam-Electric System .............................................                                 3-1
        3.3  Station Water Use ..........................................................                                    3-1
        3.4  Heat Dissipation System .....................................................                                  3-1
        3.5  Radwaste Systems and Source Term ............................................                                   3-2
              3.5.1  Source Term ..........................................................                                  3-2
              3.5.2  Liquid Radwaste Systems ...............................................                                  3-3
              3.5.3  Gaseous Radwaste Systems ..............................................                                  3-3
              3.5.4  Solid Radwaste System .................................................                                 3-3
              3.5.5  Process and Effluent Monitoring ..........................................                              3-4
        3.6  Chemical and Biocide Wastes .................................................                                  3-4
        3.7  Sanitary and Other Waste Systems .............................................                                 3-4 i


Public Protection Notification The NRC may neither conduct nor sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, an information collection request or requirement unless the requesting document displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Page
    3.8  Reporting of Radioactive Material Movement .....................................      3-5
    3.9  Transmission Facilities ......................................................        3-5 Chapter 4 Environmental Effects of Site Preparation, Station Construction, and Transmission Facilities Construction .......................................................        4-1
    4.1  Site Preparation and Station Construction .......................................      4-1
    4.2  Transmission Facilities Construction ............................................      4-2
    4.3  Resources Committed ......................................................            4-2
    4.4  Radioactivity ..............................................................          4-2
    4.5  Construction Impact Control Program ...........................................        4-2 Chapter 5 Environmental Effects of Station Operation ......................................      5-1
    5.1  Effects of Operation of Heat Dissipation System ..................................    5-1
          5.1.1  Effluent Limitations and Water Quality Standards ............................  5-1
          5.1.2  Physical Effects .......................................................        5-1
          5.1.3  Biological Effects ......................................................      5-1
          5.1.4  Effects of Heat Dissipation Facilities ......................................  5-2
    5.2  Radiological Impact from Routine Operation .....................................      5-2
          5.2.1  Exposure Pathways ....................................................        5-2
          5.2.2  Radioactivity in Environment ............................................      5-3
          5.2.3  Dose Rate Estimates for Biota Other Than Man ...............................  5-5
          5.2.4  Dose Rate Estimates for Man .............................................      5-5
          5.2.5  Summary of Annual Radiation Doses ......................................      5-6
    5.3  Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges ......................................      5-6
    5.4  Effects of Sanitary Waste Discharges ............................................      5-6
    5.5  Effects of Operation and Maintenance of the Transmission Systems ....................  5-6
    5.6  Other Effects .............................................................            5-7
    5.7  Resources Committed .......................................................            5-7
    5.8  Decommissioning and Dismantling .............................................          5-7
    5.9  The Uranium Fuel Cycle .....................................................          5-7 Chapter 6 Effluent and Environmental Measurements and Monitoring Programs ...................    6-1
    6.1  Applicant's Preoperational Environmental Programs ................................    6-1
          6.1.1  Surface Waters .......................................................        6-2
          6.1.2  Ground Water ........................................................          6-2
          6.1.3  Air .................................................................          6-2
          6.1.4  Land ...............................................................          6-3
          6.1.5  Radiological Monitoring ................................................      6-3
      6.2 Applicant's Proposed Operational Monitoring Programs .............................    6-4
      6.3 Related Environmental Measurement and Monitoring Programs .......................      6-4
      6.4 Preoperational Environmental Radiological Monitoring Data ..........................  6-4 Chapter 7 Environmental Effects of Accidents ............................................        7-1
      7.1 Station Accidents Involving Radioactivity ........................................    7-1
      7.2 Transportation Accidents Involving Radioactivity ..................................    7-1
      7.3 Other Accidents ...........................................................           7-1 ii


RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 3
Page Chapter 8 Economic and Social Effects of Station Construction and Operation ...................      8-1
    8.1    Benefits ..................................................................              8-1
    8.2    Costs ....................................................................                8-2 Chapter 9 Alternative Energy Sources and Sites ...........................................            9-1
    9.1    Alternatives Not Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity ...................    9-1
    9.2    Alternatives Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity ......................    9-1
            9.2.1 Selection of Candidate Areas .............................................          9-1
            9.2.2 Selection of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives ................................    9-3
    9.3    Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives .......................  9-3
    9.4   Costs of Alternative Power Generation Methods ...................................        9-4 Chapter 10 Station Design Alternatives ...................................................          10-1
    10.1      Circulating System .......................................................            10-3
    10.2     Intake System ...........................................................            10-3
    10.3     Discharge System ........................................................            10-3
    10.4      Chemical Waste Treatment .................................................            10-3
    10.5      Biocide Treatment .......................................................            10-3
    10.6      Sanitary Waste System ....................................................            10-3
    10.7      Liquid Radwaste Systems .................................................            10-4
      10.8    Gaseous Radwaste Systems .................................................            10-4
      10.9    Transmission Facilities ....................................................          10-4
      10.10    Other Systems ..........................................................              10-4 Chapter 11    Summary Cost-Benefit Analysis .............................................          11-1 Chapter 12    Environmental Approvals and Consultation ....................................        124 Chapter 13    References .............................................................              13-1 iii


Table of Contents
LIST OF TABLES
Table                                                                                                       Page
  1 Primary Benefits to be Considered in Cost-Benefit Analysis ...................................          T-1
  2  Cost Information for Nuclear and Alternative Power Generation Methods ........................        T-2
  3  Estimated Costs of Electrical Energy Generation ............................................          T-3
  4  Monetized Bases for Generation Costs            ...................................................    T-4
  5  Environmental Factors to be Used in Comparing Alternative Station Systems .....................        T-5 APPENDICES
APPENDIX A          § 51.20, IOCFR Part 51, "Applicant's -Environmental Report - Construction Permit Stage" ......      ..........................................................          A-I
APPENDIX B          §51.21, 10CFR Part 51, "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operating License Stage" ................................................................                B-i APPENDIX C          Data Retrieval System (Proposed) ...........................................            C-1 APPENDIX D          Use of U.S. Age Group Population Distribution Data ............................          D-1 APPENDIX E          Data Needed for Radioactive Source Term Calculations for Pressurized Water Reactors...  E-1 APPENDIX F          Data Needed for Radioactive Source Term Calculations for Boiling Water Reactors ......  F-i APPENDIX G          Data Needed for Radwaste Treatment System Cost-Benefit Analysis for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Reactors ...................................................            G-1 Table G. 1 Total Direct Cost Estimate Sheet of Radwaste Treatment System for Light Water-Cooled Nuclear Reactors .....................................        G-2 Table G.2 Annual Operating and Maintenance Cost Estimate Sheet for Radwaste Treat ment System for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Reactors ..................      G-3 APPENDIX H          Examples of Figures Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways .......................        H-i APPENDIX I          Proposed Annex to Appendix D, 10 CFR Part 50, "Discussion of Accidents in Appli cants' Environmental Reports: Assumptions" .. ...............................            I-1 iv


==A. INTRODUCTION==
==A. INTRODUCTION==
................................................................................................................... 1 Purpose .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Applicability .................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Applicable Regulations.................................................................................................................................................. 1 Related Guidance........................................................................................................................................................... 2 Purpose of Regulatory Guides ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Paperwork Reduction Act .............................................................................................................................................. 3 Public Protection Notification ....................................................................................................................................... 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................. 5 ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS ............................................................................................ 13
1. National Environmental Goals                            (FWPCA) Amendments of 1972 (Public Law 92-500, 86 Stat. 816). The FWPCA gives the U.S. Environmental The national environmental goals are expressed by      Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory authority over the the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of            discharge of pollutants to waters in "the United States
 
1969 (Public Law 91-190, 83 Stat. 852), as follows:        from nuclear power stations requiring an NRC license or permit subject to the requirements of 10 CFR Part 51.
==B. DISCUSSION==
........................................................................................................................ 17 Reason for Revision..................................................................................................................................................... 17 Background.................................................................................................................................................................. 17 Harmonization with International Codes and Standards.............................................................................................. 17 C. STAFF REGULATORY GUIDANCE ............................................................................... 19 General Guidance to Applicants .................................................................................................................................. 19 I.    Summary ........................................................................................................................................................... 19 II.    Consultations and Coordinations ...................................................................................................................... 20
III. Non-NRC Permits and Approvals..................................................................................................................... 20
IV. Impact Findings ................................................................................................................................................ 22 V.    Mitigation of Adverse Effects ........................................................................................................................... 22 VI. Implementation of the LWA Rule - Definition of Construction and Preconstruction ...................................... 23 VII. Storage of Spent Fuel ........................................................................................................................................ 25 VIII. Presentation of Applicant Information .............................................................................................................. 25 CHAPTER 1 ................................................................................................................................ 27
1.0    Introduction....................................................................................................................................................... 27
      1.1        Plant Owners and Reactor Type ........................................................................................................... 27
      1.2        Description of the Proposed Action and the Purpose and Need ........................................................... 27
      1.3        Planned Activities and Schedules......................................................................................................... 28
      1.4        Status of Compliance ........................................................................................................................... 28 CHAPTER 2 ................................................................................................................................ 29
2.0    The Proposed Site and the Affected Environment ............................................................................................ 29
      2.1        Land Use .............................................................................................................................................. 29
                  2.1.1        Site, Vicinity, and Region ...................................................................................................... 30
                  2.1.2        Transmission-Line Corridors and Other Offsite Areas .......................................................... 31
      2.2        Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater) ........................................................................... 32
                  2.2.1        Hydrology .............................................................................................................................. 33 RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 5


2.2.2    Water Use............................................................................................................................... 33
"...it is the continuing responsibility of the Fed     Section 511 of the FWPCA provides that nothing under eral Government to use all practicable means,          NEPA shall be deemed to authorize any Federal agency consistent with other essential considerations of     to review any effluent limitation or other requirements national policy, to improve and coordinate Fed        established pursuant to the FWPCA, or to impose, as a eral plans, functions, programs, and resources to      condition of any license or permit, any effluent limita the end that the Nation may                            tion other than any such limitation established pursuant to the FWPCA.
            2.2.3    Water Quality ......................................................................................................................... 34
            2.2.4    Water Monitoring ................................................................................................................... 35
    2.3    Ecological Resources ........................................................................................................................... 35
            2.3.1    Terrestrial Ecology ................................................................................................................. 35
            2.3.2    Aquatic Ecology ..................................................................................................................... 38
    2.4     Socioeconomics.................................................................................................................................... 41
            2.4.1    Demographics ........................................................................................................................ 41
            2.4.2    Community Characteristics .................................................................................................... 43
    2.5    Environmental Justice .......................................................................................................................... 44
            2.5.1    Identification of Potentially Affected EJ Populations ............................................................ 45
            2.5.2    Identification of Potential Pathways and Communities with Unique Characteristics ............ 47
    2.6    Historic and Cultural Resources ........................................................................................................... 49
            2.6.1    Cultural Background .............................................................................................................. 50
            2.6.2    Historic and Cultural Resources at the Site and in the Vicinity ............................................. 50
            2.6.3    Consultation ........................................................................................................................... 51
    2.7    Air Resources ....................................................................................................................................... 52
            2.7.1    Climate ................................................................................................................................... 52
            2.7.2    Air Quality ............................................................................................................................. 53
            2.7.3    Atmospheric Dispersion ......................................................................................................... 53
            2.7.4    Meteorological Monitoring .................................................................................................... 54
    2.8    Nonradiological Health ........................................................................................................................ 55
            2.8.1    Public and Occupational Health ............................................................................................. 55
            2.8.2    Noise ...................................................................................................................................... 56
            2.8.3    Transportation ........................................................................................................................ 56
            2.8.4    Electromagnetic Fields ........................................................................................................... 57
    2.9    Radiological Environment and Radiological Monitoring .................................................................... 57 CHAPTER 3 ................................................................................................................................ 59
3.0 Site Layout and Project Description ................................................................................................................. 59
    3.1    External Appearance and Plant Layout ................................................................................................ 59
    3.2    Proposed Plant Structures, Systems and Components.......................................................................... 60
    3.3    Building Activities ............................................................................................................................... 61
    3.4    Operational Activities .......................................................................................................................... 62
            3.4.1    Plant-Environment Interfaces during Operation .................................................................... 62
            3.4.2    Radioactive Waste Management ............................................................................................ 63
            3.4.3    Nonradioactive Waste Management ...................................................................................... 64 CHAPTER 4 ................................................................................................................................ 67
4.0 Environmental Impacts from Construction of the Proposed Project ................................................................. 67
    4.1    Land-Use .............................................................................................................................................. 67
            4.1.1    Onsite Impacts........................................................................................................................ 67
            4.1.2    Offsite Impacts ....................................................................................................................... 68
    4.2    Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater) ........................................................................... 69
            4.2.1    Hydrologic Alterations ........................................................................................................... 69 RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 6


4.2.2    Water-Use Impacts ................................................................................................................. 70
"(1) fulfill the responsibilities of each genera tion as trustee of the environment for succeed ing generations;                                          Pursuant to the authority of the FWPCA, EPA
          4.2.3    Water-Quality Impacts ........................................................................................................... 70
                                                          requires applicants for discharge permits to submit
          4.2.4    Water Monitoring ................................................................................................................... 70
     "(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful,         information required by EPA in order to establish productive, and esthetically and culturally pleas      effluent limitations in permits. Pursuant to the authority ing surroundings;                                      of NEPA, the NRC may require applicants for licenses or permits to submit information required by NRC in order
    4.3    Ecological Resources ........................................................................................................................... 70
     "(3) attain the widest range of beneficial uses        to evaluate and consider the environmental impacts of of the environment without degradation, risk to       any actions it may take. Consequently, the informa health or safety, or other undesirable and unin        tional needs imposed by the two agencies may be similar tended consequences;                                  in the area of impacts on water quality and biota. In
          4.3.1   Terrestrial and Wetland Impacts ............................................................................................ 70
     "(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and        addition, the FWPCA requires that EPA comply with natural aspects of national heritage, and main        NEPA regarding the issuance of discharge permits for tain, wherever possible, an environment which          new sources, as defined in the FWPCA, but not for other supports diversity and variety of individual          point sources. The responsibilities of the NRC and EPA
          4.3.2    Aquatic Impacts ..................................................................................................................... 73
     choice;                                                under NEPA as affected by the FWPCA are the subject of a memorandum of understanding discussed in Section
    4.4    Socioeconomics.................................................................................................................................... 73
     "(5) achieve a balance between population and         3.c.(l) of this Introduction.
          4.4.1    Physical Impacts..................................................................................................................... 74
          4.4.2    Demographic Impacts ............................................................................................................ 75
          4.4.3    Economic Impacts to the Community .................................................................................... 76
          4.4.4    Community Infrastructure Impacts ........................................................................................ 77
     4.5    Environmental Justice .......................................................................................................................... 78
          4.5.1    Environmental Impacts .......................................................................................................... 79
          4.5.2   Human-Health Effects ............................................................................................................ 79
          4.5.3    Subsistence, Special Conditions, and Unique Characteristics ................................................ 79
    4.6    Historic and Cultural Resources ........................................................................................................... 79
     4.7    Air Resources ....................................................................................................................................... 81
    4.8    Nonradiological Health ........................................................................................................................ 82
          4.8.1    Public and Occupational Health ............................................................................................. 82
          4.8.2    Noise ...................................................................................................................................... 82
          4.8.3   Transportation of Construction Materials and Personnel to and from the Proposed Site ....... 83
    4.9    Radiological Health .............................................................................................................................. 84
          4.9.1    Direct Radiation Exposures .................................................................................................... 84
          4.9.2    Radiation Exposures from Gaseous Effluents ........................................................................ 85
          4.9.3    Radiation Exposures from Liquid Effluents ........................................................................... 85
          4.9.4    Total Dose to Construction Workers ...................................................................................... 85
     4.10  Nonradioactive Waste Management .................................................................................................... 85
          4.10.1 Impacts to Land ...................................................................................................................... 86
          4.10.2 Impacts to Water .................................................................................................................... 86
          4.10.3 Impacts to Air......................................................................................................................... 86
    4.11  Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts During Construction Activities ............................. 87 CHAPTER 5 ................................................................................................................................ 89
5.0 Environmental Impacts from Operation of the Proposed Plant ........................................................................ 89
     5.1    Land Use .............................................................................................................................................. 89
          5.1.1    Onsite Impacts........................................................................................................................ 89
          5.1.2    Offsite Impacts ....................................................................................................................... 89
     5.2    Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater) ........................................................................... 90
          5.2.1    Hydrologic Alterations ........................................................................................................... 90
          5.2.2    Water-Use Impacts ................................................................................................................. 91
          5.2.3    Water-Quality Impacts ........................................................................................................... 91
          5.2.4    Water Monitoring ................................................................................................................... 91
    5.3    Ecological Resources ........................................................................................................................... 92
          5.3.1    Terrestrial and Wetland Impacts ............................................................................................ 92
          5.3.2    Aquatic Impacts ..................................................................................................................... 93 RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 7


5.4    Socioeconomics.................................................................................................................................... 95
resource use which will permit high standards of living and a wide sharing of life's amenities; and        In cases where the cooling system proposed in an application does not comply with the thermal effluent
          5.4.1    Physical Impacts..................................................................................................................... 95
     "(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources        limitations under Sections 301 and 306 of Public Law and approach the maximum attainable recycling          92-500 (FWPCA), a request for alternative thermal of depletable resources."                              effluent limitations under Section 316(a) may be initiat ed according to the provisions of 40 CFR Part 122. If Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or      the request for alternative thermal effluent limitations an operating license for a nuclear power station, the      under Section 316(a) is denied, the applicant will be Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is required to         required to submit a supplement to the environmental assess the potential environmental effects of that        report presenting a description and environmental facility to ensure that issuance of the permit or          analysis of the alternative cooling system.
          5.4.2    Demographic Impacts ............................................................................................................ 96
          5.4.3    Economic Impacts to the Community .................................................................................... 96
          5.4.4    Community Infrastructure Impacts ........................................................................................ 97
     5.5    Environmental Justice .......................................................................................................................... 99
          5.5.1    Environmental Impacts .......................................................................................................... 99
          5.5.2    Human-Health Effects ............................................................................................................ 99
          5.5.3    Subsistence, Special Conditions, and Unique Characteristics ................................................ 99
    5.6    Historic and Cultural Resources ......................................................................................................... 100
    5.7    Air Resources ..................................................................................................................................... 101
          5.7.1    Cooling-System Impacts ...................................................................................................... 102
          5.7.2    Air-Quality Impacts ............................................................................................................. 102
          5.7.3    Transmission-Line Impacts .................................................................................................. 103
    5.8    Nonradiological Health ...................................................................................................................... 103
          5.8.1    Etiological Agents and Emerging Contaminants ................................................................. 103
          5.8.2    Noise Impacts ....................................................................................................................... 104
          5.8.3    Electric Shock Impacts ......................................................................................................... 105
          5.8.4    Chronic Effects of Electromagnetic Fields........................................................................... 105
          5.8.5    Occupational Health ............................................................................................................. 106
          5.8.6    Human Health Impacts from Transportation ........................................................................ 106
    5.9    Radiological Health during Normal Operation and Radioactive Waste Management ....................... 106
          5.9.1    Exposure Pathways .............................................................................................................. 107
          5.9.2    Radiation Doses to Members of the Public .......................................................................... 107
          5.9.3    Impacts to Members of the Public........................................................................................ 112
          5.9.4    Occupational Doses to Workers ........................................................................................... 113
          5.9.5    Doses to Nonhuman Biota.................................................................................................... 114
          5.9.6    Radiological Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 115
          5.9.7    Solid Waste Management and Onsite Spent Fuel Storage ................................................... 116
    5.10  Nonradioactive Waste Management .................................................................................................. 116
          5.10.1 Impacts to Land .................................................................................................................... 116
          5.10.2 Impacts to Water .................................................................................................................. 117
          5.10.3 Impacts to Air....................................................................................................................... 117
    5.11  Environmental Impacts of Postulated Accidents ................................................................................ 117
          5.11.1 Design-Basis Accidents........................................................................................................ 118
          5.11.2 Severe Accidents .................................................................................................................. 119
          5.11.3 Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives ............................................................................. 120
    5.12  Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts during Operation ................................................. 121 CHAPTER 6 .............................................................................................................................. 123
6.0 Fuel Cycle, Transportation, and Decommissioning Impacts .......................................................................... 123
    6.1    Fuel-Cycle Impacts and Waste Management ..................................................................................... 123
          6.1.1    Land Use .............................................................................................................................. 124
          6.1.2    Water Use............................................................................................................................. 124
          6.1.3    Fossil Fuel Impacts .............................................................................................................. 124 RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 8


6.1.4      Chemical Effluents ............................................................................................................... 125
license will be consistent with the national environ mental goals presented above. In order to obtain          3. NRC Implementing Actions Concerning the Environ information essential to this assessment, the NRC             ment requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a report on the potential environmental impacts        a. Licensing and Regulatory Policy and Procedures of the proposed station and associated facilities. The            for Environmental Protection (10 CFR Part 51)
             6.1.5      Radiological Effluents .......................................................................................................... 125
Commission's implementation of NEPA is discussed in Section 3 of this Introduction.                                 The Commission's implementation of NEPA 1 is contained in 10 CFR Part 51, "Licensing and Regulatory Policy and Procedures for Environmental Protection."
            6.1.6      Radiological Wastes ............................................................................................................. 126
2. Federal Water Pollution Control Act The responsibilities of the NRC under NEPA are          ISee also CEQ Guidelines (38 FR 20549) published August 1, affected by the Federal Water Pollution Control Act          1973.
            6.1.7      Occupational Dose ............................................................................................................... 126
            6.1.8      Transportation Dose ............................................................................................................. 126
    6.2    Transportation of Fuel and Wastes ..................................................................................................... 126
            6.2.1      Components of a Full Description and a Detailed Analysis of Transportation Impacts....... 127
            6.2.2      Estimating the Number of Shipments and Normalization of Shipments .............................. 129
    6.3    Decommissioning ............................................................................................................................... 130
CHAPTER 7 .............................................................................................................................. 133
7.0  Cumulative Impacts ........................................................................................................................................ 133
    7.1    Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Projects ............................................................... 136
    7.2    Impact Assessment ............................................................................................................................. 139 CHAPTER 8 .............................................................................................................................. 141
8.0  Need for Power ............................................................................................................................................... 141
    8.1    Description of the Applicants Power Market .................................................................................... 142
    8.2    Power Demand ................................................................................................................................... 143
    8.3   Power Supply ..................................................................................................................................... 144
    8.4    Summary of the Need for Power Analysis and Conclusions.............................................................. 145 CHAPTER 9 .............................................................................................................................. 149
9.0  Environmental Impacts of Alternatives .......................................................................................................... 149
    9.1    No-Action Alternative ........................................................................................................................ 149
    9.2    Energy Alternatives ............................................................................................................................ 150
    9.3    Site-Selection Process ........................................................................................................................ 151
            9.3.1      The Region of Interest .......................................................................................................... 153
            9.3.2      Candidate Areas ................................................................................................................... 153
            9.3.3      Potential Sites ....................................................................................................................... 154
            9.3.4      Candidate Sites ..................................................................................................................... 154
            9.3.5      Proposed and Alternative Sites ............................................................................................ 155
    9.4    System Alternatives ........................................................................................................................... 159
            9.4.1     Heat Dissipation ................................................................................................................... 159
            9.4.2      Circulating-Water System Alternatives................................................................................ 160
            9.4.3      Other System Alternatives ................................................................................................... 160
CHAPTER 10 ............................................................................................................................ 161
10.0 Conclusions..................................................................................................................................................... 161
    10.1 Impacts of the Proposed Actions ........................................................................................................ 161
    10.2 Unavoidable Adverse Environmental Effects .................................................................................... 161
    10.3 Relationship between Local Short-Term Use of the Environment and Long-Term Productivity ...... 161
    10.4 Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of Resources ................................................................. 161
    10.5 Alternatives to the Proposed Action ................................................................................................... 161
    10.6 Benefits and Costs .............................................................................................................................. 162 RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 9


10.6.1    Benefits ................................................................................................................................ 162
v
            10.6.2    Costs ..................................................................................................................................... 162
            10.6.3    Benefit-Cost Balance ........................................................................................................... 163 CHAPTER 11 ............................................................................................................................ 165
11.0 Reference Guidance ........................................................................................................................................ 165


==D. IMPLEMENTATION==
Other relevant information is contained in a proposed            radiation dose to individuals and populations within 50
........................................................................................................ 167 REFERENCES.......................................................................................................................... 169 APPENDIX A - PART 50 AND PART 52 LICENSES AND AUTHORIZATIONS ........ A-1 Early Site Permits .......................................................................................................................................... A-1 Combined License Referencing an Early Site Permit .................................................................................... A-2 Construction Permits and Operating Licenses ............................................................................................... A-3 Limited Work Authorizations and Site Redress............................................................................................. A-4 Standard Design Certification ........................................................................................................................ A-5 COL Application Referencing Standard Design Certification ....................................................................... A-5 Manufacturing License .................................................................................................................................. A-6 References...................................................................................................................................................... A-6 APPENDIX B - CONSULTATIONS ..................................................................................... B-1 Endangered Species Act ................................................................................................................................. B-1 Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act.................................................................... B-2 National Historic Preservation Act ................................................................................................................. B-3 References....................................................................................................................................................... B-3 APPENDIX C - SMALL MODULAR REACTORS AND NON-LIGHT WATER
Annex, "Discussion of Accidents in Applicants' Environ            miles (80 kilometers) of the station in order to demon mental Reports: Assumptions," to Appendix D, 10                    strate compliance with Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.
REACTORS .............................................................................................................................. C-1 Licensing Scenarios for SMRs........................................................................................................................ C-1 C.1.1 Scenario 1: All Modules in One Application ..................................................................................... C-2 C.1.2 Scenario 2: Two or More Separate License Applications (Subsequent application considered an expansion of the existing site) ............................................................................................................ C-2 C.1.3 Scenario 3: Two or More Separate License Applications (Subsequent applications not considered an expansion of the existing site) ............................................................................................................ C-2 C.1.4 Scenario 4: ESP and COL Application .............................................................................................. C-3 C.1.5 Summary of Licensing Scenarios ....................................................................................................... C-3 Information to be provided in SMR Applications........................................................................................... C-3 C.2.1 Chapter 1: Introduction ...................................................................................................................... C-3 C.2.2 Chapter 2: Affected Environment ...................................................................................................... C-4 C.2.3 Chapter 3: Site Layout and Plant Description .................................................................................... C-4 C.2.4 Chapter 4: Construction Impacts at the Proposed Site ....................................................................... C-4 C.2.5 Chapter 5: Operational Impacts at the Proposed Site ......................................................................... C-4 C.2.6 Chapter 6: Fuel Cycle, Transportation, and Decommissioning .......................................................... C-5 C.2.7 Chapter 7: Cumulative Impacts .......................................................................................................... C-5 C.2.8 Chapter 8: Need for Power ................................................................................................................. C-5 RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 10


C.2.9 Chapter 9: Environmental Impacts of Alternatives ............................................................................ C-5 C.2.10 Chapter 10: Conclusion and Recommendation .................................................................................. C-6 C.2.11 Information to be Provided in Non-LWR Applications That Are Not SMRs .................................... C-6 Reference ........................................................................................................................................................ C-6 RG-4.2, Rev. 3, Page 11
CFR Part 50 (36 FR 22851).                                         These same analytical models can be used to evaluate the radiological impact of the radioactive effluents released b. Radiological Impact Assessment (Appendix I to              during normal operation on the environment within 50
        10 CFR Part 50)                                            miles of the station.


Abbreviations/Acronyms ACHP    Advisory Council on Historic Preservation ACS    American Community Survey ADAMS  Agencywide Documents Access and Management System APE    area of potential effect BMP    best management practice CBG    Census block group CEQ    Council on Environmental Quality CFR    Code of Federal Regulations CO2    carbon dioxide COL    combined license CP      construction permit CWA    Clean Water Act (aka Federal Water Pollution Control Act)
The Nuclear Regulatory Commission published                        The following principles stated by the Commission Appendix I, "Numerical Guides for Design Objectives              in its opinion on the Appendix I rulemaking proceed and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the                 ings, 4 although specifically related to the provisions of Criterion 'As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable' 2 for              Appendix I, provide useful guidance for evaluating Radioactive Material in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear                environmental impacts under NEPA.
dBA    decibel(s) on the A-weighted scale DBA    design-basis accident DC      design certification DCD    design control document D/Q    atmospheric deposition factor(s)
DSM    demand-side management EA      environmental assessment EAB    exclusion area boundary EE      energy efficiency EFH    essential fish habitat EIS    environmental impact statement EJ      environmental justice ELF-EMF extremely low frequency-electromagnetic field EMF    electromagnetic field EPA    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ER      environmental report ESA    Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended ESP    early site permit FR      Federal Register FSAR    final safety analysis report FWS    U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service gal    gallon(s)
GASPAR  gaseous and particulate (code)
                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 13


GEIS    Generic Environmental Impact Statement GHG      greenhouse gas GIS      geographic information system GWP      global warming potential Hz      hertz IAEA    International Atomic Energy Agency ISFSI    independent spent-fuel storage installation ISG      interim staff guidance ISO      independent system operator kg/ha/mo kilogram(s)/hectare/month km      kilometer(s)
Power Reactor Effluents," to 10 CFR Part 50 in the Federal Register (40 FR 19437) as an effective rule on                (1) An applicant should be free to use as realistic a May 5, 1975. This revision of Regulatory Guide 4.2                model for characterizingnatural phenomena, including includes changes in NRC's information requirements                plant performance, as he considers useful. An applicant made necessary by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.                  may take into account situations not adequately char acterized by such standardized models as may be On September 4, 1975, the NRC published amend              available with respect to specific features of plant design, ments to Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50 in the Federal              proposed modes of plant operation, or local natural Register (40 FR 40816). These amendments provide                  environmental features which are not likely to change persons who have filed applications for construction              significantly during the term of plantoperation.
kWh      kilowatt-hour(s)
LADTAP  Liquid Annual Dose to All Persons (code)
LEDPA    least environmentally damaging practicable alternative LLWR    large light water reactor LPZ      low-population zone LWA      limited work authorization LWR      light water reactor m3      cubic meter(s)
m3/yr    cubic meters per year MACCS    MELCOR Accident Consequence Code System MEI      maximally exposed individual Mgd      million gallon(s) per day mi      mile(s)
mrad    millirad mrad/d  millirad/day mrem    millirem mrem/yr  millirem per year MSA      Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996 MTU      metric ton uranium MWd/MTU  megawatt-days per metric ton of uranium MW      megawatt MW(e)    megawatt(s) electric MW(t)    megawatt(s) thermal MWh      megawatt hour(s)
MWh/yr  megawatt hour(s) per year NAAQS    National Ambient Air Quality Standards RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 14


NCRP    National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements NEI    Nuclear Energy Institute NEPA    National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended NHPA    National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended NIEHS  National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences non-LWR Non-light water reactor NOx    nitrogen oxide NMFS    National Marine Fisheries Service NPDES  National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NRC    U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission NRHP    National Register of Historic Places NUREG  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission technical document O3      ozone OL      operating license OMB    Office of Management and Budget PPE    plant parameter envelope PRA    probabilistic risk assessment rem    roentgen equivalent man REMP    radiological environmental monitoring program RG      regulatory guide ROI    region of interest RTO    regional transmission organization SAMA    severe accident mitigation alternative SAMDA  severe accident mitigation design alternative SAR    safety analysis report SHPO    State Historic Preservation Office (or Officer)
permits for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors that were docketed on or after January 2, 1971, and                   (2) Where selection of data is strictly a matter of prior to June 4, 1976, the option of dispensing with the          interpreting experimental evidence, both the applicant cost-benefit analysis required by Paragraph II.D of               and the Regulatory staff should use prudent scientific Appendix I if the proposed or installed radwaste systems          expertise to select those values which would be expected and equipment satisfy the Guides on Design Objectives            to yield estimates nearest the real case.
SMR    small modular reactor SRP    Standard Review Plan SSC    structure, system, and component U.S.    United States USACE  U.S. Army Corps of Engineers U.S.C.  United States Code
/Q    atmospheric dispersion factor(s)
yr      year RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 15


==B. DISCUSSION==
for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors pro posed in the Concluding Statement of Position of the                  (3) If approximations implicit in a model can pro AEC Regulatory staff in Docket No. RM-50-2 dated                  duce a deviation from the true result, the direction of February 20, 1974 (reproduced in the Annex to                    which is eitheruncertain or would tend to underestimate Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50).                                   dosage, or if available experimental information leaves a substantial range of uncertainty as to the best estimate The NRC staff intends to employ realistic analyt          of some parameter values, or both, data should be ical models for assessing the potential release of radio          chosen so as to make it unlikely, with all such deviations active materials to the environment and for estimating            and uncertainties taken into account together, that the their pathways and impacts over the operating life of the        true dose would be underestimatedsubstantially.
Reason for Revision Regulatory Guide (RG) 4.2, Revision 3 updated guidance to align with U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) regulations, changes in environmental statutes and regulations, and Executive Orders since the last revision of the RG. Examples of changes include, but are not limited to, the assessment of building impacts, greenhouse gas and climate change, socioeconomics, environmental justice, need for power, alternatives, and cumulative effects.


Background Since issuance of Revision 2 in 1976, the NRC staff has developed or revised regulations, including 10 CFR 51.45, which is related to the requirements for submitting environmental reports (ERs),
proposed nuclear facility. The models used in determin ing potential radioactive releases should consider all                (4) The models used in describing effluent releases potential sources and pathways within the proposed                should take into account all real sources and pathways station.                                                           within the plant; and the estimated releases should be characteristic of the expected average releases over a The NRC has published a series of regulatory              long period of time, with account taken of normal guides' that provide guidance m evaluating the potential          operation and anic-ipuied operniormd occurrences o.er the lifetime of the plant.
and 10 CFR Part 52, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants. Additionally, while preparing environmental impact statements (EISs) for the first group of combined license (COL)
applications, the NRC staff identified a number of issues that necessitated changes to staff guidance. In
2014, the NRC staff documented these changes in two interim staff guidance documents, COL/ESP-ISG-
026, Interim Staff Guidance on Environmental Issues Associated with New Reactors (Ref. 15), and COL/ESP-ISG-027, Interim Staff Guidance on Specific Environmental Guidance for Light Water Small Modular Reactor Reviews (Ref. 16), which addressed changes to environmental statutes, regulations, and Executive Orders which directly affect the information required by the NRC to develop EISs.


Guidance from the ISGs as it relates to information that applicants should include in an ER was incorporated into this RG, as appropriate. The entirety of interim staff guidance in ISG-026 and ISG-027 will be terminated when it is incorporated into permanent staff guidance in NUREG-1555, Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants.
2                                                                      (5) The model of the exposed individual and the Amended 40 FR 58847, December 19, 1975.


Applicants for reactor license renewal should use RG 4.2, Supplement 1, Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plant License Renewal Applications (Ref. 17), for developing ERs submitted as part of an application in accordance with 10 CFR Part 54, Requirements for Renewal of Operating Licenses for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 18).
3                                                                  assumed characteristicsof the environs with respect to Regulatory Guide 1.109, "Calculation of Annual Doses to Man known occupancy and to land and water use should be from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix 1;"
Harmonization with International Codes and Standards The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) has established a series of technical reports and safety guides for protecting people and the environment. These technical reports and safety guides present international best practices to help users striving to achieve high levels of environmental protection and human safety. Similar to this RG, IAEA Nuclear Energy Series No. NG-T-3.11, Managing Environmental Impact Assessment for Construction and Operation in New Nuclear Power Programmes (Ref. 19), addresses the basic concepts of environmental impact assessment and a methodological approach for estimating health and environmental impacts. IAEA Safety Guide NS-R-3, Site Evaluation for Nuclear Installations (Ref. 20), contains recommendations for the collection of information to assess the safety and environmental suitability of a site for a nuclear installation. The NRC has an interest in facilitating the harmonization of standards used domestically and internationally. Use of this RG would, in general, be consistent with the principles and basic aspects of environmental impact assessment described in the IAEA Technical Report NG-T-3.11 and Safety Guide NS-R-3 on health and environmental impacts and site evaluation.
  Regulatory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric      4 Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous Effluents in Routine          From the "Opinion of the Commission," Docket No.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 17
RM-50-2.


C. STAFF REGULATORY GUIDANCE
Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors;" Regulatory Guide      Single copies of this volume may be purchased at a cost of
General Guidance to Applicants I.   Summary This section summarizes general guidance for developing the format and content of environmental reports (ERs) under 10 CFR Part 51 for applications for licenses, permits, and authorizations for new reactors pursuant to 10 CFR Part 50 and 52. The following Chapters outline the format and content of a prospective ER. Applicants may use the same chapters and sections/subsections in their ER.
  1.112, "Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in        $4.00 fromv the USERDA Technical Information Center, P.O.


The information provided in Part C is applicable to ERs for large light-water reactor combined license (COL) applications not referencing an early site permit (ESP). Appendix A provides supplemental guidance for the development of ERs for other authorizations and licenses that can be granted by the U.S.
Gaseous and Uquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power          Box 62, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830. Copies of the complete Reactors;" and Regulatory Guide 1.113, "Estimating Aquatic        opinion are also available for inspection and copying in the Dispersion of Effluents from Accidental and Routine Reactor        Commission's Public Document Room, 1717 H Street, NW.,
  Releases for the Purpose of Implementing Appendix I."              Washington, D.C. 20555.


Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) under 10 CFR Part 50, Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities, and 10 CFR Part 52, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants, such as ESPs, COLs referencing an ESP, construction permits (CPs), operating licenses (OLs),
vi
limited work authorizations (LWAs), standard design certifications (DCs), and manufacturing licenses.


Appendix B describes the requirements for the NRC to consult with other Federal agencies under other environmental statutes and the information the NRC staff needs to complete those consultations.
determined in each case in accordance with the intent            Register (38 FR 2713) a first "Memorandum of Under indicated below for each particularcategory of effluent          standing Regarding Implementation of Certain Comple for which design-objective guidelines are given.                  mentary Responsibilities" between AEC and EPA under the FWPCA.


Appendix C provides additional guidance on the preparation of ERs under 10 CFR Part 51 for applications for small modular reactors (SMR) and non-light water reactors (non-LWR). The amount of information needed for an SMR or a non-LWR would depend on application-specific factors such as the size of the reactor, its footprint and the amount of resource it uses (e.g., water). An applicant for an SMR
(a) For design objectives affected by assumptions as to consumption of water or food (other than milk)                         To further clarify the respective roles of NRC
or a non-LWR should engage with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC Staff to discuss the appropriate level of environmental studies or information which should be provided for a non-LWR design (e.g., additional information about the fuel cycle, radiological effluents, and accidents should be provided).
produced in the environs, one should consider the model          and EPA in the decision-making process concerning individual to be that hypothetical individualwho would            nuclear power stations and other facilities requiring an be maximally exposed with account taken only of such              NRC license or permit, a "Second Memorandum of potential occupancies and usages as could actually be            Understanding and Policy Statement Regarding Imple realized during the term of plant operation.                      mentation of Certain NRC and EPA Responsibilities"
        General guidance in this section includes information related to consultations, non-NRC permits and approvals, impact findings, mitigation of adverse impacts, and issues related to the definition of construction in 10 CFR 50.10(a). General guidance related to the presentation of referenced material or other information in the ER sufficient to support the NRCs development of the EIS is also provided in this section.
                                                                  was published in the FederalRegister (40 FR 60115) on (b) For design objectives affected by exposure as          December 31, 1975. This Second Memorandum of a direct result of human occupancy (immersion expo                Understanding supersedes the January 29, 1973 Memo sure), the model individual should be the hypothetical            randum; NRC has adopted the revised Policy Statement individual maximally exposed with account taken only              set forth in Appendix A to this Second Memorandum.


Applicants should be cognizant of the NRCs current environmental review process and practices through the review of:
of such potential occupancies, including the fraction of         The revised Policy Statement will serve as the legal basis time an individual would be exposed, as could actually            for NRC decision-making concerning licensing matters be realizedduring the term of plant operation.                    covered by NEPA and Section 511 of the FWPCA.
      *  applicable NRC regulations in Section A of this Regulatory Guide (RG);
      *  the most recent versions of regulatory guidance, particularly the documents in the Related Guidance section in Section A of this RG;
      *  recent EISs prepared by NRC staff; and
      *  the staffs Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants (NUREG-1555).
                                            RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 19


In addition, applicants are encouraged to confer with the NRC staff as early as possible in the planning process before submitting environmental information or filing an application in accordance with
Appropriate changes will be made in future revisions of (c) For design objectives relative to thyroid dose        this guide as various implementing actions are developed as affected by consumption ofmilk, the iodine pathway            to meet the provisions of the Second Memorandum of through the environs of a plant and the characteristicsof        Understanding.
10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC staff, and as discussed in RG 1.206. If an applicant is a Federal agency, then the applicant should inform the staff of its NEPA and regulatory responsibilities during the pre-application review. Furthermore, applicants should be aware that they should assess environmental impacts in proportion to their significance as described in 10 CFR 51.45(b)(1), which is based on Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations for implementing NEPA at 40 CFR 1502.1, Purpose, and is consistent with the definition of Significantly, at 40 CFR 1508.27.


The NRC staff in its EIS generally follows the terminology used by the applicant in its ER to describe commonly used terms such as station, plant, unit, facility, or project. The applicant should define the terms that it uses and be clear and consistent throughout its ER.
the model receptorshould be essentially as they actually exist at the time of licensing.


II.   Consultations and Coordinations The NRC is responsible for conducting consultations under certain Federal laws, as appropriate, such as the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 United States Code (U.S.C.) 1531 et seq.) (Ref. 21), the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996, Section 305 (16 U.S.C. 1855)
(2) Memorandum of Understanding Between the c. Interagency Memoranda of Understanding                                NRC and the Corps of Engineers, United States Army The Nuclear Regulatory Commission and other agencies of the Federal government sometimes have                            Both the Corps of Engineers, United States overlapping responsibilities regarding the issuance of            Army, and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission have licenses or permits. For the purposes of coordinating and        responsibilities for assuring that nuclear power stations implementing certain requirements to ensure effective,            on coastal and inland navigable waters and at offshore efficient, and thorough regulation of nuclear power              sites are built and operated safely and with minimum stations and to avoid conflicting and unnecessary dupli          impact on the environment. For the purpose of coordi cation of effort and standards related to the overall            nating and implementing consistent and comprehensive public health and safety and environmental protection,            requirements to assure effective, efficient, and thorough the NRC and other Federal agencies have entered into              regulation of nuclear power stations and to avoid several memoranda of understanding.                               conflicting and unnecessary duplication of effort and of standards related to overall public health and safety and
(Ref. 22), and the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended (NHPA) (54 U.S.C. 300101 et seq.) (Ref. 23). As discussed throughout this RG, the information that the NRC suggests an applicant provide as part of their ER will help the NRC meet its responsibilities to consult with other Federal, State, and Tribal agencies under these Federal laws. The applicant should provide sufficient information in the ER to enable the NRC to complete the consultation processes. Additional information related to consultations is found in Appendix B of this RG.
      (1) Memoranda of Understanding Between the                environmental protection, the Corps of Engineers, NRC and the Environmental Protection                  United States Army, and the NRC have entered into a Agency                                                Memorandum of Understanding (40 FR 37110; August
                                                                  25, 1975).
            For the purpose of implementing NEPA and the FWPCA in a manner consistent with both acts and                          Under this agreement, the NRC will exercise the public interest, the Atomic Energy Commissions                the primary responsibility in conducting environmental (AEC published in the Federal Register (38 FR 2679)                reviews and in preparilig environmental statements for on January 29, 1973, an Interim Statement of Policy              nuclear power stations covered by this Memorandum of concerning the effects of Section 511 of the FWPCA                Understanding.


In addition, there are laws and Executive Orders that may require coordination between the NRC
upon the AEC's statutory responsibility and authority under NEPA in licensing actions covered by Appendix D                        The Corps of Engineers will participate with to 10 CFR Part 50 (now superseded by 10 CFR Part                  the NRC in the preparation of the environmental impact
and other Federal and State agencies before granting a license or a permit. One example is the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (Ref. 24), enacted in 1934 to ensure that water resource development projects do not conflict with the conservation of fish and wildlife resources. Under the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act, Federal agencies must consult with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), as well as the State agency exercising administration over fish and wildlife resources when any body of water is proposed or authorized, permitted or licensed to be modified by any public or private agency under a Federal permit or license. Although coordination with other Federal agencies is the responsibility of the NRC, the proponent of the action (the applicant) should provide sufficient information to enable the NRC to complete the coordination process.
51). On the same date, the AEC published in the Federal          statements to include the drafting of material for the sections that consider and evaluate the following topics, as applicable, and the analysis leading thereto:
SThe Atomic Energy Commission was abolished by the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, which also created the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and gave it the licensing and related                (a) Coastal erosion and other shoreline modi regulatory functions of the AEC.                               fications, shoaling, and scouring;
                                                              vii


III.    Non-NRC Permits and Approvals In many cases, the NRC cannot issue a license or permit until the appropriate State or other Federal agencies have granted licenses or permits to the applicant. Applicants are required to comply with applicable Federal and State environmental statutes.1 The exact license or permit requirements will be dependent on factors such as water sources, proposed activities, as well as State permitting requirements, which can vary between States. Examples include the following:
(b) Siltation and sedimentation processes;            on the draft statement received from the various Federal, State, and local agencies and officials, from the (c) Dredging activities and disposal of dredged      applicant, and from private organizations and individuals materials; and                                                  and prepares a Final Environmental Impact Statement (FES). The final statement is transmitted to the Council (d) Location of structures in or affecting            on Environmental Quality and is made available to navigable waters.                                                appropriate Federal, State, and local agencies and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses. A public The Commission is developing specific announcement is made and a notice of availability is guidance concerning the information to be requested published in the FederalRegister.
      *  Clean Water Act of 1972 (CWA) (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.) (Ref. 25), was enacted to preserve and restore the quality of the Nations surface waters. Section 401 of the CWA requires that an applicant for a Federal license or permit that may result in a discharge of regulated pollutants into
1 An additional source for permits that an applicant may need can be found in Appendix A of EPAs "309 Reviewers Guidance for New Nuclear Power Plant Environmental Impact Statements.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 20
from applicants in order to meet the provisions of this Memorandum of Understanding. As various implement ing actions are taken, appropriate changes will be made              Subsequent hearings and actions as described in Subpart D, "Administrative Action and Authorization;
  in this guide.                                                  Public Hearings and Comment," of 10 CFR Part 51 on the environmental aspects involved in issuance of a
  4. Commission Action on Environmental Reports                    construction permit or operating license are based on the applicant's environmental report and on the NRC's Final As noted in § 51.50, "Federal Register notices;              Environmental Impact Statement. The FES takes into distribution of reports; public announcements; public            account information from many sources, including the comment," of 10 CFR Part 51, the NRC places a copy                applicant's environmental report and its supplements of each applicant's environmental report in the Com              and the comments of the various governmental agencies, mission's Public Document Room in Washington, D.C.              the applicant, and private organizations and individuals.


waters of the United States obtain, and provide to the Federal licensing agency (i.e., the NRC), a Section 401 water-quality certification from the State, interstate agency or authorized Tribe with jurisdiction over the discharge. The NRC cannot issue a license or permit until the appropriate jurisdiction has granted or waived the Section 401 certification. Conditions in the 401 certification become conditions of the license in accordance with 10 CFR 50.54(aa). Additionally, the NRC cannot issue a license or permit if certification has been denied by the State, an interstate agency, or the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Administrator.
and in a local public document room near the proposed site. The report is also made available to the public at the appropriate State, regional, and metropolitan clear          5. Cost-Benefit Analysis inghouses. In addition, a public announcement is made, and a summary notice of the availability of the report is            The cost-benefit analysis referred to in paragraph published in the FederalRegister.                               51.20(b) of 10 CFR Part 51 should consist of two parts.


*  Section 402 of the CWA establishes the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program to regulate point source discharges of pollutants into waters of the United States. An NPDES permit sets specific discharge limits for point sources discharging pollutants into waters of the United States and establishes monitoring and reporting requirements, as well as special conditions. The EPA is charged with administering the NPDES permit program, but can authorize states to assume many of the permitting, administrative, and enforcement responsibilities of the NPDES permit program. Authorized states are prohibited from adopting standards that are less stringent than those established under the Federal NPDES permit program, but may adopt or enforce standards that are more stringent than the Federal standards if allowed under state law.
In the first part, alternative site-plant combinations The applicant's environmental report and any com            (site-plant combinations are defined and discussed in ments received from interested persons are considered            Chapter 9) and station systems should be examined in by the NRC staff in preparing a Draft Environmental              order to show that the proposed facility is the Impact Statement (DES) concerning the proposed licens            cost-effective choice, considering economic, social, and ing action. The NRC staff's draft statement, the appli            other environmental factors and any institutional cant's environmental report, and any comments                    (governmental, etc.) constraints. In the second part of received on the statement or report are provided to the          the cost-benefit analysis, the benefits to be created by Council on Environmental Quality. Copies of the draft            the proposed facility should be weighed against the statement and the applicant's environmental report will          aggregate of environmental, economic, and other costs be provided to (a) those Federal agencies that have              to be incurred.


*  Section 404 of the CWA requires a 404 permit for discharge of dredged or fill material into wetlands and waters of the United States. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and the EPA are responsible for administering and enforcing Section 404. States and Tribes can administrate the 404 permit program in certain non-navigable waters that are within their jurisdiction.
special expertise or jurisdiction by law with respect to any environmental impacts involved and which are                  6. Environmental Reports authorized to develop and enforce relevant environ mental standards; (b) the Environmental Protection                    Sections 51.20 and 51.21 of 10 CFR Part 51 require Agency; and (c) the appropriate State and local agencies          the applicant to submit two environmental reports (see authorized to develop and enforce _relevant environ              Appendices A and B). The first is the "Applicant's mental standards and the appropriate State, regional,            Eiiivironmental Report - Construction Permiit Stage,"
and metropolitan clearinghouses. A reasonable effort              which must be submitted in conjunction with the will be made to distribute draft environmental state            construction permit application. The second is the ments prepared for licensing actions to all States that            "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operating License may be affected and to appropriate national and local            Siage," which must be submitted later in conjunction environmental organizations. The draft statement is              with the operating license application. The applicant's made available to the general public in the same manner          environmental reports are important documents of as is the applicant's environmental report. Comments on          public record. Therefore, the applicant is urged to give the applicant's environmental report and the draft              full attention to their completeness.


*  Clean Air Act, Section 176 (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.) (Ref. 26), prohibits Federal agencies from undertaking, licensing, permitting, approving, or supporting any action in a maintenance or non- attainment area that does not conform to the applicable State Implementation Plan. The General Conformity Rule requires that Federal agencies demonstrate conformity to the applicable State Implementation Plan. If required, the conformity determination must be completed before the license or permit is issued.
statement are requested within a specified time interval.


*  Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.) (Ref. 27), requires that activities of Federal agencies that are reasonably likely to affect coastal zones be consistent with any applicable State-approved Coastal Management Program to the maximum extent practicable.
These activities are based on § §51.22, 51.24, and 51.25            If the site for a nuclear power station already of 10 CFR Part 51.                                               contains one or more units (i.e., steam-electric plants) in operation, under construction, or for which an applica As described in. detail in §51.26 of 10 CFR Part 51,        tion for a construction permit or operating license has the NRC staff considers the comments on the report and            been filed, the applicant shovld consider the environ- viii


Applicants must submit to both the NRC and to the State a certification that the proposed activity complies with the enforceable policies of the States program. If the Coastal Zone Management Act applies to the project, the NRC cannot issue its license or permit until the State has concurred with the applicants certification of a coastal consistency determination.
or changes in surrounding land use, water use, or zoning mental effects of the proposed units (and their inservice      classifications.)
schedule) in conjunction with the effects of existing or planned units. Furthermore, if the site contains signif                (2) Discuss the results of studies that were not icant sources of environmental impact other than elec completed at the tiqw of preconstruction review and tric power units, the interactions of these sources with that were specified to be completed before the preopera the proposed nuclear unit should be taken into account.


These examples are illustrative, not all-inclusive. An applicant should understand the permitting requirements, processes and schedules of applicable agencies when planning to apply for a license and construct a nuclear power plant. This guide does not contain guidance for preparing permit applications for submission to other agencies, including the USACE. Such guidance should be obtained from the applicable agencies. The Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) prepared NEI 10-07, Revision 1, Industry Guideline for Effective Interactions with Agencies Other Than NRC during the Early Site Permit Process, (Ref. 28), to provide guidance to applicants about interactions with other agencies. NEI 10-07 is endorsed in this RG for ESP, COLs, CP and OL applications. In addition, applicants for an NRC permit or license should be aware that the USACE may be a cooperating agency with NRC for preparation of an EIS related to a proposed nuclear power plant. NEPA allows for agencies to cooperate on EISs so that one EIS can satisfy the NEPA requirements for both agencies. This cooperation improves the efficiency of the RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 21
tional review. Indicate how the results of these studies were factored into the design znd proposed operation of Effects between units are considered especially            the station.


process. However, the applicant should engage with the USACE to ensure that their application to the USACE meets the USACEs requirements.
important as efforts to conserve such resources as water focus on the transfer and reuse of materials within plant            (3) Describe the scope of the monitoring programs complexes. In addition, adjacent or contiguous facilities      that have been and will be undertaken to determine the involving the potential interchange of radionuclides            effects of the operating station on the environment.


During pre-application interactions, applicants for a CP, OL or a COL should inform the staff if they plan to use Title 41 of the Fixing Americas Surface Transportation (FAST) Act (42 U.S.C. §
should be treated in considerable detail to ensure the         Include any monitoring programs being developed or applicant's full knowledge of interrelationships with the       carried out in cooperation with Federal and State fish proposed nuclear station.                                       and wildlife services. The result of preoperational moni toring activities should be presented (refer to Chapter 6 a. Construction Permit Stage                                of Section B of this guide). A listing of types of measurements, kinds and numbers of samples collected, The applicant should present sufficient informa        frequencies, and analyses should be provided and the tion in the environmental report that is submitted with         locations described and indicated on a map of the area.
4370m) (Ref. 29).
IV.    Impact Findings Applicants should assess environmental impacts in proportion to their significance as described in
10 CFR 51.45(b)(1), which is based on CEQ regulations for implementing NEPA at 40 CFR 1502.1, and is consistent with 40 CFR 1508.27.


In assessing the significance of environmental impacts for new reactor applications, the NRC uses the same definitions of significance levels as codified in the footnotes to Table B-1 in Appendix B to Subpart A, Environmental Effect of Renewing the Operating License of a Nuclear Power Plant, of
the application for a construction permit to allow staff evaluation of the potential environmental impact of                   (4) Discuss planned studies, not yet completed, constructing and operating the proposed facility. In all        that may yield results relevant to the environmental cases, the site-specific environmental data presented at        impact of the station.
10 CFR Part 51:
    *  SMALL: For the issue, environmental effects are not detectable or are so minor that they will neither destabilize nor noticeably alter any important attribute of the resource. For the purposes of assessing radiological impacts, the Commission has concluded that those impacts that do not exceed permissible levels in the Commissions regulations are small.


*  MODERATE: For the issue, environmental effects are sufficient to alter noticeably, but not to destabilize, important attributes of the resource.
the time of filing for a construction permit should (1)
document the critical life stages and biologically signif              (5) Propose environmental technical specifications.


*  LARGE: For the issue, environmental effects are clearly noticeable and are sufficient to destabilize important attributes of the resource.
icant activities (e.g., spawning, nesting, migration) that      The recommended format for these specifications is increase the vulnerability of the potentially affected          presented in Regulatory Guide 4.8, "Environmental biota at the proposed site and (2) characterize the            Technical Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants."
seasonal variations of biota likely to be affected by the      Detailed technical specifications may become an appen station.                                                        dix to the applicant's "Environmental Report - Operat ing License Stage," but the body of the report need only An applicant wishing to accelerate the start of         include the required discussion of general scope des construction by early submittal of the environmental            cribed in Section 6.2 of this guide. Interim guidance will report (according to the procedure set forth in paragraph      continue to be provided on a case-by-case basis.


V.     Mitigation of Adverse Effects Applicants are required to consider alternatives available for reducing or avoiding adverse effects as described in 10 CFR 51.45(c). In addition, applicants should identify in their ERs any ongoing or planned mitigation for other permit-related activities and discuss the potential need for additional mitigation. Mitigation alternatives should be considered in proportion to the significance of the impact. In
50.10(e) of 10 CFR Part 50) may submit an initial evaluation of environmental impact based on an analysis of at least 6 months of field data related to the proposed
40 CFR 1508.20, Mitigation, the CEQ identifies five types of mitigative actions:
                                                                  7. Preparation of Environmental Reports facility and suitable projections of the remaining sea sonal periods if the information called for in item (1)           a. Purpose of This Guide above is provided. If this is done, the applicant should also make a commitment to furnish, within 6 months of                  Section B of this guide identifies the information the time of filing, a final evaluation based on a full year of field data.                                                  needed by the staff in its assessment of the potential environmental effects of the proposed nuclear facility b. Operating License Stage                                  and establishes a format acceptable to the staff for its presentation. Use of the format of this guide will help The "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operat          ensure the completeness of the information provided, will assist the NRC .staff and others in locating the ing License Stage" should, in effect, be an updating of the earlier report and should:                                 information, and will aid in shortening the time needed for the review process. Conformance with this format, however, is not required. An environmental report with
    *  avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action;
          (1) Discuss differences between currently pro a different format will be acceptable to the staff if it jected environmental effects of the nuclear power provides an adequate basis for the findings requisite to station (including those that would degrade and those the issuance of a license or permit. However, because it that would enhance environmental conditions) and the may be more difficult to locate needed information, the effects discussed in the environmental report submitted staff review time for such a report may be longer, and at the construction stage. (Differences may result, for there is a greater likelihood that the staff may regard the example, from changes in plans, changes in station            report as incomplete.
    *  minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation;
    *  rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment;
    *  reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action; and
    *  compensating for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments.


An applicant should identify in the ER all relevant, reasonably foreseeable mitigation measures that could reduce or avoid adverse effects, even if they are outside the jurisdiction of the NRC. This RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 22
design, availability of new or more detailed information, ix


approach is consistent with CEQs response documented in Question 19b of its 40 questions (see 46 FR
The staff plans to provide additional information      information (whether in the form of text, tables, or on a data retrieval system (outlined in Appendix C) in a       figures) should be incorporated in the environmental future revision of this guide.                                 report where appropriate to avoid duplication of effort.
18026) (Ref. 30).
        The applicant should provide the reason why the mitigation measures are considered reasonably foreseeable. A mitigation measure can be considered reasonably foreseeable if, for example, it is 1)
required by the NRC as a license condition (e.g., a requirement imposed pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(aa)),
2) required or likely to be required by another regulatory agency (e.g., USACE), or 3) mitigation that the applicant intends to perform and identifies in the ER.


Where applicable, the applicant should specify what Federal, State, or local laws require the mitigation measures, or if there is (or is expected to be) a Federal, State, or local permit that requires the particular measures. The applicant should clearly explain the requirements that are being imposed by the regulatory agency with authority over the resource and explain how it relied on the mitigation to determine the impact level by discussing how the mitigation will be accomplished and whether it is expected to lower the impact level. For example, for a project where a wetlands mitigation plan is required by a State permit issued to the applicant and/or by State laws and regulations, the applicant should consider this information in the ER.
The presentation in the environmental report of some In developing the implementation policy for Regu        information that also appears in the applicant's safety latory Guide 4.2, Revision 2, both the difficulties that       analysis report is necessary because these reports are applicants might face unless a suitable transition period      responsive to different statutory requirements and was provided and the NRC staff's need for information        because each report should be essentially self-contained.


VI.    Implementation of the LWA Rule - Definition of Construction and Preconstruction On October 9, 2007, the NRC issued revisions to its rules related to LWAs (72 Federal Register
to complete the review of applications for construction permits and operating licenses have been considered.                  The applicant should strive for clear, concise Therefore, the NRC staff will use Regulatory Guide 4.2,       presentations of the information provided in the envi Revision 2, in the evaluation of environmental reports        ronmental report. Each subject should be treated in submitted in connection with applications docketed            sufficient depth and should be documented 6 to permit a after December 31, 1976.                                      reviewer to evaluate the extent of the environmental impact independently. The length of the environmental If an applicant wishes to use this revision in          report will depend on the nature of the station and its developing the environmental report submitted in con          environment. Tables, line drawings, and photographs nection with an application docketed on or prior to            should be used wherever they contribute to the clarity December 31, 1976, the report will be evaluated on the        and brevity of the report. The number of significant basis of pertinent portions of this revision of the guide.     figures stated in numerical data should reflect the accuracy of the data.
[FR] 57416) (Ref. 31). Prior to this revision, the regulations had allowed for site preparation, excavation, and certain other onsite activities to proceed before a CP was issued, but only after NRC review and approval in the form of an LWA. With the revised regulations, NRC authorization would be required only before undertaking activities that have a reasonable nexus to radiological health and safety or common defense and security. The revised rule clarified which activities are defined as construction and which activities are not considered construction, as discussed below. In discussing the environmental impacts of the proposed action, activities defined by the LWA rule as not constituting construction are referred to in this RG as preconstruction activities. Preconstruction activities are not considered direct impacts of the NRCs Federal action because they may occur in the absence of an NRC license and are not part of the NRCs licensing action. This change has implications for how impacts are described within the NRCs EISs, even when the application does not include a request for an LWA.


According to 10 CFR 50.10(a), construction includes those activities such as driving of piles, subsurface preparation, placement of backfill, concrete, or permanent retaining walls within an excavation, installation of foundations, or in-place assembly, erection, fabrication, or testing, which are for:
b. Scope Pertinent published information relating to the In order to cover a wide variety of anticipated        site, the station, and its surroundings should be refer situations, the scope of this guide is comprehensive. In      enced. Where published information is essential for some instances, requests for specific information may          evaluation of specific environmental effects of the not be applicable to a particular station or site.            station construction and operation, it should be in cluded, in summary or verbatim form, in the environ Some of the text of this guide (e.g., Section 7.1)     mental report or as an appendix to the report. In has been written with specific reference to light-water        particular, water quality standards and regulations rele cooled reactors. For applicants proposing to construct        vant to the environmental impact assessment should be and operate other types of reactors, guidelines on the        given in an appendix. If the applicant considers the recommended content of these sections will be provided        reports of work it supported will contribute to the on a case-by-case basis. Similarly, offshore power            environmental impact analysis, these may be included as systems will, in general, require special guidelines for      appendices.
    *  safety-related structures, systems, or components (SSCs) of a facility, as defined in 10 CFR 50.2, Definitions;
     *  SSCs relied upon to mitigate accidents or transients or used in plant emergency operating procedures;
    *  SSCs whose failure could prevent safety-related SSCs from fulfilling their safety-related function;
    *  SSCs whose failure could cause a reactor scram or actuation of a safety-related system;
    *  SSCs necessary to comply with 10 CFR Part 73, Physical Protection of Plants and Materials (Ref. 32);
                                            RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 23


*    SSCs necessary to comply with 10 CFR 50.48, Fire protection, and Criterion 3 of 10 CFR Part
each individual case.
        50, Appendix A; and
    *    onsite emergency facilities, that is, technical support and operations support centers, necessary to comply with 10 CFR 50.47, Emergency plans, and 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix E.


Construction does not include:
c. Presentation of Infonnation                            6Documentation as used in this guide means presentation of information, supporting data, and statements and includes (1)
    *    changes for temporary use of the land for public recreational purposes;
                                                                references to published information, (2) citations from the Some of the information to be included in the           applicant's experience, and (3) reference to unpublished infor environmental report (e.g., that pertaining to demo            mation developed by the applicant or the applicant's consul graphy, meteorology, hydrology) may have already been          tants. Statements not supported by documentation are accept prepared by the applicant during consideration of the           able provided the applicant identifies them either as information for which documentation is not available or as safety aspects of the proposed facility. In such cases, this   expressions of belief or judgment.
    *    site exploration, including necessary borings to determine foundation conditions or other reconstruction monitoring to establish background information related to the suitability of the site, the environmental impacts of construction or operation, or the protection of environmental values;
    *    preparation of a site for construction of a facility, including clearing of the site, grading, installation of drainage, erosion and other environmental mitigation measures, and construction of temporary roads and borrow areas;
    *    erection of fences and other access control measures;
    *    excavation;
    *    erection of support buildings (such as, construction equipment storage sheds, warehouse and shop facilities, utilities, concrete mixing plants, docking and unloading facilities, and office buildings)
        for use in connection with the construction of the facility;
    *    building of service facilities, such as paved roads, parking lots, railroad spurs, exterior utility and lighting systems, potable water systems, sanitary sewerage treatment facilities, and transmission lines;
    *    procurement or fabrication of components or portions of the proposed facility occurring at other than the final, in-place location at the facility; and
    *   manufacture of a nuclear power reactor under a manufacturing license under Subpart F of 10 CFR
        Part 52 to be installed at the proposed site and to be part of the proposed facility.


The activities defined by 10 CFR 50.10, License required; limited work authorization, as not being included in the definition of construction are considered to be preconstruction activities because they may occur in the absence of an NRC license and are not part of the NRCs licensing action.
x


Where this guide refers to building, it includes all preconstruction and construction activities.
B. STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS
                                                        CHAPTER 1 PURPOSE OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY AND ASSOCIATED TRANSMISSION
    In Chapter 1 of its environmental report, the appli      the applicant's system, (b) the power pool or area within cant should demonstrate the purpose of, and thus the          which the applicant's planning studies are based, and (c)
benefits of, the proposed facility with respect to the        where available, the regional reliability council or the power requirementsto be satisfied, the system reliability    appropriate subregion or area of the reliability council as to be achieved, or any other primary objectives of the        follows:
facility and how these objectives would be affected by variations in the scheduled operation of the proposed            1.1.1.1 Load Analysis. The past annual peak load station. In this chapter, the term "applicant'ssystem"        demands and the annual energy requirements for a includes all existing, committed, andplanned generating      period beginning at least 10 years prior to the filing of units owned in whole or in partby the applicantand all      the environmental report should be reported. In addi large (greaterthan 100 MWe), existing, committed, and        tion, the future projected annual peak demand should be planned generatingunits not owned in whole or in part        reported from the year of filing of the environmental by the applicant that it plans to rely on for meeting        report up to and including, as a minimum, the first 24 demand and reliability requirements to which it is            months following start of commercial operation of the committed.                                                  last unit with which this report is concerned. To the extent feasible, the applicant should also present future
            1.1 System Demand and Reliability                demands during the expected life of the facilities under review.


Under the revised LWA rule, the applicant should separate the impacts of preconstruction and construction activities to address the latter, as they are the activities being authorized by the NRC. The applicant should also describe the impacts of the preconstruction activities, so they can be evaluated as part of the cumulative impacts related to the construction activities.
This section should discuss the requirements for the proposed nuclear unit(s) in the applicant's system and in        The applicant should present the expected annual the region, considering the overall power supply situa      load duration curve for at least 24 months following the tion, past load and projected load, and reserve margins.     start of commercial operation of the proposed nuclear In addition, the applicant should consider the impact of     station in order to show the relationship of the station applicable energy conservation and other potential load      to the short-term system requirements.


Generally, the estimates of the impact breakdown between preconstruction and construction activities do not need to be detailed. The applicant should provide sufficient information to allow the NRC staff to evaluate the impacts to each resource of NRC-authorized construction, in addition to the combined impacts of preconstruction and construction for the cumulative impacts analysis.
affecting programs on its planning effort. Inconsisten cies between the data presented and that furnished to             1.1.1.2 Demand Projections. 'Demand projections the Federal Power Commission (FPC) or the regional            should show explicitly any assumptions made about reliability council should be explained.                     economic and demographic projections involved in the forecasting methodology. Specifically, any changes in The discussion on the applicant's energy conservation      the demand projections expected on the basis of program should mention the steps that have been taken          alternative assumptions made about household forma and those being planned to encourage energy conserva          tion, migration, personal income, industrial and commer tion in connection with such matters as advertising, sales    cial construction volume and location, or other factors promotion, consumer education, rate structure, and            should be specified. Past and future growth trends efficiency of production and utilization of electricity.      should be compared and explanations should be given Evidence of the effects of increasing rates on consump        for deviations in trends.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 24
tion of electrical energy and forecasts of future impacts on demand from further rate increases should be                  Monthly data for both actual and latest forecast peak included in the discussion.                                   load should be provided, as well as both actual and latest forecast total monthly kWh sales from October 1972 A full and clear description of the applicant's system    through the most current month. A copy of the reports should be provided, including, for each generating unit      supplied to the FPC in accordance with FPC Order 496 or group of units, the extent of ownership by the            should also be provided in an appendix to the environ applicant and the commitments involved. Where an              mental report.


In a few areas, the level of impact may be so small that anything other than a ballpark estimate of the separation would not be warranted to adequately inform the NEPA decision-making process. As an example and based on staff experience from other construction projects of similar size, an air quality impact may be assessed as small during scoping, if the area is in attainment under EPA regulations. Under these circumstances, no effort beyond a very simple estimate of the preconstruction-construction impact separation, would be necessary to assess the impact of the construction activities.
entire power pool, planning area, reliability council, coordinating agreement, etc., is involved, identification        The applicant should describe its forecasting meth should be clear and details should be presented in           ods. Where regression equations or elasticity demand separate tables.                                              models are used to estimate projections, all statistical measures of correlation should be provide


In addition, the staff anticipates that the USACE will be a cooperating agency on the majority of EISs because it is likely to have permitting actions related to the preconstruction and construction activities and, in some cases, operational activities for the plant. The USACE views the impacts from preconstruction and construction activities as impacts of the proposed project based on USACE
====d. If the====
regulations. The NRC and the USACE will cooperate on the EISs in accordance with the Memorandum of Understanding signed on September 12, 2008 and published in the Federal Register (73 FR 55546)
1.1.1 Load Characteristics                                    method of correlation forecasting is used, the historic electric loads should be correlated with such variables as In order to portray the relationship of the proposed      population, gross national product, consumer income, generating facility to the applicant's system and related    Federal Reserve Board Index of Industrial Production, iystems, data should be provided on the following: (a)       appliance saturation, or other factor
(Ref. 33), covering environmental reviews related to the issuance of authorizations to construct and operate nuclear power plants. The NRC and the USACE established the cooperative agreement because both agencies have concluded it is the most effective and efficient use of Federal resources to write one EIS that will address both agencies NEPA obligations. Other Federal agencies may also become cooperating agencies on an EIS.


VII.     Storage of Spent Fuel In 2014, the NRC issued a revised rule at 10 CFR 51.23, Environmental impacts of continued storage of spent nuclear fuel beyond the licensed life for operation of a reactor, and published NUREG-2157, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for Continued Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel (Ref. 34). As a result of the revised rule, the environmental impacts of the continued storage of spent fuel (beyond the licensed life of the plant), are deemed incorporated into an EIS for a new reactor review. As part of the basis for the analysis in NUREG-2157, the NRC staff assumed that an independent spent fuel storage installation of sufficient size to hold all of the spent fuel from operations would be built during the licensed life of the plant. The applicant should be cognizant of the analysis in NUREG-2157 and should provide a discussion of its plans for management of spent fuel during the licensed life of the plant.
====s. Wherever possible====
                                                            1-1


VIII.    Presentation of Applicant Information Information and data should be provided in or with the application at a level sufficient for the NRC staff to comply with Section 102(2) of NEPA. The applicant should describe and provide the following data and information:
and to the extent that demand projections are based on        tool, the results should be stated along with the the accuracy of past demand projections for the appli          significant input data utilized, such as the load model cant's system performed on the same or a comparable            generating unit characteristics, unit availability, the basis, these past demand projections should be shown          duration of periods examined, treatment of interconnec and compared with the past loads. This comparison of          tions, and a general description of the methodology the applicant's earlier projections and the actual loads       employed.
      *  geographic information and geospatial data used to support analyses, including appropriate description of the data formats and sources of the information;
      *  data formats used to create figures and maps; and
       *  description and documentation of computer modeling codes that are used to support analyses in sufficient detail to allow the NRC staff to conduct an independent evaluation.


Information obtained from publications or other information from the literature should be concisely summarized and documented using references to original data sources. Where the availability of original sources that support important conclusions is limited, the sources should be adequately summarized in the application and should be available for auditing in the applicants records. In all cases, information derived from published results should be clearly distinguished from information derived from the applicants field measurements.
experienced should be listed in a table along with the percent deviation between the previously forecasted              3. The effect of operation of the proposed nuclear loads and past loads.                                          unit(s) on the applicant's or planning entity's capacity requirements. In addition, the effects of present and
    1.1.1.3 Power Exchanges. Past and expected future          planned interconnections on the capacity requirements net power exchanges applicable at the time of the              should be discussed.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 25
annual peak demands presented above should be shown
                                                                  4. The reserve margin responsibility of participants in as they relate to demand estimates supporting the station capacity under review.                                 the regional coordinating council or power pool.


The information the applicant provides to support the conclusions in the NRCs EIS must be publicly available. Because the EIS relies on information from the ER, applicants should ensure that key information supporting the conclusions in the ER can be made publicly available. Publicly available information is information that can be accessed by the public; for example: 1) publicly available information in the NRCs Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS)
1.1.2 System Capacity                                        1.1.4 External Supporting Studies The applicant should briefly discuss power planning          Reports should be summarized and referenced or programs and criteria used as they apply (a) to the           statements should be included that indicate the power
recordkeeping system or maintained in the NRCs Public Document Room, 2) copyrighted information with proper citation, or 3) a publicly accessible Web site with a reference that allows the NRC and public to find the information. The applicant may reference copyrighted information but must not submit copyrighted material as public information in support of an ER.
                                                              'requirements in the overall area(s), as determined by applicant's system, (b) to the power pool or area within which the applicant's planning studies are based, and (c)     responsible officials in the regional reliability council to the regional reliability council or the appropriate        and/or the power pool or planning entity with which the subregion or area of the reliability council. System          applicant is associated.


However, the copyrighted information should be properly referenced so that the NRC and the public can access it. Regarding sensitive information, a request for withholding such information from the public must meet the requirements of 10 CFR 2.390, Public inspections, exemptions, requests for withholding; if the information satisfies those requirements and the Commission grants the request to withhold the information from the public, then the information would not be made publicly available.
capabilities, both existing and planned, should be tab ulated for the three respective areas to the extent              The report or statements should include the following applicable at the time of the annual peak demand for 5        information or a statement that such information is not years preceding filing of the environmental report            available:
through at least 2 years beyond the start of commercial operation of the last nuclear unit with which the report          1. Description of the minimum installed reserve is concerned. Each generator with a capacity of 100            criterion for the region and/or subarea;
MWe or greater should be listed separately for the initial reporting year, and capability additions thereafter              2. Identification, description, and brief discussion of should be separately tabulated by date, including net          studies and/or analyses made to assess the area-wide non-firm-power sales and purchases, retirements or            adequacy and expected reliability of power supply for deratings, and upratings. Each generator should be            the first full year of commercial operation of the entire categorized as to type (hydroelectric, fossil, nuclear,        station covered in this report; and pumped storage, etc.) and as to function (base load, intermediate, peaking, etc.). Estimates of projected              3. The minimum reserve requirement in the region capacity factor ranges for each unit tabulated should be      and/or subarea for the first year of operation of the provided. Small peaking units may be lumped into a            completed nuclear station.


Applicants should also ensure the consistency of information presented within different sections of the ER, as well as between the ER and the safety analysis report.
single category for simplicity.


If the NRC is not relying on the information to reach its conclusions in the EIS, applicants are not required to make references and other supporting information publicly available, but are appropriate for review in an audit setting. If the NRC is relying on the information in its EIS, and the information is not otherwise publicly available as discussed above, then the information must be docketed so that it can be made publicly available.
1.2 Other Objectives
1.1.3 Reserve Margins                                            If other objectives are to be met by the operation of the proposed facility, such as producing process steam The applicant's method of determining system gen          for sale or desalting water, a description of these should erating capacity requirements and reserve margins should      be given. An analysis of the effect of other objectives on be described including:                                        the station capacity factor or availability of individual units should be given.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 26
1. The method employed for the scheduling of outages of individual generating units within the appli                        1.3 Consequences of Delay cant's system.


Chapter 1
The effects of delays in the proposed project on the
1.0     Introduction
     2. The method and criterion employed to determine        reserve margin of the power supply for the applicant's the minimum system reserve requirement, such as single        system, subregion, and region should be discussed for largest unit, probability method, or historical 'data and    increments of delay of 1, 2, and 3 years. The effect of judgment. If probabilistic studies are used as a planning    no action to increase capacity should also be illustrated.
1.1    Plant Owners and Reactor Type The owner(s) and the applicant(s) for the proposed project must be specified. Other information that must be provided is specified in 10 CFR 50.33, Contents of applications; general information.


Information on reactor type shall be provided in the safety analysis report (see 10 CFR 52.17, Contents of applications; technical information, and 10 CFR 52.79, Contents of applications; technical information in final safety analysis report).
1-2
1.2     Description of the Proposed Action and the Purpose and Need According to 10 CFR 51.45(b), Environmental report, among other things the Environmental Report (ER) shall contain a description of the proposed action and a statement of its purposes. The purpose and need statement is the foundation of the environmental analysis on which the rest of the environmental impact statement is built. The purpose and need statement is developed by the U.S.


Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff, but is informed by the applicants objectives,2 as stated in Chapter 1 of its ER.
CHAPTER 2 THE SITE AND ENVIRONMENTAL INTERFACES
                                                                              6. A scale that will permit the measurement of This chapter should present the basic relevant infor mation concerningthose physical, biological,and human                      distances with reasonable accuracy.


In NRC licensing actions under Parts 50 and 52, the purpose and need has typically been described in terms of providing a specific quantity of baseload electricity to a defined service area within a defined time period. However, neither NEPA nor NRC regulations require the purpose and need statement to be restricted to baseload generating capacity. As discussed in Chapter 8 of this regulatory guide, an applicant may use different means than a baseload generating capacity analysis to demonstrate the need for the power to be provided by the proposed project. In addition, the purpose and need statement may address additional needs other than the production of electricity. Additional purposes or needs for the project may provide greater insight to the benefits of the proposed project and assist the NRC staff in defining reasonable alternatives to the proposed project. Additional purposes could include, but are not limited to, the following:
characteristicsof the area environment that might be
    *  meeting greenhouse gas emission goals
                                                                              7. True north.
    *  replacing existing plants
    *  meeting State or Federal energy policy goals
    *  enhancing energy diversity
    *  consideration of Federal policy not related to environmental quality (10 CFR 51.71(d))
        However, it is the production of electricity that provides the primary justification in terms of benefits. The purpose and need statement cannot be so restrictive that there are no alternatives, other than the proposed project, that would meet the purpose and need. For example, the purpose and need could not be to build and operate a specific light-water reactor design at a specific location. In that case, there would
2
        40 CFR 1502.13 defines purpose and need as follows: The statement shall briefly specify the underlying purpose and need to which the agency is responding in proposing the alternatives including the proposed action.


RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 27
affected by the construction and operation of a nuclear power station on the designated sit


be no alternative energy technology or site that would meet that purpose and need statement. An alternative is not reasonable if it does not meet the purpose and need statement.
====e. To the extent====
                                                                              8. Highways, railways, and waterways that traverse possible, the information presentedshould reflect obser vations and measurements made over a period of years.                     or are adjacent to the site.


1.3     Planned Activities and Schedules The applicant should supply a schedule of planned activities, including dates for the start of building and full-power operation. These dates are used by staff in the EIS analyses for construction, operation, cumulative impacts, and need for power.
2.1.1.3 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release
              2.1 Geography and Demography                                Limits. The site description should define the boundary lines of the restricted area (as defined in 10 CFR Part
2.1.1 Site Location and Description                                        20, "Standards for Protection Against Radiation"). If it is proposed that limits higher than those established by
    2.1.1.1 Specification of Location. The site location                  §20.106(a) (and related as low as is reasonably achiev should be specified by latitude and longitude of the                      able provisions) be set, the information required by reactor to the nearest second and by Universal Trans                        §20.106 should be submitted. The site map discussed verse Mercator Coordinates (Zone Number, Northing,                        above may be used to identify this area, or a separate and Easting, as found on USGS topographical maps) to                      map of the site may be used. Indicate the location of the the nearest 100 meters. The State and county or other                      boundary line with respect to the water's edge of nearby political subdivision in which the site is located should                  rivers and lakes. Distances from the station effluent be identified, as well as the location of the site with                    release points to the boundary line should be defined respect to prominent natural and man-made features                          clearly.


1.4    Status of Compliance In accordance with 10 CFR 51.45(d), the ER shall:
such as rivers and lakes.
    *  list all Federal permits, licenses, approvals and other entitlements that must be obtained in connection with the proposed action
    *  describe the status of compliance with these requirements
    *  include a discussion of the status of compliance with applicable environmental quality standards and requirements including, but not limited to, applicable zoning and land-use regulations, thermal and other water pollution limitations, or requirements which have been imposed by Federal, State, regional, and local agencies having responsibility for environmental protection RG. 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 28


Chapter 2
2.1.2 Population Distribution
2.0    The Proposed Site and the Affected Environment As specified by 10 CFR 51.45(b), the environmental report (ER) shall contain a description of the environment affected by the proposed action. The information in this chapter of the ER should present the relevant information concerning those physical, ecological, societal, and human characteristics of the environment in and around the proposed site that might be affected by building and operation of a proposed nuclear station. For each environmental resource, applicants should describe only the affected environment for those areas within which the resource could potentially be subject to direct or indirect impacts from the action. The U.S Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) refers to this area as the resource impact area. Table 7-1 in Chapter 7 of this RG provides examples of resource impact areas for each environmental resource area typically affected by building or operating a nuclear reactor. The applicants resource impact area may be different from the examples in Table 7-1. The NRC does not expect applicants to precisely define resource impact areas for each environmental resource, but the area within which the applicant characterizes the affected environment should generally correspond to the potential spatial extent of direct and indirect impacts, i.e., to what the NRC will define as the resource impact area.
      2.1.1.2 Site' Area. A map of the site area of suitable scale (with explanatory text as necessary) should be                          Population data presented should be based on the included; it should clearly show the following:                            1970 census data and, where available, more recent census data. The following information should be
      1. The station property lines. The area of station                    presented on population distribution.


The applicant should provide proposed plant location information (e.g., state and county in which the site will be located), an aerial photograph of the site as it exists at the time of the application, and one or more maps showing the site location and plant arrangement within the site, including the extent (if any)
property in acres should be stated.
to which the plant is co-located and/or interfaces with an existing power plant or other existing industrial facility. The applicant should provide coordinates for the proposed center point for the nuclear island for each proposed new unit and the total acreage of the proposed site. In addition, this section can be used to provide other descriptive information about the setting of the proposed project.


2.1     Land Use The applicant should provide data and information about the site, local vicinity, and the wider region. For the purposes of this section, the site is defined as the immediate property effectively controlled by the applicant (e.g., within the site boundary), upon which the proposed project would be situated. The vicinity is the surrounding landscape encompassing the site, local access routes, nearby cities and towns, and other local resources with the potential to be affected by the proposed project. The region includes the vicinity and the wider surrounding area. The definition of vicinity and region is left to the discretion of the applicant; however, as a general suggestion for consideration of land use issues, a typical distance limit of a 6-mi radius from the site perimeter can be used for vicinity and a 50-mi radius from the site perimeter can be used for region. The vicinity should be large enough to encompass surrounding areas whose land uses could reasonably be influenced to a noticeable degree by the proposed project and associated facilities. The region should be large enough to encompass any areas encompassed by applicable regional land-use or local economic-development plans. The guidance provided in this paragraph applies only to defining a vicinity and region for evaluation of land use impacts; geographic areas of other sizes and shapes may be appropriate for evaluation of other environmental impacts.
2.1.2.1 Population Within. 10 Mile


The vicinity should include any offsite areas upon where related project structures would be sited or routed as part of the action covered in the application. Examples include transmission facilities (e.g., switchyards, substations, and transmission-line towers), and access roads needed to connect the plant to the grid. Other examples include reservoirs, barge slips, water-intake facilities, blowdown or other discharge lines, and related infrastructure.
====s. On a map of====
      2. Location of the site boundary. If the site bound                  suitable scale that identifies places of significant ary lines are the same as the station property lines, this                population grouping, such as cities and towns within a should be stated.                                                          10-mile radius, concentric circles should be drawn, with the reactor at the center point, at distances of 1, 2, 3, 4,
      3. The location and orientation of principal station                  5, and 10 miles. The circles should be divided into structures within the site area. Principal structures                     22W-degree sectors with each sector centered on one of should be identified as to function (e.g., reactor build                  the 16 compass points (with reference to true north, ing, auxiliary building, turbine building).                               e.g., north-northeast, northeast, etc.). A table appro priately keyed to the map should provide the current
      4. The location of any industrial, recreational, or                  residential population within each area of the map residential structures within the site area.                              formed by the concentric circles and radial lines. The same table or separate tables should provide the pro
      5. The boundary lines of the plant exclusion area (as                jected population within each area for (1) the expected defined in 10 CFR Part 100). If these boundary lines are                  first year of station operation and (2) by census decade the same as the station property lines, this should be                    (e.g., 1990) through the projected station life. The tables stated. The minimum distance from each reactor to the                    should provide population totals for each sector and exclusion area boundary should be shown and specified.                    annular ring and a total for the 0 to 10 miles enclosed population. The basis for population projections should be described. Fumish the age distribution of the tSite means the contiguous real estate on which nuclear facilities      projected population (e.g., 0 to 12 years, 12 to 18 years, are located And for which one or more licensees has the legal          > 18 years) for the year corresponding to the midpoint right to control access by individuals and to restrict land use for    of the station operating life. The distribution by age of purposes of limiting the potential doses from radiation or radioactive material during normal operation of the facilities.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 29
the U.S. population may be used provided there is no
                                                                        2-1


The applicant should identify and describe the land-use characteristics of the site, vicinity, and region. These descriptions should provide reasonably foreseeable land-use changes near the site, including commercial, residential, and industrial developments and the anticipated effects of land-use or related regional-development plans.
knowledge the site has a significantly different distribu          3. Nearest residence (to a distance of 5 miles)
  tion. Appendix D provides guidance concerning the use of the U.S. age population distribution.                            4. Nearest site boundary
      2.1.2.2 Population Between 10 and 50 Miles. A map              5. Nearest vegetable garden (greater than 500 ft 2 in of suitable scale and appropriately keyed tables should        area; to a distance of 5 miles)
  be used in the same manner as described above to describe the population and its distribution at 10-mile            Indicate which, if any, of the cow and goat locations intervals between the 10- and 50-mile radii from the            are dairy operations. Where possible, the applicant reactor. Furnish the age distribution of the projected          should provide specific information on the actual usage population (e.g., 0 to 12 years, 12 to 18 years, > 18 of the milk, whether the milk is used raw by infants, years) for the year corresponding to the midpoint of the        children, or adults or whether or not the milk goes to a station operating life. The distribution by age of the U.S.      dairy. Estimate the dairy dilution factor, and provide the population may be used provided there is no knowledge            basis. Determine the fraction of the milk at the dairy the site has a significantly different distribution. Appen      that is used to produce dairy products such as butter, dix D provides guidance concerning the use of the U.S.          whey, etc.


2.1.1      Site, Vicinity, and Region The ER should include the following land-use information relating to the proposed site, vicinity, and region, as necessary to assess potential land use impacts:
age population distribution.
    *    A site area map prepared according to Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.206.


*    Zoning information for the proposed site including any existing or proposed land-use plans and any regional economic-development plans that include the proposed site or vicinity within their scope.
Indicate (for the 5-mile-radius area) the nature and
      2.1.2.3 Transient Population. Seasonal and daily          extent of present and projected land use (e.g., agricul variations in population and population distribution            ture, livestock raising; dairies, pasturelands, residences, within 10 miles of the proposed station resulting from          wildlife preserves, sanctuaries, hunting areas, industries, land uses such as recreational or industrial should be          recreation, transportation) and any recent trends such as generally described and appropriately keyed to the areas        abnormal changes in population or industrial patterns. If and population numbers contained on the maps and                the area near the station site is zoned for specific uses, tables of Sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2. If the station is      the applicant should indicate the zoning restrictions, located in an area where significant population variations      both at the site and within 5 miles of the reactor due to transient land use are expected, additional tables      building location and any local plans to restrict develop of population distribution should be provided to indi ment to limit population encroachment.


*    Maps and summary tabulation of areas occupied by the principal land uses for the site, vicinity, and region.
cate peak seasonal and daily populations. The addi tional tables should cover projected as well as current            Provide data on annual meat (kg/yr), milk (liters/yr),
populations. Wherever possible, applicants should state and truck farming production (kg/yr) and distribution the expected residence times for the transient popula within a 50-mile radius from the proposed reactor.


*    Map showing existing topography of the site and vicinity.
tion.                                                          Provide the data by sectors in the same manner as indicated in Sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.


*    Maps showing highways, railroad lines, waterways, and utility corridors located on, or that cross, the site, vicinity, and region.
===2. Furnish===
2.1.3 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters                        information on type, quantity (kg/yr), and yield (kg/m 2) of crops grown within a 50-mile radius from the On detailed topographical maps, show the locations        proposed reactor. Provide information on grazing season of the station perimeter; exclusion area boundary; utility (give dates), feeding regimes for cattle (such as grazing property; abutting and adjacent properties; water bodies;      practices, green chop feeding, corn and grass silage wooded areas; farms; residences; nearby settlements;            feeding, and hay feeding), pasture grass density (kg/mi),
commercial areas; industrial plants; parks; dedicated          and yield statistics (kg/mi) for harvested forage crops areas; other public facilities; valued historic, scenic,       for beef and dairy cattle feeding within a 50-mile radius cultural, recreational, or natural areas; and transporta        of the proposed reactor. Agricultural production, crop tion links (e.g., railroads, highways, waterways). Indicate    yield, grazing, and feeding data may be obtained from the total acreage owned by the applicant and that part          sources such as local and State agricultural agencies, occupied or modified by the station and station facili        agricultural agents, and other reliable sources.


*    Special land uses (e.g., recreation areas, parks, Tribal lands, designated wild and scenic rivers, or areas of other special designation) that could be affected by building the proposed project.
ties. Indicate other existing and proposed uses, if any, of applicant's property and the acreage devoted to these              Determine and indicate in tabular format the past, uses. Describe any plans for site modifications, such as a    present, and projected commercial fish and shellfish visitors center or park.                                      catch (according to the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) standard reporting units) from contiguous Provide, in tabular form, the distances from the          waters within 50 miles of the station discharge. Report centerline of the first operational nuclear unit proposed      the catch by total landings and by principal species, to the following for each of the 16 sectors described in      indicating the amounts used as human food. Indicate the Section 2.1.2 above:                                          location of principal fishing areas and ports of landing associated with these contiguous waters, and relate these
    1. Nearest milk cow (to a distance of 5 miles)           locations to harvest by species. Note the amounts consumed locally. Determine and tabulate the present
    2. Nearest milk goat (to a distance of 5 miles)          and projected recreational fish and shellfish harvest from
                                                          2-2


*    Raw material resources (e.g., timber, sand and gravel, coal, oil, natural gas, ores, groundwater, and geothermal resources) and the owners thereof on or adjacent to the site that are presently being extracted or are of known commercial value.
these waters in the same format, also indicating principal        Data on both present and projected future water use fishing areas and their respective yield by species. As        should be summarized and tabulated; users should be above, indicate the amounts consumed locally. Include          located on maps of legible scale. Tabulations containing any harvest and use of seaweed, other aquatic life, or         information similar to that listed below should be any vegetation used as human food from these waters.            provided for water users that may be affected.


*    Principal agricultural and forest products of the vicinity and region, if agriculture or forestry is a predominant land use.
Indicate the closest location to the point of discharge        1. Number: Include numbers shown on maps identi that is publicly accessible (from land and from water)          fying the location of water users;
and influenced by the discharge flow. Provide a qualita tive estimate of the fishing success that a fisherman              2. Distance from Station: Separate intake and dis could have at this location. Identify and describe any fish    charge locations should be identified as follows:
farms or similar aquatic activity within the 50-mile area utilizing water that reasonably may be affected by the                a. Identify radial distance from station for each power station discharge. Indicate the species and produc        water user;
tion from each of these facilities and the amounts consumed locally. If hunting occurs within 50 miles of                 b. Provide distance from station via water route, the station, determine the average annual harvest by            or by River Mile, etc.;
species, and indicate the amount of game that will be consumed locally. Fish landings, recreational and com              3. Coordinates: Provide map coordinates, if appropri mercial fin and shellfish harvests, and hunting and game        ate;
information may be obtained from sources such as Federal, State, and county recreation, conservation,              4. Withdrawal Rate: Provide present and projected game, and fish agencies. Institutional or other authorita      withdrawal rate (in cfs or gpm) for each water use;
tive sources may also be used. Where adequate data are not available, the applicant should determine the in                5. Return Rates: Provide present and projected formation independently.                                        return rates (in cfs or gpm) if appropriate:
                                                                    6. Type of Water Use: Provide type of water use for The information in this section should be organized each location, e.g., municipal, industrial, irrigation;
in a manner that demonstrates coordination of the principal activities of the proposed station with the                7. Source and Projection Dates of Water-Use Esti various uses of land and water outside the station. These        mates: Where use rates are anticipated to change over activities should include details of required offsite access    the life of the project, indicate periodic projections and corridors such as railroad spurs, rights-of-way for cooling      the source of the projection information. Sources for water conveyance, new or future roadways, and other              such projections may be available for users or planning cultural features that relate to the principal purpose of        agencies at different levels of government.


*    Maps showing major public and trust land areas in the region.
the facility. The discussion should include reference to the reservation of rights-of-way for any future ex For items 4 and 5 above, if use varies significantly pansions that might be foreseen at the time of the application.                                                    seasonally, indicate monthly values. Also, where substan tial holdup or flow changes occur in water use systems, such as in storage ponds or by flow augmentation, On a monthly basis, identify the location, nature, and      indicate the character of the changes.


*    Discussion of whether any land at the proposed site or any affected offsite lands would be subject to requirements in the Coastal Zone Management Act (16 United States Code (U.S.C.) 1451 et seq.).
amounts of present and projected surface and ground water use (e.g., water supplies, irrigation, reservoirs,            In addition, for ground water users, indicate the types of ground water use, depth of wells, ground water recreation, and transportation) within 50 miles of the         elevation, and return rates (if to surface water), and station where the water supplies may be contaminated            characterize the use by aquifer.
    *    Discussion of whether any land at the proposed site or any affected offsite lands constitute prime or unique farmlands (7 CFR 657, Prime and Unique Farmlands (Ref. 35)).
    *    Maps and discussion of any floodplains or wetlands on the site (can cross reference to other ER
        sections).
    *    Discussion of whether the applicant intends to acquire additional land to expand the proposed site.


*    All associated geographic information system (GIS) coverages used to produce the map products in the ER.
by station effluents and the present and projected population associated with each use point, where appro priate. In addition, all population centers taking water                                2.2 Ecology from waterways between the station and the ocean, or such lesser distance as the applicant can technically              In this section, the applicant should describe the flora justify, should be tabulated (distance, uses, amounts,          and fauna in the vicinity of the site, their habitats, and and population). Sources that are river bank wells              their distribution. This initial inventory will reveal should be tabulated separately with their associated            certain organisms which, because of their importance to populations. The effect of present and projected regional      the community, should be given specific attention. A
consumptive water uses by the station on the supplies or        species is "important" (for the purposes of this guide) if vice versa should be identified. Water and sewage              a specific causal link can be identified between the treatment processes should be described where water            nuclear power station and the species and if one or more suppliers may be affected by station effluents.                 of the following criteria applies: (a) the species is
                                                            2-3


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 30
commercially or recreationally valuable, (b) the species              with the ecology of the region. Locate and describe any is threatened or endangered, 2 (c) the species affects the            ecological or biological studies of the site or its environs well-being of some ivnportant species within criteria (a)              currently in progress.


*  Brief discussion of the major geological aspects of the site that could influence land use, including brief descriptions of soil and rock types, and unique geologic features (e.g., karst;
or (b), or (d) the species is critical to the structure and function of the ecological system or is a biological
        geothermal resources; paleontological resources; unique formations, outcrops, or exposures of special interest (e.g., glacial erratics); and water supplies). Reference the final safety analysis report for detailed geologic, seismologic, and geotechnical information.
                                                                                                                3 indicator of radionuclides in the environment.                                                2.3 Meteorology The initial inventory should establish the identity of                 This section should provide a meteorological descrip the majority of terrestrial and aquatic organisms on or                tion of the site and its surrounding area. The description near the site and their relative (qualitative) abundances.            should include the use of at least one annual cycle from The applicant should identify the "important" species                  the onsite meteorological program for a construction from this list and discuss in detail their quantitative                permit application and at least two annual cycles abundances. The discussion should include species that                (preferably three or more whole years), including the migrate through the area or use it for breeding grounds.               most recent 1-year period, for an operating license Special attention should be given to the relative impor                application, plus examination of additional regional tance of the station area to the total regional area of the            meteorological information. Sufficient data should be living resources (potential or exploited).                             included to permit independent evaluations and assess ments of atmospheric diffusion characteristics and sta The applicant should provide data on the count and                  tion impacts on the environment. A discussion of distribution of important domestic fauna, in particular                climatology, existing levels of air pollution and their cows and goats, that may be involved in the radiological                effects on station operations, the relationship of the exposure of man via the iodine-milk route. A map that                  meteorological data gathered on a regional basis to local shows the distribution of the principal plant communi                  data, and the impact of the local terrain and large lakes ties should be provided.                                                and other bodies of water on meteorological conditions in the area should also be included.


2.1.2      Transmission-Line Corridors and Other Offsite Areas Building or upgrading of electric power transmission lines to serve a nuclear power plant does not require U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) approval (10 CFR 50.10(a)(2)(vii)). The NRC
The discussion of species-environment relationships should include descriptions of area usage (e.g., habitat,                    The following data concerning site meteorology, breeding, etc.) for important species; it should include                taken from onsite meteorological measurements and life histories of important regional animals and aquatic                nearby representative stations, should be presented:
recognizes that new transmission lines and corridors may not necessarily be built, operated, or owned by an applicant seeking a permit or license from the NRC. However, the impacts of new transmission lines and corridors, or changes to existing lines or corridors, are relevant to the NRCs analysis of cumulative impacts in an environmental impact statement (EIS) (10 CFR 51.45(c)).
organisms, their normal seasonal population fluctua tions, the density and distribution of their planktonic life stages, and their habitat requirements (e.g., thermal                  1. Diurnal and monthly averages and extremes of tolerance ranges); and it should include identification of             temperature, dewpoint, and humidity;
        To the extent that the indicated information is readily available, the ER should present the best available land-use information relating to (1) offsite corridors or areas that would be affected by building and operating electric power transmission lines or other offsite project elements, (2) new transmission corridors, and (3) building activities that would occur in existing transmission corridors:
food chains and other interspecies relationships, particu larly when these are contributory to predictions or                         2. Monthly and annual wind speed and direction data evaluations of the impact of the nuclear station on the               in joint frequency form at all heights of measurement regional biota.                                                        representative of wind characteristics for points of effluent release to, and transport within, the atmos Identify any definable preexisting environmental                  phere;
    *  description of new transmission-related facilities (e.g., transmission lines and substations) that would be needed, including voltage specifications and the name of the entity that would build and own any new transmission-related facilities and the associated process for obtaining approved rights-of-way;
stresses from sources such as pollutants, as well as pertinent ecological conditions suggestive of such                          3. Monthly and annual joint frequencies of wind stresses. The status of ecological succession should be               direction and speed by atmospheric stability class at described. Discuss the histories of any infestations,                  heights and intervals relevant to atmospheric transport epidemics, or catastrophes (caused by natural phenom                  of effluents;
    *  map showing the potential or planned routing (i.e., the specific route or a band encompassing the route) of any new or existing (affected by the proposed project) transmission corridor(s) and location of transmission-related facilities;
ena) that have had a significant impact on regional biota.
    *  tabular summarization of the dimensions (length and width) of affected transmission corridors by each specific corridor segment or right-of-way;
    *  tabular summarization of existing land use and land cover within affected transmission corridors and other offsite areas (e.g., pipeline corridors);
    *  highways, railroad lines, and utility corridors crossed by new transmission lines or access corridors;
    *  special-use land areas that would serve as constraints in the selection of transmission-line routing or other offsite project activities (e.g., pipeline corridors);
    *  location of any project activities that would be in a floodplain, on wetlands, or on a waterbody;
    *  discussion of whether any land used for new transmission corridors or other offsite building activities would be subject to the Coastal Zone Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.);
    *  discussion of whether any land that would be used for new transmission corridors or other offsite building activities would constitute prime or unique farmlands (7 CFR 657);
    *  discussion of any expected private land access requirements;
                                            RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 31


*    description of proposed routes of access corridors (e.g., roads and railroads) to serve the proposed project and any land-use restrictions or land-use plans affecting such corridors; and
4. Total precipitation by month, number of hours The irformation should be presented in two separate              with precipitation, rainfall rate distributions, and subsections, the first entitled "Terrestrial Ecology" and            monthly precipitation wind roses;
    *    all associated GIS coverages used to produce the map products in the ER.
the second, "Aquatic Ecology." The sources of informa tion should be identified. As part of this identification,                5. Frequency of occurrence of winds greater than 50
present a list of pertinent published material dealing                knots by storm type (e.g., orographic or synoptic flow regimes, tornadoes, and hurricanes).
2
  1n the writing and reviewing of environmental reports, specific This information should be fully documented and consideration should be given to possible impact on any species    substantiated as to validity of its representation of (or its habitat) that has been determined to be endangered or       expected long-term conditions at and near the site.


Information on the routing and design of transmission lines and other offsite facilities may be limited at the time that a licensing application is submitted, especially for ESP applications or if a party other than the applicant will own or be responsible for all or some of the offsite facilities. The ER should present only that information that can reasonably be obtained by the applicant at the time of submittal.
threatened with endangerment by the Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Commerce. New terminology defining
                                                                      3
  "endangered or threatened with endangerment" has been                  Data for this section may be drawn from information in Section promulgated in Pub. Law 93-205, 87 Stat. 884.                          2.3 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, as appropriate.


The ER may explain when more detailed information may be available or that more detailed information may not be available until some unspecified time in the future. The ER should include the best available information on the possible transmission lines to support an analysis of the possible contribution of building and operating the transmission lines on the cumulative environmental impacts of the action.
2-4


2.2      Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater)
Guidance on acceptable onsite meteorological measure              For assessment of the impact of station operation on ments and data format is presented in Regulatory Guide        the environment, data summaries (e.g., moisture deficit,
          The applicant should provide sufficient information for the water resource impact area to establish the baseline condition for evaluating the effects of station building and operation on water resources (surface water and groundwater) and its uses and users. For the purposes of this section, the resource impact area may be defined as the station and the surrounding area out to a distance sufficient to encompass those water resources that may affect or be reasonably assumed to be affected by the building or operation of the station. For groundwater resources, the resource impact area may generally be defined by the extent to which building or operating the plant affects the underlying aquifers. For reclaimed water, such as treated wastewater (if part of the proposed project), the resource impact area may generally be defined by the geographical extent of its prospective uses and users.
1.23 (Safety Guide 23), "Onsite Meteorological Pro            visibility, solar radiation) should be presented to support grams."                                                      the description given in Section 5.1.4 of the frequency and extent of fogging and icing conditions and other impacts on the atmospheric environment due to station Sufficient meteorological information should also be     presence and operation.


The applicant should describe, in quantitative terms, the hydrological and chemical characteristics of surface-water and groundwater bodies in the resource impact area. In addition, water use within the resource impact area should be described. The amount of data and information provided should be sufficient to evaluate the effects of station building and operation on water resources, and is anticipated to depend on the magnitude of the potential impacts. Greater potential impact will require more data and information to support the evaluation. Alternative interpretations of data and characteristics should be described when reasonable or when uncertainty in impacts exist. Characteristics should be substantially based on data obtained from a pre-application monitoring program and integrated with data from other studies conducted in the area and region (as applicable).
provided to adequately characterize atmospheric trans port processes (i.e., airflow trajectories, diffusion condi      At the time of construction permit application, tions, deposition characteristics) out to a distance of 50    applicants proposing a wet, dry, or wet-dry cooling miles from the nuclear station. The primary source of        tower for main condenser cooling or service water meteorological information is the onsite meteorological cooling should furnish appropriate summaries of joint program. Other sources of meteorological information          humidity data along with the joint wind speed, stability could include available National Weather Service (NWS)        category, and wind direction frequencies for heights stations, meteorological programs that are well main        related to the estimation of cooling tower moisture tained and well exposed (e.g., other nuclear facilities,    dispersion for at least 6 months and preferably one university, private meteorological programs), and addi        annual cycle in order to provide a basis for the tional satellite meteorological facilities established by    estimation of the impact of tower operation on the the applicant to characterize relevant conditions at environment. If the applicant does not have the detailed critical onsite and offsite locations. Adequate characteri    site-specific meteorological data described above, it may zation of atmospheric transport processes within 50            present information applicable to the general site area miles of the station may include examination of meteoro from the National Weather Service or other authoritative logical data from stations farther than 50 miles from the     sources. The detailed site-specific data may be scheduled station when this information can provide additional          in accordance with Section 6, "Environmental Reports,"
          A statistical description should accompany all data. Average or median values, standard deviations or interquartile range, and the historical extremes should be described. Temporal trends in characteristics, including seasonal variation, should be identified and explained. Temporal variations of important characteristics (e.g., river flow rates) should be described in sufficient detail to provide accurate evaluation of impacts. For many characteristics, monthly variations may be sufficient, but daily or shorter increments should be provided (e.g., low river flows) when important for evaluating environmental impacts. Spatial variations of characteristics (e.g., aquifer hydraulic conductivity) should be described when they are important for evaluating environmental impacts radionuclide transport in groundwater.
clarification of the mesoscale atmospheric transport          of the Introduction to this guide.


All data for hydrologic characteristics, including water use, should be adjusted to both present- day conditions and to those that may reasonably be expected to occur over the proposed period of the license (e.g., future conditions). Where features of a proposed station (e.g., foundations, excavations, artificial lakes, and canals) modify the hydrologic conditions, the applicant should furnish sufficient site- specific detail for evaluation of the effects of building and operating the station on hydrologic characteristics, water use, and potential radionuclide transport for those water bodies and systems that RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 32
processes. For an assessment of atmospheric transport to distances of 50 miles from the station, the following additional regional meteorological information (based on                                  Hydrology 4
                                                                                    2.4 at least a 1-year period of record) should be presented for as many relevant stations as practicable:
                                                                  The effects of station construction and operation on adjacent surface and ground waters are of prime impor
    1. Wind speed and direction data at all heights at        tance. The applicant should describe, in quantitative which wind characteristic data are applicable or have          terms, the physical, chemical, biological, and hydro been measured;                                                logical characteristics, the typical seasonal ranges and averages, and the historical extremes for surface and
    2. Atmospheric stability as defined by vertical tem        ground water bodies.


may receive radionuclides from the station. In addition, the applicant should describe reasonably foreseeable changes in the hydrologic environment (e.g., climate and land use).
perature gradient or other well-documented parameters that have been substantiated by diffusion data;                  Information should be provided only for those waters that may affect station effluents and water supply or that may be reasonably assumed to be affected by the
        When a mathematical model is used to support the evaluation of hydrologic characteristics, the applicant should describe the conceptual basis for the model, including the rationale for eliminating plausible alternative conceptualizations, the assumptions used in developing the model, the range of applicability of the model, the input data used, the resulting output, the basis for boundary conditions, parameter estimation and calibration procedures followed, and estimates of uncertainty in model forecasts. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, data used, and approaches to allow for an adequate NRC staff evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), design control document (DCD) or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
    3. Monthly mixing height data; and                        construction or operation of the station. For those water bodies and systems that may receive radionuclides from
    4. Total precipitation by month, number of hours          the station, the data should be supplied out to a radius with precipitation, rainfall rate distributions, and           of 50 miles from the site.


2.2.1      Hydrology The applicant should describe the hydrologic characteristics of surface waterbodies and groundwater aquifers that could be affected by station water use or be affected by building or operating the station. These characteristics collectively define the supply of water within the resource impact area, including the location, quantity, and temporal variability of that supply. The applicant should include the following information in the ER:
monthly precipitation wind roses.
    *    Discussion of rivers and streams including, but not limited to, drainage areas and gradients, discharge, bathymetry, wetlands and floodplain descriptions, flood and drought characteristics, flood control measures, and other hydrographic modifications.


*    Discussion of lakes and impoundments including, but not limited to, bathymetry, temperature, currents, inflows and outflows, evaporation, seepage, and a description of reservoir characteristics (e.g., elevation-area-capacity curves) and operations.
Expected seasonal and other temporal variations of important parameters such as flow and currents should All meteorological data should be concurrent for each      be described monthly; daily or shorter increments station with the onsite data collection periods, presented    should be provided when they are important in deter by hour, and should be available on magnetic tapes. In        mining the basis for evaluation of environmental effects.


*   Discussion of estuaries and oceans including, but not limited to, bathymetry, tidal and nontidal currents, temperature, salinity, sedimentation rates, and sediment gradation and sorption characteristics.
addition, a map showing the detailed topographic features (as modified by the station) on a large scale            The applicant should identify, to the extent possible, within a 5-mile radius of the station, a smaller scale map   the source and nature of the background pollutants (e.g.,
showing topography within a 50-mile radius of the            chemical species and physical chirac-ceristics such as station, and a plot of maximum elevation versus distance from the center of the station in each of the sixteen
                                                              4
  221/4-degree compass point sectors (i.e., centered on true      Data for this section may be drawn from information in north, northnortheast, northeast, etc.) radiating from          Section 2.4 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, as the station to a distance of 50 miles should be presented.      appropriate.


*    Discussion of groundwater including, but not limited to, descriptions of aquifers and confining units, occurrence and extent of perched groundwater conditions, recharge and discharge areas and fluxes, groundwater head contour maps, hydraulic gradients, permeabilities, total and effective porosities, advective travel times, bulk density, and storage coefficients.
2-5


*    Groundwater transport characteristics (e.g., dispersion and adsorption coefficients), when necessary to evaluate impacts.
color and temperature), the range of concentrations              mates, storage coefficients, dispersion and distribution involved, and the time variations in release. Information (sorption) coefficients, descriptions of pertinent geologic relating to water quality characteristics should include          formations and soil types, including formation depth measurements made on or in close proximity to the site.            throughout the site and to the nearest downgradient well or water body (note that geology is discussed in Section Station construction and operation will affect the            2.5), chemical properties, and time histories of ground hydrologic characteristics in the site area. Information          water fluctuations. The applicant should provide data should be provided to establish the bases for estimates of        concerning any drawdown of ground water caused by the effects. For systems involving water impoundments,           withdrawals from neighboring major industrial and the flow rates (in and out), evaporation, drawdown,              municipal wells that may result in the transport of percolation, evapotranspiration, and net volumes should            material from the site to these or other wells.


*    Data concerning use of groundwater including drawdown caused by withdrawals from neighboring major industrial and municipal wells.
be provided. In addition, provide elevation-area-capacity curves. Furnish sufficient site-specific data to justify the          Where features of a proposed station such as founda evaluation of the effects of construction and operation            tions, excavations, artificial lakes, and canals create of the station on established ground water tables and artificial conduits for flow of ground water between and usage.                                                            among aquifers, the applicant should furnish sufficient site-specific detail to justify its evaluation of the effects Where a stream is to be used by the station in any            of construction and operation of the station on estab way, the estimated 7-day, once-in-lO-years low flow              lished ground water tables and usage. (Note that water should be presented, in addition to observed instanta            use at the site is discussed in Section 2.1.3.)
neous and average daily minimums. Furthermore, the period-of-record drought with the monthly flow                        In addition to providing the information described sequence identified above, transposed to the station              above for the hydrologic environment in the immediate intake and adjusted for existing and projected upstream            vicinity of the station, information should also be developments, should be provided. A description of                provided for all points that could be affected by station significant tributaries above and below the site, their            construction and operation within the 50-mile radius monthly flow sequences (if necessary to identify future            where water is withdrawn or where there are significant water use), and the pattern and gradients of drainage in          changes in important parameters. All data for parameters the area should be provided.                                      should be adjusted to both present-day conditions and to those that may reasonably be expected to occur over In order to develop a systematic evaluation of the            the life of the station. Chemical and biological para interaction of proposed releases with the receiving water,        meters of the hydrologic environment should be des and to permit establishment of distributional isopleths          cribed in a like manner.


*    Maps or figures showing information requested above, as appropriate (e.g., areas affected by saltwater intrusion).
of temperature or chemical and radionuclide concentra tions, as discussed in Chapter 5 of this guide, detailed              The amount of information required for evaluation of hydrologic descriptions of the site environment to a              radionuclide transport in water should be commensurate radius of 50 miles are necessary. (Note that water use is        with the models used in support of the analysis required discussed in Section 2.1.3.)                                      in Appendix I to 10CFR Part 50.
2.2.2      Water Use The applicant should provide present and known future surface-water, groundwater, and reclaimed water uses (as applicable) that could affect or be affected by building or operation, including RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 33


for the following uses: public and self-supplied (or private) withdrawals for domestic, municipal, industrial, agricultural, mining, and power generation uses.
For the surface water environment, site-specific
                                                                                          2.5 Geology hydrologic information should include descriptions of both tidal and nontidal flow patterns. For large lakes                A description of the major geological aspects of the and coastal regions, the description of nontidal circula          site and its immediate environs should be provided. The tion should include frequency distributions of current            level of detail presented should be appropriate to the speed direction and persistence.                                  proposed station design and particularly the heat dissipa tion system planned. For example, if holding or cooling The seasonal cycles of temperature and salinity              ponds are to be created, a detailed description of soil structure should be provided. Additionally, information          and bedrock types, etc., should be provided. Except for should be included that describes the bottom and                  those specific features that are relevant to the environ shoreline configuration, sedimentation rates (suspended          mental impact assessment, the discussion may be limited and bed load), sediment gradation analysis, and distrib          to noting the broad features and general characteristics ution (sorption) coefficients.                                    of the site and environs (topography, stratigraphy, and soil and rock types).
    For the ground water environment, the hydrologic information should include descriptions of the major                  2.6 Regional Historic, Archeological, Architectural, aquifers in the area, ground water piezometric contour                        Scenic, Cultural, and Natural Features maps of pre- and postconstruction conditions, hydraulic gradients, permeabilities for representative geologic fea            Areas valued for their historic, archeological, architec tures, total and effective porosities, bulk density esti-        tural, scenic, cultural, or natural significance may be
                                                              2-6


Data and information provided for each use should include, but not be limited to, the following:
affected. The environmental report should include a                  and cultural properties (36 CFR Part 800) were pub brief discussion of the historic, scenic, archeological,            lished in 39 FR 3366 (January 25, 1974).
    *  location and nature of water users and water-use areas;
architectural, cultural, and natural significance, if any, of the station site and nearby areas with specific attention              The environmental report should also indicate to the sites and areas listed in the NationalRegistry of            whether or not the site has any archeological significance Natural Landmarks and properties included in or eligible            and how this conclusion was reached. Where necessary, for inclusion in the National Register of HistoricPlaces.          professional quality assessments should be undertaken by archeologists.. If such significance or value is present, The NationalRegistry of NationalLandmarks appears                the applicant's plans to ensure its preservation or plans in 37 FR 1496. The NationalRegister of HistoricPlaces              filed in a public agency for this purpose should be is published annually in the FederalRegister; additions              described. The environmental report should contain are published in the Federal Register on the first                  evidence of any steps taken to recover historical and Tuesday of each month. General guidance on the                      archeological data affected by station construction or treatment of historic, archeological, architectural, and            transmission lines in accordance with the Historic and cultural features can be obtained from the National Park            Archeological Preservation Act of 1974 (PL 93-29 1).
    *  distance from the station;
Service publication, "Preparation of Environmental Statements: Guidelines for Discussion of Cultural                        In addition, the applicant should provide an assess (Historic, Archeological, Architectural) Resources,"                ment of the visual effects of the station and transmission August 1973.5                                                        lines on nearby valued cultural, scenic, historic, park, and recreation areas. The assessment should include The environmental report should identify those prop              drawings or modified photographs indicating the station erties included in or eligible for inclusion in the National        facilities and their surroundings, if visible from these Register of HistoricPlaces which may be affected by the             nearby important vantage points, and estimates of the construction or operation of a station or its associated            number of people affected.
    *  withdrawal rate by use category and return rate; and
    *  statutory or other legal restrictions on the water use or the water resource.


Additional information for groundwater use should include the following:
facilities, including the transmission lines and corridor rights-of-way. Also, the applicant should* discuss its                  It should be stated whether the proposed transmis consultation with the appropriate State Liaison Officer              sion line rights-of-way from the station to the hookup for Historic Preservation concerning the identification of           with the existing system (Section 3.9) will pass through properties included in or eligible for inclusion in the             or near any area or location of known historic, scenic, National Register of HistoricPlaces. The environmental              cultural, natural, or archeological significance.
    *  identification of the aquifer from which withdrawal occurs;
    *   location and depth of wells;
    *  identification of any U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)-designated sole source aquifers that may be affected by station building or operation;
    *  characterization of consumptive and nonconsumptive water uses over the resource impact area;
    *  temporal variations in consumptive and nonconsumptive water uses; and
    *  existing capacities (including available capacities) of local and regional water and wastewater utilities.


Station water-use requirements are not addressed in this chapter; however, Chapter 3 of this RG
report should contain evidence of contact with the Historic Preservation Officer for the state involved,                                         2.7 Noise including a copy of his comments concerning the effect of the undertaking on historic, archeological, and cul                  Ambient noise levels obtained from the surrounding tural resources. Procedures for the protection of historic          biotic communities within 5 miles of the proposed station should be reported. Particular attention should be directed toward obtaining acoustic noise levels where
addresses the information to be included in the ER related to station water-use requirements.
5 Copies may be obtained from Chief Historian, Room 1226,            high voltage transmission lines are located. Federal and National Park Service, 18th and C Streets NW, Washington, D.C.    State noise standards should be referenced, where
  20240.                                                            applicable.


2.2.3      Water Quality The applicant should describe the water-quality characteristics of surface waterbodies, groundwater aquifers, and reclaimed water (as applicable) that could be affected by station water use and effluent disposal. Data and information should include, but not be limited to, the following characteristics:
2-7
    *  physical (e.g., temperature),
    *  chemical (e.g., pH); and
    *  biological (e.g., biological oxygen demand).
        The mean, range, and temporal and spatial variation of these water-quality characteristics should be provided. Data should be gathered for a sufficient period of time to understand long term (annual) and short term (seasonal or other) variations in both quality and availability of water (flow rates, water levels, etc.).
        A description of existing aquatic environmental stressors, including a list of any Clean Water Act
303(d)-impaired waters, should be provided. The applicant should identify, to the extent possible, the RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 34


source and nature of existing impairments. The status of the permitting process for the Clean Water Act
CHAPTER 3 THE STATION
(33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.) certifications should also be described.
    The operating stationand transmissionsystem should          input should be described. The anticipated maximum be described in this chapter.Since environmentaleffects        and monthly average consumptive use of water by the are of primary concern in the report, the station              station should be shown. The above data that quantify effluents and station-related systems that interact with        station water use should be tabulated for various station the environment should be described in particular              conditions, including maximum power operation, detail.                                                        minimum anticipated power operation, and temporary shutdown, with or without cooling towers and cooling
                  3.1 External Appearance                        ponds (if seasonal usage is planned). To avoid excessive detail on the diagrams, refer to other sections (e.g.,
    The building layout and station perimeter should be        Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, and 3.7) for relevant data.


2.2.4      Water Monitoring The purpose of the pre-application water monitoring program is to establish a baseline for assessing subsequent environmental effects on water resources attributable to building and operating the proposed station. The applicant should describe the pre-application monitoring program used to assess the characteristics of the surface-water and groundwater resources in the resource impact area.
illustrated and related to the site maps presented in Section 2.1. The station profile should be shown to scale          The station usage above should be compared with the by line drawings or other illustrative techniques. A            low-flow (drought) periods of record on rivers or recent oblique aerial photograph or graphic representa          variable lakes. Based on historical low-flow records, tion of the completed station should be included.               provide the estimated frequency and duration of station outages and emergency systems usage resulting from The applicant should describe efforts made in locat        insufficient supply of operational cooling water. If ing facilities on the site to use existing terrain and          onsite reservoirs are to be created, describe level vegetation to achieve seclusion and sight screening as          fluctuations and the consequences of such fluctuations appropriate to the topography. In addition, the architec        on such environmental factors as vegetation, aquatic tural design efforts made to integrate the facilities into      food chains, and insect breeding.


The ER should describe the pre-application monitoring program in sufficient detail to demonstrate a thorough and comprehensive approach to environmental assessment. The adequacy of the monitoring program with respect to both spatial coverage (i.e., surface area and depth), and temporal coverage (i.e., duration and sampling frequency) should be demonstrated. The description of this program should include the following:
their environmental setting and to create esthetically pleasing buildings and grounds should be noted.                                  3.4 Heat Dissipation System The location and elevation of release points for liquid        Heat-removal facilities for normal operation should and gaseous wastes should be clearly indicated by a            be discussed in detail. Process flow diagrams and scale system of (x,y) coordinates related to the centerline of        drawings of intake and outfall structures should be containment of the first nuclear unit covered by this            presented. The reasons for providing the particular proposal.                                                        facilities (such as water resources limitations or reduc tion of thermal effects) should be note
    *    locations of monitoring stations;
    *    frequency and duration of monitoring;
    *    monitoring equipment used;
    *    sampling and analysis procedures followed;
    *    data analysis methods used; and
    *    documentation of any data-quality objectives.


2.3     Ecological Resources The ER should describe the terrestrial, wetland and aquatic ecological resources existing at the proposed project site and in the vicinity and region. The applicant should provide sufficient details in the ER as a baseline for determining the impacts to terrestrial, wetland and aquatic species and habitats that might be affected by building and operating the proposed nuclear station.
====d. The water====
          3.2 Reactor and Steam-Electric System                bodies from which cooling water is withdrawn and to which cooling water is returned should be identified.


2.3.1      Terrestrial Ecology The ER should include a baseline description of potentially affected terrestrial resources. The description should also address offsite parcels and corridors needed for components such as reservoirs, barge docks, heavy-haul roads, access roads, laydown areas, electric transmission lines, water pipelines, and mitigation sites. When describing terrestrial resources, the applicant should use the same definitions of vicinity and region as used for the land and water use sections of the ER. The baseline description should focus on the anticipated footprint of land disturbance and may be less detailed for peripheral areas.
The reactor type (e.g.., BWR, PWR, HTGR), manu              (Natural temperatures, including monthly changes and facturer, architect-engineer, number of units, and kind          stratification, should be described in Section 2.4.)
(make) of turbine generator should be stated. The fuel (cladding, enrichment, etc.) should be described. Rated              Topics to be covered include quantity of heat (license level) and design ("stretch" level) electrical and      dissipated; quantity of water withdrawn; consumptive thermal power of the reactor, as well as the station's          water use, return, design, size, and location of cooling electrical power consumption, should be given.                   towers, cooling lakes and ponds, canals with spray modules, or spray ponds; air and water flow rates, The relationship of station heat rate to the expected      pertinent temperatures, estimates of quantity of drift variation of turbine back pressure for 100%, 80%, and            and drizzle (and methods used in making estimates) for
60% unit load should be furnished for design circulator          cooling towers and spray systems; blowdown volume, flow, and ranges of operational variation should be              rate of discharge, and physical and chemical characteris given. The proposed station operating life (years) should        tics for cooling towers, spray systems, and ponds;
be indicated.                                                    temperature changes, rate of changes, and holdup times in cooling ponds or artificial lakes; and rate of evapora
                  3.3 Station Water Use                        tion of water (by months) from towers, ponds, lakes, or other related cooling facilities. Also include information A quantitative water-use diagram for the station            on dams or dikes where a cooling reservoir is created to showing anticipated- maximum and monthly average                include essential features of the interior flow patterns;
flow rates to and from the various station water systems        design and location of water intake systems or struc (e.g., heat dissipation system, sanitary system, radwaste        tures, including numbers, types, and sizes of screens, and chemical waste systems, process water systems)              water depth, and flow and velocity at design conditions should be presented. The sources of the water for each          and for any anticipated conditions of reduced circulator
                                                            3-1


Much of the needed information may be summarized from the background reports prepared using RG
flow; number and capacity of pumps at intake structure;      3.5.1 Source Term temperature differences between withdrawn and re turned water, including consideration of operational              Provide the sources of radioactivity that serve as variation of circulator flow; time of travel across          input to the liquid, gaseous, and solid radioactive waste condenser and to the end of contained discharge lines,        treatment systems for normal operation and anticipated canals, etc., for different months and flows; point of        operational occurrences. Describe the calculational addition and flow rate of any diluent added to the            model used to determine the activity of each radio cooling water stream; and details of outfall design,          nuclide in the primary and secondary (PWR) coolant.
4.11. Information should be updated to reflect recent land-use changes and natural successional processes.


Guidance on consultation under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act is provided in Appendix B.
including discharge flow and velocity and the depth of        The fraction of fuel releasing radioactivity into the the discharge structure in the receiving water. Descrip        primary coolant or the fission product noble gas release tions should include operational modes of important            rate used as a design basis should be consistent with subsystems. Ranges of operating conditions involving          operating experience.


Terrestrial Habitats Detailed guidance on identifying and describing terrestrial habitats is provided in RG 4.11. The ER should include the following information to characterize terrestrial habitats:
special conditions, such as operating with reduced circulator flow, should be described.                            Provide a complete derivation of the concentrations of activated corrosion products used in the source term Procedures and schedules for removal and disposal of      calculations. Provide the bases for all assumptions used blowdown, of slimes and algal growth in the system, and       in the derivation. Cite pertinent operating experience of trash collected at the intake structures should be          where data are available. The activation of water and described. The methods used to prevent the initial            constituents normally found in the reactor coolant accumulation of slime and algae and data on relevant            system should also be taken into account. Sources of chemical constituents should be presented in Section          isotopes (e.g., N-16, Ar-41), together with the concentra
                                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 35
3.6.                                                          tion of each isotope, should be identified.


*    Identification and description of each ecoregion (or equivalent) encompassing potentially affected areas using a widely recognized system such as that used by the EPA (EPA Ecoregion maps).
Seasonal and operational variations in all discharges        Identify sources and appearance rate of tritium in the should be described. This should include deicing, back        reactor coolant. Describe the management of tritiated flushing, and pump maintenance downtime under                liquids during normal operations and anticipated opera worst-case operating conditions.                               tional occurrences. Identify release points for tritiated liquids and gases and the quantity of tritium (curies)
    *    Figures identifying and mapping each terrestrial habitat on, or adjacent to, the site (or offsite parcels or corridors).
    Include a description of all details supporting the       expected to be released annually by each pathway.
    *    Description of each terrestrial habitat type using guidance provided in RG 4.11. Detailed field survey or quantification of vegetation characteristics may not be necessary. Descriptions based on recent site observations are typically more useful than older or regionalized descriptions. Studies would ideally show the condition of the ecological resources that exist no more than 5 to 10 years prior to NRC receiving the application. If older ecological baseline data is used, a discussion of the basis for determining that the data provides for an accurate and meaningful evaluation of potential impacts should also be included.


*    Tables estimating the area of each habitat onsite (or offsite parcels or corridors).
claims that any of the exemptions regarding the dis charge of heat in hot side blowdown as permitted by              Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)
    *    A table estimating the approximate area (or percentage) of each habitat type in the landscape surrounding the site and any offsite facilities.
40 CFR Part 423, Section 423.13(1)(2), is warranted            for fuel pool cooling and purification systems and for with respect to the requirement that "there shall be no        fuel pool ventilation systems. Provide the volume of the discharge of heat from the main condensers."                  fuel pool and refueling canal, identify sources of makeup water, and describe the management of water inventories
          3.5 Radwaste Systems and Source Term                during refueling. Provide an analysis of the concentra This section should describe the liquid, gaseous, and      tions of radioactive materials in the fuel pool water solid radioactive waste (radwaste) treatment systems and      following refueling, and calculate the releases of radio the instrumentation used to monitor all effluent release      active materials in gaseous effluents due to evaporation points. The information should include the origin,            from the surface of the fuel pool and refueling canals treatment, and disposal of all liquid, gaseous, and solid      during refueling and during normal power operation.


*    A qualitative discussion of terrestrial habitat in the region.
radioactive wastes generated by the station during            Provide the bases for the values used and cite pertinent normal operation including anticipated operational            operating experience.


Wetlands Wetlands are specialized habitats with properties intermediate between terrestrial and aquatic.
occurrences (e.g., refueling, purging, equipment down time, maintenance).                                                For purposes of evaluating the effluents from the various ventilation systems, provide estimates of the Describe in detail the capabilities of the proposed        leakage rates from the reactor coolant system and other radwaste treatment systems to maintain releases of            fluid systems containing radioactivity into buildings and radioactive materials in effluents to "as low as is            areas serviced by the ventilation systems. Identify reasonably achievable" levels in conformance with 10          planned operations and anticipated operational occur CFR Parts 20 and 50 including the cost-benefit analysis        rences that may result in release of radioactive materials required by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.                      to the environment. Consider leakage rates and concen trations of radioactive materials for both expected and Since the radwaste systems are discussed and shown        design conditions. Tabulate the sources of leakage and in detail in the applicant's Preliminary Safety Analysis      estimate their contribution to the total quantity. Des Report (PSAR), the applicant may show the radwaste            cribe special design features provided to reduce leakage.


The Federal definition of wetlands is presented in 33 CFR 328, Definitions of Waters of the United States (Ref. 36), but not all areas meeting this definition are subject to Federal regulatory jurisdiction.
treatment systems by block diagrams. References to            Provide estimates of the releases of radioactive gases, appropriate sections of the PSAR should be indicated            radioactive particulates, and radioiodines (by radio wherever needed.                                               nuclide) from each leakage source, and describe their
                                                          3-2


Unregulated areas meeting the Federal definition are termed non-jurisdictional wetlands. Some states and localities regulate wetlands independently using definitions that may vary from the Federal definition.
subsequent transport mechanisms and release paths.              3.5.3 Gaseous Radwaste Systems Provide the bases for the values used. Cite previous pertinent experience from operating reactors, dqscribing            Describe the gaseous radwaste systems and their capa any changes from previous designs that would affect the          bilities to control, collect, process, handle, store, and release of radioactive materials to the environment.            dispose of gaseous and particulate radioactive wastes generated as the result of normal operation and antici Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calculation of Releases of          pated operational occurrences. Include building ventila Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents            tion systems that exhaust potentially radioactive from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reactors," may be                  materials to the environment. Indicate systems that referenced, as appropriate, in providing the above              incorporate high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters information.                                                    and/or charcoal adsorbers in the treatment of building effluents. Provide P&IDs and flow diagrams for all Provide responses to the source term questionnaires          gaseous radwaste systems. Reference may be made to the appropriate sections of the PSAR. Show system and and to the cost-benefit analysis questionnaire which appear as Appendices E, F, and G of this guide.                  component capacities. Provide calculations for gas holdup systems, indicating holdup times, decay factors, and reserve capacity. Identify the normal mode of operation. List estimated quantities and flow rates from
3.5.2 Liquid Radwaste Systems all sources, expected decontamination factors, and holdup times. Estimated quantities should be given in Describe the liquid radwaste systems and their capa terms of cubic feet, total curie content, and aciivity bilities to control, collect, process, handle, store, and        concentration in pCi/cc.


Wetland information presented in the terrestrial ecology portions of the ER should be consistent with wetland information presented in the aquatic ecology portions. Regulatory Guide 4.11 provides additional guidance on wetlands. In general, the ER should include the following information with respect to characterizing wetlands:
dispose of liquid radioactive wastes generated as the result of normal operation and anticipated operational Indicate which systems are used continuously and occurrences. Provide piping and instrumentation dia              which are operated only under specific circumstances.
    *    An indication of whether a wetland delineation has been completed for the site and offsite parcels, what areas were addressed, what wetland procedure(s) were used, and whether the delineation follows procedures required by applicable Federal and State agencies.


*    A wetland delineation map and identification of each wetland using a classification system such as that used in the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) National Wetlands Inventory (Ref. 37),
grams and flow diagrams for liquid radwaste systems.            Note those systems that are shared with other reactors Reference may be made to the appropriate sections in at the site, those systems that are shared between the PSAR. Show tank capacities, system flow rates, and          separate buildings or between units, and also those that design capacities of components. Show all interconnec share a common effluent release point. Identify all tions with other systems and all potential bypass paths.        gaseous radioactive effluent release points including Identify the normal mode of operation. Provide esti            heights above station grade, temperature, and exit mated quantities and flow rates from all sources,                velocity. Provide a summary tabulation of all radio expected decontamination factors, and holdup times.
        for those areas addressed by wetland delineation.


*    A description and estimate of the area of each wetland falling under each National Wetlands Inventory classification.
nuclides that will be discharged with each effluent Estimated quantities should be given in terms of gallons, stream, and provide the expected annual average release total curie content, and activity concentration in pCi/ml.


*    Wetland mapping data from a published source (e.g., the National Wetlands Inventory maps or State wetland maps) or identification of the terrestrial habitats on the site, if any, that may contain wetlands for those project areas where no wetland delineation was performed.
rate (Ci/yr per reactor).
    Indicate which systems are used separately and which            Provide an evaluation showing conformance with the are shared with other units at the site, as appropriate.        design objectives specitied in Appendix I to 10 CFR Part Provide a summary tabulation of all radionuclides that          50, Section II, Paragraphs B, C, and D. With regard to will be discharged with each effluent stream, and provide        Paragraph D, tabulate the components and the para the expected annual average release rate (Cilyr per              meters considered in the cost-benefit analyses along with reactor).                                                        the dollar/man-rem reduction. Analyses should be based on a 30-year station operating life. Describe the cost An evaluation should be provided showing confor              benefit analysis model in detail sufficient to verify the mance with the design objectives specified in Appendix I        tabulated values. Provide the bases for all assumptions to 10 CFR Part 50, Section II, Paragraphs A and D. With          and the parameters used in the analyses. Give the design regard to Paragraph D, tabulate the components and the          specifications for all equipment involved in the cost parameters considered in the cost-benefit analyses, along        benefit analyses. Regulatory Guide 1.110, "Cost-Benefit with dollarlman-rem reduction. Analyses should be              Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light-Water-Cooled based on a 30-year station operating life. Describe the         Nuclear Power Reactors," may be referenced, as appro cost-benefit analysis model in sufficient detail that the        priate, in providing the above information.


*    A discussion of the functions and values of each wetland or cluster of interrelated wetlands (sometimes referred to as an assessment area) on the site or offsite parcels.
tabulated values can be verified. Provide the bases for all assumptions and parameters used in the analyses. Pro            3.SA Solid Radwaste System vide design specifications for all equipment involved in the cost-benefit analyses. Regulatory Guide 1.110,                  Describe the solid radwaste system and its capability
"Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light          to solidify liquid waste concentrates and to handle, Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors," may be refer              store, and package for shipment the solid radioactive enced, as appropriate, in providing the above informa          wastes generated as a result of normal operation in tion.                                                           cluding anticipated operational occurrence


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 36
====s. Include any====
                                                            3-3


*  Citation and summary of any jurisdictional determination issued by the USACE or another applicable agency. For project areas lacking a jurisdictional determination, a description of the anticipated process for acquiring one.
tanks designed to receive concentrated liquid wastes,        treatment sludge supernatant, filter backwash, steam sludges, or resins prior to processing in the solid            generator blowdown; area rainfall runoff from construc radwaste system. Interconnections with liquid radwaste        tion activities and materials storage piles; waste streams systems should be described. A description of the             or discharges from roof, yard, and other drains; laundry provisions for 'the compaction or baling of dry solid          waste streams which may also contain radionuclides; and wastes should also be included. List estimated quantities      other waste streams that may enter the local environ from all sources. Estimated quantities should be given in      ment as a result of station operation.


*  Identification, when practicable, of whether each wetland is under the jurisdiction of the Clean Water Act or applicable State or local wetland protection laws (note that a jurisdictional determination may not have been made at the time of an application).
terms of cubic feet of solid product (as processed and prepared for shipment), total curie content, and activity          Maximum and average concentrations (in mg/liter) of concentration in curies per package, or curies per cubic      chemicals and solids in any brines or cooling system foot. Indicate if the solid radwaste system is shared with    effluents should be given. The expected average and other units at the site.                                      maximum design discharge concentrations of each pollutant for each permitted station discharge should be Describe provisions for the storage of packaged solid      listed in a table along with the chemical concentrations wastes. Estimate the decay time provided in storage            in each of the above-mentioned waste source categories, prior to shipment offsite.                                     where applicable, and the chemical concentration of the intake water supply. Each pollutant in the station's Provide P&IDs and flow diagrams showing the origin,        cooling system effluent should be compared with appli treatment, storage, and shipment provisions for all solid      cable State and Federal (40 CFR Part 423) effluent radwaste generated by the station under consideration.        limitations guidelines and reported in the table. All flow Reference should be made to the appropriate sections of        rates, frequencies of discharge, and regenerant times for the PSAR. Show system and component capacities, and            the waste sources should also be included in the table.
    *  An estimate of the approximate extent of wetlands in the surrounding landscape using National Wetland Inventory maps or another source and a separate estimate for each National Wetland Inventory class or for each mapping unit used.


*  An estimation of wetland losses in the context of their relative abundance in the surrounding landscape.
identify the normal mode of operation.                        Quantities of chemicals discharged with treated or partially treated waste streams not covered by 40 CFR
3.5.5 Process and Effluent Monitoring                        Part 423 should be specifically listed.


*  A qualitative discussion of wetlands in each relevant ecoregion, including the typical landscape positions commonly occupied by wetlands (e.g., stream valleys, estuarine or lacustrine fringes, and topographic depressions), and the history of wetland disturbance.
Identify all radioactive effluent release points, and          Where discharges of free available chlorine or total indicate which points are continuously monitored. Note        residual chlorine are not in compliance with 40 CFR
those monitors that automatically terminate effluent          Part 423 guidelines, details should be given which discharges upon alarm. Indicate those monitors that,          support any conclusion that the proposed unit(s) cannot upon alarm, automatically actuate standby or alternative      operate at or below this level of chlorination and thus a treatment systems or that automatically divert streams        variance from the effluent limitations of 40 CFR Part to holdup tanks.                                            423 is warranted (as is currently allowed by 40 CFR Part
                                                              423).
            3.6 Chemical and Biocide Wastes Ground deposition and airborne concentrations of The applicant should provide a complete list of all      chemicals and solids entrained in spray fallout should be chemicals (including scaling and corrosion inhibitors,        estimated and the methods and bases for the estimates chemical and biological antifouling agents, and cleaning      stated. The discussion should include a description of compounds) to be used at the proposed station. Chemi          procedures by which all effluents will be treated, cal names should be given in addition to generic or trade    controlled, and discharged to meet State and EPA
names wherever possible. The list should describe in          effluent limitation guidelines and new source perfor tabular form the use of each chemical agent, the              mance standards. Seasonal and operational variations in frequency of use, and the average and maximum                discharges should be described as they relate to effluent limitations and standards of performance. A flow dia quantities (pounds) used annually.


Wildlife Guidance on identifying terrestrial wildlife is provided in RG 4.11. The ER should include the following:
gram (which may also be combined with the liquid The applicant should describe average and expected        radwaste system flow diagram) should be included.
    *  Tables of wildlife species observed in each habitat (upland or wetland) on the site (and each offsite parcel or corridor) based on a minimum of one year of observations, if availabl


====e. See RG====
maximum design discharge concentrations of chemicals, including corrosion products, that may enter the environment as a result of station operation.                           3.7 Sanitary and Other Waste Systems Sources of chemicals discharged by the station should          The applicant should describe any other nonradio be identified by the waste categories specified in 40 CFR    active solid or liquid waste materials such as sanitary and Part 423, "Effluent Guidelines and Standards for the         chemical laboratory wastes, laundry solutions, and de Steam Electric Power Generating Point Source Cate            contamination solutions that may be created during gory," issued by the Environmental Protection Agency,        station operation. The description should include esti and should include, where applicable, circulating and          mates of the quantities of wastes to be disposed of, their service water systems; blowdown from recirculating            pollutant concentrations, biochemical oxygen demands cooling water systems; low-volume waste discharge            at points of release as appropriate to the system, and systems such as demineralizer regenerant waste, water        other relevant data. The manner in which they will be
         4.11 for additional direction.
                                                          34


*  A discussion of the potential value of each habitat to each major wildlife grouping: mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, and insects. The discussion can be qualitative and should have an ecological focus; discussions individualized to species are not usually necessary.
treated and controlled and the procedures for disposal              section, the applicant is advised to consult the Depart should also be described. Means for control and treat                ment of Interior/Department of Agruculture publica ment of all systems subject to effluent limitation                    tion, Environmental Criteria for Electric Transmission guidelines and standards of performance under FWPCA                  Systems; the Federal Power Commission publication, should be described.                                                Electric Power Transmission and the Environmert; the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) book, Trans The applicant should (a) describe any other gaseous              mission Line Reference Book, 345kV and Above,2 and effluents (e.g., from diesel engines, gas turbines, heating          the National Electrical Safety Code.


*  A discussion of wildlife activities that have the potential to substantially alter the composition or distribution of terrestrial habitat (e.g., overbrowsing or burrowing)
plants, incinerators) created during station operation, (b)
    *  Presence of indicator organisms that could be used to gauge changes in habitat quality, biodiversity, and the distribution and abundance of species populations.
estimate the frequency of release and describe how they                  Adequate descriptions of proposed line-related will be treated before release to the environment, and (c)          facilities, such as substations, should be included in the estimate the total quantity of SO 2 and NO, pollutants              report. Sufficient information should be provided on the to be discharged annually.                                          external appearance of the transmission structures to permit an assessment of their esthetic impact.


*  A brief discussion of trophic interactions between predators and prey potentially occurring on or near project activities. This discussion may be generalized and qualitative.
3.8 Reporting of Radioactive Material Movement This portion of the report should describe the The detailed requirements for the analysis Of environ.          proposed transmission system and include basic design mental impacts involving the transportation of radio                parameters such as voltage, capacity under normal and active materials to and from nuclear power reactors is              emergency load conditions, conductor type and configu ration, ruling spans, and electrical clearances. Illustrate contained in 10 CFR Part 51.


*  A discussion of possible wildlife movement and migration patterns. The discussion may be generalized and does not need to be based on field observations.
the type of transmission structures, and provide profile If the transportation of fuel and waste to and                  drawings of the conductors and transmission structures from nuclear power reactors is within the scope of                  to be located in highly visible areas. Indicate the paragraph (g) of § 51.20, the environmental report need              dimensions, materials, color, and finish of the trans only contain a statement that such environmental                    mission structures, substations, and other related facil impacts are as set forth in Summary Table S4 of 10                  ities.


A discussion of wildlife used for subsistence or recreational hunting.
CFR Part 51 (see Appendix A). No further discussion of                   The applicant should supply contour maps or aerial such environmental effects will be required.                          photographs, or both, showing the proposed rights-of way and identifying substations or other points at which If the transportation of fuel and waste to and                    the transmission lines will connect with the existing from nuclear power reactors is not within the scope                  high-voltage system. The lengths, widths, and acreage of of paragraph (g) of §51.20, a full description and                    the proposed rights-of-way should be specified. The detailed analysis of the environmental impacts of                    applicant should characterize the land types to be transportation of radioactive materials under normal                  crossed by transmission lines and indicate the present conditions of transport will be required. An analysis                and expected usage of such land. Any area where of the environmental impacts of transportation of                    construction of the transmission lines will require radioactive materials following the approach set                      permanent clearing of trees and vegetation, changes in forth in WASH-1238 is acceptable. 1                                  topography, or removal of man-made structures should also be indicated, as well as areas where the transmission
                  3.9 Transmission Facilities                        lines will be placed underground. Indicate where high ways, railways, water bodies, and areas of archeological, The environmental report should contain sufficient                historical, and recreational interest will be crossed.


Important Species and Habitats Guidance on important terrestrial species and habitats is provided in RG 4.11 and Table 2-1. Note that important species and habitats include, but are not limited to, threatened or endangered species and critical habitats. The ER should include the following information on important species and habitats:
information to permit evaluation of the environmental                Where transmission lines offer potential hazard to aerial impact of transmission lines and related facilities that are         navigation,   appropriate  FAA standards should be to be constructed between the proposed nuclear installa              referenced.
                                            RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 37


*    Each important terrestrial species or habitat known to occur or that has a reasonable likelihood of occurring in the area. Briefly indicate why each meets the criteria for importance in Table 2-1.
tion and an interconnecting point or points on the existing high-voltage transmission system, or are                        Identify alternative rights-of-way and terminal loca required elsewhere in the system for stability or power              tions considered, and provide a brief discussion of the distribution purposes directly related to the proposed                rationale for the selection of the proposed rights-of-way.


*    A brief description of each important terrestrial habitat, which can cross reference the habitat descriptions already provided.
nuclear installation. For material useful in preparing this          Provide sufficient information (including selection
1 criteria) for assessment of the alternatives.


*    A brief paragraph for each important terrestrial species, which provides key data on habitat requirements and life history as necessary to support an assessment of potential effects from the project.
A general analysis of the environmental impact of transporting radioactive materials-to and from a light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor has been issued by the Commission. See "Envi ronmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants," WASH-1238, December 1972, and Supplement I to WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038, April
  1975. Copies of WASH-1238 and NUREG-75/038 may be obtained from the National Technical Information Service,          2Copies may be obtained from Fred Weidner and Son, Printers, Springfield, Virginia 22161.                                          421 Hudson St., New York, NY 10014.


*    A discussion related to any correspondence that has been initiated with the FWS or State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies on important species or habitats (Table 2-1) including endangered, threatened, or special status species. Briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (e.g., letters, e-mail, or phone call summaries).
3-5
                  Table 2-1. Important Species and Habitats to be considered in the ERa Species                                                      Habitat Federally threatened or endangered and proposed                Federally designated or proposed critical habitat or species for listing by FWS or National Marine                  essential fish habitat.


Fisheries Service (NMFS) that occupy habitat or have Protected areas such as sanctuaries, parks, refuges, or an ecosystem function that may be affected by the preserves, including marine protected areas proposed project Habitats identified by Federal or State agencies as Candidate species for Federal listing by the FWS or unique, rare, or of priority for protection; e.g., areas NMFS of particular interest to the review that occupy that have been designated as habitat for an habitat or have an ecosystem function that may be evolutionary significant unit, distinct population affected by the proposed project segment, critical habitat, or essential fish habitat Representative State status species of particular Other habitats of known or indicated interest, interest to the review e.g., known breeding, spawning, nesting, or nursery Other species for which a Federal or State agency has          grounds established a monitoring requirement at or near the site Representative commercially or recreationally valuable species Potentially significant nuisance or invasive species Other species of known or indicated interest (a) The criteria presented in this RG represent updated guidance developed by the NRC subsequent to the publication of RG
This portion of the report should identify and          be taken to minimize these effects. 3 Appropriate State evaluate parameters of possible environmental signifi-      and Federal standards should be referenced, as cance, including radiated electrical and acoustic noise,    applicable.
   4.11.


2.3.2        Aquatic Ecology The ER should include a baseline description of the potentially affected aquatic resources. The description should also include any waterbodies that could reasonably be expected to exhibit detectable changes to aquatic resources from building and operating of the new facilities. This includes waterbodies associated with offsite transmission and pipeline corridors, large component transport routes, and any other affected offsite areas. The description should focus on the information that is needed for the evaluation of potential impacts to the aquatic environment that may result from building and operating the facilities. The extent of the description should extend to any potentially affected habitats, including rivers, perennial and intermittent streams, reservoirs and impoundments, estuaries, lakes, ponds, and ocean areas and should, when appropriate, consider effects on a watershed basis.
induced or conducted ground currents, corona effects,
                                                            3 and ozone production, and what mitigating actions will        Details of the controls and effects are requested in Section 5.5.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 38
3-6


Regulatory Guide 4.24 provides guidance on designing and implementing aquatic environmental studies for baseline descriptions and for impact analysis. The subsections below address specific elements of characterizing baseline aquatic conditions, including aquatic habitats, organisms, and important species and habitats. Guidance on consultation under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act or under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act is provided in Appendix B.
CHAPTER 4 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF SITE PREPARATION, STATION CONSTRUCTION,
                                  AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION
    This chapter of the applicant'senvironmental report        disposing of trash and chemical wastes (including oil);
should discuss the expected effects of site preparation          excavating; and land filling. Provide information bearing and station and transmissionfacilities construction. The        on such questions as: How much land will be torn up?
effects should be presented in terms of their physical          For how long? Will there be dust or smoke problems?
impact on the resources and populations described in            How will explosives be used? Where and how often?
Chapter 2. Means selected by the applicant to measure            Indicate the proximity of human populations. Identify and minimize related environmental effects should be            undesirable impacts on their environment arising from outlined. Effects that are primarily economic or social in      noise and from inconvenience due to the movement of charactershould be discussed in Chapter8.                       men, material, and machines, including activities asso ciated with any provision of housing, transportation, and The preparation of the site and the construction of a      educational facilities for workers and their families.


Aquatic Habitats The ER should include the following information to characterize aquatic habitats:
nuclear power station and related facilities will inevitably affect the environment; some of the effects                The applicant should show in tabular form the land will be adverse and some will be beneficial. Effects are        area requirements (in acres) affected by the station and considered adverse if environmental change or stress            station-related facilities. Where applicable, acieage causes some biotic population or natural resource to be          should be specified for the site, station, cooling towers less safe, less healthy, less abundant, less productive, or     (main condenser and service water), switching stations, less esthetically or culturally pleasing, as applicable; if      safe-shutdown and emergency cooling ponds, trans the change or stress reduces the diversity and variety of       mission line corridors (both onsite and offsite), railroad individual choice, the standard of living, or the extent of     spurs (both onsite and offsite) to be constructed, access sharing of life's amenities; or if the change or stress tends    roads, makeup and blowdown pipes, intake structures, to lower the quality of renewable resources or to impair        parking lots, permanent buildings, and any other facility the recycling of depletable resources. Effects are              or pond occupying more than 2 acres.
     *    A description of the aquatic environment, including the relative significance of habitats in waterbodies onsite or in the landscape surrounding the site, including those that would be used for plant cooling or that could be affected by other activities.


*    Maps or figures, including electronic layers, showing waterbodies and aquatic habitats on the proposed site and in the vicinity and region, including the natural structure of the benthic habitat (when readily available), the location and depth of any associated underwater structures in the vicinity of the site (e.g., submerged dams), and the proposed location of the intake and the discharge systems. Similar maps and figures of transmission and pipeline corridors that extend offsite or other affected offsite areas and their relationships to waterbodies and aquatic habitats.
considered beneficial if they cause changes or stresses having consequences opposite to those just enumerated.              An annual schedule of the estimated work force to be involved in site preparation and station construction In the applicant's discussion of adverse environmental      should be presented. Describe any expected changes in effects, it should be made clear which of these are              accessibility of historical, cultural,' and archeological considered unavoidable and subject to later amelioration        sites and natural landmarks in the region.


*    A discussion of the existing aquatic habitats in the landscape surrounding the proposed intake and discharge structures and associated systems.
and which are regarded as unavoidable and irreversible.


*    Bathymetry, substrate, and other habitat information, including maps or figures, for the affected aquatic habitats in the vicinity of plant structures including the discharge and intake facilities.
Those effects that represent an irretrievable commitment            The discussion should also include any effects of site of resources should receive detailed consideration in          preparation and station construction activities whose Section 4.3. (In the context of this discussion, "irretriev    consequences may be beneficial to the . region; for able commitment of resources" alludes to natural                example, the use of spoil to create playgrounds and resources and means a permanent impairment of these,            recreational facilities.


*    A description of any natural, anthropogenic, and pre-existing environmental stressors and the current ecological conditions indicative of such stresses.
e.g., loss of wildlife habitat; destruction of nesting, breeding, or nursing areas; interference with migratory            The discussion of water use should describe the routes; loss of valuable or esthetically treasured natural     impact of site preparation and construction activities on areas as well as expenditure of directly utilized              regional water (e.g., lakes, streams, ground water). The resources.)                                                    overall plan for protection of water bodies (e.g., recrea tion, reservoir) that may be affected by station construction should be discussed. Activities that might
        4.1 Site Preparation and Station Construction            affect water use include the construction of cofferdams and storm sewers, dredging operations, placement of fill The applicant should organize the discussion in terms material in the water, and the creation of shoreside of the effects of site preparation and station construc tion on both land use and water use. The consequences to both human and wildlife populations should be                IDepending on location, the construction of a nuclear power considered and identified as unavoidable, reversible, etc.,      station and associated access roads, docks, landscaping, etc.,
  according to the categorization set forth above.                may have an impact on monuments of the National Geodetic In the land-use discussion, describe how construction        Control Networks. The applicant should list all known markers activities may disturb the existing terrain and wildlife        in the construction area in its review and independently notify the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, habitats. Consider the effects of such activities as            National Geodetic Survey (NGS) of any impending damage to creating building material supply areas; building              markers so that efforts can be made to relocate them prior to temporary or permanent roads, bridges, and service lines;      destruction.


Aquatic Organisms The ER should include the following information to characterize the aquatic organisms:
4-1
    *    Distribution and abundance data for fish and macroinvertebrates found on the site and in other potentially affected waters. Data should be collected for a sufficient period of time and frequency and from locations that will provide an understanding of the long term (annual) and short term (seasonal or other) variations in distribution and abundance of species potentially affected by building and operation. Studies would ideally show the condition of the ecological resources that existed no more than 5 to 10 years prior to NRC receiving the application. If older ecological baseline data is used, a discussion of the basis for determining that the data provides for an accurate and meaningful evaluation of potential impacts should also be included. Data collection should be consistent with the guidance on baseline studies presented in RG 4.24.


*    Locations and values of local commercial, subsistence, and recreational fisheries and the historic and current seasonal distributions of harvest by species.
facilities involving bulkheads, piers, jetties, basins, or                      4.3 Resources Committed other structures allowing ingress to or egress from the station by water. Examples of other pertinent activities            Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable are the construction of intake and discharge structures        commitments of resources (e.g., loss of land, water, for cooling water or other purposes, straightening or          nonrecyclable building materials, destruction of biota)
deepening of a water channel, and operations affecting        that are expected if site preparation and construction of water level (flooding), construction, and dewatering          station and transmission facilities proceed. Commit effects on nearby ground water users. The applicant            ments of material resources involved in the construction should describe the effects of these activities on naviga      of nuclear reactors are discussed in Regulatory Guide tion, fish and wildlife resources, water quality, water        4.10, "Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of supply, esthetics, etc., as applicable.                        Material Resources." Such losses should be evaluated in Where it is proposed to create a cooling lake or pond,    terms of their relative and long-term net and absolute describe the effects on the local ecology, including the      impacts. (See Section 5.7 for more detailed consider loss of flora and local migration of fauna from the area      ation.)
the lake or pond will occupy. In addition, the expected establishment and development of aquatic plant and                                   4.4 Radioactivity animal life should be described. This discussion may reference any available data based on studies of                    For multiunit stations, provide the estimated annual similarly sited artificial lakes.                              doses at various locations in a new unit construction area from onsite radiation sources such as the turbine systems (for BWRs), the auxiliary building, the reactor building, and stored radioactive wastes and from radio active effluents (e.g., direct radiation from the gaseous radioactive plume). Provide estimated annual doses to
          4.2 Transmission Facilities Construction              construction workers due to radiation from these sources from the adjacent operating unit(s) and the The effects of clearing the rights-of-way and              annual man-rem doses associated with such construction.


*    List and description of species essential to the maintenance and survival of commercially or recreationally valuable species.
installing transmission line towers and conductors on the      Include models, assumptions, and input data. If the environs and on the people living in or traveling through      Safety Analysis Report (SAR) has already been the adjacent area should be discussed in this section.        submitted or will be submitted simultaneously with the (Refer to Section 3.9 for the basic information.)              applicant's ER, reference may be made to the analysis contained in the SAR.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 39
The following topics may serve as guidelines for this discussion, but the applicant. should include any                                                                        2 additional relevant material.                                          4.5 Construction Impact Control Program The construction permit may require certain actions
    1. The proposed techniques for clearing the rights-of      on the part of the applicant to ensure that environ way and any resulting temporary and permanent changes          mental controls to minimize impacts are carried out. In that will be induced in the physical and biological            addition to the discussion of the effects of site prepara processes of plant and wildlife through changes in the        tion and construction, the applicant should furnish hydrology, topography, or ground cover or the use of            details of the program with which it plans to monitor growth retardants, chemicals, biocides, sprays, etc.,          those activities affecting site-related environmental during construction and installation of the transmission      quality. The applicant should state the specific nature of lines.                                                        its control programs and the control procedures it intends to follow as a means of implementing adherence
    2. The methods to be used for erecting the trans            to environmental quality control limits, as applicable.


*    Presence, distribution, and abundance of key aquatic indicator organisms (e.g., diatoms, benthic macroinvertebrates, submerged aquatic vegetation, and fish) that could be used to gauge changes in habitat quality, biodiversity, and the distribution and abundance of species populations. Key indicator organisms are those that would be particularly vulnerable to impacts on forage or habitat.
mission line structures and for stringing conductors, including related environmental effects.                            The applicant should describe measures designed to mitigate or reverse undesirable effects such as noise,
    3. Number and length of new access and service            erosion, dust, truck traffic, flooding, ground water level roads required.                                                modification, and channel blockage. The description should include plans for landscape restoration, protec
    4. Erosion    directly    traceable to   construction      tion of natural drainage channels or development of activities.


*    A brief discussion of trophic interactions between predators and prey potentially occurring on or near project activities. This discussion may be generalized and qualitative.
2 A compilation of construction practices is provided in General
    5. Loss of agricultural productivity and other present      Environmental Guidelines for Evaluating and Reporting the uses of rights-of-way.                                          Effects of Nuclear Power Plant Site Preparation, Plant and Transmission FacilitiesConstruction, AIF/NESP-003, February
                                                                  1974. Copies may be obtained from the Atomic Industrial Briefly discuss the effects of construction on any            Forum, Inc., 7101 Wisconsin Avenue, Washington, identified endangered species (as defined in Section 2.2).        D.C. 20014.


*    Presence of nuisance, invasive, and introduced species, including fish, aquatic vegetation, and benthic invertebrates (e.g., Corbicula spp. or Mytilus spp.) onsite or in the vicinity.
4-2


*    Presence of disease and parasite outbreaks (e.g., viral hemorrhagic septicemia affecting North American salmon and trout, the myxosporean parasite (Myxobolus cerebralis) that causes whirling disease, or the marine dinoflagellate responsible for red tide (Karenia brevis) that could potentially be affected by operations.
appropriate substitutes, measures taken to control                  Precautions for handling of fuels, lubricants, oily rainfall runoff, installation of fish ladders or elevators or    wastes, and other chemical waste should be included.


Important Species and Habitats The ER should provide the following information to characterize important species and habitats as defined in Table 2-1:
other habitat improvement, augmentea water supply for            Describe procedures for disposal of slash and unmer affected surface and ground water users, and flood and           chantable timber and for cleanup and restoration of pollution control.                                               areas affected by clearing and construction activities.
    *    A description of important aquatic species or habitat using the guidelines in Table 2-1 and a brief description of why each meets the criteria in Table 2-1. Additional guidance on identifying important species and habitats is provided in RG 4.24.


*    A brief discussion for each important species (or representative species as indicated in Table 2-1),
The applicant should describe the means by which compliance with EPA's effluent limitation guidelines or new source performance standards (40 CFR Part 423)                   Describe any other measures planned for the protec applicable to construction activities will be achieved.           tion of fish and wildlife during construction.
        which considers all life stages necessary to support an assessment of potential effects on the species from the project. Include a description of their temporal and spatial (including depth)
        distribution and abundance and any observed occurrence in relationship to the intake and discharge sites and frequency of observations, if appropriate.


*    A summary related to any correspondence or discussions with the FWS, NMFS, or State, local or Tribal natural resource agencies on important species or habitats associated with the proposed project (Table 2-1) including endangered, threatened, or special status species and federally designated critical habitat. Briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (e.g., letters, e-mail, or phone call summaries).
4-3
        When proposed new transmission corridors, pipeline corridors, or affected offsite areas would intersect or be adjacent to aquatic resources, the following information should be included in the ER to the extent the information is available to the applicant:
    *    A map or figure and description of the location of important aquatic species and habitats known or expected to be potentially affected by the transmission and pipeline corridors. Consideration should be given to affected offsite areas together with any specific habitat requirements or community interrelationships; e.g., areas that have been designated as an evolutionary significant unit, distinct population segment, critical habitat, or essential fish habitat.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 40
CHAPTER 5 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF STATION OPERATION
    This chapter should describe the interaction of the            and 2.4) and the aquatic ecology (Section 2.2) are of station and transmission facilities (discussed in Chapter          primary importance in determining what effects the
3) and the environment (discussedin Chapter2). To the              released heat will have on the aquatic environment.


2.4    Socioeconomics The applicant should provide sufficient data and information in the ER to establish the environmental baseline for estimates of socioeconomic effects, including: the demographic region, and the economic region. The NRC considers the demographic region to be defined as the site and the surrounding area within a 50-mi radius from the center of the proposed site, and should encompass the majority of population groups potentially affected by building and operations.3 The economic region is considered to be defined as the subset of counties (or other appropriate identifiable geographic grouping)
extent possible, the applicantshould avoid repeatingthe material presented in Chapters 2 and 3. Measures                    5.1.1 Effluent Limitations and Water Quality Standards planned to reduce any undesirable effects of station operation (including the transmission facilities) on the                Describe applicable State and Federal (40 CFR Part environment should be described in detail. In the                   423) effluent guidelines and the thermal standards or discussion of environmental effects, as in Chapter 4,               limitations applicable to the water body to which the effects that are considered unavoidable but either                  discharge is made (including maximum permissible inherently temporary or subject to later amelioration              temperature, maximum permissible increase, mixing should be clearly distinguished from those regarded as             zones, and maximum rates of increase and decrease) and unavoidableand irreversible.Those effects that represent            whether and to what extent these standards or limita an irretrievablecommitment of resources should receive              tions have been approved by the Administrator of the detailedconsideration in Section 5. Z                              Environmental Protection Agency in accordance with The impacts of operation of the proposed facility              the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.
within the 50-mi demographic region where the applicant believes the majority (typically around 75 to 80
percent) of socioeconomic impacts will be experienced. Socioeconomic assessments should also include the following:
    *    reasonable projections about the affected region for the expected license period of the proposed project; and
    *    a detailed discussion of the methodologies used to develop each projection.


2.4.1      Demographics The ER should provide detailed information about the characteristics for the proposed demographic region, with special emphasis on the economic region, to define the magnitude of any potential social or economic impacts from building or operating the proposed project. The applicant should rely upon the most recent demographic estimates available (preferably from a single source) for the demographic region that can be disaggregated to the Census block group (CBG) level for all of the demographic subcategories identified below and for environmental justice (EJ) reviews of low-income populations. The data source used should match the data source used for EJ analyses performed in the ER.4 The ER should include the following information related to demographics:
Indicate whether the discharge could affect the quality should be, to the fullest extent practicable, quantified and systematically presented.' In the discussion of each            of the waters of any other State or States.
    *    Racial and ethnic categories by county or other important geographical area in the demographic region (see the discussion of environmental justice in this RG for additional guidance). At a minimum, demographic data should include the following racial and ethnic categories:
              -  White (Not Hispanic or Latino)
              -  African American or Black
              -  American Indian or Alaska Native
              -  Asian
              -  Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander
3 In most cases, the 50 mile radius will be sufficient to encompass all of the perceivable environmental impacts, but the applicant should be sensitive to site-specific pathways that have the potential for extending that boundary beyond the suggested 50 miles. Potential pathways would include such things as downstream river-borne impacts, road and rail transportation impacts.


4 Because the decennial Census no longer reports individuals or households in poverty, those data are only available at the Census block group level through the American Community Survey (ACS) 5-Year Estimates. For consistency, these ACS data have become the NRC staffs principal source for all demographic analyses (including environmental justice analyses) for new reactor licensing.
impact, the applicant should make clear whether the
                                                                    5.1.2 Physical Effects supporting evidence is based on theoretical, laboratory, onsite, or field studies undertaken on this or on previous occasions. The source of each impact (i.e.,                   Describe the effect that any heated effluent, the station subsystem, waste effluent) and the popula              including service water or closed-cycle system blow tion or resource affected should be made clear in each              down, will have on the temperature of the receiving case. The impacts should be distinguished in terms of              body of water with respect to space and time. Describe changes in temperature caused by drawing water from their effects on surface water bodies, ground water, air, one depth and discharging it at another. The predicted and land.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 41
characteristics of the mixing zone and temperature Finally, the applicant should discuss the relationship          changes in the receiving body of water as a whole should between local short-term uses of man's environment and              be covered. Include seasonal effects. Discuss any model the maintenance and enhancement of long-term pro                    studies and calculations that have been performed to ductivity. As used in this guide, "short term" may be              determine these characteristics, giving references to taken to refer to the operating life of the proposed                reports that provide supporting details. Details of facility and "long term" to time periods extending                  calculational methods used in predicting thermal plume beyond this life. The applicant should assess the action            configurations should be given in an appendix to the for cumulative and projected long-term effects from the            report. The results should be portrayed in graphic form, point of view that each generation is trustee of the                showing isotherms in three dimensions for a range of environment for each succeeding generation. This means              conditions that form the basis for the estimation of considering, for example, the commitment of a water                ecological impact.


-   Other Race (including races not mentioned above and Two or More Races)
source to use as a cooling medium in terms of impair ment of other actual or potential uses and any other                    Where releases are determined to be affected by tides long-term effects to which the operation of this facility                                                              extent and winds, a probability rose relating directions, Both may contribute.                                                    "of modification, and time should be included.          a daily and an annual probability rose should be developed
          -    Ethnicity: Hispanic, Latino, or Spanish origin (may be of any race)
  5. 1 Effects of Operation of Heat Dissipation System            where tides are operative.
          -    Aggregate minority (calculated as Total Population minus White, not Hispanic or Latino)
    *  An overview map and accompanying tables identifying the counties and principal cities and towns that pertain to the demographic region and the economic region.


A table providing historic and projected population data for the counties of the demographic region, with summary totals for the counties pertaining to the economic region. Population values should include historic data for the previous two decennial censuses and extend forward to at least the decennial year after the expected license period of the proposed project.
Waste heat dissipated by the system described in                5.1.3 Biological Effects Section 3.A alters the thermal conditions of the environ ment. Since the heat transfer is usually effected through              Describe the effects of released heat on marine and the surface of a river, pond, lake, estuary, or ocean or by        freshwater life. Give the basis for the prediction of the evaporation of water in a cooling tower, the meteor            effects. In this discussion, appropriate references to the ology and hydrology of the environment (Sections 2.3                baseline ecological data presented in Section 2.2 should be made. Expected thermal effects should be related to lQuantification of environmental costs is discussed in Chapter      the optimum and tolerance temperature ranges for
  10.                                                               important aquatic species (as defined in Section 2.2) and
                                                              5-1


*  A table providing the current racial and ethnic distribution of the population, accompanied by discussion of expected trends in racial and ethnic distribution over the license period.
the food base that supports them. The evaluation                  icing, precipitation modification, humidity changes, should consider not only the mixing zone, but also the            "cooling tower blowdown and drift, and noise. Where entire regional aquatic habitat potentially affected by           cooling towers are considered, the discussion should operation of the proposed station.                                include estimates of the dimensions of the visible plume under various stability classes (Pasquill) and the proba Potential hazards of the cooling water intake and              bility distribution of wind directions, air temperature, discharge structures (described in Section 3.4) to fish            and humidity expected at the site. Discuss shadowing populations and food base organisms should be                      effects and esthetic considerations caused by cooling identified, and steps planned to measure and minimize              tower plumes. If fog clouds or icing may occur, the the hazards should be discussed. Diversion techniques              estimated hours per year, distances, and directions should be discussed in the light of information obtained          should be presented, along with transportation arteries from ecological studies on fish population, size, and               (including navigable waters) potentially affected and habitats.                                                          measures to mitigate such effects. Consider possible synergistic effects that might result from mixing of fog The effects of passage through the condenser on                or drift with other effluents discharged into the atmo zooplankton, phytoplankton, meroplankton, and small                sphere from nearby fossil-fueled or industrial facilities.


*  A discussion of any current migrant workforce or other migrating population (see latest Census of Agriculture). Discuss the historic and expected trend for migrant populations.
nektonic forms such as immature fish should be                    (Environmental effects of chemicals discharged from discussed, as well as the resultant implications for the          cooling tower blowdown and drift should be discussed in important species and functional groups.                          Section 5.3.)
    The applicant should discuss the potential biological              In addition to the meteorological effects noted, other effects of modifying the natural circulation of the water          local environmental impacts may occur. These should be bodies affected by the station, especially if water is            described. For example, if a cooling pond or lake is withdrawn from one region or zone and discharged into              created or where ground water is a source of station another. This discussion should consider such factors as          water supply, the effects on ground water may be the alteration of the dissolved oxygen and nutrient                substantial; consequently, the alteration of water table content and distribution in the receiving water, as well as        levels, recharge rates, and soil permeability should be the effects of scouring and suspended sediments. Where            discussed.


*  A table and accompanying discussion of transient populations affected by the proposed project, including an assessment of local public venues (e.g., stadiums or arenas, resident camps, large employers, and parks and recreation areas) with the following information:
natural salinity is modified by station waterflow, the effects should be quantitatively investigated.                         5.2 Radiological Impact from Routine Operation Station-induced changes in the temperature of the                  In this section, the applicant should consider impacts discharged      water subsequent to environmental                on man or on biota other than man that are attributable stabilization can affect aquatic life in the receiving body.      to the release of radioactive materials and to direct Accordingly, the applicant should discuss the possible           radiation from the facility. The biota to be considered effects of reactor shutdown (and other temporary                  are those species of local flora and local and migratory related conditions), including the dependence of effects          fauna defined as "important" in Section 2.2 and whose on the season in which shutdown occurs. An estimate of            terrestrial and/or aquatic habitats provide the highest the number of scheduled and unscheduled shutdowns                potential for radiation exposure. Estimates of the per year should be given. Refueling schedules should be          radiological impact on man via the most significant indicated, particularly where the rate and magnitude of          exposure pathways should be provided.
           -    distance from the site
          -    peak visitation levels
          -    timing of the peak visitation levels
          -    attendance levels
          -    dates of activities
          -    other pertinent information
    *  A table presenting the current income distribution, including household income by segments (e.g., by quartiles), Federal median household income level, and the number and percent of households below the Federal poverty level for each county in the demographic region, and each State within the demographic region. Discuss current trends affecting incomes within the demographic region.


Information on how to perform population counts and estimate future populations can be found in the American National Standard Institute/American Nuclear Society (ANSI/ANS) ANSI/ANS-2.6-2018, Standard Guidelines for Estimating Present & Forecasting Future Population Distributions Surrounding Power Reactor Sites (Ref. 38).
temperature change in the receiving waters are likely to be large (e.g., as a result of refueling in winter). Describe procedures for reducing thermal shock to aquatic                  5.2.1 Exposure Pathways organisms during shutdown or refueling. A discussion of operation with reduced circulator flow or increased                  The various possible pathways for radiation exposure temperature differentials should be specifically                  of the important local flora and local and migratory addressed to timing and extent to provide a basis for            fauna should be identified and described in the text and comparison of the effects of such operation with those            flowcharts. (An example of an exposure pathway chart of standard operating modes.                                       for organisms other than man is given in Appendix H.)
                                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 42
                                                                  The pathways should include the important routes of radionuclide translocation (including food chains leading
5.1.4 Effects of Heat Dissipation Facilities                      to important species) to organisms or sites.


2.4.2      Community Characteristics Sufficiently detailed information about the economic characteristics of the proposed site and its surrounding economic impact region forms the baseline for estimating the economic impacts that might occur because of building- or operation-related activities at the proposed site. The ER should focus primarily on the community characteristics for the economic region surrounding the proposed site.
Discuss the expected effects of heat dissipation                  The various possible pathways for radiation exposure facilities such as cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds,        of man should be identified and described in text and spray ponds, or diffusers on the local environment and            flowcharts. (An example of an exposure pathway chart on agriculture, housing, highway safety, recreation, air          for man is given in Appendix H.) As a minimum, the and water traffic, airports, or other installations with          following pathways should be evaluated: direct radiation respect to meteorological phenomena, including fog,                from radioactivity contained within the station, shore-
                                                              5-2


However, there may be areas beyond the demographic region that have a unique importance to the project or for cumulative impact purposes, and the applicant should include such areas in the discussion when identified.
line fishing (radionuclides deposited in sediments),            of Ci/m 2 -yr, at points of potential maximum concentra immersion in airborne effluents, and radionuclides              tion outside the site boundary, at points of estimated deposited on the ground surface and vegetation, and              maximum individual exposure, and at points within a internal exposure from inhalation of airborne effluents          radial grid of sixteen 221/4-degree sectors centered on and from ingestion of milk, drinking water, fish and            true north and extending to a distance of 50 miles from game, invertebrates, and plants. Identify any additional        the station. A set of data points should be located within exposure pathways specific to the region around the              each sector at increments of 0.25 mile to a distance of 1 site that could contribute 10% or more to either                mile from the station, at increments of 0.5 mile from a individual or population doses.                                  distance of 1 to 5 miles, at increments of 2.5 miles from a distance of 5 to 10 miles, and at increments of 5 miles
5.2.2 Radioactivity in Environment                              thereafter to a distance of 50 miles. Estimates of relative concentration (x/Q) for noble gas effluents and, if In Section 3.5, the radionuclide concentrations in the      applicable, relative concentration (x/Q) depleted by liquid and gaseous effluents discharged from the station          deposition and relative deposition (D/Q) for radioiodine are listed. In this section, the applicant should consider      and particulate effluents should be provided at each of how these effluents are quantitatively distributed in the       these grid points. In addition, averages of these XiQ
environment. Specifically, estimates should be provided          and/or D/Q values between all adjacent grid points along for the radionuclide concentration (a) in all waters that        the radials should be provided.


The ER should include information related to community characteristics including a table and/or chart illustrating the following:
receive any liquid radioactive effluent, (b) on land areas, (c) on vegetation (on a per unit area basis) in the environs, and (d) in the atmosphere around the nuclear              5.2.2.1 Surface Water Models. Models are herein station.                                                          classified into two categories: those that estimate physical effects using simplifying, conservative assump If there are other components of the physical                tions and those that are state-of-the-art attempts at environment that may accumulate radioactivity and thus            realistically modeling physical effects. Predicting the result in the exposure of living organisms to nuclear            transport of liquid radioactive effluents may require the radiations, they should be identified and their                  use of both categories of models, each applicable under radioactivity burden estimated. In addition, information          different situations and for different regions of the hydrologic environment. The applicant should discuss concerning any cumulative buildup of radionuclides in the range of applicability of the models used, the the environment, such as in sediments, should be methods used in model calibration and verification, the presented and discussed. Information concerning any error limits of the resulting predictions, and the input relocation of contaminated or potentially contaminated data. Basic hydrologic and station data are discussed in materials in the physical environment, such as occurs in        Sections 2.1.3, 2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 6.1. Discussions of dredging operations, should be provided.
    *    Information related to the current site labor force (if the proposed site is co-located with an existing power plant), including the peak number of operations workers, a characterization of all temporary outage workers, and the county-level residential distribution of the current operations workforce and temporary outage workers.


*    Housing information, including sales and rental markets in the economic region, the number and types of units available for rent or sale, vacancy rates, and trends. The applicant should only include habitable structures and the location of existing and projected housing developments.
the three general types of surface water models (transport, sediment uptake, and water use) that may be Estimate the expected annual average concentrations used in predicting the effects of liquid radioactive of radioactive nuclides (listed in Section 3.5) in receiving    effluents follow.


*    The regions current and historic economic base, including important regional industries by category, employment, and size. Trend data should be of sufficient depth and scope to provide an accurate account of the changes in the regions economic history, and an indication as to where those changes are most likely leading the regions economy. Describe the nature of the heavy construction industry and construction labor force in the region and the total regional labor force, regional unemployment levels, and future economic outlook projected for the proposed license term.
water at locations where water is consumed or otherwise used by human beings or where it is inhabited by biota of significance to human food chains. (If discharges are            5.2.2.1.1 Transport Models. Mathematical and/or intermittent, concentration peaks as well as annual              physical models may be required to predict the transport averages should be estimated.) Specify the dilution              of liquid radioactive effluents. The size of the region to factors used in preparing the estimates and the locations        be simulated and the required level of detail will depend wheie the dilution factors are applicable.                      on the radionuclide in question, the quantity released, the surface water pathways, and the temporal and spatial The models and assumptions used to determine air              variability of important model parameters (e.g.,
concentration andjor deposition should be described in          diffusion coefficients). In cases where significant levels detail and their validity and accuracy discussed.                of station-discharged radionuclides remain in the surface Guidance on acceptable models is provided in Regula              waters over large distances, Appendix I to 10 CFR Part tory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric            50 requires transport predictions along the surface Transport and Dispersion from Gaseous Effluents in              water pathways ranging from the immediate vicinity of Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors."              the discharge point to a 50-mile radius of the station.


The ER should identify local and regional planning and administrative organizations and discuss their analyses and trends that may affect conditions, including:
The meteorological data used in these models should be identified and consistent with Section 2.3. From the                Transport predictions will often require the use of atmospheric transport and diffusion models and meteor            different models, each applicable to a given region of the ological data, provide estimates of relative concentra          surface water pathway. In each case, the model should tions (XJQ), where X and Q are expressed in units of            be described in detail. The description should include Ci/m 2 and Ci/yr, respectively, and/or relative annual (or       justification of all model input data and assumptions.
    *    The regions current governmental structure including regional political jurisdictions, school districts, and taxing jurisdictions (including those taxing jurisdictions that would be most affected by the proposed project). Tax rate data should be provided for:
              -  Federal, State, county, regional, school district, sales and use, and other applicable tax sources and their rates;
              -  any current agreements for the proposed or existing site for special property tax rates;
              -  payment-in-lieu-of-taxes; and
              -  other in-kind payments to local jurisdictions.


*    The current educational system within the economic region (i.e., public and private primary and secondary schools and higher education institutions) including capacity; student counts; present percentage of utilization; student-teacher ratios; and expected trends affecting these resources.
seasonal) deposition (D/Q), where D is expressed in units        The applicant should describe in detail the methods
                                                              5-3


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 43
employed to obtain model parameters (e.g., diffusion            transport, results should be tabulated separately in the coefficients).                                                  table requested in Section 5.2.2.1.1.


*  A review and discussion of the local land-use plans and zoning information relevant to population growth, housing, and changes in land-use patterns within the economic region and relevant trends that would affect the development of the economic region.
In the case of physical models, the applicant should            5.2.2.1.3 Water-Use Models. Where water use may present detailed descriptions of the model facilities,          affect or be affected by station discharges, computa scaling requirements, data collection and analysis              tional models may be required to predict projected techniques, and error estimates.                                changes in surface use and flows upstream and down stream (present and projected surface water use is For liquid radwaste transport analysis pursuant to          discussed in Section 2.1.3). Such models may be required Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50, a tabulation of the               to predict types of water and temporal variations in use expected concentrations and travel times for each of the        over the life of the station. Predictions will often require important radionuclides released to each important              the use of models of varying sophistication which are pathway to man should be provided on a monthly                  compatible with population projections. In each case the average basis for conditions anticipated during station        model and input data should be described in detail.


*  A summary, in tabular form, of local social services and public facilities (e.g., water and sewer);
operation.                                                      Descriptions should include discussions of the applicability and validity of the models with supporting evidence to substantiate the applicant's conclusions.
        present and projected police and fire capabilities; and medical information including hospitals (available beds and occupancy rates) and number of medical doctors and specialized health facilities.


*  The name and location for each water- and sewer treatment facility, its design capacity, current usage rate, and any information about future expansions or other pertinent changes, in each county and community in the economic region.
5.2.2.1.2 Sediment Uptake Models. In some cases, a          Models of water use are necessary in rivers, lakes, substantial portion of certain radionuclides released          estuaries, and oceans where realistic projections of from the station will be removed from solution and              radionuclide transport are undertaken and where the deposited on bottom and suspended sediments.                    sensitivity of concentration estimates to assumptions of Consideration of such removal mechanisms may                    monthly average flow indicates changes in water use that substantially change the ultimate calculated doses to            could significantly change Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50
man. If credit is claimed for reduction of radionuclide          objectives. For example, estimates of monthly average concentrations in surface waters by the mechanism of            flow in a river based solely on historical streamflow sediment uptake, analysis and verification should be            records will not indicate the changes in water uses that provided. Such analysis should include actual field and          have occurred historically, nor will they indicate changes laboratory measurements to determine sorption and                to be expected in the future. One way to project flow is transport of radionuclide ions by bottom and suspended          to assumne that long-term recorded historical runoff sediments. The sampling and analyses should cover the            conditions adjusted for the effects of man (e.g.,
area of significant influence of the station and should          reservoirs, diversions, water supply) will be indicative of consider seasonal changes of sediment transport.                the future. This adjusted record is then modified for projected water use by man to the end of the station Mathematical models may be used for calculating the          lifetime. The analyses can be undertaken by simulating
                                                                                                            2 removal of ions by sediment and the transport of                streamflow and water use sequentially.


*  A summary, in tabular form, of access routes to the site of roads (including highways), rail, and waterways. For each mode of transportation, provide a discussion of significant proposed and potential expansions, improvements, and upgrades. Information on transportation should be consistent with information provided in the land use; non-radiological health; and fuel cycle, transportation and decommissioning sections in this RG.
attached ions in the sediment. Models should be verified by comparison to field studies (e.g., tracers) from water            5.2.2.2 Ground Water Models. The general categories bodies having characteristics similar to those at the of models, as described for surface water in Section station. Data should be provided to substantiate that the       5.2.2.1, are also applicable to ground water models.


-    Roads: A brief summary of which roads will be used for site access should be included in this section. Detailed information regarding roads should be provided in Section 2.8.3.
conditions postulated in the model will be typical of Mathematical models may be used for predicting ground those at the site.                                              water use and flow and radionuclide transport in aquifers to provide the assessment required by Appendix In those cases where a proposed site is similar or in        I to 10 CFR Part 50. For ground water use models, the close proximity to an operating station, anticipated            size of the region to be simulated is the area within 50
sediment-related effects may be inferred from the results        miles of the station unless it can be clearly demonstrated of field measurement programs associated with the                that the region within station influence is of smaller operating station.                                              extenL For ground water flow and transport models, the size of the region to be simulated and the required level If the applicant elects to carry out -an analysis of the    of detail will depend on the radionuclide in question, the removal of radionuclide ions by sediment uptake, the            quantity released, potential ground water pathways, and results should also be used to estimate the concentra          temporal and spatial variability of important model tions in the sediments for other pathways to man, such          parameters (e.g., dispersion coefficients). In general, the as direct contact or uptake by benthic organisms.              size of the simulated region should encompass an area Regulatory guides are in preparation to establish both criteria and data collection requirements for sediment uptake and transport models.                                    2One such model involving a computer program is "HEC-3, Reservoir Systems Analysis," available from the U.S. Army If credit is claimed for concentration reductions of        Corps of Enoeers, The Hydrologic Engineer*i Center, Davis, radionuclides resulting from sediment uptake and                California.


-   Rail: Describe railroads with regard to quality, capacity of the tracks, proximity to the proposed site, road crossings, and the availability of spurs to the proposed site.
5-4


-    Waterways: Waterway infrastructure refers to freshwater and ocean barge facilities.
large enough to reach the nearest significant down                        Data on irrigation usage of the receiving water should gradient surface water body and/or downgradient water                be included, such as the amount of water used, the supply wells within 50 miles of the station.                        number of acres irrigated, locations at which irrigation water is withdrawn (downstream from the site), types of Transport predictions will often require the use of              crops produced on irrigated soils within 50 miles down different models, each applicable to a given region of the          stream of the site, and the yield per acre of each crop.


Describe all barge facilities (e.g., size, size limitations, and depth of channel).
ground water pathway. In each case, the model should be described in detail. The description of the model                    Where downstream users may ingest waters drawn should include justification of all model input data and              from mixing zones or acres of limited dilution, provide assumptions. The applicant should describe in detail the              data on means to provide temporary water supply from methods employed to obtain model parameters such as                  storage or alternative sources dispersion and distribution (sorption) coefficients. Data for model parameters should be presented in Section                        Determine the expected radionudide concentrations
    *  Potentially affected visual resources within the expected viewshed of the station (e.g., light pollution). Describe any existing standards or applicable regulations affecting the viewshed of the site. Highlight any viewshed management plans or other documents that discuss the current and expected impacts of normal development of the viewshed.
2.4. The techniques and results of both laboratory and                in aquatic and terrestrial organisms significant to human field calibration and verification studies, including                food chains. (Information and data on aquatic and sensitivity analysi*,-should be presented for each model.            terrestrial organisms are requested in Section 2.13.) Use the bioaccumulation factors given in Section 52.3, or
5.23 Dose Rate Estimates for Biota Other Than Man                    supply others as necessary.


*  Recreation venues, parks, protected lands, and other visitor attractions in the vicinity of the site.
From considerations of the exposure pathways and                      Calculate, using the above information and any other the distribution of facility-derived radioactivity in the            necessary supporting data, the total body and significant environs, the applicant should estimate (1) the                      organ (including GI tract, thyroid, skin, and bone) doses maximum radionuclide concentrations that may be                      (millirem/year) to individuals in the population from all present in important local flora and local and migratory              receiving-water-related exposure pathways, ie., all fauna and (2) the internal dose rates (millirad/year) that            sources of internal and external exposure. Provide details may result from those concentrations. Values of                      and models of the calculation as an appendix.


Describe the type of venue, capacity, occupation rate and seasonal characteristics.
bioaccumulation factorsO used in prepaing the estimates should be based on site-specific data, if available; other                5.2.4.2 Gaseous Pathways. Estimate total body and wise, values from the literature may be used. The                    significant organ doses (millirem/year) to individuals applicant should tabulate and reference the values of                exposed at the point of maximum ground-level bioaccumulation factors used in the calculations. Dose                concentrations offsite.


*  Characteristics of distinctive communities (e.g., historic districts, tourist attractions, cultural resources, American Indian lands and resources, and other popular resources). Discuss any expected trends affecting these resources.
rates to important local flora and local and migratory fauna that receive the highest external exposures should                  Estimate the total body and thyroid doses (millirem/
be provided along with a description of the calculational            year) and significant doses received by other organs via models.                                                               such potential pathways,4 including direct radiation from surface-deposited radionuclides.


2.5     Environmental Justice Environmental justice (EJ) refers to a Federal policy established by Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions To Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations (59 Federal Register [FR] 7629) (Ref. 39), under which each Federal agency identifies and addresses, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of its programs, policies, and activities on minority or low-income populations.5 Although it is not subject to
5.2.4 Dose Rate Estimates for Man                                          Provide an appendix describing the transport and dose models used in these calculationsA. 5
5 The U.S. Census Bureau list of minority and ethnic categories and the definition of low-income can be found at http://ask.census.gov/.
    5.2.4.1 Liquid Pathway.. Provide data (in terms of man-hours) on recreational and similar use of receiving                    5.2.43 Direct Radiation from Faclity. The applicant water and its shoreline, e.g., fishing, picnicking, hunting,          should provide an estimate of the total exter clam digging within 50 miles of the site. Include any                nal dose (millivremyear) received by individuals outside persons who spend the major part of their working time                the facility from direct radiation, e.g., gamma radiation on the water adjacent to the site, and indicate the                  emitted by turbines and vessels for storage of radioactive amount of time spent per year in this activity.                      waste. In particular, the applicant should estimate the expected external dose rates at the site boundary (as defined in Section 2.11.2) and-the dose rate at the most
                                                RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 44
3 The     acculation      factor for aquatic organisms is the        critical nearby residences, as well as schools, hospitals, or evalue              of the ratio: (concentration in organism)      other publicly used facilities within one mile of the
  /(concentration in wawt). Values of bioaccumulation factors can be obtained from such refrences as SE. Thompson, CA.


the Executive Order, the Commission has voluntarily committed to undertake environmental justice reviews and issued its policy statement on the treatment of EJ matters in licensing actions. NUREG-1555 provides the staffs methodology for performing EJ analyses.
Burton, DJ. Quinn, and Y.C. Ng, ConeenbtarionFactorsof zemica Elementfs i Edible Aqueous &punism University 3f Califomri, Lawrence Livemore Laboratory Report UXRL                4Modeh and a-smption    s for calculating doses awe desibed in
  50564 (Rev. 1), October 1972. Vilues of bioaccumulation              Regulatory Guide 1.109, "Cakulation of Annual Doses to Man factors for terretria organisms can be obtained from Y.C. Ng.        from Routine Release of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of et 2L, hv&edtk of dte Maximum Dage to man fium the                   Evluting Compliance with 10 MFl Part 50, Appendix L
  Fallout of Nudear Devices - IV. Handbookfor Estmateig the           5 Mahimwum Intenl Dowe from Ravoudiiles ReleMased to the                 Resuktoxy Guide 1.1 1, -Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Maheate, USAb. Report, UCRL-50163, Pt. TV, Lawrence                  Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous F.fluents i Routine Radiation Lab., University -of Caifornia, livermore, CA,, 1968.      Releas from Light-Water-Cooled Reactor&"
                                                                  5-5


The EJ review involves starting with all of the Census block groups within the 50-mi demographic region and identifying the subset of those block groups that have minority and low-income populations that could experience disproportionately high and adverse health or environmental effects from building and operating a new nuclear power plant (potentially affected EJ populations). To assist the NRC staff in its review of potential human health or environmental effects that could occur, the applicant should identify:
proposed nuclear unit(s). A summary of data, assump                The effects on the environment of chemicals in the tions, and models used in the dose calculations should be    station's cooling system effluents (including cooling given.                                                        tower blowdown and drift) should also be considered in this section. Using the design discharge contaminant concentrations (see Section 3.6), estimate the resulting
     *  minority or low-income Census block groups that qualify as potentially affected EJ populations that could be disproportionately affected by building and operating the proposed project;
     5.2.4.4 Annual Population Doses. Using the above stream concentrations at various distances and water information and any other necessary supporting data, flow variations (including the average 7-day, once calculate the annual total-body man-rem dose and the in-l0-years low flow, normal flow conditions, the lowest annual man thyroid-rem dose to the population ex              control flow, and the lowest recorded minimum for the pected to reside within the 50-mile region at the receiving water body), and compare, in tabular form, the mid-point of station operation. Also calculate the annual      resulting stream concentrations to State water quality total-body man-rem dose and the annual man thyroid            standards. Include a description of the method of rem dose received by the population of the contiguous          calculation.
    *  potential sources of adverse impacts from the construction and operation of the project; and
    *  pathways that could result in any disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects from an identified source to potentially affected EJ populations.


2.5.1      Identification of Potentially Affected EJ Populations The applicant should use the following process to identify and characterize the demographic region in terms of its minority and low-income populations and communities residing in a 50-mile radius (the demographic region). The principal steps in the process of identifying potentially affected EJ
U.S. at the same time from all liquid and gaseous exposure pathways. Provide an appendix describing the The applicant should furnish sufficient data and models and assumptions used in these calculations.
populations include:
    *  A quantitative assessment of minority and low-income populations (see Section 2.4.1) living in the demographic region (performed at the CBG level) and a determination of whether or not the identified minority or low-income populations in the CBGs are of sufficient size to merit further investigation (i.e., potentially affected EJ populations).
        The NRC includes two additional minority or low-income groups in its analyses:
            -  Other Race (including subcategories of the races mentioned above) or Two or More Races
            -  Aggregate Minority (calculated as Total Population minus White (Not Hispanic or Latino)).
    *  Investigation of the demographic region to determine whether any potential minority or low-income populations that could be considered potentially affected EJ populations exist in the region and were overlooked during the quantitative assessment.


*  Identification of communities with unique characteristics including migrant worker communities or minority or low-income elderly or home-bound communities.
information to allow the NRC to fulfill its responsi bilities under NEPA. Calculated receiving water con
5.2.5 Summary of Annual Radiation Doses                        centrations should also be compared with water quality criteria appropriate to the  6 protection of actual uses of The applicant should present a table that summarizes      the receiving water body.


Information on how to perform population counts and estimate future populations can be found in the ANSI/ANS-2.6-2018.
the estimated annual radiation dose to the regional population (during commercial operation of the station)            Any anticipated chemical or biocide contamination from all station-related sources, using values calculated      of domestic water supplies (from surface water bodies or in previous sections. The tabulation should include, out      ground water) should be identified and discussed. Rate to a distance of 50 miles from the site, (a) the total of      of percolation of each contaminant into the water the whole-body doses to the population (man-rem/year)          supply, travel time from the station to points of public from all receiving-water-related pathways, (b) the total      water supply, dilution factors, dispersion coefficients, of the whole-body doses to the population (man-rem/            and the resulting concentrations in the water should be year) attributable to gaseous effluents, and (c) the total    estimated.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 45
of the thyroid doses to the population (thyroid-rem/
year) from radioiodines and particulates. The applicant            If available, applicants should supply copies of the should include a table comparing the calculated                401 water quality certificate and the 402 discharge individual doses with the applicable design objectives of    permit.


Methodology and Analysis Potentially affected EJ populations should be identified in the following three step process. First, the NRC has established specific criteria (see NUREG-1555) to identify a potentially affected EJ
Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.
population through Census data:
    *  Any CBG having a minority or low-income population with 50 percent or more of the total population in the CBG, or
    *  Any CBG having a minority or low-income population with a proportion 20 or more percentage points greater than the same minority or low-income proportion measured at the State level.


For example, if the State-level proportion of a minority or low-income population were 20
5.4 Effects of Sanitary Waste Discharges
percent, to meet the potentially affected EJ population threshold a specific CBGs minority, or low- income population proportion, would need to be at least 40 percent. By the same criteria, if the State proportion of the population were 60 percent and the CBGs proportion were 52 percent, then the CBG
      5.3 Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges                Sanitary waste systems are described in Section 3.7.
would cross the 50 percent threshold and would be considered a potentially affected EJ population, even though the proportion was not 20 percentage points greater than the State average.


Second, potentially affected EJ populations may exist that are too small to be identified using the above percentage criteria. For example, the demographic region may include a CBG that contains small but highly concentrated minority population that is diluted by the larger demographic component within a block group. Consequently, identification of populations of interest at the CBG level should not be considered sufficient by itself for the purposes of the EJ analysis. The existence of unique populations can be found through public outreach and field investigations in the demographic region to determine whether the CBG analysis did not capture any potentially affected EJ populations.
The expected discharges should be discussed as in Chemical and biocide discharges and comparisons            Section 5.3 and compared with appropriate effluent with applicable State and Federal (40 CFR Part 423)            guidelines and water quality standards for municipal effluent limitation guidelines are described in Section        systems under 40 CFR Part 133, "Secondary Treatment
3.6. Water resources and use are discussed in Sections        Information."
2.4 and 3.3. In this section, the specific concentrations of these wastes at the points of discharge should be                   5.5 Effects of Operation and Maintenance compared with natural ambient concentrations, with                              of the Transmisson Systems applicable State water quality standards, and, where appropriate, with water quality criteria for the protec            The environmental effects of operation and main tion of all other uses of the receiving water body.           tenance of the transmission system required to tie in the proposed facility to the preexisting network should be Dilution and mixing of discharges into the receiving        evaluated. The evaluation of effects should make clear waters should be discussed in detail, and estimates of         the applicant's plans for maintenance of the transmission concentrations at various distances from the point of discharge should be provided. Include a detailed descrip
                                                                6 tion of the method of calculation. The estimated area in        Applicants are encouraged to reference the latest scientific the receiving body of water enclosed by contours                information related to water quality criteria. Other useful corresponding to water-quality-standard values should be         documents include: Water Quality Criteria, 1972, National given. Variation of concentrations with changes in              Academy of Sciences-National Academy of Engineering, Wash ington, D.C., 1972 and Water Quality CWteria, Second Edition, condition (e.g., streamnflow, temperature) of receiving          State Water Quality Control Board, Sacramento, California, water should be discussed.                                      1963.


Third, the potentially affected EJ population should then be examined more closely to determine whether or not a pathway exists by which that minority or low-income population could experience a disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental impact (an EJ impact). The applicant may also look to NUREG-1555 for further insight and clarification on any part of this guidance.
5-6


There are also other available EJ guidance and source documents for additional insight into the EJ
line right-of-way and required access roads. Plans for use        small local population, could be less serious if the same of herbicides and pesticides should indicate types,               species were abundant in neighboring regions. Similarly, volume, concentrations, and manner and frequency of                the loss of a given area of highly desirable land should be use. Include references to authoritative guidelines en            evaluated in terms of the total amount of such land in suring that the applicant's procedures are acceptable.            the environs. These relative assessments should accord Resulting effects on plant life, wildlife habitat, land            ingly include statements expressed in percentage terms resources, and scenic values should be evaluated.                 in which the amount of expected resource loss is related to the total resource in the immediate region and in New access roads may increase the exposure of                  which the total in the immediate region is related to that transmission line corridors to the public. The applicant          in surrounding regions. The latter should be specified in should consider the effect of this increased exposure on          terms of areas and distances from the site.
process, such as:
    *  Council on Environmental Quality, Environmental Justice Guidance Under the National Environmental Policy Act, (NEPA) (Ref. 40)
    *  EPA: The Promising Practices Report (Ref. 41) is a compilation of methodologies gleaned from current agency practices identified by the NEPA Committee concerning the interface of EJ
        considerations through NEPA processes,
    *  EJSCREEN: Environmental Justice Screening and Mapping Tool (Ref. 42): A new EJ tool based on nationally consistent data and an approach that combines environmental and demographic indicators in maps and reports.


Description in the ER
resident wildlife.
        The applicant should describe their analysis and all public outreach and field investigations performed to develop the demographic data for the ER. The ER should also include the following information:
                                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 46


*  A series of maps, one for each important potentially affected EJ population, identifying the CBGs within the demographic region that meet either of the above criteria for minority or low-income populations. The maps should note the location of the proposed site, principal cities and towns, roads, and any other relevant features. The maps should indicate which, if any, CBGs trigger the EJ threshold proportion. Each map should be accompanied by a table containing a count of the CBGs within the demographic region that meet or exceed the comparative threshold criteria (see example Table 2-2 below).
In evaluating long-term effects for their net con This section of the report should also discuss the             sequences, the applicant may consider, as an example, potential environmental impacts of any electrical effects          the impact of thermal and chemical dischargeg on fish.
    *  Discussion of the specific methods used to develop the maps and tables, including references to all data sources and literature cited and a discussion of the specific geospatial information system methods and data used.


Table 2-2. CBGs in the demographic region by EJ status Number of Census Block Groups Number of with Potentially Affected Minority Populations                Census Block Groups with Native               Hispanic, Potentially Total                    American                Hawaiian                Latino,            Affected Census      Black or      Indian or              or other                or                  Low- State/      Block      African        Alaska                  Pacific    Other    Spanish              Income County      Groups    American        Native      Asian    Islander    Race      Origin  Aggregate Populations State 1 County 1 County 2 County 3 State 2 County 4 County 5 Total Shaded rows indicate counties in the economic region.
identified in Section 3.9 and any operating and main               There may be severe losses in the local discharge area.


*  Discussion of minority or low-income migrant communities. Migrant communities refer to communities that may establish residence temporarily or seasonally, based on the availability of agricultural or construction work. For example, migrant agricultural workers may move in to local campgrounds or establish makeshift camps during particular harvest seasons. Migrant construction workers may do likewise during construction of a new subdivision or other substantial projects near the site.
tenance impacts that will be adopted to minimize these.           The local population change may or may not be a net loss. Therefore, changes in population of important
                      5.6 Other Effects                            species caused by or expected to be caused by the operation of the station should be examined with the The applicant should discuss any effects of station            view of determining whether they represent long-term operation that do not clearly fall under any single topic          net losses or long-term net gains. The above considera of Sections 5.1 to 5.5. These may include changes in               tions are also applicable to Chapters 9 and 10 of the report.


2.5.2      Identification of Potential Pathways and Communities with Unique Characteristics The applicant should identify any potential pathways that could result in disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects to potentially affected EJ populations.
land and water use at the station site, interaction of the station with other existing or projected neighboring
                                                                              5.8 Decommissioning and Dismantling stations, effect of ground water withdrawal on ground water resources in the vicinity of the station, and                      The applicant should describe its plans and policies disposal of solid and liquid wastes other than those              regarding the actions to be taken at the end of the discussed in Sections 5.3 and 5.4. Any features of the            station's useful life. Information should be provided on station producing noise levels outside the suggested              the long-term uses of the land, the amount of land levels7 should be specifically identified and discussed in        irretrievably committed, the expected environmental relation to adjacent occupancy, both day and night,                consequences of decommissioning, and an estimate of based on measurements of preconstruction ambient                  the monetary costs involved. The applicant should also levels.                                                              discuss the consideration given in the design of the station and its auxiliary systems relative to eventual
                5.7 Resources Committed                            decommissioning, the amount of equipment and build ings to be removed, and the expected condition of the Any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of                site after decommissioning. It is understood that the resources due to station operation should be discussed.              plans and intentions of applicants for a construction This discussion should include both direct commitments,              permit may not be fully developed at the time of filing.


Methodology and Analysis Subsistence practices and communities with unique characteristics should be a focus of the analysis of potential pathways considered in the EJ analysis. The applicant should coordinate its EJ
such as depletion of uranium resources, and irreversible            However, since the environmental impact of terminating environmental losses, such as destruction of wildlife              station operation is, in part, determined by station habitat and consumptive use or diversion of water.                  design, applicants should give attention to the subject in the project planning.
                                                  RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 47


analysis with the historic and cultural resources analysis to identify any potential American Indian Tribal linkages to traditional or culturally important resources (e.g., culturally important activities, lands, or waters).
In this discussion, the applicant should consider lost resources from the viewpoints of both relative impacts                              5.9 The Uranium Fuel Cycle and long-term net effects. As an example of relative impact assessment, the loss of two thousand fish of a                          z1 srnmntl        rfzpet  for. light -w-atOr coole given species could represent quite different degrees of significance, depending on the total population in the              vrtt      Auml z;zl:, itteladigg the zffzts of uooaiuu immediate region. Such a loss, however, in the case of a              WAiofo and mAiling, the~ przduztieft of uiffltim hezxo fitteriJo, isoteoje efr.iehmeont, fuel fabrizati49, the repro
Subsistence Subsistence refers to the activities of low-income communities, households, or individuals to acquire resources by nonmarket means such as home gardening, fishing, hunting, and gathering.
7                                                                  c._in of irradited fu"l, the tr#&rp@rtati4-G of rFad.io See The Industrial Noise Manual, American Industrial Hygiene Association, Detroit, Mich.; Noise Abatement and Control:        "eeti.e Dlteeil, and mangement of lo14 ;YAn Departmental Policy Implementation Responsibility and Stan      -W&i 1e'.'e 'Wztee related to th40  1-Anil"M A-81 2Gcti0io W
  dards HUD Circular 1390.2 (1971); and Information on Levels        wt fath in F.! -MeroyT..ble 6- o~f 10 CTR %it                  1 of Environmental Noise Requisite to ProtectPublicHealth and            1.200~~ AppeniiA A). No Afuthzr diozumion of 8uc
                                                                          1,2 Welfare with an Adequate Margin of Safety, EPA,                  -"'wauMental offsctr in the          nvrmetlreport is~
  550/9-74-004, U.S. Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C.                                                            -mwe.d . Deleted August 1976
                                                                5-7


Subsistence practices can accomplish the following:
CHAPTER 6 EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS
    *    Provide direct income through sale of harvested resources (e.g., cord wood or mistletoe sales).
                                            AND MONITORING PROGRAMS
    *    Supplement household income by substituting wild or home produced foods for commercially purchased foods, freeing up available income to be applied to other expenses.
                                                                    In all cases, the applicant should estimate the This chapter should describe in detail the means by statistical validity of any proposed sampling program in which the applicantcollected the baseline data presented in other chapters and should describe the applicant's            order to avoid unnecessary time delay during staff plans and programs for monitoring the environmental              review which might be associated with incomplete impacts of site preparation, station construction, and          descriptions, invalid sampling locations, and level of station operation.                                               sample replication. Information should be provided on instrument accuracy, sensitivity, and (especially for highly automated systems) reliability. Where standard analytical or sampling techniques can be identified, they Section 6.1 addresses the proposed program for             need only be so identified and referenced.


*    Facilitate participation in a traditional ecologically based American Indian lifestyle through the consumption of traditional animal or plant species or through activities on traditional lands.
assessing the characteristics of the site and the surround ing region (including transmission corridors) before                For quantitative descriptions of samples collected station operation. The purpose of this program is to            within each area of interest and each time of interest, establish a reference framework for assessing subsequent        descriptive statistics should include, unless justifiably environmental effects attributable to site preparation,        omitted, the mean, standard deviation, standard error, station construction, and station operation.                    and a confidence interval for the mean. In each case the sample size should be clearly indicated. If diversity The applicant should note two considerations perti        indices are used to describe a collection of lake or nent to Section 6.1. First, a given environmental                terrestrial organisms, the specific diversity indices used characteristic or parameter may or may not require              should be stated.


The existence of specific subsistence and related resource dependencies attributable to any site are most commonly documented by direct observation and interviews with local minority and low-income community leaders. The applicant should determine whether any EJ communities in close proximity to the site or proposed offsite facilities exhibit these practices. Outreach activities should provide a basis for identifying whether such activities may be present near the site.
assessment before site preparation and station construc tion, depending on whether that particular characteristic        6.1 Applicant's Preoperational Environmental programs or parameter may be altered at these stages. Second, in most instances this guide indicates the specific environ            The programs for collection of initial or baseline mental effects to be evaluated; consequently, the para          environmental data prior to operation should be des meters to be measured are apparent. In some cases, the          cribed in sufficient detail to make it clear that the applicant may consider it necessary to establish a              applicant has established a thorough and comprehensive monitoring program based on identification of potential        approach to environmental assessment. The description or possible effects not mentioned in the guide. In such        of these programs should be confined principally to instances, the program should be described. The appli          technical descriptions of technique, instrumentation, cant should carefully review plans for the measurement          scheduling, and procedures.


EJ Communities with Unique Characteristics For the purposes of NRC environmental reviews, unique EJ communities refers to traditional, cultural or religious communities with specific ties to the lands or waters near the site. For example, American Indian Tribes may have specific rights or a cultural or spiritual attachment to natural resources at a site (e.g., wild rice, sweet grasses, and other traditional medicines). However, unique EJ community characteristics can also be physical, such as local community access routes that facilitate a communitys ability to function normally.6 Low-income communities with unique characteristics may be found in areas of low-income housing (private or federally subsidized). The nature of the unique characteristic of a low- income community may need to be determined by interviews and community visits. The applicant should remain sensitive to how project-related activities at the proposed plant could create pathways for a disproportionately high and adverse impact on such communities.
of conditions existing prior to site preparation to ensure that these plans include all environmental parameters              Where an effect of site preparation or facility that must be subsequently monitored during station              construction may alter a previously measured or operation (discussed in Section 6.2), as well as during          observed environmental condition, the program for site preparation and station construction.                       determining the modified condition should be described.


Description in the ER
Refer to the discussion in Section 4.5, as appropriate.
          The ER should contain the following:
    *    Discussion highlighting the methods used to identify EJ-related practices or resources described above.


6 For instance, in the case of Louisiana Energy Services (CLI-98-3, 47 NRC 77 (1998)) (Ref. 43), the planned closure of a small rural road would have prevented the north-south movement of a local low-income African-American community to and from their local church. And in the case of the V.C. Summer new reactor combined license (Ref.
If, as permitted by 10 CFR Part 2, §2.101(a), the applicant chooses to make an early separate filing of the           Where information from the literature has been used environmental report prior to obtaining and evaluating a.


44), traffic during commute times was found to impede local low-income foot traffic that served the local communitys most used route to market.
by the applicant, it should be concisely summarized and full year's environmental data, particular attention            documented by reference to original data sources. Where should be paid to the description of sampling design,          the availability of original sources that support impor Ssampling frequency, and statistical methodology and              tant conclusions is limited, the applicant should provide validity (including calibration checks and standards) in        either extensive quotations or references to accessible order to justify the scope of the proposed program, the        secondary sources.' In all cases, information derived timing and scheduling of the data collection, and other        from published results should be clearly distinguished technical validation that will assure the review staff that    from information derived from the applicant's field sufficient information will be available for the prepara        measurements.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 48
tion of the Final Environmental Statement.


*    Description of any potential pathways that could result in disproportionately high and adverse impacts to minority or low-income populations that would require further analysis in Chapters 4 and 5.
1Any reports of work (e.g., ecological surveys) supported by the This is especially critical if the timing of partial        applicant that are of significant value in assessing the environ presentations under the procedure may be related to               mental impact of the facility may be included at appendices or seasonal ecological factors such as migration or other            supplements to the environmental report if these reports are not otherwise generally available.


2.6      Historic and Cultural Resources Historic and cultural resources are the remains of past human activities and include prehistoric and historic era archaeological sites, historic districts, and buildings, as well as any site structure or object that may be considered eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP). Historic and cultural resources also include traditional cultural properties important to a living community of people for maintaining its culture. Historic and cultural resources are deemed to be historically significant if they have been determined eligible for or have been listed on the NRHP. A historic property is a historic or cultural resource that is eligible for or listed on the NRHP.7 National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), requires Federal agencies to take into account the potential effects of their actions on the cultural environment.
phases of critical biological activity.


The National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (NHPA) (54 U.S.C. 300101 et seq.) requires Federal agencies to consider the impacts of their undertakings on historic properties and consult with the appropriate State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), Tribal Historic Preservation Officer (THPO) or a American Indian Tribes on a government-to-government basis, and other parties with an interest in the effects of the undertaking, including local governments and the public, as applicable.
6-1


The applicant should use Section 106 of the NHPA, and implementing regulations at 36 CFR
6.1.1 Surface Waters                                              Parameters of stress for important species (as defined in Section 2.2) that could be affected by station When a body of surface water may be affected by the         discharges should be identified. The methodology for proposed facility or a practicable alternative, the appli      determining such parameters should be reviewed with cant should describe the programs by which the back            respect to applicability to actual local conditions antici ground condition of the water and the related ecology          pated during operation, including interactive effects were determined and reported in Section 2.4. The                among multiple effluents and existing constituents of applicant should have sufficient data to permit staff          the surface water body concerned.
Part 800, Protection of Historic Properties (Ref. 46), as a guide for providing historic and cultural resource information in the ER. In accordance with 36 CFR Part 800, an applicant should engage with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, and interested parties for the purposes of gathering information in developing its ER. 8 Information gathering by an applicant is not considered consultation pursuant to
36 CFR 800. Consultation with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, and interested parties is the responsibility of the NRC.


The applicant should determine the boundaries of the proposed direct (e.g., physical) and indirect (e.g., visual and auditory) area of potential effects (APE) 9 to be recommended to the NRC. Once the proposed APE has been determined, the applicant should conduct cultural resource investigations to identify historic and cultural resources located within the APE, determine if they are eligible for listing on the NRHP, assess affects, and develop avoidance or mitigation plans to resolve adverse effect
verification of any predictive computations or models used in the evaluation of environmental effects.                6.1.2 Ground Water
    6.1.1.1 Physical and Chemical Parameters. The pro              In those cases in which the proposed facility or a grams and methods for measuring physical and chemical            practicable design alternative may potentially affect parameters of surface waters that may be affected by            local ground watei or in which the ground water construction or operation of the facility should be              environment may serve as a pathway to man, either described. The sampling program should be presented in          directly or indirectly, the program leading to assessment sufficient detail to demonstrate its adequacy with              of potential effects should be described.


====s. The NRC====
respect both to spatial coverage (surface area and depth)
will use this information to support its Section 106 consultation and assessment of effects for the proposed project.
and to temporal coverage (duration and sampling fre                6.1.2.1 Physical and Chemical Parameters. The pro quency), giving due consideration to seasonal effects.          perties and configuration of the local aquifer, variations This discussion should include a description of the            (spatial and temporal) in ground water levels, and techniques used to investigate any condition that might        ground water quality data are discussed in sufficient lead to interactions with station discharges, such as how      detail in Section 2.4 to permit a reasonable projection of the presence of impurities in a water body may ieact            the effects of station operation on the ground water.


7 As defined in 36 CFR 800.16(l)(1), Historic property means any prehistoric or historic district, site, building, structure, or object included in, or eligible for inclusion in, the National Register of Historic Places maintained by the Secretary of Interior. This term includes artifacts, records, and remains that are related to and located within such properties. As defined in 36 CFR 800.16(l)(2), The term eligible for inclusion in the National Register includes both properties formally determined as such in accordance with regulations of the Secretary of the Interior and all other properties that meet National Register listing criteria. National Register criteria for listing are found in 36 CFR Part 60
synergistically with heated effluent or how the heated          The methods used to obtain and reduce the data effluent may restrict mixing and dispersion of radio            presented in Section 2.4 should be described, including active effluents. The applicant should describe any            instrumentation (suggested criteria will be presented in a computational models and their bases and verification          forthcoming regulatory guide on hydrologic data collec used in predicting effects described in Section 5.2.2.1.       tion).
          (Ref. 45), National Register of Historic Places.
    6.1.1.2 Ecological Parameters. The applicant should              6.1.2.2 Models. Models may be used to predict describe the preoperational program used to determine          effects such as changes in ground water levels, dispersion the ecological characteristics presented in Section 2.2.        of contaminants, and eventual transport through aqui Those portions of the program concerned with determin          fers to surface water bodies. The models should be ing the presence and abundance of important aquatic            described and supporting evidence for their reliability and amphibious species (identified in Section 2.2)             and validity presented.


8 Pursuant to 36 CFR 800.2(c)(2)(ii), the NRC is responsible for consulting with American Indian Tribes that attaches religious and cultural significance to historic properties that may be affected by an undertaking.
should be detailed in terms of frequency, pattern, and duration of observation. The applicant should describe          6.1.3 Air how taxonomic determinations were made and validated. In this connection, the applicant should                  The applicant should describe the program for obtain discuss its reference collection of voucher specimens or        ing information on local air quality and local and other means whereby consistent identification will be            regional meteorology. Guidance on an acceptable onsite ensured.                                                        meteorological measurement program and on data for mat is presented in Regulatory Guide 1.23 (Safety Guide A description should be provided of the methods              23), "Onsite Meteorological Programs." The description used, or to be used, for observing natural variations of        should show the basis for predicting such effects as the ecological parameters. If these methods involve indicator        dispersion of gaseous effluents to a distance of 50
organisms, the criteria for their selection should be           miles from the station and the alteration of local climate presented. The discussion of methods should include              (e.g., fogging, icing, precipitation augmentation, or other estimates of standard error in making reported                  phenomena) and should present the methodology for determinations.                                                gathering baseline data.


9 As defined in 36 CFR 800.16(d), Area of potential effects means the geographic area or areas within which an undertaking may directly or indirectly cause alterations in the character or use of historic properties, if any such properties exist. The area of potential effects is influenced by the scale and nature of an undertaking and may be different for different kinds of effects caused by the undertaking.
The applicant should discuss the basis for its pre              6.1.3.1 Meteorology. The applicant should identify dictions of any nonlethal physiological and behavioral          sources of meteorological data used in the atmospheric responses of important species which may be caused by          transport models and reported in Section 2.3. Locations construction or operation of the station. This discussion      and elevations of observation stations, instrumentation, should be appropriately correlated with the description        and frequency and duration of measurements should be of the monitoring program, including estimates of the          specified both for the applicant's measuring activities standard error for each correlation.                           and for activities of governmental agencies or other
                                                            6-2


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 49
organizations on whose information the applicant in            6.1.5 Radiological Monitoring tends to rely. For the applicant's preoperational and operational programs, the applicant should include descriptions of instruments, performance specifications,            The preoperational program should be described in calibration and maintenance procedures, data output            detail in the Environmental Report-Construction Per and recording systems and locations, and data analysis        mit Stage. Specific information should be provided on procedures.                                                    (a) the types of samples to be collected, (b) sampling locations clearly shown on a map keyed to a table listing
    6.1.3.2 Models. Any models used by the applicant,         sampling locations as a function of direction and either to derive estimates of basic meteorological infor      distance from the proposed site, (c) analyses to be mation or to estimate the effects of effluent systems,        performed on each sample, (d) general types of sample should be described in detail and their validity and          collection equipment, (e) sample collection and analysis accuracy discussed. Guidance on acceptable atmospheric        frequency, (f) lower limit of detection 2 for each transport and diffusion models is provided in Regulatory      analysis, and (g) the approximate starting date and Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric              duration of the program. The discussion should include Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous Effluents in              the justification for the choice of. sampling sites, Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors."            analyses, and sampling frequencies. Review of this description will be facilitated if the applicant presents a tabular summary of the 'program.


Consistent with 36 CFR 800.16(d), the NRC typically defines the APE as the area or areas at the power plant site and the immediate environs that may be directly or indirectly impacted by building and operating the proposed new unit(s). The applicant should describe the proposed project area and provide the following information in the ER:
6.1.4 Land The applicant should also describe how it expects to Data collection and evaluation programs concerning        extend the preoperational program into the operational the terrestrial environment of the proposed facility          phase and in what manner the results of the preopera should be described and justified with regard to both          tional program may be used to effect the design of the scope and methodology.                                        operational program. Guidance for both the preopera tional program and operational program is provided in
    *  A U.S. Geological Survey Quadrangle map that identifies the direct and indirect APEs.
    6.1.4.1 Geology and Soils. Those geological and soil      Regulatory Guide 4.1, "Programs for Monitoring Radio studies designed to determine the environmental impact        activity in the Environs of Nuclear Power Plants."
of the construction or operation of the facility should be    Additional guidance is provided in Regulatory Guide described. The description should include identification      4.8, "Environmental Technical Specifications for of the sampling pattern and the justification for its          Nuclear Power Plants." In addition, EPA report ORP/
selection, the sampling method, preanalysis treatment,        SID 72.2, Environmental Radioactivity Surveilance and analytic techniques. Other geological and soil studies    Guide, recommends methods for conducting a minimum (e.g., conducted in support of safety analyses) should be      level of environmental radiation surveillance outside the briefly summarized if relevant.                                station site boundary of light-water-cooled nuclear power facilities.


*  Legal description of the APE appropriate for the proposed project area. Note that not all areas of the U.S. (i.e., the original 13 colonies) use the Public Land Survey System (e.g., township, range, and section information).
6.1.4.2 Land Use and Demographic Surveys. The applicant should describe its program for identifying the actual land use in the site environs and for acquiring              The applicant should summarize any information demographic data for the region as reported in Section        available from the literature regarding background radi
    *  Aerial photos of the proposed project site before any land disturbing activities commence.
2.1.                                                           ological characteristics of the site which were con sidered in designing the program (reference may be made Sources of information should be identified. Methods        to Section 6.3 as appropriate).3 used to forecast probable changes in land use and demographic trends should be described.                            The Environmental Report-Operating License Stage should discuss the preoperational program which
    6.1.4.3 Ecological Parameters. In this section, the        has gone or will soon go into operation. Any changes in applicant should discuss the program used to assess the        the program (relative to the description supplied at the ecological characteristics of the site, with primary            construction permit stage) should be discussed and the reference to important terrestrial biota identified in          rationale provided for such changes.


*  Identification of any parts of the APE that are Federal, State, or Tribal-owned (i.e., not privately owned) lands.
Section 2.2. In general, the considerations involved are similar to those suggested in connection with aquatic          2The lower limit of detection (LLD), as defined in HASL-300,
biota (Section 6.1.1.2). However, the differences in              revised August 1974, should be stated for the 95% confidence habitat, differences in animal physiology, and other              level.


2.6.1      Cultural Background This section of the ER should provide a discussion of the historic use of the land and the activities that have occurred within the APE and the surrounding area. This includes a description of the cultural history of the region (including the proposed project site) from the beginning of human settlement to the present, and summarizes how this information was collected for the proposed APE. Information can be derived from background research (literature review and site file search) and from the use of plat and other historic maps showing ownership, acreage, property boundaries, and the location of existing or former historic structures. Other sources that can assist with description of the cultural background include land records, archival sources, local museums or historical societies, libraries, planning documents, mapping/imaging, and online sources. If available, consult ethnohistoric sources to identify American Indian Tribes and other groups that may have historic and cultural ties to the proposed project area.
pertinent factors will, of necessity, influence the design      3 A report on this subject by the National Council on Radiation of .the assessment program. The applicant should pre Protection and Measurements is available; Natural Bacground sent, as in Section 6.1.1.2, an analysis of the program in      Radiation 'n the United States, NCRP Report No. 45. Copies terms of taxonomic validation, rationale for its pre              may be obtained from Publications, NCRP, P.O. Box 30175, dictive aspects, and the details of its methodology.             Washington, D.C. 20014.


2.6.2      Historic and Cultural Resources at the Site and in the Vicinity This section of the ER should provide a description of historic and cultural resources identified within the direct and indirect APEs (e.g., transmission line corridors, and in the vicinity). All cultural resource survey reports that are developed to identify and assess effects to historic and cultural resources should be referenced and submitted with the license application. However, information (i.e., reports, maps, and site forms) that discloses the locations of unevaluated, potentially eligible, or eligible historic properties (e.g., archaeological sites) should be withheld from public disclosure. This information may be protected under NHPA Section 304 (54 U.S.C. 100707), especially if there is a risk of harm to the resource. The NRC protects cultural resource information disclosing the location of cultural resources (e.g., maps) under Section 304 of the NHPA, consistent with 10 CFR 2.390(a)(3). Section 304 of NHPA
6-3
requires the NRC to withhold from disclosure to the public, information about the location, character, or ownership of a historic resource if the agency and the Secretary of the Interior agree that disclosure may
(1) cause a significant invasion of privacy, (2) risk harm to the historic resource, or (3) impede the use of a traditional religious site by practitioners. Applicants should discuss with the staff during pre- application interactions how to handle sensitive historic information.


The applicant should rely on qualified professionals who meet the Secretary of Interiors standards, 36 CFR Part 61, Professional Qualification Standards (Ref. 47), to develop the historic and cultural resource sections in the ER. The applicant is encouraged to engage the NRC staff as early as possible in the planning process, in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC staff, to RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 50
6.2 Applicant's Proposed Operational                            6.3 Related Envkonmental Measurement Monitoig rgrng ms                                                mnd Monitoring Progiams Operational monitoring programs may not be fully                  When the applicant's site lies within a region for developed at the time of applying for a construction            which environmental measurement or monitoring pro permit. The applicant should, to the extent feasible,            grams are carried out by public agencies or other describe the general scope and objectives of its intended        agencies not directly supported by the applicant, any programs and provide a tentative listing of parameters            such related programs known to the applicant should be that it bel eves should be monitored for detailed                identified and discussed. Relevance of such independent evaluation. This listing should include numerical ex              findings to the proposed facility's effects should be cerpts from water or air standards against which the              described, and plans for exchange of information, if any, proposed monitoring program will be measured as                  should be presented. Agencies responsible for the pro understood at the time of initial submission of the              grams should be identified and, to the extent possible, environmental report. The listing should also include            the procedures and methodologies employed should be parameters that are important for the models described            briefly described. These agencies may have developed in Sections 5.2-2.1 and 5.2.2.2, as required in Section IV        and verified mathematical or physical models that of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.                                 encompass the site area and the surrounding water environs comparable to those discussed in Sections Regulatory Guide 4.8, "Environmental Technical                5.2.2.1 -and 5.2.2.2. Such models may be used either Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants," describes              directly or with minor modifications. When such models information to be submitted with an application for an            are used in support of liquid transport analyses of operating license.                                               radionuclide releases, the same data and technical bases as suggsted'in Sections 5.2.2.1 and 5.22.2 should be In the Environmental Report-Construction Permit                furnished.


avoid issues related to disclosing sensitive location information related to historic and cultural resources when drafting the ER.
Stage, the operational program need only be discussed to the extent that it is expected to differ (if at all) from the ongoing preoperational program, such as the inclusion of                6.4 Preoperational Enviromnental Radiological a census of dairy cattle and vegetable gardens. If, in the                              Monitoring Data Environmental Report-Operating license Stage, there are no differences between the preoperational programs              Data from the preoperational program may not be (as finally formulated) and the operational programs, the        available at the time of submission of the Environmental applicant need only make a statement to that effect and          Report-Construction Permit Stage. Accordingly, the provide a commitment to conduct the operational                  applicant should submit for Section 6.4, as a later program. If there are differences in the operational            supplement to the Environmental Report-Operating program, the applicant should describe the reasons for          License Stage, 6 to 12 months4 of preoperational the differences. The applicant should also discuss any          environmental radiological monitoring data.


The ER should provide the following information:
plans and rationale for updating the program during station operation.
    *    description of all past and current historic and cultural resource investigations conducted to identify historic and cultural resources within and surrounding the APE
    *    documentation of field methods used to identify resources within the APE,
    *    description of all historic and cultural resources, (e.g., prehistoric and historic archaeological sites, standing structures, cemeteries, and traditional cultural properties), and isolated finds and features
    *    evaluation of historic and cultural resources for NRHP eligibility (i.e., historic properties)
        including:
              -    description of the process and methods used to evaluate these resources
              -    documentation of SHPO, THPO, and American Indian Tribes concurrence with process, methods, and conclusions
2.6.3        Consultation Consultation is the responsibility of the Federal agency, and the NRC is required to take the lead on consulting with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes (on a government-to-government basis),
and interested parties as outlined in 36 CFR 800; consultation is not the responsibility of the applicant. 10
The applicant should engage with these parties to gather sufficient information pertinent to the NHPA
Section 106 review process in order to assist the NRC in the timely completion of its NHPA Section 106 compliance requirements. The ER should contain a summary of the applicants initial outreach efforts to date, including the process used to identify American Indian Tribes and potential interested parties about the proposed project. The applicant should evaluate the significance of the historic and cultural resources and assess any effects the proposed project may have on them. For areas not surveyed (e.g., areas too disturbed or devoid of potential historic and cultural resources), proper documentation, a basis for exclusion, and concurrence on survey methodology from the SHPO should be provided.


The ER should contain copies of all correspondence with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, or members of the public with whom the applicant engaged to gather information about historic and cultural resources within the APE. These documents should be included in an Appendix of the ER.
Final approval of the operational program, as des            fThe minimnum amount of preoperational data may be sub cribed completely in the proposed environmental techni            mitted if it indudesdata from a crop harvest and a complete grang mason. AR media with a collction frequency less than cal specifications, will be given at the end of the               semnammal (e.g., annual or once In 3 years) should be included technical specification review process.                            in the 6 to 12 months of data ubmitted.


Applicants may refer to NEI 10-07 regarding the information gathering process, engaging with potential consulting parties, and the importance of early coordination.
64


10
CHAPTER 7 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS
        If an applicant is corresponding with Indian tribes before the NRC initiates government-to-government consultation, then the applicant should clarify to the Indian tribes that the NRC will be initiating and conducting government-to¬
  In this chapter, the applicant should discuss the          environmental report need only contain a statement that potential environmental effects of accidents inolvoing        such environmental risks aem as set forth in Summary the station.                                                 Table S-4 of 10 CFR Part 51 (see Appendix A). No further discussion of environmental risks concerning
         government consultation at a later date for the project. A federally recognized Indian tribe is not obligated to consult with an applicant or share information about properties of religious and cultural significance with an applicant. A
      7.1 Station Accidents Involving Radioactivity          the transportation of radioactive materials is needed in the environmental report.
        federally recognized tribe may prefer to communicate directly with NRC at the government-to-government level.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 51
The detailed requirements for analysis of accidents are contained in the proposed Annex to Appendix D of              If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from
10 CFR Part 50 (36 FR 22851). Appendix D of 10 CFR          nuclear power reactors is not within the scope of Part 50 has been superseded by 10 CFR Part 51;                paragraph (g) of §51.20, a full description and detailed however, Part 51 does not affect the status of the            analysis of the environmental risk from accidents should proposed Annex to Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50. (See          be provided. An analysis of the environmental risks from Appendix I of this guide for this Annex.)                    accidents in the transportation of radioactive materials to and from nuclear power reactors following the Applicants may, for purposes of environmental            approach set forth in WASH-1238 is acceptable.'
reports, take the option in the calculation of xJQ values of using either of two meteorological assumptions for all                            7.3 Other Accidents accident cases:
                                                                  In addition to accidents that can release radioactivity
    1. XJQ values may be determined from onsite              to the environs, accidents may occur as a result of meteorological data at the 50% probability level or          station operation that, although they do not involve radioactive materials, have consequences that may affect
    2. xJQ values may be determined at 10% of the levels      the environment. Accidents such as chemical explosions, in Regulatory Guide 1.3, "Assumptions Used for Evaluat        fires, and leakage or ruptures of vessels containing oil or ing the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of      toxic materials can have significant environmental im Coolant Accident for Boiling Water Reactors," or              pact. These possible accidents and associated effects Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluat            should be identified and evaluated (see Section 2.2 of ing the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of      Regulatory Guide 1.70, "Standard Format and Content Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors."              of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants").
  7.2 Transportation Accidents Involving Radioactivity lAn analysis of the environmentat risks from accidents in the The requirements for analysis of environmental risk        transportation of radioactive materials to and from nuclear power reactors is given in WASH-1238, Environmental Survey from accidents involving the transportation of radio          of Tanaportation of Radioactive Materials To and From active materials to and from nuclear power reactors are        Nuclear Power Plants, December 1972, and Supplement I to contained in 10 CFR Part 51. If the transportation of          WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038, April 1975. Both documents fuel and wastes to and from nuclear power reactors is          may be obtained from the National Technical Information within the scope of paragraph (g) of §51.20, the                Service, Springfield, Vignia 22161.


2.7     Air Resources The applicant should describe the climate, meteorology, and air quality of the site and surrounding region, summarize atmospheric dispersion characteristics at the site, and provide details of the onsite meteorological monitoring program. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data used, resulting output, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
7-1


2.7.1        Climate The applicant should provide a description of the regional climate and meteorological conditions at the site and include sufficient data to permit an independent evaluation by the NRC staff. The following information should be provided:
CHAPTER 8 ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS OF STATION
    *    A discussion of the sources of climate and meteorological information (e.g., nearby National Weather Service stations and onsite meteorological stations), periods of record, station locations, and station representativeness of local and regional meteorology.
                                              CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION
    This chapter should present the applicant's assess              shortages. The benefits in averting these impacts should ment of the economic and social effects of the proposed              be related to regional experience, if any, with brownouts nuclearfacility.                                                      and emergency load-shedding and the applicant's plans or procedures for meeting such emergencies. If benefits There are, of course, limitations on the extent to              are claimed for recreational uses of the proposed nuclear which the applicant can evaluate all the social and                   station site, the effect of any plan to place additional economic benefits and costs of-the construction and                   generating units at the site at some future time should be operation of a nuclear facility that may have a pro                  discussed.


*    A description of the general climate of the region with respect to types of air masses, synoptic features (e.g., high- and low-pressure systems and frontal systems and principal storm tracks),
ductive life of 30 years or more. The wide variety of benefits and costs are not only difficult to assess, but                Other primary benefits of some nuclear electrical many are not amenable to quantification or even to                    generating facilities may be in the form of sales of steam estimation in commensurable units. Some primary bene                  or other products or services. Revenues from such sales fits such as the generated electrical energy are, to a                should be estimated. The use of waste or reject heat for degree, measurable, as are the capital costs and operating            desalination or for other processes could expand the and maintenance costs of the proposed facility. On the                benefits of nuclear stations. Such benefits, if claimed, other hand, numerous environmental costs and their                    should be accompanied by an estimate of the degree of economic and social consequences are not readily                      certainty of their realization.
          general airflow patterns, temperature and humidity characteristics, precipitation, and any mesoscale circulations (e.g., valley flow and land-sea/lake breeze).
    *    Description of topographic features in the immediate vicinity of the onsite meteorological tower and within a 50-mi radius of the proposed plant, including any modifications attributable to the proposed plant that could influence meteorological instrumentation.


*    Summaries of onsite monthly and annual wind roses and comparisons to nearby representative stations using the wind speed classes defined of RG 1.23, Meteorological Monitoring Programs for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 48), for a consecutive 24-month period of data that is not older than 10 years from the date of the application (and preferably three or more years of data if available).
quantified.'
    *    Summaries of onsite diurnal, monthly, and annual air temperatures and comparisons to regional climatic averages and extremes. Climatic normals are typically defined as 30-year averages.
                                                                        There are other social and economic benefits that Second- and higher-order costs or benefits (i.e.,               affect various political jurisdictions or interests to a impacts flowing from first-order social and economic                  greater or lesser degree. Some of these reflect transfer impacts) need be discussed by the applicant only where                payments or other values which may partially, if not they would significantly modify the aggregate of costs or             fully, compensate for certain services, as well as external benefits, thus affecting the overall cost-benefit balance.           or environmental costs, and this fact should be reflected in the designation of the benefi


*    Summaries of onsite diurnal, monthly, and annual dewpoint temperatures (or other measurements of atmospheric moisture) and comparisons to climatic averages and extremes.
====t. A list of examples====
                          8.1 Benefits                              follows:
    The primary benefits of the proposed nuclear station                9 Tax revenues to be received by local and State are those inherent in the value of the generated                      governments.


*   Summaries of onsite monthly and annual precipitation and snowfall amounts and comparisons to climatic averages and extremes.
electricity delivered to consumers. The applicant should report, as shown in Table 1, the expected average annual             
* Temporary and permanent new jobs created and kilowatt-hours of electrical energy to be generated.                  payroll.


*    Summaries of monthly and annual occurrences of heavy fog (i.e., visibility less than 0.4 km
Further, a breakdown of the expected use of electricity in the applicant's service area should be provided for the           
          (0.25 mi)) and appropriate summaries of other parameters (e.g., icing) to support the description of cooling-system impacts.
* Incremental increase in regional product (value major classes identified in the Federal Power Commis                  added concept).
sion publication, NationalPowerSurvey. 2


*   Summaries of onsite monthly and annual atmospheric stability.
* Enhancement of recreational values through The importance of the proposed station in providing              making available for public use any parks, artificially adequate reserves of generating capacity to ensure a                created cooling lakes, marinas, etc.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 52
reliable supply for the applicant's service area (and associated power pool, if any) is discussed in Section               
* Enhancement of esthetic values through any
1.1. The increase in the probabilities of the extent and            special design measures as applied to structures, artificial duration of electrical shortages if the proposed station            lakes or canals, parks, etc.


*    Annual joint frequency distributions of wind speed and wind direction by atmospheric stability class for measurement heights and wind speed classes as defined in RG 1.23.
(or its equivalent capacity) is not built by the proposed date should be estimated. The applicant should also                    D Environmental enhancement in support of the appraise the likely social and economic impacts of such              propagation or protection of wildlife and the improve ment of wildlife habitats.


*    Estimates of monthly and seasonal mixing-heights, including frequency and duration (persistence) of inversion conditions.
IThe estimate of generated electrical energy-should reflect the outages consistent with the applicant's forced outage ratio experience and should include outages induced by natural              9 Creation and improvement of local roads, water phenomena such as floods, droughts, tornadoes, or hurricanes      ways, or other transportation facilities.


*    A description of the severe weather phenomena (e.g., hurricanes, tornadoes and waterspouts, thunderstorms, severe wind events, lightning, and hail) affecting the site and vicinity, including seasonal and annual frequencies.
(see Sections 2.3 and 2.4).
2 Copies may be obtained from the Superintendent of Docu
                                                                        . Increased knowledge of the environment as a ments, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.          consequence of ecological research and environmental
  20402.                                                            monitoring activities associated with station operation,
                                                                  8-1


*    Discussion of potential climate change in the vicinity of the site over the period encompassing the licensing action and impacts on relevant meteorological parameters (e.g., temperature, precipitation, and the frequency and severity of storms). This discussion should be based on assessments conducted by Federal agencies with a mandate to evaluate the effects of climate change (e.g., latest U.S. Global Change Research Program Report), but applicable regional and local studies conducted by other entities may be included. Climate change in the affected environment section should cover the project life and resources that are likely to be impacted by climate change during this period.
and technological improvements from the applicant's              report could expedite the staff's review process. Item (6)
research program.                                               would permit the staff to compare detailed cost categories to distinguish any significant differences that


2.7.2      Air Quality The applicant should describe the air quality at the site and surrounding region and provide sufficient detail to evaluate impacts from building and operating the plant. The following information should be provided:
* Creation of a source of heated discharge which            might exist between the applicant's estimate and the may be used for beneficial purposes (e.g., in aquaculture,       CONCEPT model.
    *   A description of the site and regional air quality, including the Air Quality Control Region as listed in 40 CFR Part 81, Designation of Areas for Air Quality Planning Purposes (Ref. 49).
    *    Identification of any nonattainment or maintenance areas with respect to criteria air pollutants identified in 40 CFR Part 50, National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards (Ref. 50). This should include the county the site is located and surrounding counties
    *    Location of nearest Mandatory Federal Class 1 Areas (40 CFR Part 81), where air quality and visibility are protected under the Regional Haze Program.


*    Discussion of greenhouse gases (GHGs) and estimates of yearly emissions (expressed in units of carbon dioxide (CO2) equivalents11) at a global, national, and State level and, if available, provide State or Public Utility Commission GHG emission reduction goals. This discussion should be based on values provided by Federal agencies with a mandate to estimate GHG emissions and is needed to provide context for GHG emissions from the proposed project (Ref. 15.).
in improving commercial and sport fishing, or in industrial, residential, or commercial heating).                     The environmental report should include the esti mated cost of generating electric energy in mills per
2.7.3      Atmospheric Dispersion The applicant should provide short-term dispersion estimates for use in evaluation of dose from design-basis accidents and long-term dispersion and deposition estimates for evaluation of radiological impacts from normal operations. The applicant should provide meteorological data from at least two
11 Carbon dioxide (CO2) equivalents is a metric used to compare the emissions of GHG based on their global warming potential (GWP). GWP is the total energy that a gas absorbs over a period of time, compared to CO2. Carbon dioxide equivalent is obtained by multiplying the amount of the GHG by the associated GWP.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 53
* Provision of public educational facilities (e.g., a        kilowatt-hour for the proposed nuclear station and for visitors' center).                                               alternative fossil-fueled plants in the detail shown in Table 3. (Alternative energy sources are discussed in


consecutive annual cycles (and preferably three or more entire years), including the most recent one-year period, at the time of application submittal. If two years of onsite data are not available at the time the application is submitted, the applicant should provide at least one annual cycle of meteorological data collected onsite with the application. Hourly averages of onsite meteorological parameters should be provided using the recommended electronic data format described in Appendix A of the most current revision of RG 1.23. Sufficient input data should be included to permit independent evaluations and assessments of atmospheric diffusion characteristics and station impacts on the environment.
* Annual savings in consumption of imported crude            Chapter 9.) It should be stated whether the costs of fuel oil for power generation.                                       and of operation and maintenance are initial costs or levelized costs over some period of operation and, in the The applicant should discuss significant benefits that      latter case, what assumptions are made about escalation.


Short-Term Dispersion Estimates Consistent with RG 1.206 (Ref. 10), the applicant should provide estimates of atmospheric dispersion factors (/Q values) at the site exclusion area boundary (EAB) and at the outer boundary of the low-population zone (LPZ) for appropriate time periods using realistic (50th percentile) meteorology. For the EAB, provide the 2-hour 50th percentile /Q estimate. For the LPZ, provide the 50th percentile /Q
may be realized from the construction and operation of the proposed station. Where the benefits can be ex                    There are also external costs. Their effects on the pressed in monetary terms, they should be discounted to          interests of people should be examined. The applicant present worth. In each instance where a particular              should supply, as applicable, an evaluation plus support benefit is discussed, the applicant should indicate, to the     ing data and rationale regarding such external social and extent practical, who is likely to be affected and for how      economic costs as noted below. 4 For each cost, the long. In the case of esthetic impacts that are difficult to      applicant should describe the probable number and quantify, the applicant should provide illustrations of          location of the population group adversely affected, the significant station structures or environmental modifica        estimated economic and social impact, and any special tions visible to the public in addition to parks or other        measures to be taken to alleviate the impact.
estimate for: (1) the 8-hour time period from 0 to 8 hours; (2) the 16-hour period from 8 to 24 hours; (3)
the 3-day period from 1 to 4 days; and (4) the 26-day period from 4 to 30 days.


RG 1.145, Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 51), provides guidance for calculating EAB and LPZ /Q values. The applicant should adequately describe the methods for generating these distributions. Discussion of the effects of topography and nearby bodies of water on short-term dispersion estimates should be provided.
recreational facilities on the site which will be available for public use. The details should be drawn from                      Temporary external costss include: shortages of information presented in Sections 2.6 and 3.1.                   housing; inflationary rentals or prices; congestion of local streets and highways; noise and temporary es thetic disturbances; overloading of water supply and
                          8.2 Costs sewage treatment facilities; crowding of local schools, hospitals, or other public facilities; overtaxing of com The economic and social costs resulting from the proposed nuclear station and its operation are likewise          munity services; and the disruption of people's lives or complex and should be quantified wherever possible.              the local community caused by acquisition of land for the proposed site.


Long-Term Dispersion Estimates Consistent with NRC guidance in RG 1.111, Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion of Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors (Ref. 52),
The primary internal costs are (a) the capital costs of land acquisition and improvement; (b) the capital costs              Long-term external costs6 include impairment of of facility construction; (c) the incremental capital costs      recreational values (e.g., reduced availability of desired species of wildlife and sport fish, restrictions on access of transmission and distribution facilities; (d) fuel costs, to land or water areas preferred for recreational use);
the applicant should provide estimates of annual average /Q and deposition (D/Q) at appropriate locations (e.g., site boundary, nearest vegetable garden, nearest residence, nearest milk animal, and nearest meat cow in each 221/2-degree direction sector within a 5-mi radius of the site), at points of maximum individual exposure, and at points within a radial grid of sixteen 221/2-degree sectors (e.g., centered on true north, north-northeast, northeast) and extending to a distance of 50 mi from the station. A set of data points should be located within each sector at increments of 0.25 mi out to a distance of 1 mi from the plant, at increments of 0.5 mi from a distance of 1 to 5 mi, at increments of 2.5 mi from a distance of 5 to 10 mi, and at increments of 5 mi thereafter to a distance of 50 mi. Estimates of /Q
including the cost of spent fuel disposition; (e) other deterioration of esthetic and scenic values; restrictions operating and maintenance costs, including license fees on access to areas of scenic, historic, or cultural interest;
(undecayed and undepleted; depleted for radioiodines) and D/Q radioiodines and particulates should be provided at each of these grid points.
and taxes; (f) plant decommissioning costs; and (g)
research and development costs associated with potential        degradation of areas having historic, cultural, natural, or future improvements of the station and its operation and         archeological value; removal of land from present or maintenance. The applicant should discount these costs
                                                                3 to present worth.                                                  H. 1. Bowers and I. T. Dudley, Multi-Unit Power Plant Cost Models For the Concept Code, ORNL-TM-4300, July 1974, The applicant should provide the types of information          Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830
listed in Table 2 for nuclear and alternative power                (and references therein).
generation methods. (Alternative power generation                4 For convenience of treatment, the listed cost examples have methods are discussed in detail in Chapter 9.) If the              been divided into long-term. (or continuing) costs and the applicant includes a coal-fired plant as a viable alterna          temporary costs generally associated with the period of tive to a nuclear power station, information should be            construction or the readjustment of the lives of persons whose jobs or homes will have been displaced by the purchase of land provided for both a coal-fired plant with sulfur removal          at the proposed site.


Regulatory Guide 1.111 presents criteria for characterizing /Q and D/Q conditions for evaluating the consequences of routine releases. The applicant should describe the methods for generating these /Q
equipment and one that burns low-sulfur coal.
and D/Q values. The applicant should provide a detailed description of the model inputs, including the suitability of input parameters, source configuration, and topography. The meteorological data used as input to the models should be provided.


2.7.4      Meteorological Monitoring The applicant should describe the preoperational and operational programs for meteorological measurements at the site, including all data-collection programs used to describe the site meteorological and atmospheric dispersion characteristics. The description should include the following:
SRefer, as appropriate, to the information presented in Chapter In Table 2, items (1) through (5) are necessary to run          4.
    *  A site map showing tower locations with respect to man-made structures, topographic features, and other site features that may influence site meteorological measurements.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 54
the CONCEPT 3 code used by the NRC staff. Inclusion              6 Refer, as appropriate, to the information presented in Chapter of this information in the applicant's environmental              5.


*  Distances to nearby obstructions of the flow in each downwind sector.
8-2


*   Discussion of measurements made; instruments and performance specifications; measurement elevations and instrument siting; calibration and maintenance procedures; data output and recording systems and locations; and data processing, archiving, and analysis procedures.
contemplated alternative uses; creation of locally adverse   fishermen attributable to environmental degradation;
meteorological conditions (e.g., fog and plumes from        decrease in real estate values in areas adjacent to the cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds); creation of        proposed facility; and increased costs to local noise, especially by mechanical-draft cooling towers;       governments for the services required by the reduction of regionial products due to displacement of      permanently employed workers and their families. In persons from the land proposed for the site; lost income    discussing the costs, the applicant should indicate, to the from recreation or tounsim that may be impaired by          extent practical, who is likely to be affected and for how environmental disturbances; lost income of commercial        long.


*  Estimates of overall system accuracy for each meteorological parameter measured.
8-3


Regulatory Guide 1.23 provides guidance for an onsite meteorological measurements program that the NRC staff considers acceptable for the collection of basic meteorological data needed to support plant licensing and operation.
CHAPTER 9 ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES
    This chapter should present the basis for the appli                two different energy sources is regarded as providing two cant's proposed choice of site and nuclear fuel among                  alternatives.


2.8    Nonradiological Health The applicant should describe the environment at the site and within the vicinity of the site with respect to existing nonradiological human-health. This includes the identification of people or groups that could be vulnerable to nonradiological health impacts including public health, etiological agents, transportation activities, noise and electromagnetic fields. This section provides the basis for evaluation of impacts on human health from building and operating the proposed project.
the available alternative sites and energy sources. Ac                                                            2 cordingly, the applicant should discuss the range of                    9.2.1 Selection of Candidate Areas practicable alternatives and the considerations and                        In this section, the applicant should present an initial rationale that led to the proposed site-plant combina                  survey of site availability using any methodology that tion. It is recognized that planning methods differ                    surveys the entire region available to the applicant and among applicants.However, the applicantshould present                  that, after identifying areas containing possible sites, its site-plant selection process as the consequence of an              eliminates those whose less desirable characteristics are analysis of alternatives whose environmental costs and                  recognizable without extensive analysis. The purpose of benefits were evaluated and compared to reveal suitable                this site selection process is to identify a reasonable site-plant combinations which were then subjected to a                  number of realistic siting options. To ensure that detailed cost-effectiveness comparison to make the final                realistic alternatives are presented, two or more site selection.                                                        candidate areas should be chosen for detailed comparison with appropriate site-plant combinations. In This chapter should encompass information relevant                  assessing potential candidate areas, the applicant may both to the availability of alternatives and to their                  place primary reliance on published materials 3 and relative merits. Two classes of alternatives should be                  reconnaissance level information. Guidance on the considered: those that can meet the power demand                        selection of potential sites for nuclear stations is without requiring the creation of new generatingcapac                  presented in Regulatory Guide 4.7, "General Site ity and those that do require the creation of new                      Suitability Criteria for Nuclear Power Stations." The generatingcapacity.                                                    applicant may wish to use the following definitions in discussing its site selection process:
      9.1 Alternatives Not Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity                                 
* Region of Interest. The geographical area initially considered in the site selection process. This area may Practicable means that meet the projected power                    represent the applicant's system, the power pool or area demand with adequate system reliability and that do                    within which the applicant's planning studies are based, not require the creation of additional generating capac                or the regional reliability council or the appropriate ity should be identified and evaluated. 1 Such alterna                  subregion or area of the reliability council.


2.8.1      Public and Occupational Health The applicant should identify the State agency or office or Federal agency with regulatory jurisdiction over the public and occupational health at the site and in the vicinity. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
tives may include, but not be limited to, purchased energy, reactivating or upgrading an older plant, or base                 
    *   Description of the regulations related to potential impacts on public and occupational health at the site and in the vicinity,
* Candidate Areas. Reasonable homogeneous areas load operation of an existing peaking facility. Such                    within the region of interest investigated for potential alternatives should be analyzed in terms of cost, environ              sites. Candidate areas may be made up of a single large mental impact, adequacy, reliability, and other pertinent              area or several unconnected ones. The criteria governing factors. If such alternatives are totally unavailable or if            a candidate area are the same resources and populations their availability is highly uncertain, the relevant facts              on which the potential plant would have an impact and should be stated. This analysis is of major importance                  similar facility costs.
    *  Identification of people or groups in the vicinity that could be vulnerable to nonradiological health impacts from building- and operations-related activities (e.g., construction workers, workers at any co-located plants, nearby residents, transients and recreational visitors).
    *  Description of any existing issues involving hazardous chemicals on or near the site.


Occupational Injuries
because it supports the justification for new generating capacity.
    *  A discussion of Federal and State statistics for occupational injuries and illnesses related to similar projects. Federal statistics are available from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.


*   A description of existing safety standards, practices, and mitigation procedures for avoiding or minimizing the incidence of injuries and illnesses to workers and the public.
* PotentialSite& Sites within the candidate areas that have been identified for preliminary assessment in estab
      9.2 Alternatives Requiring the Creation of New                  lishing candidate sites.


Etiological Agents and Emerging Contaminants Etiological agents are disease-causing organisms that affect human health. Some of these disease- causing organisms have been associated with the operation of station cooling systems. Etiological agents have been referred to as thermophilic microorganisms in previous NRC documents (e.g., NUREG-
Generating Capacity
1555). Etiological agents associated with nuclear power stations include more than just thermophilic microorganisms and may be present in elevated numbers in unheated systems as well as in cooling systems, receiving and source waterbodies, and site sewage treatment facilities.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 55
* CandidateSites. Sites suitable for evaluation by the applicant during the process of selecting a proposed site.


Contaminants and materials are being discovered in water where they previously had not been detected or are being detected at levels that may be significantly different than expected. The proposed use of reclaimed water or impaired water sources for station cooling raises a potential human health and ecological concern related to the release of these chemicals and materials to the environment. These chemicals or materials, found in reclaimed and contaminated source water in very low concentrations, potentially could be harmful to humans and the environment.
In this guide, an alternative constituting new gener              To be a candidate site, the site must be considered to be ating capacity is termed a "site-plant combination" in                 potentially licensable and capable of being developed.


The applicant should provide the following information:
order to emphasize that the alternatives to be evaluated should include both site and energy source options. A                     
    *   A description and the incidence of organisms of concern for public and occupational health, including enteric pathogens (e.g., Salmonella spp. and Pseudomonas aeruginosa), thermophilic fungi, bacteria (e.g., Legionella spp. and Vibrio spp.), dinoflagellates (Karenia brevis), blue- green algae, and free-living amoeba (e.g., Naegleria fowleri and Acanthamoeba spp.) during the previous 10 years in the state that the site is located.
* ProposedSites. Sites for which an applicant seeks a site-plant combination is a combination of a specific site            license to construct and operate a power station.


*    Characteristics of the site that could encourage the growth and distribution of etiological agents.
(which may include the proposed site) and a particular
                                                                      2 category of energy source (nuclear, fossil-fueled, hydro                As used in this chapter, the term area is defined as several electric, geothermal) together with the transmission                    square miles (large enough to contain several sites).
hookup. A given site considered in combination with                    3 Several methods of site selection and evaluation may be found in Nuclear Power Plant Siting-A Generalized Process, AIF/
                                                                        NESP-002, Atomic Industrial Forum, August 1974. Copies may lIf transmission facilities must be constructed in order to secure      be obtained from Atomic Industrial Forum, Inc., 7101 Wiscon the energy from alternative sources, this should be discussed.        sin Avenue, Washington, D.C. 20014.


*    A summary of all the chemicals and materials that are known from the influent for stations using reclaimed water or impaired water for cooling.
9-1


*    The ER should reference information from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, State public health agencies, and local health agencies.
The geographical regions considered by the applicant                11. Major interconnections with other power suppliers may be within or outside the applicant's franchise                    (with emphasis on new rights-of-way).
service area. It is ekpected that each area considered will be small enough for any site developed within it to have              These considerations may be expanded to include essentially similar environmental relationships (i.e., ther            appropriate factors such as those discussed in Regulatory mal discharge to the same body of water, proximity to                  Guide 4.7.


2.8.2      Noise The applicant should characterize the existing noise environment at the site. The description should include the following:
the same urban area). The areas considered should not be restricted to those containing land actually owned by                  Maps of areas outside the japplicant's service area the applicant.                                                         should include the probable transmission corridor to the applicant's system.
    *    General description of the site with respect to noise (e.g., rural, industrial, etc.).
    *    Location of the closest noise-sensitive human receptors, including (if within a reasonable distance) closest residence, closest public building, closest recreational area, and closest industrial site.


*    Results of any ambient noise studies that have been conducted, including the locations of noise sources and measurements, and corresponding noise levels, including meteorological conditions during the measurement period and the resulting effects on the measured noise levels. Any such ambient noise studies should be performed at a representative number of locations, including measurement at the closest noise-sensitive human receptors (see next bullet), each of which is sampled over a number of days that include weekday, weekend, and seasonal variations in noise levels.
If a State, region, or locality has a power station'
siting law, the law should be cited and any applicable Suitable correlations should be made among the constraints described.


*    Noise regulations or ordinances, including Federal, State, and local code and regulations.
maps. For example, one or more of the maps showing The applicant should display the areas being ap                    environmental features may be to the same scale as a praised by means of maps and charts portraying the                    map showing power network configurations; or present power network, 4 environmental and other features, and                generating sites and major transmission lines may be other relevant information. (A consistent identification              overlaid on the environmental maps, if this is helpful to system should be established and retained on all graphic              the discussion.


2.8.3      Transportation The applicant should describe the existing road transportation networks for the site, vicinity and region. These discussions will become the basis for analyses in the land use and socioeconomic sections.
and verbal materials in this section.) The map or maps should be clearly related to the applicant's service area                The applicant should discuss the availability of fuel or (and adjacent areas if relevant). The maps should display              other energy sources at the areas considered. It is pertinent information such as the following:                          recognized that conditions with regard to alternatives to nuclear fuel vary for different applicant


The description should include the following:
====s. Oil and coal====
                                            RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 56
    1. Areas considered by the applicant;                              may be readily available in many areas although limitations on maximum sulfur content or transporta
    2. Major centers of population density (urban, high                tion costs may restrict or prevent their use. Hydro density, medium density, low density, or similar scale);              electric and geothermal sources should also be consid ered if available. In some situations, combinations of
    3. Water bodies suitable for use in cooling systems;              energy sources (e.g., coal-fired baseload units plus gas-turbine peaking units may be practical alterna
    4. Railroads, highways (existing and planned), and                tives. The discussion should clearly establish the energy waterways suitable for fuel and waste transportation;                  source alternatives.


*  Roads: Include carrying capacity and condition, availability and type of public transportation; and planned modifications that might affect traffic flow to and from the proposed plant site. Describe road and highway use in industry-standard terms (e.g., Level of Service designation or similar process). Discuss current and projected trends for usage of these routes, including any existing plant-related commuter patterns for operations and outages. State whether or not heavy-haul roads will be needed.
5. Important topographic features (e.g., mountains,                   Long-term supplies and forecasted costs of each marshes, fault lines);                                                 realistic fuel alternative should be stated. The nature of any supply restriction should be specified as to physical
    6. Dedicated land-use areas (e.g., parks, historical              shortages, environmental controls, international trade sites, wilderness areas, testing grounds, airports);                  restrictions, or other factors.


*  Current accident statistics for the regional transportation networks.
7. Valuable agricultural, residential, recreational, or                Using the materials described above, the applicant industrial areas that may be impacted;                                should provide a condensed description of the major considerations that led to the final selection of the
    8. Primary generating plants, together with effective              candidate areas. These candidate areas should constitute operating capacity in megawatts, both electrical and                  a complete but realistic listing of areas in which it would thermal, and indication of fuel (all generating units of              be feasible to site a power generation facility. While the the same fuel type at the same location should be                      number of suitable locations for any one siting consider considered a single source);                                          ation may be large, the comparison of factors may constrain the final list of candidate areas to a small
    9. Other generating additions to the network to be                number with each area displaying several favorable installed before the proposed nuclear facility goes on                characteristics.


2.8.4        Electromagnetic Fields The applicant should provide information about the existing sources of electromagnetic fields (EMFs) in the vicinity and region and the electric shock and chronic effects of transmission lines. The information provided in the ER should include the following:
line;
    *  Electric and magnetic fields for existing or anticipated transmission lines. In the United States, transmission lines operate at a frequency of 60 Hz (60 cycles per second), which is considered to be extremely low frequency.
                                                                          The following remarks        may apply in specific
  10. Transmission lines of 115 kV or more and                       instances:
termination points on the system for proposed and potential lines from the applicant's proposed facility                      1. The first general geographic screening may be (with emphasis on new rights-of-way); and                              based on power load and transmission considerations.


*  Electric shocks from exposure to energized conductors or from induced charges in metallic structures.
41TO avoid repetition, the applicant should refer, as appropriate,          2. Certain promising areas may be identified as to material presented in Section 1.1.                               suitable for only one type of fuel; others may be broadly
                                                                  9-2


*  Any new information regarding whether a consensus has been reached by the appropriate Federal health agencies pertaining to the effects of long-term or chronic exposure to EMFs. These health effects have been studied for several years and were evaluated in NUREG-1437, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for License Renewal of Nuclear Plants, Initial (Ref. 53), and Revision 1 (Ref. 54), (NUREG-1437).
defined at this stage of analysis (e.g., a stretch of                     The criteria, to be used in selecting the candidate coastline) and may admit several fuel-type options.                   site-plant alternatives are essentially the criteria used in selecting candidate areas. Application of these criteria in
2.9    Radiological Environment and Radiological Monitoring The purpose of a radiological environmental monitoring program (REMP), which is located in the Offsite Dose Calculation Manual, is to provide a basis for evaluating concentrations of radioactive materials and radiation levels in the environment from radiological releases once a reactor is operational.
      3. Only the determining characteristics of the                  greater depth may be required, however, since the identified areas need be discussed. Specific tracts need              relative merits of the various site-plant combinations not be identified unless already owned by the applicant.              may be less obvious than those of the initially identified areas. If the site is currently, or expected to be, used for
      4. If areas outside the service area are not consid              agriculture, its soil class should be reported according to ered during this phase of the decision process, the                    the U.S. Soil Conservation Service Soil Classification reasons for not considering them should be provided.                  System, 6 and the number of acres should be indicated.


A well-designed and well-implemented environmental program will characterize the environment before operations to allow future reasonable, direct comparison with data collected after power operation begins.
Furthermore, although a particular geographical area
      5. If certain fuel types are eliminated in selecting            may have been judged unsuitable for consideration as a candidate areas because of predicted unavailability or                candidate area because of one major overriding disad because of economic factors, supporting information                    vantage, the establishment of the suitability of a given should be supplied.                                                    site-plant combination will (except for choice of fuel)
                                                                        require balancing both favorable and unfavorable factors
      6. In eliminating a fuel type at a site on the grounds          (benefits versus environmental and other costs).
of monetary cost, the applicant should make clear that the excess cost over a preferred alternative outweighs                    The applicant is not expected to conduct detailed any potential advantages of the eliminated fuel type                  environmental studies at alternative sites; only prblim with respect to environmental protection.                              inary reconnaissance-type investigations need be conducted. Neither is it expected that detailed engi
      7. The compatability with any existing land-use                  neering design studies will be made for all alternative planning programs of the development of each candidate                  plants or that detailed transmission route studies will be area should be indicated and the views, if any, of local              made for all alternatives.


The preoperational program can also be used for all or some of the operational REMP.
planning groups and interested citizens concerning use of the candidate area should be summarized.                                            9.3 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives
      8. If it is proposed to add a nuclear unit to a station where there are already thermal electric generating units                  A cost-effectiveness analysis of realistic alternatives in under construction or in operation, the local and                      terms of both economic and environmental costs should regional significance of concentrating a large block of                be made to show why the proposed site-plant combina thermal generating capacity at one location should be                  tion is preferred over all other candidate alternatives for given specific consideration.                                          meeting the power requirement. In presenting the cost-effectiveness analysis, the applicant should use,
      9. Current use of the land should be documented                  insofar as possible, a tabular format showing side-by-side and the potential for preempting other high valued uses                comparison or alternatives with respect to selection of land such as agriculture, recreation, residences, or                criteria.


According to RG 4.1, Radiological Environmental Monitoring for Nuclear Power Plants (Ref.
industry should be noted.


55), the preoperational monitoring program should be established and implemented at least 2 years before the initial facility operation; however, the preoperational REMP should be described in the ER.
Quantification, while desirable, may not be possible
    10. The availability of a labor pool for power plant                for all factors because of lack of adequate data. Under construction within commuting distance should be                       such circumstances, qualitative and general comparative statements supported by documentation may be used.


For a partially developed or undeveloped site that does not have operating or permanently shut down reactors, the applicant should summarize any information available from the appropriate literature about background radiological characteristics of the site. This characterization should address the sources of natural background and the background radiation levels from those sources in the area surrounding the site. The naturally occurring background radiation dose rates at the site should be estimated and provided in the ER.
estimated.


For a proposed new nuclear unit being constructed on or adjacent to currently operating or permanently shut down nuclear plants, information on background radiological characteristics should be provided from the Annual Radiological Environmental Operating Report and the Annual Radioactive RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 57
Where possible, experience derived from operation of plants at the same or at an environmentally similar site
9.2.2 Selection of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives 5                  may be helpful in appraising the nature of expected environmental impacts.


Effluent Release Report. The applicant should review approximately 5 years worth of data from the past reports and make a comparison of the exposures and concentrations in air, water, and vegetation between the preoperational monitoring and the operational monitoring results. A 5-year period provides a data set that covers a broad range of activities that occur at a nuclear power plant, such as refueling outages, routine operation and maintenance activities that can affect the generation and release of radioactive effluents into the environment. In addition, any special reporting requirements or special monitoring programs (e.g., groundwater-monitoring programs), whether industry- or NRC-initiated programs, and any event reports for groundwater contamination should be noted in the ER. The applicant should also review the volume and radioactivity content of radioactive solid waste generated each year and the number of shipments of waste and where the waste would be shipped.
At this point, the number of suitable areas will have been reduced, making possible investigation of a realistic                Various criteria have been suggested in this guide for set of alternative site-plant combinations. These alterna              use in comparing the alternatives and the proposed tive combinations should be briefly described. The                    facility. The criteria chosen by the applicant should description should include site plans indicating locations            reflect benefits and costs 7 that were evaluated in considered for the plant, access facilities, and any
                                                                      6 transmission considerations that significantly affect site              U.S. Department of Agriculture, Land-CapabilityClassiflcation, desirability.                                                            Agriculture Handbook No. 210, 1973, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.


The type of data and information needed will be affected by site- and station-specific factors, and the degree of detail should be modified according to the anticipated magnitude of the potential radiological impacts of the radioactive effluents from the plant. The specific criteria for a radiological monitoring program can be found in RG 4.1.
7 The applicant may use, if the necessary data are available, the
5                                                                      method for calculating generating costs discussed in Chapter The range of candidate site-plant alternatives selected by the       10. The analysis should highlight significant environmental applicant should include other energy source options (coal, oil,      differences among alternative sites which can be balanced hydroelectric, geothermal), as practicable.                           against dollar cost differentials.


To the extent the information is available, the ER should include the following information:
9-3
    *  A discussion of the environmental exposure pathways (i.e., air, water, and direct) as they relate to the type of reactor and local geography and terrain.


*  A map or aerial photograph of the site vicinity with proposed monitoring and sampling locations clearly identified and keyed to indicate the medium sampled at each location. The map or photograph should be suitable to show distance and direction of each location from the plant, particularly with regard to the effluent release points.
selecting the site-plant candidates. The following            OperatingFactors itemization of evaluatory factors may be helpful as a              Load-following capability checklist:                                                          Transient response Engineeringand EnvironmentalFactors                            Alternative Site Cost Factors Meteorology                                                    Land and water rights Geology                                                        Base station facilities Seismology                                                      Main condenser cooling system Hydrology                                                      Main condenser cooling intake structures and dis Population density in site environs                                charge system Access to road, rail, and water transportation                  Transmission and substation facilities Fuel supply and waste disposal routes                          Access roads and railroads Cooling water supply                                            Site preparation including technical investigations.


*  A description of the existing monitoring program when appropriate, including (1) the number and location of sample collection points and measuring devices and the pathway sampled or measured; (2) sample size, sample collection frequency, and sampling duration; (3) type and frequency of analysis; (4) general types of sample collection and measuring equipment; (5) lower limit of detection for each analysis; (6) the approximate date on which the proposed program will be effective; and (7) the quality-assurance program for REMPs (see RG 4.15, Quality Assurance for Radiological Monitoring Programs (Inception through Normal Operations to License Termination)Effluent Streams and the Environment (Ref. 56)).
Water quality Sensitivity of aquatic and terrestrial habitats affected Commitment of resources Dedicated areas Projected recreational usage                                    9.4 Costs of Alternative Power Generation Methods Scenic values The applicant should provide cost information for Transmission Hookup Factors                                      alternative power generation methods and the proposed Access to transmission system in place                      nuclear station. (Costs for the proposed nuclear station Problems of routing new transmission lines                  are discussed in Chapter 8.)
    *  A discussion justifying the choice of sample sites, analyses, sampling frequencies, sampling and measuring durations, sample sizes, and lower limits of detection.
    Problems of transmission reliability Minimization of transmission losses                              In order to supplement the economic information provided in Chapter 8 of the environmental report, the ConstructionFactors                                            cost information shown in Table 2 should be provided Access for equipment and materials                          for (1) coal-fired units (one use that would utilize Access, housing, etc., for construction workers              low-sulfur coal and a second that would use high-sulfur coal with stack gas cleaning), (2) oil-fired units, and (3)
Land-Use Factors (including compatibility with zoning          nuclear power units.


*  A discussion of the amount of radioactive solid waste generated and transported from the five years of reports reviewed above.
or use changes)
                                                                    The environmental report should also include the InstitutionalFactors(e.g., State or regional site certifica      estimated cost of generating electric energy in mills per tion)                                                        kilowatt-hour for the proposed nuclear station and for alternative fossil-fueled plants in the detail shown in Cost Factors                                                    Table 3. It should be stated whether the costs of fuel Construction costs including transmission                    and of operation and maintenance are initial costs or Fuel costs (annual)                                          levelized costs over some period of operation and, in the Operating and maintenance costs (annual)                    latter case, what assumptions are made about escalation.


*  If applicable, a description of NEI 07-07 Industry Ground Water Protection Initiative implementation (Ref. 57).
9-4
    *  A description of any NRC initiatives or radiological environmental reporting requirements.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 58
CHAPTER 10
                                              STATION DESIGN ALTERNATIVES
    This chapter should show how the applicantarived                Different designs for systems that are essentially identi at the design of the proposed station through consider              cal with respect to environmental effects should be ation of alternative designs of identifiable systems and            considered only if their costs are appreciably different.


Chapter 3
through their comparative assessment.                               The applicant should include alternatives that meet the following criteria: (1) they provide improved levels of The significant environmental interfaces of a nuclear          environmental protection (in the case of systems subject power station will be associated with the operation of              to 40 CFR Part 423, the analysis should focus on certain identifiable systems. The applicant's proposed              alternative systems that comply with 40 CFR Part 423 station should incorporate a combination of these                  but that are a better environmental solution, taking into identifiable systems, each of which has been selected              account impacts on air quality, esthetics, etc.) and (2)
3.0    Site Layout and Project Description As specified in 10 CFR 51.45(b), the environmental report (ER) shall contain a description of the proposed action. The ER should include sufficient information to describe the site layout, design, and the activities required to construct and operate the plant and associated structures and facilities as well as the physical activities involved in constructing and operating the plant. This description should be sufficiently detailed to support the staffs environmental impact conclusions.
through a cost-effectiveness analysis of economic and               although not necessarily economically attractive, they other factors as the preferred choice within its category.         are based on feasible technology available to the In some instances, the interaction of these systems may            applicant during the design state.


3.1    External Appearance and Plant Layout A description of the overall appearance of the proposed plant and all associated facilities is needed to assess the physical scope of the proposed project and visual impacts. Associated facilities include any proposed new structures or structure modifications (onsite or offsite) that need to be completed for the proposed plant to be constructed or operated (e.g., transmission lines; road, rail, barge, or other transportation-related improvements; water-management structures or impoundments; borrow pits; and spoils storage areas).
be such as to require their selection on the basis of a preferred combination rather than on the basis of                           In cases where the system proposed in the applica individual preferred systems. For example, an alternative          tion does not comply with thermal effluent limitations cooling system may have to be evaluated in combination              under Sections 301 and 306 of Public Law 92-500 [the with a preferred chemical effluent system that would be             Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) as used with it.                                                      amended] and no disposition of any request for waiver under Section 316(a) is expected until after issuance of a The applicant's discussion should be organized on the           construction permit, the environmental report should basis of station systems and arranged according to the             clearly identify the most feasible alternative cooling following list:                                                    system that would be selected in the event that alternative thermal effluent limitations are not imposed.
        The applicant should clearly define and use consistent site terminology (e.g., site, property, or project boundaries) throughout the ER. The ER should include the following information relating to the external appearance and layout of the proposed plant:
    *  topographic maps of the proposed site and vicinity showing the layout of the proposed plant relative to the site and vicinity; the exclusion area; site boundary; waterbodies; existing and planned roads, rail lines, and utility corridors; liquid and gaseous release points (and their elevations); meteorological towers; land to be cleared; waste disposal areas; and other buildings and structures (both temporary and permanent) associated with the proposed project;
    *  the relationship between the proposed plant and any existing units, structures or facilities, including removal or modification of existing structures;
    *  whether proposed and existing units would share any proposed or existing facilities or structures;
    *  a description of the proposed plant including any aesthetic principles and concepts used in the design and layout of the proposed facilities, and any plans to seclude and screen the facilities and to architecturally integrate the buildings and landscaping into the environs;
    *  representative ground-level photographs of the site on which major station features are superimposed;
    *  a low, oblique aerial photograph of the site and vicinity on which major station features are superimposed; and
    *  an architectural rendering of the proposed project to include landscaping and all major station features.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 59
* Circulating water system (exclusive of intake and discharge)                                                              2. Normalization of cost comparison. Alternatives should be compared on the basis of an assumed fixed


3.2    Proposed Plant Structures, Systems and Components A description of the overall proposed nuclear energy generating system is important for the evaluation of environmental impacts resulting from the proposed project. The rated and design core thermal power, the rated and design gross electrical output, and the rated and design net electrical output (in megawatts [MW]) should be stated. The rated power is defined as the power level at which each reactor would be operated if licensed, and the design power is defined as the highest power level that would be permitted by the proposed plant design. The gross electrical output is the power level measured at the output terminals of the generator and expressed in MW(e). The net unit electrical output is equal to the gross electrical output minus the nominal service and auxiliary loads. The following information relating to the reactor-power-conversion system for the proposed plant should be included in the ER:
* Intake system for circulating water                          amount of energy generated for distribution outside the station. Thus, any effect of an alternative on station
    *  Reactor-power-conversion system, including the manufacturer and the design status (i.e., certified design or design control document revision).
    *  The number of units and description of each reactor, including (as applicable) reactor type, vendor, architect-engineer, contractor, fuel assembly description, total quantities of uranium, and percentage uranium-235 enrichment.


*   The planned average irradiation level of spent fuel, in megawatt days/ton.
* Discharge system for circulating water                        power consumption should be discussed.


*   A description of the turbines and condensers.
* Other cooling systems (including intake and dis                  3. Effect of capacity factor. The projected effect of charge where not treated in the preceding three items)            alternatives on station capacity factor should be given and explained for capacity factors of 60, 70, and 80


*   A simplified flow diagram for the reactor-power-conversion system.
* Biocide systems (all cooling circuits)'                      percent.


*   Service or auxiliary power load.
* Chemical waste treatment1                                          4. Monetized costs. The acquisition and operation costs of individual systems and their alternatives (as well


*   Type of cooling system.
* Sanitary waste system                                        as costs of the total station and transmission facility and alternatives) should be expressed as power generating


A description of all proposed plant structures, systems, or components is needed to clarify the physical scope of the proposed project for assessing the impacts of building and operation. The description should include, but is not limited to the following:
* liquid radwaste systems (see Section 10.7)                    costs. The latter will be derived from cost elements compounded or discounted (as appropriate) to their
    *  Plant grade and major structure elevations, using a consistent vertical datum.


*   Stormwater drainage system (e.g., number, location, and size of temporary and permanent retention/detention ponds, diversion structures, or other hydrological alterations).
* Gaseous radwaste systems (see Section 10.8)                  present values as of the date of initial commercial operation and will be converted to their annualized
    *   Site layout with the location and dimensions (e.g., area and height above grade) of structures and support facilities (e.g., switchyard, laydown areas, parking areas, future independent spent fuel storage installation (ISFSI), warehouses, and training facilities), including offsite support facilities and substations. Indicate permanent and temporary areas of land disturbance.
    "*Transmission facilities                                       values. The method of computation is shown in Table 4.


*   Heat-dissipation system flow diagram; design, size, and location of cooling towers, cooling lakes or ponds, spray canals or ponds.
The individual cost items in this table should be used as
    "*Other systems.                                                applicable. The total cost will be the sum of:
    The following should be considered in preparing the
                                                                        0 Capital to be expended up uritil the scheduled date discussion:                                                          of operation.2
    1. Range of alternatives. The applicant's discussion should emphasize those alternative station systems that               
* Interest to the date of operation on all expendi tures prior to that date.


*  Creation or modification of any water storage (reservoir) or cooling pond, including dams or dikes. For any water-storage facility, describe the total and usable storage capacity, surface area, evaporation rate, flow control structures or components, and associated water transfer systems (e.g., refill, withdrawal and conveyance).
appear promising in. terms of environmental protection.
                                            RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 60


*    Water-intake systems, including plan view and cross-sectional view scale drawings. The description should include location, size, height, and depth of structure; number and size of intake bays and pumps; screen types and sizes; type of screen cleaning system; fish-return system; and associated pipelines or other conveyance structures.
'systems that are subject to effluent limitation guidelines and      2For operating license proceedings, costs should be based on new source performance standards of 40 CFR Part 423.                  capital to be expended to complete the facility.


*    Water discharge system, including plan view and cross-sectional view scale drawings. The description should include the location and type of discharge structure(s) including depth below surface and relationship to bottom of receiving waterbody; discharge receiving area alterations;
10-1
        and associated pipelines or other conveyance structures.


*   Other water systems (e.g., service, fire, potable, and sanitary systems) with source, delivery, and discharge (if applicable) identified.
* Expenditures subsequent to the scheduled date of                        b. Suggested units to be used for measurement operation discounted to that date. In calculations, the              (Column 4). The NRC recognizes the difficulty, if not applicant should assume a 30-year station life.


*    Well structures (use, depth, diameter, construction, location, pumping rate or discharge rate for injection wells).
3              the impossibility, of using the assigned units for every item in Table 5 in each case, given the current state of In computing the annualized present value of station              the art. The applicant may elect to use other units, systems and their alternatives, the following cost ele                provided they are meaningful to the informed public and ments are suggested:                                                  adequately reflect the impact of the listed environmental effects.
    *    Supplemental water sources, onsite or offsite (location, design, construction and management).
    *    Transportation infrastructure (e.g., location, extent, and number of roads, culverts, bridges, rail, barge slip, and barge facilities).
    *    Other in- or over-water structures.


*    Transmission (e.g., location, extent, voltage, and number of existing transmission facilities, modifications to existing transmission facilities, use or modification of existing transmission corridors, new transmission corridors, new transmission lines, transmission structure types, and switchyards).
e Engineering design and planning costs c. A suggested methodology of computation
3.3    Building Activities Building activities, methods, and durations influence the environmental impacts of the proposed project. The applicant should describe the type of activities needed to build or install the proposed structures and associated facilities described in Section 3.2, and should indicate the sequencing and estimated duration of activities, especially when multiple units are proposed. The ER should include consideration of seasonal constraints on building activity. If multiple units are proposed or if the proposed project is co-located with an existing facility, the ER should include consideration of activities and workforce related to concurrent building and operation.
    0 Construction costs                                            (Column 5). Computation of effects in response to each block in Table 5, e.g., 1.1, 1.2, etc., should be given


The description of building activities in the ER should also include the following:
* Interest on capital expended prior to operation                without adjustment for effects computed in other blocks for the same population or resource affected. However,
    *   Applicants should be prepared to provide spatial data in electronic format (current industry- standard format) for the proposed plant (permanent as-built structures) and associated building uses (including temporary structures and use areas).
    *    Maps or scale drawings showing the extent of area to be disturbed during building (both onsite and offsite) and the construction use of the site or project areas (e.g., laydown, spoils stockpile or disposal, concrete batch plant, module assembly, temporary roads, or parking) relative to the as-built proposed structure locations.


*   Extent, equipment, and methods for land clearing, grading, and excavation.
* Operating, maintenance, and fuel (if applicable)              provision is made in Table 5 (i.e., 1.9 and 4.9) to costs over the 30-year life of the station                            account for combined effects that may be either less than or greater than the sum of individual effects.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 61
"* Taxes In discussing environmental effects, the applicant
      "* Insurance costs                                              should specify not only the magnitude of the effect (e.g., pounds of fish killed or acres of a particular habitat
      "* Cost of modification or alteration of any other              destroyed) but also the relative effect, that is, the station system if required for accommodation of alterna                fraction of the population or resource that is affected.


*    Depths of excavations, particularly deep excavations that could require dewatering; and width and depth of trenches (e.g., for pipelines).
tives to maintain station capacity (see Item 2 above)                 (See the discussion in Section 5.7.)
    *    In-water and nearshore activities (e.g., dredging, excavation, dewatering, filling, and impoundments).
    *    Equipment and methods should be described, as well as extent and duration of shoreline and in- water disturbance and any temporary structures (e.g., cofferdams, barge moorings, and silt curtains).
    *    Source of water for building purposes, estimated rate and quantity of water use, and proposed wastewater-management practices for building activities.


*   Source and quantity of fill material for construction purposes.
* Maintenance costs for the transmission facility (if                In some specific cases, accurate estimation of an applicable)                                                          effect which the applicant believes to be very small may require a data collection effort that would not be
      0 Cost of supplying makeup power during a delay                  commensurate with the value of the information to be resulting from an alternative design choice that will                  obtained. In such cases, the applicant may substitute a not meet the power requirement by the scheduled                        preferred measure which conservatively estimates envi inservice date.                                                        ronmental costs for the effect in question, provided the substituted measure is clearly documented and realisti cally evaluates the potentially detrimental (ie., worst
      5. Environmental costs Environmental effects of                 case) aspects of the effect, and provided the measure is alternatives should be documented and supported by                    applied consistently to all alternatives.


3.4    Operational Activities The applicant should describe the type of activities involved in operating the proposed plant and the associated structures and facilities described in Section 3.2. Descriptions should provide sufficient detail to assess specific effects of all operating systems on the environment. All modes of operation should be described, including normal operation, refueling, and emergency shutdown situations. Seasonal and operational variations that change amounts of water intake or discharge, gaseous effluent releases, or other potential environmental releases should be discussed.
available information. To the extent practicable, the magnitude of each effect should be quantified. Where                      6. Supporting details. In the following sections, the quantification is not possible, qualitative evaluations                applicant should discuss design alternatives for each of should be expressed in terms of comparison to the                     the relevant station systems (e.g., cooling system, intake effects of the subsystem chosen for the proposed design.              system). The discussion should describe each alternative, In either case, the derivation of the evaluations should              present estimates of its environmental impact, and be completely documented.                                              compare the estimated impact with that of the proposed system. The assumptions and calculations on which the Table 5 presents a set of environmental factors that             estimates are based should be presented. Engineering should be considered in comparing alternative station                design and supporting studies, e.g., thermal modeling, systems in the cost-effectiveness analysis. Although                  performed to assess the impact of alternative station incomplete, the factors listed are believed to represent              systems should be limited in scope to those efforts the principal environmental effects of power station                  required to support the cost-effectiveness analysis that construction and operation that can be evaluated by                  led to selection of the proposed design.


3.4.1      Plant-Environment Interfaces during Operation The applicant should describe plant design and heat-dissipation system parameters and their associated site interface values, clearly indicating the units of measure for the interface value and whether the value is for a single unit or all proposed units. The applicant should also describe the operational activities for structures and facilities associated with the transmission system, transportation infrastructure, and the stormwater-management system. Information on operational environmental interfaces should include, but is not limited to, the following:
generally accepted techniques. The table provides for three key elements of environmental cost evaluation:                      7. Presentation of alternative desnks The results should be tabulated for each station system in a format a. A description of each effect to be measured                consistent with the definitions in Table 5.
    *    Water Interfaces
              -    A quantitative water-use diagram showing anticipated flow rates to and from the various station water systems (e.g., heat-dissipation system, sanitary system, radwaste and chemical waste systems, and process water systems), including the source of water for each system and the receiving water for any liquid discharge to a waterbody.


-    A table of anticipated normal operational flow rates and maximum flow rates, indicating assumptions and conditions for each.
(Column 3).
                                                                              The monetized costs of the proposed systems and alternatives should be presented on an incremental bas.


-   The flow diagram and tabulated information that clearly presents the operating plant water balance by accounting for withdrawals, consumptive use (water that is not returned to the source water body, for example, water from a river that is lost to evaporation in the cooling towers), and liquid discharges.
3Uwe 30-year life for steamelectic generatiMg stationi For other This means that the costs of the proposed system should types of electric pneafting prints, m genewal accepted Vahes                                                                appear as zeroes in appropriate columns of summary
                                                                    10-2


-    A description of intake operation, including approach and through-screen velocities, debris, and fish-return-system operation at all intake or pumping locations.
tables and costs of the other alternative systems should                            10.2 Intake System appear as cost differences, with any negative values enclosed in parentheses. The environmental costs are not          The applicant should identify and describe alterna incremental, and the tabulations should therefore show        fives to the proposed intake system design, such as these as total costs, whether monetized or not. (If an        shoreline and offshore intakes, traveling screens (vertical, environmental effect is considered beneficial, the entry      horizontal, angle-mounted, single entry-double exit),
should be enclosed in parentheses.)                            barriers (lower, electric, sound, light, bubble),
                                                              perforated-pipe intakes, and infiltration-bed intakes.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 62
In addition to the information displayed in the tables.   Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared the applicant should provide a textual description of the      and tabulated. Alternatives should be referenced to any process by which the tradeoffs were weighed and                requirements for intake systems imposed under Section balanced in arriving at the proposed design. This              316(b) of PL 92-500.


-  Pertinent temperatures and methods used for estimating evaporation and drift rates.
discussion may include any factors not provided for in the tabulation.


-  Cooling-tower blowdown volume, flow rates, temperature range, and number of cycles of concentration assumed for normal operation and any other modes of operation considered.
10.3 Discharge System The applicant should identify and describe alterna
      10.1 Circulatifg System (exclusive of intake            tives to the proposed discharge system design. Estimates and dschaW)                            of environmental effects should be prepared and tabu lated. Appropriate graphic illustrations of visible plumes The applicant should identify and describe altema          or hydraulic mixing zones (air or water as applioable)
tives to the proposed cooling system deign. Estimates of       should be included.


-  Description of chemicals (e.g., corrosion inhibitors, antifouling agents) to the intake and discharge system.
environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.


-  Estimated temperature and chemical constituent concentrations in wastewater at the discharge point.
Where cooling towers are discussed, the analysis should include variations in drift and blowdown and optional                        10.4 Chemical Waste Treatment control ranges that might minimize the environmental impact to the receiving air, water, or land with respect to        Alternative chemical systems that meet EPA effluent time or space.                                                guidelines but involve differing external environmental impacts associated with ultimate waste disposal of end When an applicant proposes to create a lake or pond        products should be evaluated. Management of corrosion for primary cooling, the environmental report at the          and resulting corrosion products released with cooling construction permit stage should consider the effects of      tower blowdown should be treated in detail. The variations in the size of the cooling reservoir on the          description should include specification of both maxi performance of the power station, the enviromnental            mum and average concentrations and dilution sources.


-  A description of controlling structures and flow patterns, residence times, rate of temperature changes, evaporation rate, and seepage rate for any cooling-water reservoirs or discharge canals.
impacts (including the loss of agricultural lands and          (If a discharge is not continuous, the discharge schedule woodlands and the products therefrom and the impacts          should be specified.) Any toxicity and lethality to on terrestrial and aquatic life), and the economic costs.      affected biota should be documented for all potential The enviromnental report should also discuss the matter        points of exposure. Specifically, information should be of making the cooling reservoir and its surroundings a        sufficient to define the impacts to entrained organisms multiple-use facility, including a public recreational        at their points of exposure, as well as the impacts resource, and should present the reasons for the decision      beyond the point of discharge. Estimates of environ in favor of or opposing such a development.                    mental effects should be prepared and tabulated.


-  Maintenance procedures and frequency for the intake and discharge structures (e.g., dredging or mucking, biofouling treatment, screen maintenance, and pump maintenance), including proposed waste- or debris-disposal practices.
If the applicant decides to provide a recreational facility, the environmental report kt the construction                            10.5 Biocide Treatment permit stage should contain a general plan to provide for public recreational use. The specific plan for public              The applicant should describe alternatives to the use recreational use should be provided at the operating          of biocide for control of fouling organisms, including license stage. The plan should include a discussion of        both mechanical and chemical methods where such recreational needs in the area; a description (including      alternatives may be expected to have less severe gnviron maps and artist conceptions) of the proposed recrea            mental effects than the proposed system. The informa ti6nal facilities, lake management and fisheries stodking      tiou provided on chemical biocides should be similar to program, and associated landscaping; a schedule of            that specified above for chemical effluent treatment.


-  Maintenance procedures and frequency for the stormwater-management system, including proposed waste- or debris-disposal practices.
installation, estimated costs of construction, operation        Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and maintenance, and the source of funds to pay these          and tabulated.


*    Land Interfaces
costs; and estimated public use of the facilities. Describe the participation in planning, if any, by local, State, and                     10.6 Sanitmy Waste System Federal governments. A commitment to implement the plan must be made if the potential benefit is considered            Alternative sanitary waste systems that meet EPA
            -  Maintenance procedures and frequency for transmission corridors and switchyards, roads, parking areas, rail lines, and other infrastructure, including proposed waste- or debris- disposal practices.
in balancing the costs and benefits.                            guidelines for municipal waste treatment should be
                                                            10-3


*    Air Interfaces
identified and discussed with regard to the environ                      10.8 Gaseous Radwaste Systems mental implications of both waste products and chem ical additives for waste treatment. Estimates of environ        Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous mental effect on receiving land, water, and air should be    radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted in considered and tabulated to the extent that measurable      Section 10.7 above.
            -  Location, including elevation, of plant vents and other exhaust vents. The number and capacity of diesel/turbine generators and other emission sources, estimated frequency of operation, and associated emissions. If air is used for heat dissipation or for the main operational cooling system then describe the system. If a dry cooling tower is used instead of a wet cooling tower then the information for cooling water intake/discharges consumptive water use and aquatic impacts should be adjusted accordingly.


3.4.2      Radioactive Waste Management Radioactive waste-management and effluent-control systems should be designed so as to control and maintain the radioactive material released annually in liquid and gaseous effluents from normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences, to a level that is as low as is reasonably achievable in accordance with the requirement of 10 CFR 50.34a, Design objectives for equipment to control releases of radioactive material in effluents-nuclear power reactors. The information should be taken from the final safety analysis report (FSAR) and summarized in the ER. References to the FSAR
effects can be identified.
sections should be made in the ER. The following information relating to the radioactive waste- management system should be included in the ER:
    *    a summary description of the liquid and gaseous radioactive waste-management and effluent-control systems;
                                            RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 63


*  process and instrumentation diagrams and system process flow diagrams of the liquid and gaseous radioactive waste-management and effluent-control systems referenced from the FSAR;
10.9 Transmission Facilities
    *  identification of sources of radioactive liquid and gaseous waste material within the proposed plant;
              10.7 Liquid Radwaste Systems The applicant should discuss the cost and environ For proposed light-water-cooled reactor installations    mental effects of alternative routes for new transmission in which the quantities of radioactive material in          facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to effluents will be limited to levels that are within the      the applicant's system. The documentation should numerical guides for design objectives and limiting        include maps of the alternative routes. These maps conditions of operation set forth in Appendix I of 10        should clearly indicate topographic features important CFR Part 50, no further consideration need be given to       to evaluation of the routes and boundaries of visually the reduction of radiological impacts in formulating        sensitive areas. The applicant may find the documents alternative plant designs. If the reactor is not a light.   cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysis. Estimates of water-cooled reactor, the possibility must be explored of   environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.
    *  identification of principal release points for radioactive materials to the environment;
    *  elevation of gaseous effluent vents;
    *  identification of direct radiation sources stored onsite as solid waste (e.g., an ISFSI or permanently shutdown units on the site);
    *  information requested in Appendices A and B of RG 1.112, Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors (Ref. 58);
    *  a summary description of the solid radioactive waste-management system to include the expected total volume of the solid radioactive waste that would be shipped offsite annually;
    *  solid radioactive waste storage plans and capabilities, including annual quantities of waste produced;
    *  a discussion on where the Class A, B, and C low-level waste will be sent;
3.4.3     Nonradioactive Waste Management The applicant should describe any nonradioactive solid or liquid-waste materials such as water- management waste, solid waste, gaseous waste, and hazardous waste that may be generated during building and operation. The description should include estimates of the quantities of wastes to be disposed of, their pollutant concentrations, the manner in which they will be treated and controlled and the procedures for disposal. The information related to these waste systems for the proposed plant should include, but are not limited to the following:
    *   description of liquid effluents, including treatment, characteristics, rate and frequency of release,
    *  for effluents containing chemicals or biocides, a list of chemicals, annual amounts used, frequency of use, and concentration in waste stream,
    *  sanitary effluent discharges, treatment, and disposal,
    *  estimates for quantities of solid waste, collection, and disposal,
    *  location and elevation of gaseous effluent vents,
    *  description of gaseous effluents, including treatment, characteristics, quantity and frequency of release; and
    *  hazardous waste accumulation, treatment, and disposal.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 64
an alternative radwaste system that reduces the level of radioactivity in the effluents and direct radiation to the                      S10.10 Other Systems levels in Appendix I. In any case, for reactors to which Appendix I does not apply, the applicant should Any station system, other than those specified above, demonstrate sufficient consideration of alternative rad      that is associated with an adverse environmental effect waste systems and their radiological output to ensure        should be discussed in terms of practicable add feasible that releases from the proposed facility will be as low as  alternatives that may reduce or eliminate this environ is reasonably achievable.                                    mental effect.


* description of plant systems producing mixed waste (hazardous and low-level radioactive), and minimization plans;
104
* mixed-waste storage plans and capabilities, including annual quantities of waste produced; and
* mixed-waste disposal plans.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 65
CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS
    This chapter should demonstrate through a cost              consistent with the underlying concept of cost-benefit benefit analysis of the proposed station why in the            analysis.


Chapter 4
applicant's judgment the aggregate benefits outweigh the aggregatecosts. The NRC will independently prepare              The following considerations may be helpful to the a cost-benefit analysis of the proposed station in the          applicant in preparing the analysis. As indicated above, it Environmental Statement; nevertheless, the applicant           is incumbent on the applicant to demonstrate that the should perform its own analysis in order to aid the NRC        benefits of the proposed facility are considered to in its evaluation.                                              outweigh the aggregate costs. Beyond this, the degree to which the benefits may outweigh the costs is a factor Although the cost-benefit analysis approach discussed        that will be considered in the NRC's Environmental in this guide is conceptually similar to the cost-benefit        Statement. In selecting each proposed station system approach classically employed in a purely economic              from a set of alternative systems, the cost-effectiveness context, the method recommended differs from it                  analysis of Chapter 10 will have maximized the net procedurally. This is because the benefits and costs to be      benefit (i.e., aggregate of benefits minus the costs).
4.0    Environmental Impacts from Construction of the Proposed Project The applicant must describe the impacts of building the proposed project as specified in 10 CFR
evaluated will not all be monetized by the applicant. The incommensurable nature of the benefits and costs makes              In presenting the cost-benefit analysis, the applicant it virtually impossible to provide a concise assessment of      should first consider the benefits identified and de costs versus benefits in classical quantitative terms. Even      scribed in Chapters 1 and 8. Second, the applicant though a simple numerical weighing of benefits against          should consider generating, environmental, and other costs is clearly not feasible here, the applicant can            cost items identified in Chapters 4, 5, 8, 9, and 10; these evaluate the factors on a judgmental basis that is               costs should be summarized in tabular form.
51.45(b)(1) and 51.45(c). For each impact category in Chapter 4, the applicant should identify the measures and controls that would be used to mitigate and limit adverse environmental impacts. As discussed in Part B, to the term building includes all preconstruction and construction activities. The definition of what is construction and what is not construction can be found in 10 CFR 51.4. As discussed previously in Section C.VI, under the revised limited work authorization rule, the applicant should separate the impacts of preconstruction and construction activities to address the latter, as they are the activities being authorized. However, the applicant should also describe the impacts associated with preconstruction activities (e.g., site-preparation activities, transmission lines) so they can be evaluated as part of the cumulative impacts related to the proposed action. Specific information to include in the environmental report (ER), as part of or in addition to the description of impacts, is covered in the following sections.


4.1     Land-Use The applicant should describe the land- or ground-disturbing alterations of building activities and the resulting impacts on land use and resource use. All impacts should be quantified to the extent possible using acreage, volumetric, or chronological measures. Applicants should be aware of nearby Superfund and/or industrial or previously industrial sites in order to avoid interference with nearby clean-up activities or site disturbances. The applicant can contact State agencies or regional EPA Superfund divisions for site specific information if necessary. In addition, if the site is industrial or a previously industrial site, the applicant should consider contacting EPA or State agencies to see if there is any possible contamination from previous industrial activities that may require clean-up. If any such site could affect land use or resource use impacts, these impacts should be described in the ER.
11-1


4.1.1      Onsite Impacts The following information relating to the land-use impacts from building activities should be included in the ER:
CHAPTER 12 ENVIRONMENTAL APPROVALS AND CONSULTATION
     *    Land disturbance related to building activities on a short-term or long-term basis tabulated and summarized in terms of acreage of land area by activity (e.g., grading, excavation, trenching, dredging, borrow pits, and clearing vegetation).
     List and give the status of all licenses, permits, and          If a discharge could alter the quality of the water or other approvals of station construction and operations          air of another State, indicate the State or States that required by Federal, State, local, and regional authorities     may be affected and their applicable limitations, stan for the protection of the environment.                          dards, or regulations.
     *    Disposition of spoils from excavation work or dredging, including volumes of excavated or dredged material and ultimate disposition location by volume to onsite or offsite locations.


Include the acreage required for spoils disposal.
list all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that                In view of the effects of the station on the economic must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or          development of the region in which it is located, the to be held with respect to the proposed transmission            applicant should also note the State, local, and regional system.                                                        planning authorities contacted or consulted. OMB Circu lar A-95 1 identifies the State, metropolitan, and regional The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other    clearinghouses 2 that should be contacted as appropriate.


*    A summary of the proposed footprint of land disturbance (by acre) for permanent and temporary uses (e.g., power block, auxiliary buildings, cooling infrastructure, laydown areas, batch plants, parking, and administration).
authority requiring approvals with respect to the con struction and/or operation of the station and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the                Where consumptive water uses involve permits or adjudication, applicants should show evidence of such approval is addressed. These categories could include, for with respect to State, Federal, or Compact or Commis example, air, land, and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects.                           sion authorities having purview over the proposed diversion.
    *    Impacts to any affected local or regional land-use or economic-development plans.


*    Discussion of possible zoning conflicts.
Discuss the status of efforts to obtain a water quality certification under Section 401 and discharge permits under Section 402 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), as amended. If certification has          'lnquiries concerning this circular may be addressed to the not already been obtained, indicate when it is expected.          Office of Management and Budget, Washington, D.C. 20503.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 67
If certification is not required, explain. Any other            2 actions such as a pending request based on Section                A listing of the clearinghouses that serve a particular site area
316(a) of Public Law 92-500 (FWPCA) for alternative                may be obtained from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commis sion, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, Division of Site effluent limitations should be explained.                         Safety and Environmental Analysis, Washington, D.C. 2055,.
                                                          12-1


*  Disruption to ongoing natural resource management activities, including agricultural, forestry, and mineral extraction activities.
CHAPTER 13 REFERENCES
  The applicant should provide a bibliography of              References should be cited by numerical designation sources used in preparation of the environmental report.    and listed at the end of the chapter to which they refer.


*  Disruption to land- or water-resource access.
13-1


Disruption to existing land uses or private land access caused by building activities.
TABLES
                                                                                          TABLE 1 PRIMARY2 BENEFITS TO BE CONSIDERED IN
                                                                  COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS
Drect Benefits Expected average annual generation in kWh ..............                                                                      ...............................
  Capacity in kW ...................                                            ............................................
  Proportional distribution of electrical energy (Expected annual delivery in kWh)
          Industrial ...................                                        ............................................
          Commercial      ....................                                              ..........................................
          Residential .......................                                                      ..........................................
          Other      . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
  Expected average annual Btu (in millions) of steam sold from the facility                                                                  ..................
                                                                                                                                            physical units)                        .        .........
  Expected average annual delivery of other beneficial products (appropriate Annual revenues from delivered benefits Electrical energy generated                                                                                                                .................
      Steam sold        . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                                    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
      Other products            . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                                                . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indirect Benefits (as appropriate)
                                                                    S.                                                                                                              .    .      .    .      . .  .    .    .    .    .
  Taxes (local, State, Federal ).......                                  .      .      .    .    .  .    .    .  .    .
                                                                                                                                                                                      S.  .      .    .      . .  .    .    .    .    .
  Research      ......                                            .    .      .      .    .    .  .    .    .  .
                                                                                                                                                                                      .  .      .    .    .  .  .    .    .    .    .
  Regional product . . .                                            .    .        .    .    .    .  .    .  .  .    .
  Environmental enhanceme'
                                        °..    .  .    .  .  .      ..        °. .        .    .  .    .  .* .      .    .  .  .    .    .    .  .    .    .* .        .  .        .  .      . .    .* .      .  .      .
      Recreation        ....                                                                                                            .    .    .° .    .    .    .    .    .  .        .  .      . .    .* .      .  .      .
                                        .  .  .  .    .  .  .  .    .        .    .      .    .    .    .  .    .    .    .    .
      Navigation        .
      Air Quality:
          SO
                                        S..    .   .   .  .  .  .      .      .      ° o
                                                                                          .°        .    .    .    .  .    .  .* .    .    .    .    .* .      .      .    .    .    .      .    .    .  .  .    .    .    .    .
          NO    . .    .  .  .  .
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                .    .    .
          Particulates..                .    .  .  .  .  .  .  .      °      o. .      .    .  .    .  .  .    .  .    .  .    .      .  .    .    .      .    .    .    .* .        .    .  .  .    .
                                                          .  .  .  .      .      .    .    .    .    .    .  .    .    .* .    .    .    .    .    .  .    .      .* .      .    .      .    .                  .        .
                                          o    °. .    .
          Others .......
    Employment .......                                                                                  .    .  .. .      .    .  .        .    .°* ..      .    .    .    .        .      .    .o* .    .    .  .    .*      ..
                                        .    .  .  .  .  .  .    .    .      .    .    .    .
    Education .........
    Others .......
%wsceectin &I.1 T-1


*  Characterization of raw material resource-extraction volumes associated with building activities (e.g., reservoir timber clearing and sand and gravel mining).
TABLE 2 COST INFORMATION FOR NUCLEAR AND
    *   Impacts to legislatively designated lands (e.g., prime farmland) or activities in designated coastal zones and a discussion on the status of any agency coordination or permitting undertaken regarding such lands.
                                      ALTERNATIVE POWER GENERATION METHODS
   1. Interest during con struction                                                             


*  Impacts to floodplains and wetlands (can cross-reference other ER sections).12
===4. Average site labor===
    *   Maps depicting the locations of expected land-use impacts including footprints for temporary and permanent facilities.
                                          %/year,                                pay rate (including compound rate                          fringe benefits) ef fective at month and
   2. Length of construc year of NSSS order tion workweek                        hours/week                                                        -$S/hour


4.1.2     Offsite Impacts The following information relating to the land-use impacts of building offsite facilities (including new offsite transmission lines and other linear facilities, as well as alterations to existing offsite facilities)
===5. Escalation rates===
should be included in the ER:
  3. Estimated site labor Site labor                      %(year requirement                        man-hours/kWe                              Materials                  -      Jyear Composite esca lation rate                      %/year
    *  Characterization of land uses that will be altered by offsite development activities.
                                                        6. Power Station Costa Direct Costs                  Unit I            Unit 2                     Indirect Costs                  Unit I            Unit 2 a. Land and land                                                           a. Construction rights                                                                      facilities, equip b. Structures and                                                               ment, and serv site facilities                                                             ices c. Reactor (boiler)                                                        b. Engineering and plant equipment                                                            construction d. Turbine plant                                                                management equipment not                                                                services including heat                                                          c. Other costs rejection systems                                                      d. Interest during e. Heat rejection                                                                construction system                                                                      ((R            %1 f. Electric plant                                                              year)
        equipment g. Miscellaneous                                                      Escalation equipment                                                              Escalation during h. Spare parts al                                                          construction lowance i. Contingency al                                                          year lowance                                                            Total Cost Total Station Cost,
                                                                              @Start of Com Subtotal                                                          mercial Operation aCost components of nuclear stations to be included in each cost category listed under direct and indirect costs in Part 6 above are described in "Guide for Economic Evaluation of Nuclear Reactor Plant Designs," U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, NUS-531, Appendix B, available from National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.


*  A summary of the proposed footprint of land disturbance (by acre) for permanent and temporary uses (e.g., transmission towers, substations, intake structures, and pipelines).
T-2
    *  Resulting land-use classification conversions summarized by acreage.


*  Impacts to any affected local or regional land-use or economic-development plans.
TABLE 3 ESTIMATED COSTS OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY GENERATION
                                                Milh1/Kilowatt-Hour Fixed Chargsa Cost of money Depreciation Interim replacements Taxes Fuel Cycle CoStab For fossil-fueled plants, costs of high-sulfur coal, low-sulfur coal, or oil For nuclear stations:
              Cost of U 308 (yellowcake)
              Cost of conver sion and enrich ment Cost of conver sion and fabrica tion of fuel ele ments Cost of proces fn spent fuel Carrying charge on fuel Inventory Cost of waste dis posalc Credit for pluto nium or U-233 Costs of Operation and nItensanced Fixed component Variable component Costs Of in ance Property insurance Liability insurance GGive the capacity factor assumed in computing those charges, and sie the total fixed-chape mte as a percentage of station investment bIndude shipping charges as appropriate. Give the heat rate in BtU/lowatt hour.


*  Disruption to land- or water-resource access caused by offsite activities.
cif-ao costs are available, the applicant may ue the cost aswmptims as d= in the most recent publication of Nucdw Induriy.      -     .      ..    .
        separately the fixed component that in dollars per year does not depend on capacity factor and the variable component that in dollars per yea is proportional to capacity factor.


*  Disruption to existing land uses at the site or vicinity caused by building activities (e.g., private land access for transmission tower erection).
T-3
12 Executive Order 11988 (Ref. 59), Floodplain Management was issued on May 24, 1977 to restore and preserve the natural and beneficial values served by floodplains. This Executive Order directs agencies to, among other things, determine whether the proposed action will occur in a floodplain, to evaluate the potential effects of any actions that may take place in a floodplain, and to consider alternatives to avoid adverse effects and incompatible development in floodplains.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 68
TABLE 4 MONETIZED BASES FOR GENERATING COSTSa Item                      Symbol            Unit                                Item Description Total outlay required to                C,               $          All capital outlays including interest expense to be in bring facility to operation                                          vested in completion of the facility compounded to present value as of the scheduled inservice date of operation.


*     Maps depicting the locations of expected land-use impacts including footprints for temporary and permanent facilities.
Annual operating cost                  Ot                $          This is the total operating and maintenance cost of sta tion operation in year "t."
Annual fuel cost                        Ft                $          This is the total fuel cost in year "t."
Cost of makeup power pur                Pt                $          Cost of power purchased or supplied internally in year chased or supplied in year                                            "t" to make up deficiency of power associated with
     ".It.,,
                                                                          any alternative that introduces delay~b Discount factor                        P                              v = (I + if 1 where i is the applicant's estimated average cost of capital over the life of this station.


*    Discussion of possible effects on floodplains, wetlands, agriculture, forestry, mineral extraction, and hazardous waste cleanup activities (can cross-reference other sections of ER where possible).
30                  30
4.2      Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater)
Total generating cost                  GCp              $          GCp = C 1 +          A(0t +"Ft) +      vtPt present value                                                                    t=!
          The applicant should describe the hydrologic alterations associated with building activities and the resulting impacts on consumptive and nonconsumptive water use13 and on water quality. Water use and discharge of effluents during building are described as part of the site layout and plant description (Chapter 3).
Total generating cost                                          $~                    (1 + 13 0
4.2.1       Hydrologic Alterations The applicant should identify and describe the building activities, including site preparation, onsite activities and offsite activities that could result in hydrologic alterations at the site, within transmission corridors, and offsite within the resource impact area (see Chapter 2). The description should include analyses of the resulting hydrologic alterations and the physical effects of these alterations on water uses and users (quantity and quality); practices proposed to minimize hydrologic alterations having adverse impacts; and an assessment of compliance with the applicable Federal, State, regional, local, and American Indian Tribal standards and regulations.
  present value annualized                                                = GCp X-(1+1)3 -0-1 aFor conventional (nuclear or fossil fuel) steam-electric stations bDelay to be computed from the time of tiling for a construction permit (10 CFR Part 51,
                                                                                            § 51.20)
                                                                  T-4


Activities resulting in hydrological alterations that could affect water use and water quality may include, but are not limited to, the building of cofferdams and stormwater management and drainage systems, dredging operations, placement of fill material in the water, and the creation of shoreside facilities. Other examples include building of intake and discharge structures for cooling water or other purposes, straightening or deepening of a water channel, building in a floodplain, clearing and grading, excavation, and groundwater dewatering of excavations.
K                                                                                                                                                                              K
                                                                                        TABLE 5
                                                                                                                                                        1 of 16)
                        ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS TO BE USED IN COMPARING ALTERNATIVE STATION SYSTEMS (Page Unit of                         Method of Impact Primary Primay                                              or Population wAfeter                                                                              Computation I                            (Sp eciyoaurals Resources    Affected                  Descrptn                    Measurea
1. NATURAL SURFACE WATER                          (Specify natural water BODY                                          body affected)
                                                    1.1.1    Fishb              Juveniles and adults are sub        Percent of har          Identify all important species as de
    1.1    Impingement or entrapment                                                                                  vestable or adult        fined in Section 2.2. Estimate the ject to attrition.


The ER should include a description of the following:
by cooling water intake                                                                                    population de            annual weight and number of each structure                                                                                                  stroyed per year        species that will be destroyed.
    *    modification of site drainage patterns (e.g. storm water modifications, ditches, drains);
    *    change in floodplain capacity, and expected changes in water levels and groundwater heads;
    *    effects of alterations on the quantity and availability of water within the resource impact area;
    *    effects of alterations to river discharge, including changes in the seasonal variation of flow, or groundwater discharge to wetlands;
    *    effects of effluent discharge on the water quality of the receiving waterbodies, including the effects of erosion and sediment transport;
    *    effects of alterations or dewatering activities on the movement or extent of existing groundwater contaminant plumes;
13 Consumptive water use reduces the available water supply. For instance, evaporation due to cooling-tower operation results in a transfer of water from the cooling system to the atmosphere, thereby reducing the volume of water in the water source. Nonconsumptive water use does not reduce the available water supply, rather it is discharged back into the river and is not consumed by the plant.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 69
for each impor          (For juveniles destroyed, only the tant species            expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.) Compare with the estimated weight and number of the species population in the water body.


*  proposed actions to minimize the effects of the hydrologic alterations; and
Plankton population (ex            Percent changes          Field studies are required to esti
    *  identification of applicable standards and regulations.
    1.2    Passage through or reten                1.2.1    Phytoplankton                                                                    mate (1) the diversity and produc and zooplankton      cluding fish) may be changed        in production tion in cooling systems                                                                                    rates and species        tion rates of readily recognizable due to mechanical, thermal, and chemical effects.              diversity                groups (e.g., diatoms, green algae, zooplankton) and (2) the mortality of organisms passing through the condenser and pumps. Include in direct effectsc which affect mortality.


When a mathematical model is used to evaluate the effects of hydrologic alterations, the applicant should describe the conceptual basis for the model, including the rationale for eliminating plausible alternative conceptualizations, the assumptions used in developing the model, the range of applicability of the model, input data used, the resulting output, the basis for boundary conditions, parameter estimation and calibration procedures followed, and estimates of uncertainty in model forecasts. The applicant should provide sufficient data to permit staff evaluation of modeling results. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, data used, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e.,
to the unit of measure shown in this table.
Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), design control document (DCD) or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.


4.2.2      Water-Use Impacts The applicant should identify those water uses and water users (Chapter 2 of this RG) that are potentially affected by the changes in the quantity and/or availability of water resulting from hydrologic alterations during building. The applicant should evaluate the water-use impacts by quantifying the anticipated reduction in water availability for each water use, including the projected duration of any forecast reduction, and provide a description of the analyses performed to determine the impacts.
aApplicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure where convenient. Such a measure should be related quantitatively bFgih as used in this table includes shellfish and other aquatic invertebrates harvested by man.


4.2.3      Water-Quality Impacts The applicant should identify those water uses and water users (Chapter 2 of this RG) that are potentially affected by the changes in water quality resulting from hydrologic alterations during building.
metabolic rates, hatching of fish out of phase with food cIndirect effects could include increased disease incidence, increased predation, interference with spawning, changed organisms.


The applicant should evaluate the water-quality impacts by quantifying the anticipated reduction in use resulting from the changes in water quality and provide a description of the analyses performed to determine the impacts.
TABLE 5 ( )
                              Population or                                            Unit of                          Method of Primary Impact      Resources Affected                                        Measurea                        Computation
                          1.2.2 Fish              All life stages (eggs, larvae,    Percent of har      Identify all important species as de etc.) that reach the condenspr    vestable or adult  fined in Section 2.2. Estimate the are subject to attrition.          population de      annual weight and number of each stroyed per year    species that will be destroyed. (For for each impor    larvae, eggs, and juveniles destroyed, tant species        only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.) Compare with the estimated weight and number of the species population in the water body.


4.2.4      Water Monitoring The overall plan for protection of waterbodies that may be affected by building activities should be discussed. A description of the proposed measures to ensure compliance with applicable water-quality and water-use standards and regulations should also be provided. When compliance involves monitoring, the monitoring program should be described in sufficient detail to justify the ability of the monitoring to provide timely and accurate information so that appropriate actions can be taken to limit building impacts.
1.3 Discharge area and 1.3.1  Water quality,  The rate of dissipation of the     Acres and acre      Estimate the average heat in Btu's thermal plume            excess heat      excess heat, primarily to the     feet                per hour -dissipated to the receiving atmosphere, will depend on                            water at full powe


4.3     Ecological Resources This section addresses the information related to terrestrial, wetland and aquatic ecological impacts from building activities at the proposed site. The applicant should provide adequate details in the ER to fully determine the impacts to terrestrial and aquatic species and habitats as a result of building activities.
====r. Estimate the====
-1                                                both the method of discharge                          water volume and surface areas and the state of the receiving                        within differential temperature water (i.e., ambient tempera                          isotherms of 2, 3, and 5*F under ture and water currents).                             conditions that would tend, with respect to annual variations, to maximize the extent of the areas and volumes.


4.3.1      Terrestrial and Wetland Impacts Impacts to terrestrial resources should be based on a conservatively estimated footprint of ground disturbance encompassing the plant and associated facilities. The estimated footprint should also account RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 70
1.3.2 Water quality,    Dissolved oxygen concentration    Acre-feet          Estimate volumes of affected waters oxygen avail    of receiving waters may be                           with concentrations below 5, 3, ability          modified as a consequence of                         and 1 ppm under conditions that changes in the water temper                          would tend to maximize the impact.


for temporary features, such as laydown areas. Estimates of the footprint used in the ER should be conservative enough to characterize terrestrial impacts in a way not overwhelmed by future minor adjustments to the proposed site layout. Supplementary guidance on some of the more common environmental impact analyses capable of providing some of the information outlined below is available in RG 4.11.
ature, the translocation of water of different quality, and aeration.


Terrestrial Habitats The ER should address the following potential effects on terrestrial habitats from building the proposed facilities:
1.3.3  Fish            Fishb.may be affected directly    Net effect in      Field measurements are required to (nonmigratory)  or indirectly because of ad      pounds per year    establish the average number and verse conditions in the plume.    (as harvestable    weight (as harvestable or adults)
    *  Proposed methods for land clearing and grubbing vegetation; temporary and permanent erosion, runoff, and sedimentation control; and dust suppression and construction best management practices (BMPs) that might be used.
                                                                                    or adult fish by    of important species (as defined species of          in Section 2.2). Estimate their interest)           mortality in the receiving water from direct and indirect effects.c
                                                                                                                                    (


* Overlays of the estimated footprint of disturbance on terrestrial habitat maps, with separate indications for permanent and temporary disturbance.
K                                                                                                                  K
                                            TABLE 5 ( )
                      Population or                  Description            Unit of                  Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected                                      Measurea                Computation
                    1.3.4 Wildlife (in.      Suitable habitats (wetland or Acres of defined Determine the areas impaired as water surface) may be        habitat or nest  habitats because of thermal dis cluding birds                                                    charges, including effects on food affected                      ing area and aquatic and resources. Document estimates of amphibious                                                        affected population by species.


* Tables quantifying each terrestrial habitat type within the estimated footprint with separate quantifications for permanent and temporary impacts for the site and for each offsite corridor or parcel.
mammals and reptiles)
                    1.3.5 Fish (migratory)  A thermal barrier may inhibit Pounds per year  Estimate the fraction of the stock migration, both hampering    (as adult or    that is prevented from reaching spawning and diminishing      harvestable fish spawning grounds because of station the survival of returning    by species of    operation. Prorate this directly fish.                        interest)        to a reduction in current and long-term fishing effort supported by that stock. Justify estimate on basis of local migration patterns, experience at other sites, and,
-J
                                                                                              applicable State standards.


*  Tables or text comparing estimated losses of each terrestrial habitat type against total extent in the vicinity and a discussion of the relative importance of habitat types lost based on functions (e.g., importance to wildlife).
TABLE 5 (page 4 of 16)
    *  Description of any plans for restoration (e.g., grading, contouring, seeding, and planting) of temporarily disturbed terrestrial habitats and an estimate of the time required for restored habitats to regain pre-disturbance conditions and functionality.
          Primary Impact          Population or Resources                                              Unit of             Method of Affected            DescriptionMeasure                        Computation
    1.4 Chemical effluents  1.4.1    Water quality,  Water quality may be        Acre-feet, %    The volume of water required to chemical        impaired.                                   dilute the average daily discharge of each chemical to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. Where suitable standards do not exist, use the volume re quired to dilute each chemical to a concentration equivalent to a selected lethal concentration for the most important species (as defined in Section 2.2) in the receiving waters. The ratio of this volume to the annual minimum value of th'e daily net flow, where applicable, of the receiving waters should be ex p-3 pressed as a percentage and the
60                                                                                              largest such percentage reported.


*  Determination of whether excavation or other site-preparation activities might substantially dewater wetlands or surface waterbodies (e.g., ponds, springs, and seepages) or alter surface drainage patterns in a way that might affect terrestrial biota and a discussion of possible impacts to affected habitats and wildlife.
Include the total solids if this is a limiting factor. Include in this calculation the blowdown from cooling towers and other closed-cycle cooling systems.


Wetlands Information on wetland impacts should be as consistent as possible with Federal, State, and local wetland permit applications, and possible discrepancies should be explained. Wetland permit applications are sometimes prepared subsequent to the ER; in such cases, wetland impact data presented in the ER
1.4.2    Fish            Aquatic populations may be  Pounds per year Total chemical effect on important affected by toxic levels of (by species of  species of aquatic biota should be discharged chemicals or by  fish)          estimated. Biota exposed within reduced dissolved oxygen                    the facility, as well as biota in re concentrations.                             ceiving waters, should be considered.
should be conservative enough to account for likely impact levels ultimately reported in permit applications. The ER should also include information on unregulated wetland impacts, including impacts to wetlands not under regulatory jurisdiction. The ER should include the following:
    *  Estimated disturbance footprint overlaid onto the wetland maps developed for Chapter 2.


*  Tables estimating wetland impacts using a widely recognized wetland classification system (e.g., the National Wetlands Inventory). Separate data should be provided for each wetland classification and each category of impact (e.g., permanent fill, temporary fill, permanent dredging, and temporary dredging). Separate tables should also be provided for the site and for each offsite parcel or corridor.
Supporting documentation should include reference to applicable standards, chemicals discharged, and their toxicity to the aquatic populations affected.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 71
(


*    Discussion of wetland impacts and their effect on the functions and values of wetlands.
K
                                                    TOLE 5 ( )
                                  Population 9D                                        Unit of            Method of Primry impact          ResourcaAffacted              Description              Measurea          Computation
                          1.4.3  Wildlife            Suitable habitats for wildlife Acres          Estimate the area of wetland or Q(Oluding          may be affected.                              water surface impaired as a wildlife
                                  )6irds and                                                        habitat because of chemical con aquatic and                                                       tamination, including effects on amphibious                                                        food resources. Document the mammals and                                                       estimates of affected population reptiles)                                                          by species.


*    Discussion of construction BMPs that may be used to protect wetlands (e.g., buffers, mats, seasonal work limitations, signage, barriers, special erosion, and sedimentation control methods).
Recreational water uses        Lost annual    The volume of the net flow to the
    *    Discussion of applicable Federal, State, and local wetland permit requirements and status of the application(s).
                          1.4.4  People (boating, fishing, swim        user days and   receiving waters required for dilution ming) may be inhibited.       area (acres) or to reach accepted water quality shoreline miles standards must be determined on for dilution   the basis of daily discharge and converted to either surface area or miles of shore. Cross-sectional and annual minimum flow character istics should be incorporated where applicabl
    *   Discussion of anticipated wetland mitigation. Address opportunities for avoidance and minimization of wetland impacts as well as possible compensatory mitigation. For mitigation required by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), discuss how it would comply with 33 CFR 332 Compensatory Mitigation for Losses of Aquatic Resources (Ref. 60). If possible, provide a tabular comparison of possible wetland losses and mitigation gains using a common metric such as functional service units (preferred approach) or acreage.


Wildlife Qualitative discussions of possible effects on terrestrial wildlife are generally sufficient for an ER. However, evaluations should be based on quantitatively estimated causal factors (e.g., noise levels, structure heights, and corridor widths). The ER should include a discussion of the following:
====e. The annual number of====
    *    Possible mortality or physical injury to wildlife, especially immobile or weakly mobile species or life stages (e.g., eggs and juvenile stages).
'0
    *    Increased traffic from construction workers that might injure terrestrial wildlife. The proximity of traffic to habitat and possible routes of wildlife movement should be considered.
                                                                                                      visitors to the affected area or shoreline must be obtained. This permits estimation of lost user-days on an annual basis. Any possible eutrophication effects should be estimated and included as a de gradation of quality.


*    Noise from building activities that could startle wildlife or alter behavior (e.g., feeding, sheltering, movement, and reproduction).
1.5  Radionuclides dis .1.5.1  Aquatic organisms  Radionuclide discharge may    Rad per year     Sum dose contributions from introduce a radiation level                    radionuclides expected to be charged to water                                                                              released.
     *    Habitat losses or degradation that could reduce carrying capacity of habitats in the surrounding landscape.


*    Habitat losses and fragmentation that may affect movement and migration of wildlife.
body                                          that adds to natural back ground radiation.


*   Tall structures or equipment (e.g., cranes) that might injure birds and bats, considering height and proximity to migration routes and areas of wildlife concentration.
TABLE 5 ( )
                                Population or                                          Unit of              Method of Primary Impt   Resources Affected                                        Measureg            Computation
                          1.5.2  People, external    Radionuclide discharge may  Rem per year for  Sum annual dose contributions introduce a radiation level individual; man    from nuclides expected to be re that adds to natural back    rem per year for  leased.


Important Species and Habitats The ER should include discussions related to the effects of building the proposed project on important terrestrial species and habitats:
ground radiation for water  estimated popu.
    *    The effects on each terrestrial species identified as important using the criteria in Table 2-1.


*   The effects on future viability of Federal or State-listed endangered, threatened, or special status species.
Users.                      lation at the midpoint of station operation
                        1.5.3    People, ingestion   Radionuclide discharge may  Rem per year for  Estimate biological accumulation introduce a radiation level  individuals (whole  in foods and intake by individuals that adds to natural back    body and organ);  and population. Calculate doses ground radiation for in      man-rem per year  by summing results for expected gested food and water.      for population at  radionuclides.


*   Any relevant correspondence that has been initiated with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), or State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies about endangered, threatened, or other RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 72
the midpoint of station operation
0
   1.6 Consumptive use  1.6.1    People              Drinking water supplies      Gallons per year  Where users withdraw drinking drawn from the water                            water supplies from the affected body may be diminished.                         water body, lost water to users should be estimated. Relevant delivered costs of replacement drinking water should be included.


special status species and habitats. The ER should briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (e.g., letters, e-mails, or phone call summaries).
1.6.2  Agriculture          Water may be withdrawn      Acre-feet per year Where users withdraw irrigation from agricultural usage,                       water from the affected water and use of remaining water                      body, the loss should be evalu may be degraded.                                ated as the sum of two volumes:
    *    Cross references to the aquatic ecology section below may be appropriate for important species using both terrestrial and aquatic habitats (e.g., crocodilians and some waterfowl).
                                                                                                      the volume of the water lost to agricultural users and the volume of dilution water required to re duce concentrations of dissolved solids in station effluent water to an agriculturally acceptable level.
4.3.2      Aquatic Impacts This section addresses the information related to aquatic ecological impacts from building activities at the proposed site. Applicants should consider the important aquatic species and habitat identified in Chapter 2 that may be affected by the proposed project. Supplementary guidance on some of the more common environmental impact analyses capable of providing some of the information outlined below is available in RG 4.24.


The following information relating to aquatic impacts should be included in the ER:
I                                                                                                                                  (
    *    Identification of the aquatic habitats that may be affected or lost by proposed building activities and description of the proposed construction methods used at these locations.


*    Discussion of the construction BMPs that might be used to minimize impacts to aquatic resources.
TABLE 5 ( )
                                Population or                                        Unit of           Method of Primary impact      Resources Affected              Description            Measure'          Computation
                            1.6.3  Industry          Water may be withdrawn      Gallons per year for industrial use.


*   Basis for the proposed location of the intake and discharge structures in relationship to the presence and function of aquatic habitats and biota.
1.7.1  Water quality,   Turbidity, color, or temper Acre-feet and acres The volume of dilution water re
1.7  Plant construction (in                                                                           quired to meet applicable water cluding site prepara          physical          ature of natural water body may be altered.                                quality standards should be cal tion)                                                                                            culated. The areal extent of the effect should be estimated.


*    Quantity and quality of habitat temporarily or permanently modified, lost, or fragmented as a result of building activities.
Water quality may be        Acre-feet, %        To the extent possible, the appli
                            1.7.2 Water quality,                                                     cant should treat problems of spills chemical          impaired.


*    Discussion of the tolerances and/or susceptibilities of important aquatic species on the site and in the vicinity to physical or hydrological alterations, runoff, turbidity, and chemical and noise (both surface and subsurface) pollution that may result from building activities.
and drainage during construction in the same manner as in Item 1.4.1.


*    Spatiotemporal distribution shifts or behavioral alterations of important species that may result from building activities.
The applicant should describe and
1.8  Other impacts                                                                                    quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.


*    A summary of any correspondence or discussions with FWS, National Marine Fisheries Service or, State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies about the effect of building activities on important species or habitats, including federally designated critical habitat. Briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (e.g., letters, e-mails, or phone call summaries).
Where evidence indicates that the
    *    Discussion of anticipated stream mitigation. Address opportunities for avoidance and minimization of stream impacts as well as possible compensatory mitigation. For mitigation required by the USACE, discuss how it would comply with 33 CFR 332. If possible, provide a tabular comparison of possible stream losses and mitigation gains using a common metric such as functional service units (preferred approach) or linear feet.
1.9  Combined or inter                                                                                combined effect of a number of active effects                                                                                  impacts on a particular population or resource is not adequately indi cated by measures of the separate impacts, the total combined effect should be described.


4.4    Socioeconomics The ER should describe socioeconomic impacts that could occur in the region surrounding the proposed site as a result of building activities. Socioeconomic impacts from building activities occur primarily within the economic region identified in Chapter 2 of this RG. The NRC staff considers the RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 73
1.10 Net effects                                                                                        See discussion in Section 5.7.


economic region to be defined by the demographic characteristics as a subset of the 50-mi region surrounding the proposed site. The scope of the review should be guided by the magnitude and nature of the expected impacts of building the proposed project and by the site-specific community characteristics that may be affected by these activities.
TABLE 5 ( )
                                        Population or        Description              Unit of             Method of Primary Impact        Resources Affected                                Measurea            Computation


4.4.1      Physical Impacts This section should address the direct physical impacts to the community, including people, buildings, transportation infrastructure (roads, railways, and waterways), and the aesthetic quality of the local viewsheds directly attributable to building activities. The geographic scope for this discussion may be smaller than the economic region because, with the exception of aesthetics, physical impacts typically attenuate rapidly with distance. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER for:
===2. GROUND WATER===
    *  Potential impacts of noise from building activities on nearby residents, and nearby users of recreational facilities. The analysis should be based on the expected exposure of the closest residents to the proposed plant.
        2.1  Raising/lowering of  2.1.1   People       Availability or quality of Gallons per year  Volume of replacement water for
            :ground water levels                        drinking water may be                         local wells actually affected decreased, and the func                        should be estimated.


*  Potential impacts of changes in air quality from building activities on nearby residents, and nearby users of recreational facilities. (e.g., odors, fugitive dust, and vehicle and machinery exhaust from building activities).
tioning of existing wells may be impaired.
    *  Potential impacts to onsite and offsite structures from building activities (e.g., foundation damage from vibration caused by blasting or driving of piles).
    *  Description of the impacts resulting from any transportation infrastructure (e.g., roads, railways)
        realignments necessary to accommodate the project.


*   The extent of expected road deterioration caused by heavy-haul activities, normal deliveries, and construction worker commuting. Any discussion of traffic-related impacts (e.g., additional congestion) should be deferred to the community infrastructure impacts section below.
2.1.2    Vegetation   Trees and other deep-rooted  Acres            Estimate the area in which ground vegetation may be affected.                   water level change may have an adverse effect on local vegetation.


*  Anticipated increases in the repair and maintenance of transportation infrastructure necessary to compensate for expected deterioration.
Report this acreage on a separate schedule by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural, and residential.


State or local ordinances, if any, that would require the applicant to contribute to transportation infrastructure improvements or repairs to support the project.
i.l*
        2.2 Chemical contamina   2.2.1    People      Drinking water of nearby    Gallons per year  Compute annual loss of potable tion of ground water                      communities may be                            water.


*  Description of degradation in the aesthetic quality of the viewshed visible to the general public (discussion of aesthetic impacts to recreation should be deferred to the discussion of community infrastructure impacts), including:
(excluding salt)                           affected.
              -  Day and night visibility of the proposed site from changes to the existing landscape (e.g., timbering, clearing, and leveling),
              -  Tall structures and equipment (e.g., cranes and towers), and
              -  Night-time light nuisances (e.g., light pollution from work area illumination, aircraft warning lights, and light from night delivery vehicles).
                                            RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 74


-   Description of all mitigating actions to be taken by the applicant and any Federal, State, local, Tribal, and industrial standards, regulations, ordinances, and practices related to reducing the direct physical impacts of building activities.
2.2.2    Vegetation   Trees and other deep-rooted Acres              Estimate area affected and report vegetation may experience                      separately by land use. Specify toxic effects.                                such uses as recreational, agri cultural, and residential.


4.4.2      Demographic Impacts The ER should contain a high-level discussion of expected population changes from building the proposed station with emphasis on demographic subcategories. The discussion of population changes should cover the entire demographic region with a focus on the economic region where the majority of impacts are expected to occur. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
2.3 Radionuclide con    2.3.1    People      Radionuclides that enter    Rem per year for  Estimate intakes by individuals and tamination of                             ground water may add to     individuals (whole populations. Sum dose contributions ground water                              natural background radia    body and organ);   for nuclides expected to be released.
    *   Text and summary tables presenting the expected direct workforce impacts on the local population from in-migrating construction workers. The information should account for the incremental increase in employment from operations staff present on the site while the plant is being built.


*  Estimates, and accompanying assumptions and bases related to the general classifications of labor to be used for the proposed project, and the workforce scheduling, including the following:
tion level for water and   man-rem per year food supplies.             for population at the midpoint of station operation
            -   starting date,
                                                                                                                                      (
            -  workforce schedule (e.g., hours per week, days per week, number of shifts, and percent of workforce by shift);
            -  quantified monthly workforce increases and decreases over the entire construction period;
            -  the magnitude and duration of the peak workforce;
            -  post-peak workforce reductions; and
            -  the number and timing for all operations workforce members present on the site during building.


*  Discussion of expected residency patterns for in-migrating construction workers, including the following:
K                                                                                                                                K
            -  expected geographic origin of workers, including from within and outside the economic region, and within and outside the demographic region;
                                                      TABLE 5 (Page9 of 16)
            -   expected residential distribution of in-migrating workers within the economic region and the demographic region; and
        Primary Impact        Population or                                      Unit of            Method of Resources Affected                                    Measurea          Computation
            -   expected in-migrating family characteristics, including family size, children disaggregated by age group (i.e., generally by non-school, elementary, middle, and high school ages, but may include other cohorts).
                            2.3.2   Vegetation and   Radionuclides that enter   Rad per year      Estimate uptake in plants and animals          ground water may add to                      transfer to animals. Sum dose natural background radia                    contributions for nuclides ex tion level for local plant                  pected to be released.
    *  Discussion of existing site employment (including outage workers) and the proposed projects workforce (i.e., construction and operations workers) for proposed projects co-located with an operating power station.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 75
forms and animal popu lation.


4.4.3      Economic Impacts to the Community Economic impacts from building activities include the stimulation of local economies toward new employment and new businesses. By definition, the area where these impacts are expected to occur is the economic region. Information from this section will inform the benefit-cost conclusions in Chapter 10 of the ER. The applicant should use an industry-standard economic input-output model to derive the impacts to the economic region from building activities. The discussion should include monetized estimates, to the extent practicable.
2.4 Other impacts on                                                                          The applicant should describe and ground water                                                                              quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.


Economy The applicant should include the following information in the ER on local economic impacts during building activities:
3. AIR
     *  Identification and description of the input-output model, input parameters used, and results generated. The output from most regional input-output models includes:
     3.1 Fogging and icing  3.1.1  Ground transpor    Safety hazards may be      Vehicle-hours per Compute the number of hours per (caused by evapora        tation            created in the nearby      year              year that driving hazards will be tion and drift)                              regions in all seasons.                     increased on paved highways by fog and ice due to cooling towers and ponds. Documentation should in clude the visibility criteria used for defining hazardous conditions on the highways actually affected.
            -    expected direct and indirect employment attributable to building activities; and
            -    expected direct and indirect income effects attributable to purchases and wages in support of building activities.


*   Description of all assumptions affecting the conclusions drawn from this section, including the number of workers that drive the model, who will receive the benefits, and where in the economic region those benefits would most likely be found. If impacts are derived from a maximum impact as an input (e.g., peak employment), the discussion should describe how the models conclusions are affected by changes in that maximum impact.
3.1.2  Air transportation Safety hazards may be      Hours per year,   Compute the number of hours per created in the nearby      flights delayed  year that commercial airports will regions in all seasons.    per year          be closed to visual (VFR) and in strumental (IFR) air traffic because of fog and ice from cooling towers.


Taxes The applicant should provide a comprehensive list and discussion of the direct tax-revenue impacts attributable to building activities. Typical tax revenues include the following:
Estimate number of flights delayed per year.
    *  Income - Federal, State, County, and local income taxes should be described. The applicant should include in this discussion all assumptions about the number of workers, their wages, and their work schedules that serve to fully inform the calculation of taxes.


*  Sales and use - the applicant should ensure that, if present, State, County, and local sales and use taxes should be based on the contributions from new residents (i.e., in-migrating workers and their families), and from the applicants estimated local purchases of construction-related services, materials, and supplies. The discussion should include an explanation of the tax rate, the assumptions behind the calculation of revenues, and a monetized estimate for each tax entity.
3.1.3  Water transpor    Safety hazards may be      Hours per year,   Compute the number of hours per tation            created in the nearby re  number of ships  year ships will need to reduce speed gions in all seasons.     affected per year because of fog from cooling towers or ponds or because of warm water added to the surface of the river, lake, or sea.


*  Property - local property taxes may or may not include revenues from the partially completed project and may be subject to special government incentives, payment-in-lieu-of-tax agreements, or other assessment processes that differ from those for the general public. The discussion should include an explanation of the tax rate, the assumptions behind the calculation of revenues, and a monetized estimate for each tax entity.
TABLE 5 ( )
                                                                      Description                Unit of          Method of Primary Impact          Population or                                                               Computation rtReources Affeted                                          Measurem
                                3.1.4  Vegetation        Damage to timber and crops    Acres by crop      Estimate the acreage of potential may occur through intro                          plant damage by crop.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 76
duction of adverse conditions.


4.4.4       Community Infrastructure Impacts Community infrastructure impacts include the expected changes to the communities and governments of the economic region attributable to building activities. Beginning with the baseline assessments found in Chapter 2 of this RG, the applicant should assess the change in each of the following categories and provide a detailed discussion of process and assumptions along with tables and/or figures that illustrate conclusions.
3.2 Chemical discharge to  3.2.1  Air quality,       Pollutant emissions may di    % and pounds or    The actual concentration of each ambient air                    chemical          minish the quality of the     tons              pollutant in ppm for maximum local ambient air.                                daily emission rate should be ex pressed as a percentage of the applicable emission standard. Re.


Traffic The infrastructure impact to traffic differs from the physical impact to roads in that this assessment should discuss the consequences of the proposed project in terms of changes to the welfare and behavior of local residents. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The applicant should include the following information in the ER:
port weight for expected annual emissions.
    *  traffic assessments discussing the magnitude and schedule of each shift relative to the baseline traffic for key affected roads;
    *  congestion and accident-related consequences of additional traffic from operations and outage workers for projects co-located with an operating nuclear station; and
    *  congestion and accident-related consequences of additional traffic from construction workers for the proposed project.


Recreation Recreation impacts are the changes in recreational experience caused by changes to the viewshed, local environment, or quality and quantity of access to recreation venues. The applicant should base its recreation-impact determination on the local recreational venues, capacity, occupation rate, and seasonal characteristics provided in Chapter 2 of this RG. The analysis should include the following information:
3.2.2  Air quality, odor  Odor in gaseous discharge      Statement          A statement must be made as to or from effects on water                          whether odor originating in station body may be objectionable.                       is perceptible at any point offsite.
    *  Aesthetic changes (e.g., lighted heavy machinery, worksite lighting and visual impacts of tall structures or equipment, as discussed under physical impacts) that reduce the attractiveness and enjoyment of recreational venues.


*   Dust and other visible degradation that could reduce the attractiveness of recreational venues.
3.3 Radionuclides dis      3.3.1   People, external  Radionuclide discharge or      Rem per year for  Sum dose contributions from p.-
          charged to ambient                                direct radiation may add      individuals (whole nuclides expected to be released.


*   Timber harvesting, other resource-extraction or other activities that could reduce the quantity of or eliminate recreational areas.
air and direct radia                              to natural background          body and organ);
          tion from radioactive                            radiation level.              man-rem per year materials (in plant or                                                          for population at being transported)                                                              the midpoint of station operation
                                3.3.2    People, ingestion Radionuclide discharge may    Rem per year for   For radionuclides expected to be add to the natural radioac    individuals (whole released, estimate deposit and tivity in vegetation and in    body and organ);  accumulation in foods. Estimate soil.                          man-rem per year  intakes by individuals and popu for population at  lations and sum results for all ex the midpoint of   pected radionuclides.


*  Demographic changes caused by in-migrating construction workers that could increase competition for access to recreational venues and the impact such increased demand could produce.
station operation
                                3.3.3    Vegetation and    Radionuclide discharge may    Rad per year      Estimate deposit of radionuclides animals          add to natural background                          on and uptake in plants and radioactivity of local plant                      animals. Sum dose contributions and animal life.                                for radionuclides expected to be released.


Housing The applicant should describe the expected impacts on local housing resources attributable to the site workforce during building activities. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The housing assessment should include the following:
t                                                                                                                                    ((
    *  Expected number of in-migrating workforce members.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 77
TABLE 5 ( )
                                          Population or                                        Unit of                Method of Primary Impct              Resources Affected              DMcription              easure$                Computation
      3.4 Other impacts on air                                                                                    The applicant should describe and quantify any other environ mental effects of the proposed plant that are significant.


*   The underlying assumptions, including:
===4.  LAND===
            -    family size,
      4.1 Site selection          4.1.1   Land, amount          Land will be preempted for      Acres            State the number of acres preempted construction of nuclear                          for station, exclusion zone, and power station, station' facil                    accessory facilities such as cooling ities, and exclusion zone.                      towers and ponds. By separate schedule, state the type and class of land preempted (e.g., scenic shoreline, wet land, forest land, etc.).
            -    in-migrating family residential geographical distribution, and
      4.2 Construction activities 4.2.1  People (amenities)     There will be a loss of desir  Total population The disruption of community life U'        (including site                                        able qualities in the environ  affected, years  (or alternatively the degree of preparation)                                          ment due to the noise and                        community isolation from such movement of men, material,                      irritations) should be estimated.
            -    assumptions related to housing choice (e.g., rental housing; temporary or mobile housing, such as campgrounds and recreational vehicle parks; and permanent single-family housing options),
            -    the property tax impacts from new construction of residential properties.


-    The location of expected housing resources by type in the context of the total housing resource for each affected county in the economic region (from Chapter 2 of this RG).
and machines.                                    Estimate the number of residences, schools, hospitals, etc., within area of visual and audio impacts. Esti mate the duration of impacts and total population affected.
    *  Whether the housing demand from new residents creates adverse impacts on the rental market.


Public Services The applicant should describe the expected impacts to public services in the economic region attributable to the building-related in-migrating population. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The assessment of public services should include the impacts of increasing demand for public services by in-migrating workers and their families:
4.2.2  People (accessi        Historical sites may be af    Visitors per year Determine historical sites that might bility of historical  fected by construction                          be displaced by generation facilities.
    *  Estimate of the expected contribution to water and sewer use for each affected community, and the resulting impact to each service in the economic region.


*  Identification of the potential impact on police or fire services for each affected community in the economic region, including the expected increase in the number of employees (differentiated between duty officers and support staff), and the change in ratio of police or firefighters to the population in order to maintain the current level of service.
sites)                                                                  Estimate effect on any other sites in plant environs. Express net impact in terms of annual number of visitors.


*   Identification of the expected number of new volunteer staff (as opposed to employee staff)
TABLE 5 ( )
        needed to maintain the same ratio of first responder staff to the population served.
                                Population or                                            Unit of            Method of Primary Impact      Resources Affected                                          Measure'          Computation
                          4.2.3  People (accessi.   Construction activity may      Qualified opinion  Summarize evaluation of impact on bility of archeo  impinge upon sites of                             archeological resources in terms logical sites)     archeological value.                              of remaining potential value of the site. Referenced documentation should include statements from responsible county, State, or Federal agencies, if available.


*   Estimate of the expected impacts to medical facilities in the demographic region.
4.2.4  Wildlife            Wildlife may be affected.    Qualified opinion   Summarize qualified opinion in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effects.


*   Estimate of the number of students that would be added to schools because of in-migrating families, including the expected change in student-teacher ratios, with a comparison to any mandated maximum ratio.
4.2.5   Land (erosion)    Site preparation and station  Cubic yards and    Estimate soil displaced by construc construction will involve cut acres              tion activity and erosio


4.5    Environmental Justice This section should assess whether the pathways identified in the environmental justice (EJ)
====n. Beneficial====
section of Chapter 2 of this RG result in any disproportionately high and adverse environmental and human health effects to potentially affected minority or low-income populations (potentially affected EJ
'-4                                                  and fill operations with                        and detrimental effects should be accompanying erosion                            reported separately.
populations) because of building the proposed project. Impacts to minority or low-income populations may arise from building activities at or near the site, in the local communities affected by the proposed project, including in offsite areas such as transmission-line corridors, and in the wider economic and demographic regions.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 78
potential.


4.5.1      Environmental Impacts An impact area that had been found to have a minor impact on the general public may still have a disproportionately high and adverse impact on a minority or low-income population. Consequently, the applicant should consider each impact area previously considered for socioeconomics, even if the area had a minor impact. The applicant should discuss in detail only those areas where a potential pathway could result in a disproportionately high and adverse effect on potentially affected EJ populations. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not impacts of building would result in disproportionately high and adverse impacts on potentially affected EJ populations. The ER should also address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts.
4.3 Station operation 4.3.1   People (amenities) Noise may induce stress.     Number of resi    Use applicable State and local codes dents, school      for offaite noise levels foisasessifig populations,      impact. If there Is no code, consider hospital beds      nearby land use, current zoning, and ambient sound levels in asse~giig impact. The predicted sound level may be compared with the published guidelines of the Environmental Pro tection Agency (EPA), American Industrial Hygiene Association, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).
                                                                                                                                  (


4.5.2     Human-Health Effects The applicant should include a qualitative (or quantitative, if more appropriate) discussion in the ER of the human-health pathways by which any environmental impact during building could result in disproportionately high and adverse impacts on any potentially affected EJ population, including cultural and economic factors. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not human health impacts of building may result in disproportionately high and adverse human-health effects on any potentially affected EJ population. The ER should also address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts.
K
                                                  TABLE 5 ( )
      Primary Impact        Population  or              Description              Unit of              Method of Resources  Affected                                    Measurea              Computation
                      4.3.2 People (esthetics)  The local landscape as viewed  Qualified opinion Summarize qualified opinion, in from adjacent residential areas                  cluding views of cognizant local and neighboring historical,                       and regional authorities when scenic, and recreational sites                    available.


4.5.3      Subsistence, Special Conditions, and Unique Characteristics The applicant should describe the effects of building activities on any established resource dependencies, cultural practices, or subsistence behaviors at or in the vicinity of the site, or at offsite areas. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental effects occur as a result of building the proposed project. The ER should address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts. Such information may include, but is not limited to:
may be rendered esthetically objectionable by station structures.
    *  subsistence behavior (i.e., home gardening, hunting, fishing, or other natural resource exploitation as an income supplement),
    *  unique cultural practices (e.g., American Indian religious and ceremonial reliance on natural resources such as sweet grasses, fish, and wild rice),
    *  special circumstances or unique characteristics, (e.g., minority communities identifiable in compact (smaller than a Census block group) locations, such as American Indian communities);
        and
    *  any disproportionately high socioeconomic characteristic (e.g., a high dependence on pedestrian transportation).
4.6    Historic and Cultural Resources Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended (NHPA) (54 U.S.C.


300101 et seq.), requires that Federal agencies consider the effects of the agencys undertaking on historic properties included in, or eligible for, the National Register of Historic Places and, before approval of an undertaking, give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP), a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking. The NHPA defines undertakings as any project or activity that is funded or under the direct jurisdiction of a Federal agency, or any project or activity that requires a Federal RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 79
4.3.3  Wildlife          'Wildlife may be affected.       Qualified opinion Summarize qualified opinion, in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effec*
                      4.3.4  Land, flood        Health and safety near the     Reference to      Reference should be made to regula control            water body may be affected      Flood Control    tions of cognizant Flood Control by flood control.               District approval Agency by use of one of the follow ing terms: Has No Implications for flood control, Complies with flood control regulation.


permit, license, or approval. The ACHPs regulations at 36 CFR Part 800, Protection of Historic Properties, set forth the procedures that define how Federal agencies meet Section 106 responsibilities.
4.4 Salts discharged  4.4.1  People            Intrusion of salts into        Pounds per        Estimate the amount of salts dis from cooling                                ground water may affect        square foot per  charged as drift and particulates.


If an applicant decides to commence building activities (e.g., site-preparation activities), the applicant should be cognizant of the anticipatory demolition statutory provision in Section 110(k) of the NHPA (54 U.S.C. 306113).14 For additional information, the applicant should refer to 36 CFR 800.9(c).
towers                                      water supply.                   year              Report maximum deposition.
The applicant is encouraged to engage the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff as early as possible in the planning process, in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC staff, to avoid issues such as anticipatory demolition.


The applicant should provide the information and analysis needed for the NRC to comply with Section 106 requirements in a manner that minimizes the potential for delays in the environmental review.
Supporting documentation should include patterns of deposition and projection of possible effect on water supplies.


The applicant should identify any activities and impacts associated with building that could affect historic and cultural resources within the APE (onsite or offsite, direct and indirect effects). Applicants should involve the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), local historic preservation officials, Tribal Historic Preservation Officer (THPO), and American Indian tribes in the assessment. The ER should include the following information (with appropriate reference to Chapter 2 of the ER to avoid duplication of information):
TABLE 5 ( )
    *  Description of ground-disturbing activities (e.g., land clearing, grading, excavating, road work, and building the facility), increases in traffic, and audio and visual intrusions that could affect onsite and offsite resources located within the direct and indirect APEs.
                                Population or                                   Unit of               Method of Pimary Impact      Resources Affected            Description            Measurea            Computation
                          4.4.2  Vegetation and   Deposition of entrained salts Acres            Salt tolerance of vegetation in af animals          may be detrimental in some                    fected area must be determined.


*  Description of historic properties found in the direct and indirect APEs that may be affected by the proposed project. Use the criteria specified in 36 CFR 800.5 to assess adverse effects on historic properties. Provide a basis and documentation for how a conclusion is reached.
nearby regions.                                That area, if any, receiving salt deposition in excess of tolerance (after allowance for dilution) must be estimated. Report separately an appropriate tabulation of acreage by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural, and residential. Where wildlife habitat is affected, identify popula tions.


*   Description of historic and cultural resources that are not determined to be historic properties, but may be considered important in the context of National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (e.g., sacred sites, cemeteries, local gathering areas).
4.4.3   Property      Structures and movable        Dollars per year If salt spray impinges upon a local resources     property may suffer de                        community, property damage may gradation from corrosive                      be estimated by applying to the effects.                                      local value of buildings, machinery,
    *  Discuss the direct and indirect effects (e.g., ground disturbance, physical, visual, auditory, atmospheric such as fugitive dust, light, and traffic), if any, from the proposed project, and from any associated transmission lines on nearby historic properties or important historic and cultural resources.
00                                                                                                and vehicles a differential in average depreciation rates between this and a comparable seacoast community.


-   For indirect effects, the assessment should include drawings or modified photographs indicating the station facilities and their surroundings, if visible from these nearby important vantage points.
4.5 Transmission route 4.5.1   Land, amount    Land will be preempted for    Miles, acres    State total length and area of new selection                                  construction of transmission                  rights-of-way. Estimate current line systems.                                  market value of land involved.


The assessment should lead to one of three conclusions (see 36 CFR 800.4):
4.5.2  Land use and    Lines may pass through        Miles, acres,    Total length of new transmission land value      visually sensitive (that is,  dollars          lines and area of rights-of-way sensitive to presence of                      through various categories of transmission lines and                        visually sensitive land. Estimate towers) areas, thus imping                    minimum loss in current property ing on the present and po                      values of adjacent areas.
              -  No historic properties present.


-  Historic properties present, but the undertaking will have no effect upon them.
tential use and value of neighboring property.


14 The NRC is required to comply with the NHPA including the anticipatory demolition clause, Section 110(k) of the NHPA (54 USC 306113).
(
                                              RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 80


-  Adverse effect: The undertaking will harm one or more historic properties (see 36 CFR
K
                  800.5).
                                                        TABLE 5 ( )
        If a qualified professional has recommended a no historic properties present determination, then the applicant should provide supporting documentation in the ER.
                                    Population or           Description              Unit of                Method of Primary Impact      Resources Affected                                    Measuren            computation
                          4.5.3 People            Lines may present visually      Number of such  Estimate total number of visually undesirable features..          features        undesirable features, such as (esthetics)
                                                                                                    number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection of inter changes; number of major water way crossings; number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings; and number of "long views" of transmission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways.


If a qualified professional has recommended a finding of no adverse effect to historic properties, the applicant should develop a plan that outlines protective measures to minimize or avoid these effects.
4.6 Transmission      4.6.1  Land adjacent    Constructing new roads for      Miles            Estimate length of new access and facilities                to rights-of-way access to rights-of-way may                      service roads required for alter construction                                have environmental impact.                        native routes.


The applicant should engage the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, and interested parties in the formalization of these protection plans and document this within the ER.
4.6.2 Land, erosion      Soil erosion may result from      Tons            Estimate area with increased erosion
'0                                                  construction activities.        per year        potential traceable to construction activities.


If a qualified professional determines that adverse effects to historic properties could occur, the applicant should engage with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian tribes, and interested parties and document this determination in the ER. The ER should describe any procedures and cultural resource management plans developed by the applicant to protect historic and cultural resources during building activities as well as any measures to avoid, minimize or mitigate adverse effects. These procedures should also include steps to take in the event of inadvertent discoveries, including the discovery of human remains.
4.6.3  Wildlife        Wildlife habitat and access      Number of im    Identify important species that may to habitat may be affected.      portant species be disturbed (Section 2.2).
                                                                                    affected
                          4.6A    Vegetation        Vegetation may be affected.


The applicant should be aware that the NRC, as a Federal agency, is responsible for consulting with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian tribes, and interested parties as part of the Section 106 compliance process. If the NRC determines an adverse effect may occur, it will, in accordance with
4.7 Transmission line  4.7.1  Land use          Land preempted by rights-of      %, dollars      Estimate percent of rights-of-way operation                                    way may be used for addi                          for which no multiple-use activities tional beneficial purposes                        are planned. Annual value of such as orchards, picnic areas,                   multiple-use activities less cost of nurseries, and hiking and                        improvements.
36 CFR Part 800, develop proposed measures in consultation with identified consulting parties that might avoid, minimize, or mitigate such effects. Such measures, as appropriate, would be discussed in the NRC
staffs environmental impact statement. If the NRC staff determines that adverse effects would occur, it can develop a Memorandum of Agreement or Programmatic Agreement (See 36 CFR Part 800.6), as appropriate. See Appendix B for additional information on consultation.


4.7    Air Resources The applicant should describe meteorological and air-quality impacts associated with building activities. The description should include the following:
riding trails.
    *  Identification of applicable local, State, and Federal air regulations and required air permits for construction.


*  Sources and types of air pollutant emissions, including mitigating measures and plans to minimize air emissions.
4.7.2 Wildlife          Modified wildlife habitat may    Qualified        Summarize qualified opinion in result in changes.              opinion          cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available.


*  Estimates of building schedule and associated annual air emissions for criteria air pollutants identified in the National Ambient Air Quality Standards from sources such as on-road construction vehicles, commuter vehicles, fugitive emissions, non-road construction equipment, marine engines, and/or locomotive engines. If the proposed site is located in a nonattainment or maintenance area with respect to a criteria pollutant, the emission estimates can be used as a basis for assessing the applicability of a conformity analysis (see 40 CFR 93, Determining Conformity of Federal Actions to State or Federal Implementation Plans, Subpart B (Ref. 61), and NRC
TABLE 5 ( )
         Memorandum, Revision to Staff Guidance for Conducting General Conformity Determinations (Ref. 62)).
          Primary Impact  Population or         Description        Unit of         Method of Resources Affected                        Measurea        Computation
    *  Estimates of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (expressed in units of carbon dioxide (CO2)
4.8  Other land. impacts                                                    The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.
        equivalents), including GHG emissions from on-road construction vehicles, commuter vehicles, RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 81


non-road construction equipment, marine engines, and/or locomotive engines and comparison of these GHG emissions to State and national GHG emissions from Chapter 2. The applicant may provide either a site-specific analysis or refer to the generic GHG footprint for a 1000-MW(e)
4.9  Combined or                                                             Where evidence indicates that the interactive effects                                                    combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular popula tion or resource are not adequately indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total com bined effect should be described.
        reactor. The analysis should be adjusted according to the proposed action (number of units, electrical output). The assumptions, factors, and other information used in any site-specific analysis should be described in sufficient detail to allow an independent evaluation and assessment of the resulting GHG emissions estimate (Ref. 15).
    *    The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data used, resulting output, and approaches used in the analyses for building impacts to inform NRC staffs evaluation in the EIS. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.


4.8    Nonradiological Health The applicant should describe the non-radiological health impacts associated with building activities, including impacts to public and occupational health, noise, and traffic.
Both beneficial and adverse inter actions should be indicated.


4.8.1      Public and Occupational Health The applicant should describe the impacts from building activities on public and worker nonradiological health. The description should include the following:
4.10 Net effects                                                            See discussion in Section 5.7.
    *    public health risks from building activities (e.g., air pollution from dust and vehicle emissions)
    *    occupational health risks to workers and onsite personnel from activities such as building, maintenance, testing, excavation and modifications
    *    estimate of the total occupational injuries and illnesses for building activities anticipated for the project, including information on interpretation of the statistical results
    *    description of safety standards, practices, and mitigation procedures that will be used to reduce public and occupational health risks
4.8.2      Noise The applicant should describe noise impacts associated with building activities, including the following:
    *    applicable Federal, State, and local regulations and/or ordinances governing noise from building activities
    *    background noise measurements and closest noise-sensitive receptors or sensitive areas (Chapter 2 of this RG)
    *    types of sources of noise at the site or along transportation routes, such as graders, jackhammers, dump trucks, etc.


*    predicted peak noise level measurements for each identified source type, along with estimated noise levels at representative distances, with attenuation by distance alone (i.e., not taking RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 82
(


advantage of any intervening foliage, terrain changes, or permanent barriers between the source and the receptor), measured or calculated at the closest noise-sensitive human receptors identified in Section 2.8.2,
APPENDICES
    *  any BMPs and any other mitigation strategies required or planned for noise abatement.
                                                    APPENDIX A
§51.20. 10 CFR PART 51, -APPUCANT-S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT-CONSTRUCTION PERMIT STAGE"
            (a)    Invmmh    nta    consderatlkw              atswards and kequirenents (including.


If the measured or calculated noise level from any identified source type exceeds 65 dBA (see NUREG-1437, Initial and Revision 1, for additional information) at any noise-sensitive human receptor or at the site boundary when calculated with attenuation by distance alone, the applicant should determine the noise level that would result from taking advantage of natural attenuation, such as intervening foliage, natural barriers, and changes in terrain. The determination of natural attenuation may be accomplished by the applicant performing a series of leaf-on and leaf-off noise surveys or by using an industry standard modeling or calculation process. If the measured or calculated noise level from the source exceeding the
Bach applicant I for a permit to construct            but not limited to. applicable zoning and a production or utilization facility cur              Iand-se regulations auO thermal and ered by i 51.5(a shl submit with its                  Other Water polution limitatlons or re application a separate document. en                    quiremnt promulgated or imposed Pur titled -Appncnt's Environmental Re                      mutt to the Federal Water Polluton port-         tu      Permit Stage:" which            ftntrl Act) which have been imposed contains a description of the proposed                by     derml State, regional, and local action, a statement of its purposer, and a description of the environment af                    agaeues having responsibility for en fected, and which discusses the follow                virnmmtal protection. 7he discussion Ing considerations:                                    ri alternative. In the Report shall In
65 dBA threshold cannot be demonstrated to be reduced through natural attenuation to below the threshold, the applicant should describe specific mitigation measures to be used to reduce the noise level to below 65 dBA.
            (1) -The probable tmpact of the pro                dude a dliscussion wether the alterna posed action on the environment:                      ttve wm cmnpl with msch ipplicable
            (2) Any probable adverse environ mental effects which cannot be avoided                Menrnmental quality standards and re should the proposal be Implemented;                    qulrent        The envihronental impact
            (3) Alterma~e      to the SZroposed              of the facility and alternatives shall be Action;                                                ful cdacumsed with respect to matters
            (4) 22    relationship between local                  - 1r such standards and require short-term uses of mup' environment                    ments irrsectv


4.8.3      Transportation of Construction Materials and Personnel to and from the Proposed Site The applicant should provide estimates of the potential health impacts from nonradiological traffic-related accidents related to transporting construction materials and workers to and from the proposed site. Nonradiological impacts refer to the accidents, injuries, and fatalities estimated to occur from traffic accidents during movement of construction materials and personnel to and from the proposed site during building. Where possible, the impacts should be estimated using information specific to the proposed site (e.g., by using county-specific accident statistics). The following information should be provided:
====e. of whether a cerU====
    *   Summary of provisions for site access during building, including during outages of co-located operating units.
        and .ie maintenance and enhancement ef long-term Productivity: and                         ficaton or license from the appropriate
            (5) An Irreversible and Iratrievable                autortly has been obtained (including, comnmileni of resources which would                    lbt not limlted to. saw certification ob be involved In the proposed action should               ttned purmuant to section 401 of the it be hnpleaented. The discusfn o                      Feden a Water Pollution Control Act ".
        alternatives to the proposed action re                  Bach discumson shaml be reflected in the quired by paragraph (a) (3) shall be aut                  ooW-bemsM analysis prescribed in para iciently complete to aid the Commission              graph (b). While satisfaction of Com in deweloin and explorinL pursuant to                     emm standards and crteria pertain section 102(2) (D) of lPA. -appropri.;                  nog to radiological effects wil be neces ate alternatives        *in  any proposal            saw to meet the licensin requirements bi involvs unesved                aonfflts om            CC the Atomic Energy Act, the cest-bete cemn alterative mea al avallabel                      fit analysis prescribed In paragraph (b)
          resources."                                            saoll, for the purposes of NEPA. consder (b) Cost-benefit analyde. 'The Mk                  the radkfolgal effects -together with vhmentsl Report required by parr                      OWa other effecte. at the facility and gra*h (a) shall include a cost-bmmit                  altenatives.


*  Description of the method(s) used to estimate nonradiological traffic-related accident impacts, including traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities. Traffic-related accident impacts should be estimated using round-trip distances. The impacts should account for both construction workers and shipments of construction materials.
anl-ys wbich considems and balances                      (d) The information submitted por the environmental effects of the faciit                innt to paragrups (a)-(c) of this see grd the alternatives avalable for reduc                donUsh. ld not be confined to data sup lug or avoiding adverse environmental                      - x the p-           acUo but should efeet. as well as the envitrimnmental.                 Inhale adverse data as well.


*  Specification of input parameters and sources used in the impact assessment. Parameters and source documents should be defensible and should be consistent with parameters used for socioeconomic analysis to determine physical impacts to road and traffic assessments for key roads. If assumptions are used to fill in missing or highly uncertain data (e.g., commute distances, persons per vehicle, and shipping distances for materials), the assumptions should be bounding and reasonable (i.e., the assumptions used in the analysis would be broad enough to overestimate the transportation impacts yet not so broad that they could mask the true environmental impacts of the reactor and lead to invalid conclusions). The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation, indicate where in those documents this information can be found
ee minic technical and other benefits                      fe) In the Environmental Report re of the facility. The cost-beneft analysis                 I Id by paragraph (a) for lftht-water-:
    *  Annual number of traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities.
          dm.n, to the ftulest extent practicable.                 -oienuclear power reactors. -the con qufnmy the varioum factors cdder-ei                    tributtiou -otU
                                                                              te      tovraimental effecits of.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 83
7a the extent that such factors canmnt                  rn      sob mn      and mmrml the pmotd be quantified, Whey shall be discussed In qualitative terms The Environmetal                    fam at wanhon hezafillorlde. &Isovtoi Report honecontain sucen data to                      enrichment ful fabrication. repmcesm aid the Commission tn its development                  tug of Irzadi*ted fuel. transportation of radctivm matls              m and    nagement cc an iependent costbeneft analysis.                    of Jow level wastes and highklel      wastes (G) btt      of complianc    The En vUnmUMtal Report required by para                      related to uranium fuel cyle activities graph (a) shall include a dlscusso of                  to the environmental omI a licensing the staus of compliance of the facility                the maclew pomwer reactor. shall be a set with applicable environmental quality                  forth *t      ftollownf table No further diocuoi    of such envuriamental effectb shul be requir aWkAm the "appisUt'*. maumd In Ute                  Th paragraph does n=t apy to ary part. b a Fedkral agncy. difetet a-ranve                appilicaf    environental report          ub mmtS for -mplemenwltg ]UFA "mybe mae puramnt to the GOuideni estabaitbed by                      f) -Number of copies. Each applicant the Counc on &Tukooaina        Qeuelty.                Xlor a permit to construct a production or
              *No permit or UemelS w,    of    ou-. be          .utlization facility covered by § 51.5(a)
            Ateod with mepect to an, acvity for wVhcha            shall submit the number of copies, as a Amwimiao zequtrd by secUon    401 o th              specified in § 51.40, of the Environmen yederal Watur loituta Control Act bha na"              tal Report required by § 51.5(a).
          bem obtatG&L
                                                          A-I


4.9     Radiological Health The applicant should evaluate the potential radiological impacts on the proposed projects construction workforce that includes the radiological sources located on the project site or adjacent to the site, such as an operating or shutdown nuclear plant or other nuclear fuel-cycle facility.
I
      I    I II                    ii          IaI
                              II  ii          liIi
                      *1
*1                    I
                                              .383 a
                Ii Ja I I        I
II I  If II I                  *I;          ii!  I      I
II I
      I          a'
  11                        ,IJ                          I
                Iii'Iiil a
                                  lift        thu11 II    I
          V*if a 93                  a,                    I ii III  I
                jJV
                wv I
                  1fi ii II!
                          Hi V
                                  I
                                      I
                                      Iii I
                                            I
                                            I
                                              1     Ii If'
                                                        ifIii II:
                  UIJi                    Id U!
      I                          I    11  1
          4fiI        I I:;
                          Lii    Ii  1                  iI
                                                    Jul ii'  a
                                                              0
                                                              U


For multi-unit sites, the applicant should provide estimated annual doses to construction workers in a new unit construction area, as a result of radiation from onsite radiation sources from the existing operating unit(s). Examples of typical onsite radiation sources include the turbine systems (for boiling water reactors), stored radioactive wastes, the independent spent fuel storage installation, auxiliary and reactor buildings, and radioactive effluents (i.e., direct radiation from the gaseous radioactive effluent plume). The ER should be consistent with the applicable sections of the FSAR, especially for the location of the maximum exposure. Sections 12.3 and 12.4 of the Standard Review Plan (SRP), NUREG-0800
(g) (1) The Environmental Report re                                                        (1) The reactor is a light-water-cooled quired by paragraph (a) for light-water                                                  Auclear power reactor with a core cooled nuclear power reactors shall con                                                  thermal power level not exceeding 3,800
(Ref. 63), directs the staff to perform an assessment of dose to construction workers on a facility adjacent to an existing nuclear unit or units. The applicant should provide the annual person-rem (or person- Sievert) doses associated with such construction areas, providing detailed information as to the estimated number of construction workers and estimated annual doses (from direct, gaseous, and liquid sources) to these workers, including bases, models, assumptions, and input data. The applicant should also describe any additional dose-reducing measures taken as a result of the dose assessment process for specific functions or activities. The applicant should indicate whether it has followed the guidance in the most recent version of RG 8.19 (Ref. 64), Occupational Radiation Dose Assessment in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants - Design Stage Man-Rem Estimates and how the applicant has followed this guidance, if the applicant has done so. Conversely, if the applicant has not followed this guidance, then the specific acceptable alternative methods used should be described in sufficient detail.
tain either (I) a statement that the                                                      megawatts;
transportation of cold fuel to the reactor                                                    (II) The reactor fuel is In the form of and irradiated -fuel from the reactor to                                                  sintered uranium dioxide pellets encap a fuel reprocessing plant and the trans                                                  sulated in zircaloy rods with a uranium portation of solid radioactive wastes from                                                235 enrichment not exceeding 4% by the reactor to waste burial grounds is                                                    weight;
within the scope of this paragraph, and                                                       (Mi) The average level of irradiation as the contribution of the environmental                                                  of the irradiated fuel from the reactor effects of such transportation to the en                                                  does not exceed 33.000 megawatt days vironmental costs of licensing the nu                                                    per metric ton and no irradiated fuel clear power reactor, the values set forth                                                  assembly Is shipped until at least 90 days in the following Summary Table S-4; or                                                    have elapsed after the fuel assembly was (iI) If such transportation does not fanl                                                discharged from the reactor:
within the scope of this paragraph, a                                                           (iv) Waste (other than Irradiated full description and detailed analysis of                                                  fuel) shipped from the reactor is In the the environmental effects of such trans                                                    form of packs ged, solid wastes; and portation and. as the contribution of                                                         (v) Unirradiated fuel Is shipped to the such effects to the environmental costs of licensing the nuclear power reactor,                                                   reactor by truck; Irradiated fuel Is the values determined by such analyses                                                    shipped from the reactor by truck, railL
for the environmental Impact under nor                                                    or barge; and waste other than Irradi mal conditions of transport and the                                                       ated fuel is shipped from the reactor environmental risk from accidents In                                                      by truck or rail.


The ER should use the same units of measure as used in the FSAR. The ER should include the following:
transport.                                                                                     (3) ThIs paragraph does not apply to
    *  the physical layout of the site, including the location and orientation of onsite, adjacent existing operating nuclear units or permanently shutdown units
    (2) This paragraph applies to the                                                       any applicant's environmental report transportation of fuel and wastes to and                                                   submitted prior to Februwy 5, 1975.
    *  whether the construction worker would be considered a member of the public or a radiation worker and the basis for that assumption
4.9.1      Direct Radiation Exposures In the ER, the applicant should provide the following:
    *  The sources of direct radiation exposures: These sources should include, but not be limited to, independent spent fuel storage facilities, radioactive waste handling facilities, low-level waste storage facilities, condensate storage tanks, skyshine, and operating or permanently shutdown nuclear facilities co-located at the site.


*   The estimated dose rate from direct radiation to construction workers from each source and the assumptions and methods used for estimating the dose.
from a nuclear power reactor only if:
        *uMAzT TABLZ S-4.HEnvirornta impact of Ounepottaiean of fuel mul-wade to mit from Iv lit                                      leow                  e acto It?
                                                            lNormal conditiomoftrnsportl                                I
      "Iest(..r hmdi&WbyfaeFederal  cask In tnsit)                          ............ ....z27                  MOW.


*   The number and principal locations of construction workers who will be exposed to the radiation sources described below and the total amount of time per year that they will spend at those locations.
Wei&t (governed                      or Statrt                    ......................            rAM ~p              k      toW , ae4        w lraflle density:
            Uj..lRTf            il *............................
                      .a ...........................
                  .................                              ...........          .............
                                                                                      -------              Lothin.1pedi L iestba lpr Erstneted          Rang. of dowes to expused          Cmaulatlve doss to expoee4
                    ]iposed population                              pertoai of nomber            Individuals    2 (per reacte year)                              lm (per Reactor populetion expose
      "Traresportailon ileueral public:
                            workers..*.................
                              *
                                                                              20WOotono0mrem *. .................. 4on-ia.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 84
Onlookers .............................                        I,100 0.0      to 13lmilrem ...............-              mre-iM.


4.9.2      Radiation Exposures from Gaseous Effluents In the ER, the applicant should provide the following:
Alid g Routell~ ......................................................----                                        -::::t AMUDSMN IN TMAX110
     *  Radioactive gaseous release data from the operating units, co-located units, or permanently shutdown units. The applicant should provide the location of the major gaseous effluent release points. The applicant should address the assumptions for using this release data (the year or years of data used and why this data is used or other release data is used, such as from the design control document (DCD) for the reactor design).
                                                                                                                                        F
    *  An estimate of the annual total effective dose equivalent from the gaseous effluents to a construction worker, providing the assumptions and methods used to make the estimate.
     Common            miradiological) causes.                                                             ll-taiinl        k ylh100yeactoryear      I Doohd*
                                                                                                              in~ay in 10 resew year 5475 1101-ty arwresetoryes.


4.9.3     Radiation Exposures from Liquid Effluents In the ER, the applicant should provide the following:
aData supporting this table are given In the Commisim's "Enel                                  nae .i'ey ofi                        of Rat e..
     * Radioactive liquid effluent release data from the operating units, co-located units, or permanently shutdown units. The applicant should provide the location of the major liquid effluent release points. The applicant should address the assumptions for using this release data (the year or years of data used and why this data is used or other release data is used, such as from the DCD for the reactor design).
     ecU,. Materials to and from Nucler Po                            Plat.                                      17.    d Sup. , NUIREG-74"kS
     *  An estimate of the annual total effective dose equivalent from the liquid effluents to a construction worker, providing the assumptions and methods used to make the estimate.
                                                                                                                    =AH13.Dmib Awl t975. Both documeuts are available for insec*io and co a g nIthe                                    Commissio's Pu..c Document Roo,
     1f17 H St. NW., Washington. D.C.. and miay be otane                                                Technical nnormat. Service.              n edf*,
    Ve. 216L WASH-119 is available from NTIS at a cost of $545 (microejoe, $.*))and NUREG-7,-4= -s av                                                l at a cost of S325 (microfiche.          -2.25).
          ' The Federal itudiation Council has recommended that the radiation doses from el sourcets                              of racdaion other them satural background and medical expoue should be limited to 5,000 williremuspr yewr                                  for individuals as a result at occupational exposure and should              be imited to 50 m~lr              .nper year ior individu in        thegeneral population. Thdoss toindivhiuals due to average natural background radiation is about 130il                                  per-year."rem summnation of whvole body doses to Indivduals ina group. T"lu.                  Iiteaehm*eber of aMan-reri is an exprewsion for the Spopulatlon group of 1,000 people were to rcceiveadodeof0O.Ul reut UI                      unllrem), or f 2people were to receive a ma
     0                nillir.mn) each, tha total man-rei doas iIn each ease would be I maism rem (80,*10
        4Although the environmnental risk of rVadIiogC31                  effects stenindug    ftrom  transportation accidents is curetl.yinca pable of being numerically quantliled. the risk3rentllm ma.ll regordl                                wnt      it s in      appi    t  a single re actor oraimnultireartoite.


4.9.4      Total Dose to Construction Workers In the ER, the applicant should provide the following:
A-3
    *  Estimated annual dose to an individual construction worker, including the location of maximum exposure, all models, assumptions, and input data used in arriving at the dose.


*  Estimated annual collective dose to the construction work force, including all models, assumptions, and input data used in arriving at the dose.
APPENDIX B
§51.21, 10 CFR PART 51, "APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT-OPERATING LICENSE STAGE"
                                Each applicant for a license to operate a production or utilization facility cov
                          .ered by § 51.5(a) shall submit with it%appli cation the number of copies, as specified in
                            § 51.40, of a separate document,* to be en titled "Ap plicant's Environmental Report-OP
                            erating License Stage," which discusses the same matters described in 1 51.20
                            but only to the extent that they differ from those discussed or reflect new in formation In addition to that discussed in the final environmental Impact state ment prepared by the Commission In connection with the construction permit.


*  If construction workers are classified as members of the public, a comparison of the estimated annual dose to an individual construction worker to the dose criteria for a member of the public
The "Applicant's Environmental Re port-Operating License Stage" may in corporate by reference any itformation contained in the Applicant's Environ mental Report or final environmental impact statement previously prepared in connection with the construction permit.
        (10 CFR 20.1301, Dose limits for individual members of the public; 20.1302, Compliance with dose limits for individual members of the public). If construction workers are classified as radiation workers (which would require certain training), compare the individual construction worker dose to; 10 CFR 20.1201, Occupational dose limits for adults; 20.1203, Determination of external dose from airborne radioactive material; and 20.1204, Determination of internal exposure (Ref. 65).
4.10  Nonradioactive Waste Management The applicant should describe the environmental impacts that could result from the generation, handling, and disposal of nonradioactive waste during building activities. As discussed in Chapter 3 of this RG, the types of nonradioactive waste that would be generated, handled, and disposed of during building activities should be described. These would include cleared vegetation, building material debris, RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 85


municipal waste, spoils, stormwater runoff, sanitary waste, dust and other air emissions, used oils and lubricants from vehicle maintenance, and other hazardous chemicals.
With respec; to the operation of nuclear reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall sub mit the "Applicant's Environmental Re port-Operating License Stage" only in connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full power opera tion of the facility.


4.10.1    Impacts to Land The applicant should describe the impacts to the land resulting from generation, handling and disposal of nonradioactive waste during building of the project. The description should include the following:
*Aniended 41 I.R IS32.
    *  summary of pertinent portions of the discussion from the section related to land-use impacts from building activities;
    *  plans for storing and disposing of cleared vegetation or soil, rock or other resulting debris;
    *  general description of onsite waste expected to be generated, including types and approximate quantities, from building and equipment maintenance activities and the workforce; and
    *  plans for disposal of waste, including plans to minimize or recycle generated waste.


4.10.2    Impacts to Water The applicant should describe the impacts from liquid waste generated during building activities.
B-I


The description should include the following:
APPENDIX C
    *  Types of liquid waste generated during building and equipment maintenance activities.
                                    DATA RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (PROPOSED)
 
   With a view toward improving the usability of data    center is planned as an appendix in a future revision of presented by applicants, an outline format for a stan     this guide. Specific-use categories will be developed for dardized data retrieval system for storage in a computer the following guide outline topics:
*  Typically, liquid wastes are from sanitary wastewater-treatment systems and stormwater runoff or from vehicle maintenance activities.
                                              DATA CATEGORIES
 
   1. Station purpose                                          
*  Plans for onsite or offsite treatment of liquid waste.
 
*  Any State or local codes or regulations that require provisions for treatment.
 
*  Permits required for treatment and disposal of liquid waste.
 
4.10.3    Impacts to Air The applicant should describe the building activities that would generate impacts to air quality, including GHGs. The applicant should identify if these impacts have been addressed in the Air Resources section of this Chapter. The description should include the following:
    *  Activities that would generate dust or emissions that might impact the air quality (e.g., burning vegetation and combustion of fuel in equipment). Include any temporary activities that might be necessary for building activities (e.g., an onsite concrete batch plant). Activities could be onsite or along transmission corridors.
 
*  Any State or local codes that govern air quality (e.g., bans on burning materials).
                                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 86
 
4.11   Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts During Construction Activities Environmental measures and controls may be required by Federal, State, and local agencies during building activities to minimize effects to the environment. The applicant should identify in Table
4-1 the Federal, State or local requirement or best management practice (BMP) for the measure or control.
 
In addition to the discussion of the effects of building, the applicant should furnish details of the programs with which it plans to monitor activities affecting site-related environmental resources and quality, and describe the duration of these efforts. A description of the measures and monitoring required for compliance with Federal, State, and local environmental regulations and laws should also be provided for each resource area. The description should include plans for restoration, protection of resources or development of appropriate substitutes, and measures taken to control adverse impacts to resources. The applicant should describe measures designed to mitigate or reverse undesirable effects such as those described previously for each resource area. Table 4-1 is an example of the types of measures and controls to be documented.
 
Table 4-1.    Summary of Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts During Construction Activities Impact Category                    Planned Measures and Controls During Construction Land-Use Impacts Site and Vicinity                Measures and controls that minimize impacts Transmission Corridors          Measures and controls that minimize impacts Offsite Areas                    Measures and controls that minimize impacts Water-Related Impacts Hydrologic Alterations          Measures and controls that describe alterations to surface waters and flow and groundwater Water Use                        Measures and controls that describe availability of use of surface water and groundwater resources Water Quality                    Measures and controls that minimize impacts on surface water and groundwater resources Ecological Impacts Terrestrial Ecosystems          Measures and controls to minimize adverse impacts on terrestrial resources (including wetlands) onsite, offsite, and special permitting that may be required for managed species Aquatic Ecosystems              Measures and controls to minimize adverse impacts on aquatic resources onsite, offsite, and special permitting that may be required for managed species Socioeconomic Impacts                Physical, Economic (Economy and Taxes), and Socioeconomic (Traffic-,
                                      Recreation-, Housing-, Public Services- and Education-related) measures and controls to mitigate impacts.
 
Environmental Justice                Measures and controls that minimize impacts Historic and Cultural Resources      Measures for identification, consultation, and preservation following discovery Air Resources                        Controls to minimize dust, emissions RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 87
 
Impact Category      Planned Measures and Controls During Construction Nonradiological Health Measures and controls for worker safety Radiation Exposure to  Controls and monitoring for minimization of dose to construction workers Construction Workers Nonradioactive Waste  Disposal plan for solid, liquid, gaseous wastes, sanitary waste RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 88
 
Chapter 5
5.0      Environmental Impacts from Operation of the Proposed Plant The environmental report (ER) should adequately describe the impacts of operating the proposed plant as required in Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR) 51.45(c), including offsite facilities that support operation of the plant (e.g., transmission lines, pipelines). For each impact category in Chapter 5, the ER should identify the measures and controls that would be used to mitigate and limit adverse operational environmental impacts. Specific information to include in the ER, as part of, or in addition to, the description of impacts, is covered in the following sections.
 
5.1      Land Use The greatest land-use impacts are typically associated with building activities. Land-use impacts associated with operations are expected to be minimal because activities are generally restricted to previously disturbed areas of the site or offsite areas (e.g., outage worker parking, temporary access routes, periodic vegetation clearing, landscaping, and sporadic access closures). The scope of the review is guided by the magnitude and nature of the expected impacts associated with proposed plant operations and site-specific characteristics. Impacts should be quantified to the extent possible using acreage, volumetric, or chronological measures.
 
5.1.1        Onsite Impacts The following information relating to the land-use impacts associated with operations should be included in the ER:
    *    characterization of any land-disturbance activities expected during operations (e.g., maintenance and operations activities and construction of additional waste storage facilities, including an independent spent fuel storage installation [ISFSI])
    *    discussion of any anticipated land-use classification conversions summarized by acreage
    *    discussion of any changes in land uses on agricultural, forestry, or mineral extraction activities or on floodplains or wetlands (can cross-reference other sections of ER where possible)
    *    description of impacts to the provisions of any affected local or regional land-use or economic- development plans associated with operations
    *    description of any disruption to land- or water-resource access issues or concerns during operations
    *    description of any disruption to existing land uses or private land access issues or concerns at the site or vicinity caused by operations
5.1.2        Offsite Impacts The following information relating to the land-use impacts associated with operations in offsite areas should be included in the ER:
                                            RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 89
 
*  discussion of expected transmission-line corridor maintenance activities during operations affecting land use
    *  characterization of any land-disturbance activities in other offsite areas expected during operations
    *  discussion of land-use classification conversions summarized by acreage
    *  description of impacts to local or regional land-use or economic-development plans from operations in offsite areas
    *  description of any disruption to land- or water-resource access required to facilitate operations
    *  description of any disruption to existing land uses or private land access at the site or vicinity caused by operations
    *  description of any possible disruption to hazardous waste cleanup activities
    *  discussion of any changes in land uses on agricultural, forestry, or mineral extraction activities or on floodplains or wetlands (can cross-reference other sections of ER where possible)
5.2    Water Resources (Surface Water and Groundwater)
        The applicant should describe the hydrologic alterations associated with station operation and the resulting impacts on consumptive and nonconsumptive water uses and on water quality. In evaluating water-related impacts, the applicant should consider the effects of reasonably foreseeable changes in the hydrologic environment (e.g., climate, land use, and water use) over the duration of the license for the resource impact area.
 
5.2.1      Hydrologic Alterations The applicant should describe the operational activities expected to result in hydrologic alterations at the site, within transmission corridors, and offsite within the resource impact area. Examples of operational activities that might affect water use and water quality include withdrawal of water for station use, surface-water diversions, maintenance dredging, groundwater dewatering, and effluent discharge, etc. The description should include analyses of the resulting hydrologic alterations and the physical effects of these alterations on water uses and users (quantity and quality); practices proposed to minimize hydrologic alterations having adverse effects; and an assessment of compliance with the applicable Federal, State, regional, local, and American Indian Tribal standards and regulations.
 
Station water use and discharge of effluents during operation are requested in Chapter 3 of this RG. The applicant should identify those water supply and water quality conditions under which station operation would be affected (e.g., high-water levels, derating caused by insufficient supply of cooling water, etc.).
        The ER should include a description of the following:
    *  Anticipated hydrologic alterations resulting from station operation. For example, the applicant should discuss alterations in water levels and groundwater heads; alterations in flow rates and circulation patterns caused by diversion, intake, and discharge structures; and alterations in erosion, deposition, and sediment transport characteristics.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 90
 
*    The effects of these alterations on the quantity and availability of water within the resource impact area. For example, the applicant should assess, as applicable, how hydrologic alterations affect river discharge (including changes in the seasonal variation of flow) or groundwater discharge to wetlands.
 
*  The effects of effluent discharge on the water quality of the receiving waterbodies. Thermal, chemical, and radiological effects should be evaluated.
 
*  The proposed actions to minimize the effects of the hydrologic alterations.
 
*  List of required permits and certifications under the applicable Federal, state and local standards and regulations.
 
When a mathematical model is used to evaluate the effects of hydrologic alterations, the applicant should describe the conceptual basis for the model (including the rationale for eliminating plausible alternative conceptualizations), the assumptions used in developing the model, the range of applicability of the model, input data used, the resulting output, the basis for boundary conditions, parameter estimation and calibration procedures followed, and estimates of uncertainty in model forecasts. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, data, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), design control document (DCD) or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
 
5.2.2      Water-Use Impacts The applicant should identify those water uses and water users discussed in Chapter 2 of this RG
that are potentially affected by the changes in the quantity and/or availability of water resulting from hydrologic alterations. The applicant should evaluate the water use impacts by quantifying the anticipated reduction in water supply reliability for each water use and provide a description of the analyses performed to determine the impacts during operations.
 
5.2.3      Water-Quality Impacts The applicant should identify those water uses and water users discussed in Chapter 2 of this RG
that are potentially affected by the changes in water quality resulting from hydrologic alterations during operations. The applicant should evaluate the impacts by quantifying the anticipated reduction in each use resulting from the changes in water quality and provide a description of the analyses performed to determine the impacts.
 
5.2.4      Water Monitoring The overall plan for protection of waterbodies that may be affected by station operations should be discussed. A description of the proposed measures to ensure compliance with applicable water quality and water use standards and regulations should also be provided. When compliance involves monitoring, the operational monitoring program should be described in sufficient detail to establish the ability of the monitoring to provide timely and accurate information so that appropriate actions can be taken to limit the impacts of station operations.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 91
 
5.3    Ecological Resources This section addresses the information related to terrestrial, wetland and aquatic ecological impacts from operations at the proposed site. The applicant should provide adequate details in the ER to fully determine the impacts to terrestrial and aquatic species and habitats resulting from nuclear power plant operations.
 
5.3.1      Terrestrial and Wetland Impacts Operation of a nuclear power plant, once built, does not normally involve further physical loss of terrestrial habitats or wetlands but can still affect habitat quality and wildlife. Supplementary guidance on some of the more common terrestrial ecology environmental impact analyses is available in the most recent revision of RG 4.11.
 
Terrestrial Habitats The ER should include a discussion of the following potential effects on terrestrial habitats from operating the proposed facilities:
    *  Effects on terrestrial habitats from land-disturbance activities expected (e.g., construction of additional waste storage facilities, including an ISFSI installation if the applicant has current plans to build such a facility).
    *  Effects on terrestrial habitats from facility and landscape maintenance activities (e.g., pesticide use, mowing, danger tree trimming and removal, and trampling by heavy equipment).
    *  Effects of runoff and stormwater management on wetlands and other terrestrial habitats. Ensure compatibility with hydrology sections.
 
*  Salinity from cooling-tower drift, or drift from operating other facilities (e.g., evaporation ponds)
        that potentially could affect terrestrial resources. If the maximum estimated ground-level salinity deposition exceeds 1 kg/ha/mo at any location at any time, also include deposition isopleths overlaid on terrestrial habitat maps and an estimate of the area of each habitat type included in each isopleth band.
 
*  Fogging and icing that could affect terrestrial species and habitats.
 
*  Operation of cooling ponds, evaporation ponds, and other operational water features that could affect adjoining wetlands and other terrestrial habitats.
 
*  Use of groundwater and surface water that could affect terrestrial habitats (e.g., wetlands, shorelines, and riparian habitats). An overlay of modeled groundwater withdrawal isopleths over terrestrial habitat maps may be helpful if withdrawals could be capable of causing substantial habitat modifications. Information should be consistent with similar information presented in the aquatic ecology and hydrology sections of the ER.
 
Wetlands Operating a nuclear power plant does not normally involve filling wetlands. However, wetlands are a habitat type that should be addressed together with upland (non-wetland) terrestrial habitat types.
 
Particular attention should be paid to the possibility that groundwater withdrawals could affect the RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 92
 
hydrology of nearby wetlands and that surface-water withdrawals could affect nearby shorelines and wetlands fringing water sources.
 
Wildlife The ER should include a discussion of the following potential effects on terrestrial wildlife during operations:
    *    Effects of operational noise (e.g., mechanical noise, vehicular noise, and noise from cooling towers) on terrestrial wildlife. Estimated noise isopleth overlays may be helpful if noise levels exceeding 85 dBA are anticipated in areas of high-quality habitat.
 
*    Loss or injury of wildlife caused by traffic. Wildlife movement and migration patterns over the surrounding landscape should be considered. The discussion should remain consistent with traffic-related discussions presented elsewhere in the ER.
 
*    Effects on terrestrial wildlife from maintaining transmission-line rights-of-way and other exterior areas and corridors.
 
*    Injury to birds and bats colliding with tall structures (e.g., natural draft cooling towers, communication towers, and electric transmission lines).
    *    Electrocution of birds and other wildlife by transmission lines and other electrical facilities.
 
*    Effects on terrestrial wildlife from electromagnetic radiation generated at switchyards and along electric transmission lines.
 
Important Species and Habitats Applicants should carefully consider which species and habitats that meet the criteria for importance in Table 2-1 could potentially be affected over the operational life of the proposed plant. The ER should include the following information with respect to potential effects of operations on important species and habitats:
    *    A discussion of how operation could affect terrestrial species and habitats identified as important using the criteria in Table 2-1.
 
*    A discussion of any relevant correspondence that has been initiated with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) or State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies about endangered, threatened or other special status species and habitats. The applicant should briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (including requests and responses by letters, e-mail, or phone call summaries).
    *    Cross-references to the aquatic ecology section below may be appropriate for important species using both terrestrial and aquatic habitats (e.g., crocodilians and some waterfowl).
5.3.2      Aquatic Impacts Operation of a nuclear power plant would affect the aquatic environment. Supplementary guidance on aquatic ecology environmental impact analyses is available in RG 4.24.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 93
 
The ER should include the following information relating to operational aquatic impacts:
* Description of the water withdrawal and consumptive water use from station operations and its effects on aquatic resources.
 
* Discussion of the conformance of the proposed intake structure to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Clean Water Act Section 316(b) national technology-based performance and proportional-flow requirements (66 FR 65256) (Ref. 66) for Phase I for new facilities.
 
* Information on National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits for the proposed site and/or current NPDES permit for existing units sited in proximity to the proposed units.
 
* Description of the susceptibility of important aquatic species at specific life stages to entrainment, and impingement in conjunction with operation of the plant cooling-system and entrainment or impingement rates from operation of the plant using data from studies as discussed in RG 4.24, including existing historical data from studies from co-located or nearby nuclear or fossil units.
 
* Discussion of stock assessments, if available and appropriate, as a metric for impact to the species for those important species potentially affected by station operation.
 
* Discussion of species and habitats that may be adversely affected by periodic operations (e.g., thermal backwashing).
* Discussion of species that may be affected by potential adverse effects from recirculation of heated effluent from the plant-discharge system, and altered hydrodynamic characteristics including altered circulation or current patterns. Discussion of habitats affected by the cooling- water system including bottom scouring near the discharge.
 
* Discussion of the temperature tolerance, duration of exposure, and avoidance behavior of susceptible important aquatic species in relation to thermal discharge, including heat shock and cold shock, at all affected life stages. This discussion should be based on a model, map and description of the thermal plume and should include variation seasonally and throughout the water column.
 
* Description of any potential changes to vectors causing aquatic species disease as a result of thermal discharges.
 
* Description of any potential changes to numbers of nuisance, invasive, and introduced species, including fish, aquatic vegetation and benthic invertebrates (e.g., Corbicula spp. or Mytilus spp.)
  onsite or in the vicinity of the proposed plant as a result of thermal discharges.
 
* Discussion of effects on important aquatic species resulting from chemical alterations (e.g., changes in salinity, dissolved oxygen, and biocides) to the receiving waterbody. Consider effects from both cooling-tower drift and cooling-system discharges.
 
* Discussion of effects on important aquatic species resulting from physical alterations (e.g., maintenance dredging to the receiving waterbody) including its substrate and aquatic vegetation.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 94
 
*    Description of any transmission-line and pipeline corridor maintenance practices anticipated to adversely affect aquatic biota.
 
*    Summary of any relevant correspondence or discussions with FWS, National Marine Fisheries Service or State, local, or Tribal natural resource agencies on the endangered, threatened or other special status species and habitats, including federally designated critical habitat. Briefly summarize and provide copies of key correspondence (including requests and responses by letters, e-mail, or phone call summaries).
5.4    Socioeconomics The ER should describe the socioeconomic impacts from operations on the economic region identified in Chapter 2 of this RG. However, the analysis should consider the entire 50-mi radius of the demographic region surrounding the site when appropriate. The scope of the review is guided by the magnitude and nature of the expected impacts associated with operations and by the site-specific community characteristics.
 
5.4.1      Physical Impacts This section should address the physical impacts to the community, including people, buildings, roads, and the aesthetic quality of the local viewsheds directly attributable to operations. Physical impacts include the effects of noise, odors, exhausts, thermal emissions, and visual intrusion. The geographic scope for this discussion may be smaller than the economic region, because physical impacts typically attenuate rapidly with distance. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
    *    Potential noise impacts directly attributable to operational activities to nearby residents and nearby users of recreational facilities. The applicant should base its analysis on the impacts to the closest residences, recreation areas, and facilities to the proposed plant.
 
*    Potential impacts of odors from operational activities on nearby residents and nearby users of recreational facilities. The analysis should be based on the expected exposure of the closest residences, recreation areas, and facilities to the proposed plant.
 
*    Potential impacts of changes in air quality from operational activities (e.g., auxiliary generator exhaust) on nearby residences, recreation areas, and facilities.
 
*    Potential impacts to structures from operational activities (e.g. damage to structures from cooling tower drift (salt deposition)).
    *    The extent of expected deterioration in the transportation infrastructure (roads, rails, waterways)
        caused by heavy-haul activities, normal deliveries, and worker commuting, including any anticipated increases in necessary road repair and maintenance. Discussion of traffic-related impacts (e.g., additional congestion) should be deferred to the discussion of community infrastructure impacts.
 
*    Description of degradation in the aesthetic quality of the viewshed visible to the general public (discussion of aesthetics impacts to recreation should be addressed as community infrastructure impacts), including:
              -    day and night visibility of new structures or the cooling tower plumes at the proposed site in conflict with the existing viewshed (e.g., tall structures blocking views), and RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 95
 
-    nighttime light nuisances (e.g., light pollution from the security lighting, warning lights for aircraft and lights from night delivery vehicles)
    *  Description of all mitigating actions to be taken by the applicant and any Federal, State, local, and Tribal, regulations, ordinances, and practices for mitigating the direct physical impacts of operational activities.
 
5.4.2      Demographic Impacts The ER should contain a high-level discussion of expected population changes from operation with emphasis on demographic subcategories. The discussion of population changes should cover the entire demographic region with a focus on the economic region where the majority of impacts are expected to occur. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
    *  Total expected in-migrating operations workforce by county and, if appropriate, community, including:
            -    family size and age of children disaggregated into age group as discussed in Chapter 4,
            -    discussion and rationale for the expected residency
            -    summary tabular presentation of expected operations and outage workforce impacts by geographic area (i.e., by county and, if useful, major urban area)
    *  Discussion of the expected geographic location of operations workers already within the economic and demographic regions.
 
5.4.3      Economic Impacts to the Community Economic impacts from operation activities include the stimulation of local economies toward new employment and new businesses. By definition, the area where these impacts are expected to occur is the economic region. Information from this section will inform the benefit-cost conclusions in Chapter 10
of the ER. The applicant should use an industry-standard economic input-output model to derive the impacts to the economic region from operation activities. The discussion should include monetized estimates, to the extent practicable.
 
Economy The applicant should include in the ER the following information relating to local economic impacts during operations over the licensed life of the proposed plant:
    *  Identification and description of the input-output model, input parameters used, and results generated. The output from most regional input-output models includes:
            -    expected direct and indirect employment attributable to operations
            -    expected direct and indirect income effects attributable to purchases and wages in support of operations
    *  Description of all assumptions affecting the conclusions drawn from this section, including the number of workers that drive the model, who will receive the benefits, and where in the economic RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 96
 
region those benefits would most likely be found. The discussion should describe how the models conclusions are affected by changes in the assumed number of workers.
 
Taxes To the extent possible the applicant should quantify direct tax-revenue impacts attributable to operation of the proposed project, based on the tax rate data from Chapter 2. Typical tax revenue discussions include the following:
    *    Income - Federal, state, and county income taxes during operations. The applicant should include in this discussion all assumptions about the number of workers, their wages, and their work schedule to fully inform the calculation of taxes.
 
*    Sales and use - If present, state, county, and local sales and use taxes should be reported based on the contributions from new residents (i.e., in-migrating workers and their families) and from the applicants estimated local purchases of operations-related services, materials, and supplies. The discussion should include an explanation of the tax rate, the assumptions behind the calculation of revenues, and a monetized estimate for each tax entity.
 
*    Property - Local property taxes during operations will most likely be the largest beneficial impact from the proposed project and may be subject to special government incentives, fee-in-lieu-of-tax agreements, or other assessment processes that differ from those for the general public. The discussion should refer to the baseline in Chapter 2 and include quantifying (in monetary terms)
        property tax payments over the 40-year life of the project.
 
5.4.4      Community Infrastructure Impacts Community impacts include all changes to the communities and governments of the economic region attributable to operations. Beginning with the baseline assessments found in Chapter 2, the applicant should assess the change in each of the following categories and provide a detailed discussion of process and assumptions, tables and/or figures that support the applicants conclusions:
Traffic The infrastructure impact to traffic differs from the physical impact to roads in that this assessment should discuss operations-related changes to the welfare and behavior of local residents primarily through traffic congestion during commuting times. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The applicant should include traffic assessments discussing the magnitude and schedule of each shift relative to the baseline traffic for the key affected roads for all operations workers, as well as congestion and accident-related consequences from outage workers.
 
Recreation Recreation impacts are the changes in recreational experience caused by operations-related changes to the viewshed, local environment, or quality/quantity of access to recreation venues. The applicant should base its recreation impact determinations on the local recreational venues, capacity, occupancy rate, and seasonal characteristics provided in Chapter 2 of this RG. The analysis should include, but not be limited to, the following information:
                                            RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 97
 
*  Aesthetic changes (e.g., impaired views and visible emissions) as discussed under physical impacts that reduce the attractiveness of and enjoyment of recreational venues.
 
*  Dust, plumes or any other degradations to visibility that could reduce the attractiveness of recreational venues.
 
*  Potential noise impacts directly attributable to operational activities to nearby recreational venues.
 
*  Demographic changes resulting from the in-migrating operations workforce that could cause additional competition for access to recreational venues and the impact that such increased demand could produce.
 
Housing The applicant should describe the expected impacts on local housing resources attributable to the operations workforce over the 40-year life of the proposed project. Sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis should accompany all discussion. The housing assessment should include the following:
    *  The expected number of in-migrating workforce members.
 
*  The underlying assumptions, including:
            -    family size
            -    operations worker residential distribution
            -    assumptions related to housing choice (e.g., rental housing, purchase of existing homes versus new construction)
            -    the property tax impacts from new construction of residential properties.
 
*  The location of expected housing resources by type in the context of the total housing resource for each affected county in the economic region (from Chapter 2).
    *  Whether the housing demand for new residents creates adverse impacts on the rental market.
 
Public Services The applicant should describe the expected impacts to public services in the economic region attributable to the operations-related in-migrating population. The discussion should be accompanied by sufficient tables and/or figures to support the analysis. The assessment of public services should include the impacts of increasing demand for public services by workers and their families:
    *  Estimate of the expected contribution to water and sewer use for each affected community, and the resulting impact to each service in the economic region.
 
*  Identification of the potential impact on police or fire services for each affected community in the economic region, including the expected increase in the number of employees (differentiated between duty officers and support staff), and the change in ratio of police or firefighters to population in order to maintain the current level of service.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 98
 
*    Identification of the expected number of new volunteer staff (as opposed to employee staff)
        needed to maintain the same ratio of first responder staff to population served.
 
*    Estimate of the expected impacts to medical facilities in the demographic region.
 
*    Estimate of the number of students that would be added because of in-migrating families, including the expected change in student-teacher ratios, with a comparison to any mandated maximum ratio.
 
5.5     Environmental Justice This section should assess whether the pathways identified in the environmental justice (EJ)
section for the affected environment (Chapter 2 of this RG) result in any disproportionately high and adverse environmental and human health effects to minority or low-income populations (potentially affected EJ populations) during operation. Impacts to the minority and low-income populations could arise from operational activities at or near the site, in the local communities affected by the proposed project (including in offsite areas such as transmission-line corridors), and in the wider economic and demographic regions.
 
The applicant should consider the potential for disproportionately high and adverse impacts for each socioeconomic impact area even if that area was determined to have a minor impact for the general population. The applicant should assess each of the pathways identified in Section 2.5.2 of this RG
against each socioeconomic impact area with regard to the potential for operation-related EJ impacts. The applicant will need to consult across the resource areas covered in the ER to determine whether impacts from operations could create a pathway leading to disproportionately high and adverse impact on potentially affected EJ populations.
 
5.5.1      Environmental Impacts The applicant should consider each impact area previously identified in the socioeconomics section for operation, even if the area had a minor impact, and discuss those impact areas where a potential pathway could result in a disproportionately high and adverse effect on potentially affected EJ
populations. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not impacts of operations would result in disproportionately high and adverse impacts on potentially affected EJ populations. The ER should also address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that could reduce negative impacts.
 
5.5.2      Human-Health Effects The applicant should include a qualitative (or quantitative, if more appropriate) discussion in the ER of the human-health pathways by which any environmental impact during operation could result in disproportionate impacts on any minority or low-income population (including radiological, cultural and economic factors). The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not human health impacts of operation could result in disproportionately high and adverse human-health effects during operations. The ER should address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts.
 
5.5.3      Subsistence, Special Conditions, and Unique Characteristics The applicant should describe the effects of operational activities on any established resource dependencies, cultural practices, or subsistence behaviors at or in the vicinity of the site, or at offsite RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 99
 
areas. The discussion should conclude with a determination of whether or not disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects could occur as a result of operations. The ER should address potential mitigation actions or other mitigating factors that would reduce negative impacts. Such information may include, but is not limited to:
    *    subsistence behavior (i.e., hunting, fishing, or other natural resource exploitation as an income supplement)
    *    unique cultural practices (e.g., American Indian Tribal religious and ceremonial reliance on natural resources such as sweet grasses, fish, and wild rice)
    *    special circumstances or unique characteristics, (e.g., minority communities identifiable in compact (smaller than a census block) locations, such as American Indian communities)
    *    any disproportionately high socioeconomic characteristic (e.g., a high dependence on pedestrian transportation.)
5.6      Historic and Cultural Resources Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended (NHPA)
(54 U.S.C. 300101 et seq.), requires that Federal agencies consider the effects of the agencys undertaking on historic properties included in, or eligible for, the National Register of Historic Places and, before approval of an undertaking, give the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) a reasonable opportunity to comment on the undertaking. The NHPA defines undertakings as any project or activity that is funded or under the direct jurisdiction of a Federal agency, or any project or activity that requires a Federal permit, license, or approval. The ACHPs regulations at 36 CFR Part 800, Protection of Historic Properties, set forth the procedures that define how Federal agencies meet Section 106 responsibilities.
 
Although the NRC retains the responsibility to formally initiate the Section 106 review, the applicant should provide information and analysis for the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) to comply with Section 106 requirements in a manner that minimizes the potential for delays in the environmental review. The applicant should identify any activities and impacts associated with the period of plant operations, including maintenance-related and reasonably foreseeable future construction activities (e.g., warehouse, ISFSI), that could affect historic and cultural resources within the area of potential effects (APE) (onsite or offsite, direct and indirect effects). The applicant should provide a site utilization plan that includes the location of reasonably foreseeable future construction activities.
 
Applicants should involve the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), local historic preservation officials, Tribal Historic Preservation Officer (THPO), and American Indian Tribes in the assessment.
 
The ER should include the following information (with appropriate reference to Chapter 2 of the ER to avoid duplication of information):
    *    Description of any operational activities, including maintenance activities that could affect onsite or offsite resources (e.g., ground-disturbing activity not discussed in Chapter 4, increases in traffic, and noise and visual intrusions (i.e., cooling towers and other plant structures)).
    *    Description of historic properties found in the direct and indirect APEs that may be affected by operational activities. The criteria specified in 36 CFR 800.5 should be used to assess adverse effects to historic properties. The assessment should provide a basis and documentation for how a conclusion is reached.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 100
 
*  Description of the effects associated with operation, including maintenance activities on historic and cultural resources that are not determined to be historic properties, but may be considered by SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, or members of the public to have cultural significance/importance in the context of National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (e.g., sacred sites, cemeteries, local gathering areas).
    *  Discuss the direct and indirect effects (e.g., ground disturbance, physical, visual, auditory, atmospheric such as fugitive dust, light, and traffic), if any, from the period of plant operations, including maintenance-related and reasonably foreseeable future construction activities (e.g.,
        warehouse, ISFSI), on nearby historic properties or important historic and cultural resources.
 
*  For indirect effects, the assessment should include drawings or modified photographs indicating the station facilities and their surroundings, if visible from these nearby important vantage points.
 
The assessment should lead to one of three conclusions (see 36 CFR 800.4):
            -  No historic properties present.
 
-  Historic properties present but the undertaking will have no effect upon them.
 
-  Adverse effect: The undertaking will harm one or more historic properties (see 36 CFR
                800.5).
        If a qualified professional (see Section 2.6.2) has recommended a no historic properties present determination, then the applicant should provide supporting documentation in the ER.
 
If a qualified professional has recommended a finding of no adverse effect to historic properties, the applicant should develop a plan that outlines protective measures to minimize or avoid these effects.
 
The applicant should engage the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes, and interested parties in the formalization of these protection plans and document this within the ER.
 
If a qualified professional determines that adverse effects to historic properties occur, the applicant should engage with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian Tribes and interested parties and document this determination in the ER. The ER should describe any procedures and cultural resource management plans developed by the applicant to protect historic and cultural resources during operations, as well as any measures to avoid, minimize or mitigate adverse effects. These procedures should also include steps to take in the event of inadvertent discoveries, including the discovery of human remains.
 
The applicant should be aware that the NRC, as a Federal agency, is responsible for consulting with the SHPO, THPO, American Indian tribes and interested parties as part of the Section 106 compliance process. If the NRC determines an adverse effect will occur, it will, in accordance with Part
800, develop proposed measures in consultation with identified consulting parties that might avoid, minimize, or mitigate such effects. Such measures, as appropriate, would be discussed in the NRC staffs environmental impact statement (EIS). If the NRC staff determines that adverse effects would occur, it can develop a Memorandum of Agreement or Programmatic Agreement (See 36 CFR Part 800.6), as appropriate. See Appendix B for additional information on consultation.
 
5.7    Air Resources The ER should adequately describe the impacts to the atmosphere from cooling-system operations, as well as the impacts to air quality from operation of the proposed plant and associated RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 101
 
transmission lines. The scope of the review is based on the magnitude and nature of the expected impacts associated with the operations and the characteristics of the site and vicinity. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data used, resulting output, and approaches used in the analyses for operation impacts to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
 
5.7.1      Cooling-System Impacts The applicant should describe atmospheric impacts from cooling-system operations. The description should include the following:
    *  type of cooling system
    *  cooling-system characteristics (e.g., the number of towers and fans, location, elevation above sea- level, tower physical dimensions, and release height)
    *  performance characteristics (e.g., air and water mass flow rates, water temperature entering and leaving the tower, air temperature leaving the tower, and amount of heat released)
    *  drift characteristics (e.g., drift rate, drift droplet size distributions, and concentration of dissolved and suspended solids).
    *  analytical technique(s) for estimating cooling-system impacts (e.g., model and meteorological data used)
    *  estimates of cooling-system impacts at the site and vicinity, including the following:
              -  monthly and/or seasonal and annual plume lengths
              -  monthly and/or seasonal and annual additional hours of fogging and icing
              -  monthly and/or seasonal and annual amounts and locations of salt deposition
              -  monthly and/or seasonal and annual increases in humidity and precipitation, including snowfall
              -  potential local weather modification from cloud formation/shadowing
              -  interactions of plume with other pollutant sources
5.7.2      Air-Quality Impacts The applicant should describe air-quality impacts associated with operations. The description should include the following:
    *  Identification of applicable Federal, State, and local air regulations and required air permits for operation.
 
*  Sources and types of air pollutant emissions, including mitigating measures, and plans to minimize air emissions.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 102
 
*  Estimates of annual air emissions for criteria air pollutants identified in the National Ambient Air Quality Standards from sources such as diesel generators, engines, boilers, cooling towers, and commuter vehicles. If the proposed site is located in a nonattainment or maintenance area with respect to a criteria pollutant, the emission estimates can be used as a basis for assessing the applicability of a conformity analysis (see 40 CFR 93, Subpart B and NRC Memorandum Revision to Staff Guidance for Conducting General Conformity Determinations).
    *  Estimates of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (expressed in units of CO2 equivalents) resulting from station operation, including GHG emissions from standby diesel generators and workforce transportation. The applicant should compare these GHG emissions to State and national GHG
        emissions and, if available, State or Public Utility Commission GHG emission reduction goals (from Chapter 2). The applicant may provide either site-specific estimates or refer to the generic GHG footprint for a 1000-MW(e) reactor. The analysis should be adjusted according to the proposed action (number of units, electrical output). The assumptions, factors, and other information used in any site-specific analysis should be described in sufficient detail to allow an independent evaluation and assessment of the resulting GHG emissions estimate (Ref. 15).
5.7.3      Transmission-Line Impacts The applicant should describe air-quality impacts associated with transmission lines, including a description and quantification of ozone (O3) and nitrogen oxides (NOx) production associated with power transmission.
 
5.8    Nonradiological Health The applicant should address nonradiological human health impacts of operating a new nuclear power plant. This includes a discussion of health impacts on the public and workers from operation of the cooling system, noise generated by operations, electromagnetic fields (EMFs), and transportation. In addition, the applicant should address any other sources of potential nonradiological health impacts (e.g., chemical).
5.8.1      Etiological Agents and Emerging Contaminants The applicant should describe the operation of systems that might increase the presence and distribution of etiological agents and emerging contaminants that affect human health. These include the operation of cooling systems (e.g., release of thermal discharges into reservoirs or rivers, and cooling towers). The discussion should include the following:
    *  Type of cooling system, the source and discharge waterbody.
 
*  Types of etiological agents that may be present.
 
*  Temperature increase expected for the aquatic environment from the plants thermal discharge. If discharge of blowdown water is to a river, the contribution of discharge to total flow and the change in water temperature should be described. Seasonal differences in temperature should also be described.
 
*  The pathways for public and worker exposure from cooling system discharge (e.g., use of reservoir for recreational activities, collection of shellfish in thermal discharge, or workers performing cooling tower maintenance).
                                            RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 103
 
*  Suspected contributing factors related to the incidence of disease should be discussed. Potential linkage between operation and these agents should be provided. Historical records of disease incidence should be presented.
 
*  The potential pathways for the transfer of contaminants and materials in the reclaimed water or impaired surface waters to both the public and station workforce should be addressed. Transfer of these chemicals and compounds to members of the public and the workforce could occur as a result of maintenance and operation of the station cooling systems as well as from the disposal of sanitary wastes. Releases from the proposed facility in the form of drift or blowdown should be evaluated.
 
*  The effect of cycles of concentration associated with the use of closed-cycle cooling on the release of chemicals and materials in the reclaimed water or impaired water sources to the public, the workforce and the environment from cooling tower drift or station blowdown.
 
*  The effect of discharges to the environment from the sanitary waste system and its potential impact on humans should be discussed.
 
*  A discussion of State and local restrictions or requirements on the use of reclaimed or polluted water by the proposed facility.
 
*  Any BMPs and any other mitigation strategies required or planned to address the impacts of etiological agents or emerging contaminants.
 
5.8.2      Noise Impacts The applicant should describe noise impacts associated with operations. The description should include the following:
    *  applicable Federal, State, and local regulations and/or ordinances governing noise from building activities
    *  background noise measurements and closest noise-sensitive human receptors or sensitive areas (Chapter 2 of this RG)
    *  sources of noise from the proposed plant (e.g., operation of mechanical draft cooling towers and intake pumps)
    *  peak noise level measurements for each identified source type, along with estimated noise levels at representative distances, with attenuation by distance alone (i.e., not taking advantage of any intervening foliage, terrain changes, or permanent barriers between the source and the receptor)
    *  measurement or calculation of the levels of noise from each of the identified sources at the closest noise-sensitive human receptors identified in Section 2.8.2, including a description of any noise- abatement models
    *  any BMPs and any other mitigation strategies required or planned for noise abatement for operation of the proposed plant RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 104
 
If the measured or calculated noise level from any identified source type exceeds 65 dBA (see NUREG-1437, Initial and Revision 1, for additional information) at any noise-sensitive human receptor or at the site boundary when calculated with attenuation by distance alone, the applicant should determine the noise level that would result from taking advantage of natural attenuation, such as intervening foliage, natural barriers, and changes in terrain. The determination of natural attenuation may be accomplished by the applicant performing a series of leaf-on and leaf-off noise surveys or by using an industry standard modeling or calculation process. If the measured or calculated noise level from the source exceeding the
65 dBA threshold cannot be demonstrated to be reduced through natural attenuation to below the threshold, the applicant should describe specific mitigation measures to be used to reduce the noise level to below 65 dBA.
 
5.8.3      Electric Shock Impacts The applicant should describe electric shock effects of EMFs associated with transmission lines.
 
The description should include the following:
    *  types of transmission lines (Chapter 3 of this RG)
    *  types of potential exposures to transmission lines (e.g., electric shock from direct contact or induced charge to metal structures)
    *  impact to human health compared to national standards (e.g., National Electric Safety Code) and State and local codes and regulations
5.8.4      Chronic Effects of Electromagnetic Fields Operating power transmission lines in the United States produce EMFs of non-ionizing radiation at 60 Hz, which is considered to be an extremely low frequency (ELF)-EMF. NRC has reviewed the available scientific literature on chronic effects on human health from ELF-EMF and concurs with the conclusions of the Advisory Group on Non-Ionising Radiation as stated in Power Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, Melatonin and the Risk of Breast Cancer (Ref. 67); by the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) as stated in NIEHS Report on Health Effects from Exposure to Power-Line Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields (Ref. 68); and the World Health Organization as stated in Extremely Low Frequency Fields (Ref. 69). The NIEHS report contains the following conclusion:
        The NIEHS concludes that ELF-EMF exposure cannot be recognized as entirely safe because of weak scientific evidence that exposure may pose a leukemia hazard. In our opinion, this finding is insufficient to warrant aggressive regulatory concern. However, because virtually everyone in the United States uses electricity and therefore is routinely exposed to ELF-EMF, passive regulatory action is warranted such as a continued emphasis on educating both the public and the regulated community on means aimed at reducing exposures. The NIEHS does not believe that other cancers or non-cancer health outcomes provide sufficient evidence of a risk to currently warrant concern.
 
See also the discussion of this issue in NUREG-1437 (Initial and Revision 1) and Table B-1 in 10
CFR Part 51. The applicant should review and report whether there is any new information regarding whether a consensus has been reached by the appropriate Federal health agencies pertaining to the effects of long-term or chronic exposure to EMFs.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 105
 
5.8.5        Occupational Health The applicant should describe human-health risks for operations personnel engaged in activities such as maintenance, testing, and plant modifications for the proposed project. The description should include the following:
    *  The incidence of occupational health risks described in Chapter 2 of this RG.
 
*  Occupational health risks compared to the incidence rate for workers in similar occupations (e.g., electric power generation, transmission, and distribution). Include State and Federal labor references in the discussion.
 
*  Standards, practices, and procedures to reduce the potential for occupational injury and fatality risk.
 
5.8.6        Human Health Impacts from Transportation The applicant should provide estimates of the potential human-health impacts related to nonradiological traffic-related accidents from commuting operations and outage workers and transportation of supplies, equipment, and nonradiological waste to and from the proposed site.
 
Nonradiological traffic-related impacts refer to the accidents, injuries, and fatalities estimated to occur from traffic accidents during movement of operations workers to and from the proposed site during operations. Where possible, the impacts should be estimated using information specific to the proposed site (e.g., by using county-specific accident statistics). The following information should be provided:
    *  Summary of provisions for site access during operations, including during outages.
 
*  Description of the method(s) used to estimate nonradiological traffic-related accident impacts, including nonradiological traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities. Nonradiological traffic-related accident impacts should be estimated using round-trip distances.
 
Specification of input parameters and sources used in the impact assessment. Where assumptions are used to fill in missing or highly uncertain data (e.g., commute distances, persons per vehicle, and number of deliveries), the assumptions should be bounding and reasonable (i.e., the assumptions tend to overstate transportation impacts yet are not so conservative that they could mask the true environmental impacts of the reactor and lead to invalid conclusions). The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to inform NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation, indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
 
*  Annual number of traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities.
 
5.9      Radiological Health during Normal Operation and Radioactive Waste Management The applicant should evaluate the potential radiological impacts to the public, workers and nonhuman biota that includes the radiological sources from operation of the proposed facility. This includes a discussion of the estimated radiation dose to members of the public, workers, and to the nonhuman biota inhabiting the area around the proposed site. The applicant should also evaluate the environmental impacts from low-level solid waste management (LLW) and onsite storage of spent fuel.
 
The ER should use the same units of measure as used in the FSAR.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 106
 
5.9.1      Exposure Pathways The applicant should provide the following in the ER:
    *  The environmental pathways by which radiation from radioactive effluents can be transmitted from the proposed plant to living organisms. Figure 5-1 identifies the exposure pathways to humans and Figure 5-2 addresses the exposure pathways to nonhuman biota.
 
*  The sources of direct radiation exposures. These sources should include, but not be limited to, independent spent-fuel storage installations, radioactive waste handling facilities, low-level waste storage facilities, condensate storage tanks, fuel buildings, turbine buildings, and skyshine.
 
*  The pathways for gaseous effluents considering immersion in the gaseous plume, inhalation of iodines and particulates, ingestion of iodines and particulates through the milk cow, milk goat, meat animal and vegetation pathways, radiation from iodines and particulates deposited on the ground.
 
*  The pathways for liquid effluents considering drinking water, ingestion of fish and invertebrates and shoreline activities for water containing radioactive effluents.
 
*  Site-specific unusual pathways uniquely associated with the proposed facilities.
 
5.9.2      Radiation Doses to Members of the Public In the ER, the applicant should provide an estimate of the maximum annual individual dose and the annual total collective doses to the population within 50-mi (80-km) from radioactive gaseous and liquid effluents released from the plant during operation. The ER should provide the inputs for these calculations as well as the source of the data used. The information in the ER should be consistent with the information in the FSAR.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 107
 
Figure 5-1. Example Exposure Pathways to Humans (adapted from Ref. 70)
                      RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 108
 
Figure 5-2. Example Exposure Pathways to Nonhuman Biota (adapted from Ref. 70)
                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 109
 
Liquid Effluent Pathway The ER should contain the following:
 
* Liquid pathway doses to the maximally exposed individual (MEI) calculated using the current NRC-approved computer code (e.g., LADTAP II) (Ref. 71), that comply with RG 1.109, Calculation of Annual Doses to Man From Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purposes of Evaluating Compliance with 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix I (Ref. 72). The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to inform NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references),
        indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
 
*  The activities considered in the dose calculations: (1) consumption of drinking water affected by liquid effluents; (2) consumption of fish and invertebrates from water sources affected by liquid effluents; (3) direct radiation from swimming, boating, and shoreline activities on waterbodies affected by liquid effluents; and (4) ingestion of irrigated foods.
 
*  Other parameters used as inputs to the current approved computer code including effluent discharge rate, dilution factor for discharge, transit time to receptor, and liquid pathway consumption and usage factors (i.e., shoreline usage, fish consumption, and drinking water consumption).
    *  The location of the MEI, the age of the MEI (i.e., infant, child, teen, or adult), and source of the majority of the dose. In addition, the ER should provide the maximally exposed organ, and source of that dose.
 
*  The calculated annual collective population doses in units of person-rem for this pathway based on an estimated population distribution late in the timeframe of the proposed license.
 
In the ER, the applicant should provide the doses to the MEI in a table similar to Table 5-1.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 110
 
Table 5-1. Annual Doses to the Maximally Exposed Individual for Liquid Effluent Releases from the Proposed Facility Pathway                Age Group          Total Body        Maximum Organ              Thyroid (mrem/yr)              (mrem/yr)            (mrem/yr)
Drinking Water                    Adult Teen Child Infant Fish and                          Adult Invertebrate Teen Child Direct Radiation All Source: [Provide all sources of data.]
Gaseous Effluent Pathway The ER should contain the following:
        Gaseous pathway doses to the MEI using the currently NRC-approved computer code (e.g., GASPAR II) (Ref. 73), at the nearest residence, garden, and meat animal and the exclusion area boundary (EAB) that comply with RG 1.109. The applicant should provide in the ER sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to inform NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
 
*    The calculated annual collective population doses in units of person-rem for this pathway based on an estimated population distribution late in the timeframe of the proposed license.
 
-    The following activities should be considered in the dose calculations: (1) direct radiation from immersion in the gaseous effluent cloud and from particulates deposited on the ground; (2) inhalation of gases and particulates; (3) ingestion of meat and milk from animals eating grass affected by gases and particulates deposited on the ground; and
                  (4) ingestion of garden vegetables affected by gases and particulates deposited on the ground.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 111
 
*    The gaseous effluent releases used in the estimate of dose to the MEI and population and other parameters used as inputs to the computer program should be provided (e.g., population data, atmospheric dispersion factors, ground deposition factors, receptor locations, and consumption factors).
          The doses to the MEI should be presented in a table similar Table 5-2.
 
Table 5-2. Doses to the Maximally Exposed Individual from Gaseous Effluent Pathway Total Body      Max Organ Skin Dose      Thyroid Dose Pathway            Age Group            Dose          (Specify)
                                                                                (mrem/yr)        (mrem/yr)
                                              (mrem/yr)      (mrem/yr)
Plume (distance and direction)
Ground (distance and direction)
Inhalation Nearest residence (distance and direction)
Vegetable (distance and direction)
Meat animals (distance and direction)
Milk animals (distance and direction)
5.9.3      Impacts to Members of the Public This section describes the applicants evaluation of the estimated impacts from radiological releases and direct radiation from the proposed facility. The evaluation should address dose from operations to the MEI located at the proposed site boundary and the population dose (collective dose to the population within 50 mi) around the proposed site.
 
Maximally Exposed Individual The applicant should provide the total body and organ dose estimates to the MEI from liquid and gaseous effluents for the proposed facility and compare it to the design objectives of 10 CFR Part 50,
Appendix I. A comparison of the dose estimates for the proposed facility should be presented in a table similar to Table 5-3.
 
For multiple units, or building of a new unit adjacent to an operating unit, the applicant should compare the combined dose estimates from direct radiation and gaseous and liquid effluents from the operating facility and the proposed facility. The data should be provided in a table similar to Table 5-4 and compared to the dose standards in 40 CFR Part 190, Environmental Radiation Protection Standards for Nuclear Power Operations, (Ref. 74).
                                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 112
 
Table 5-3.    Comparison of MEI Annual Dose Estimates from Liquid and Gaseous Effluents to 10
              CFR Part 50, Appendix I Design Objectives Radionuclide                    Applicant              Appendix I
                          Releases/Dose                    Assessment        Design Objectives Gaseous effluents (noble gases only)
              Beta air dose (mrad/yr)                                                  20
              Gamma air dose (mrad/yr)                                                  10
              Total body dose (mrem/yr)                                                  5 Skin dose (mrem/yr)                                                      15 Gaseous effluents (radioiodines and particulates)
              Organ dose (mrem/yr)                                                      15 Liquid effluents Total body dose (mrem/yr)                                                  3 Maximum organ dose (mrem/yr)                                              10
                            Table 5-4. Comparison of Doses to 40 CFR Part 190
                        Operating Facility    Proposed Facility
                                                                                            40 CFR Part 190
                          Combined liquid,      Combined liquid,        Site Total dose Radionuclide Dose                                                                          Dose Standards direct and gaseous    direct and gaseous        (mrem/yr)
                                                                                              (mrem/yr)
                          dose (mrem/yr)        dose (mrem/yr)
Whole body dose                                                                                  25 Thyroid                                                                                          75 Any other organ                                                                                  25 Source: [Provide all sources of data.]
Population Dose The applicant should estimate the annual collective population total body dose in units of person- rem within a 50-mi radius of the proposed site. The estimated collective dose to the same population from natural background radiation should also be estimated and the two values compared. The dose from natural background radiation should be calculated by multiplying the 50-mi population estimate for the year operation is expected to cease (for the 40-year license including through one license renewal) by the average annual background dose rate of 311 mrem/yr from the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP), Ionizing Radiation Exposure of the Population of the United States (Ref.
 
75), or the currently accepted natural background dose rate at the location being considered for the proposed site.
 
5.9.4      Occupational Doses to Workers The applicant should provide an estimate for the annual occupation dose to workers, including outage activities, in units of person-rem. This value can either be estimated from the DCD for the reactor RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 113
 
design, from the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, FSAR or from reports on doses to workers at operational units at the site.
 
5.9.5      Doses to Nonhuman Biota The applicant should determine if there is any potential for significant radiological impacts to biota other than members of the public and, if so, estimate the nature and magnitude of the impact. The scope of the review should include an analysis of radiation-exposure pathways to biota.
 
In the ER, the applicant should include the following:
     *  Pathways identified in Section 5.9.1 of this RG.
 
*  Biota to be evaluated. The biota to be considered are those species of local flora and local and migratory fauna defined as important (Table 2-1) and whose terrestrial and/or aquatic habitats provide the highest potential for radiation exposure. Or, the applicant should specify surrogates for aquatic species (e.g., fish, invertebrates, and algae) and for terrestrial species (e.g., muskrats, raccoons, herons, and ducks).
    *  An estimation, considering exposure pathways and the distribution of facility-derived radioactivity in the environs, of the following: (1) the maximum radionuclide concentrations that may be present in important local flora and local and migratory fauna and (2) the internal dose rates (millirad/year) that may result from those concentrations. Values of bioaccumulation factors, concentration ratios, and transfer factors used in preparing the estimates should be based on site-specific data, if available; otherwise, values from the literature may be used. The applicant should tabulate and reference the values of bioaccumulation factors used in the calculations. Dose rates to important local flora and local and migratory fauna that receive the highest external exposures should be provided along with a description of the calculational models. The bioaccumulation factor for aquatic organisms is the value of the ratio: (concentration in organism)/(concentration in water). The soil-to-plant concentration ratio is the ratio of plant concentration (dry weight)/(the concentration in dry soil). The feed-to-organism transfer factor is the ratio of (concentration in fresh tissue)/(daily intake of the radionuclide by the organism).
        Values of bioaccumulation factors, concentration ratios, and transfer factors can be obtained from the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) documents Sediment Distribution Coefficients and Concentration Factors for biota in the Marine Environment (Ref. 76) and Handbook of Parameter Values for the Prediction of Radionuclide Transfer in Terrestrial and Freshwater Environments (Ref. 77).
        The applicant should provide the doses from the liquid and gaseous pathways and the total body nonhuman biota dose from all pathways.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 114
 
Table 5-5 is an example of how to present the data.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 115
 
Table 5-5. Nonhuman Biota Doses for Proposed Reactor(s)
                                                                                  Total Body Biota Dose Liquid Pathway Dose        Gaseous Pathway Dose Biota                                                                      All Pathways (mrad/yr)                (mrad/yr)
                                                                                          (mrad/yr)
      Fish Invertebrate Algae Muskrat Raccoon Heron Duck Source: [Provide all sources of data]
        The applicant should then compare the estimated total body dose rates to surrogate biota species that would be produced by releases from the proposed facility to the IAEA guidelines in Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Plants and Animals at Levels Implied by Current Radiation Protection Standards (Ref. 78) and the NCRP biota dose guidelines in Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Aquatic Organisms (Ref. 79). The results of the analysis should be provided in a table similar to Table 5-6.
 
Table 5-6. Comparison of Biota Doses from the Proposed Reactor(s) to Relevant Guidelines for Biota Protection IAEA/NCRP Dose Guidelines Total Body Dose Biota                                      for Protection of Biota (mrad/d)
                                                                    Populations (mrad/d)
                  Fish                                                      1000
                  Invertebrate                                              1000
                  Algae                                                      1000
                  Muskrat                                                    100
                  Raccoon                                                    100
                  Heron                                                      100
                  Duck                                                      100
5.9.6      Radiological Monitoring Regarding the radiological environmental monitoring program (REMP), located in the Offsite Dose Calculation Manual, for the site, the applicant should provide the following:
    *  The dates when the preoperational REMP began and when the operational REMP began. If the site does not have an operational reactor or does not have a permanently shutdown reactor, the applicant should provide the date when the preoperational REMP is expected to start.
 
*  A brief summary of the REMP.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 116
 
*  If there is an operational REMP at the site, the applicant should address whether the current REMP will be used or if there will be changes to the REMP from the addition of the proposed plant.
 
5.9.7      Solid Waste Management and Onsite Spent Fuel Storage Based on the information provided in Section 3.4.2, Radioactive Waste Management, the applicant should provide the following:
    *  A summary of plans for minimizing the production and processing of Class A, B, and C LLW
        onsite.
 
*  An estimate of the amount of Class A, B, and C LLW that can be stored onsite and an estimate for how long it would take for storage to meet maximum capacity.
 
*  A discussion about whether there are plans for constructing temporary storage facilities onsite.
 
*  An estimate of the quantity of spent fuel that will be able to be stored onsite in both the spent fuel pool and in an ISFSI and provide an estimate of when the spent fuel storage would meet maximum capacity.
 
*  Information on whether there are plans for building an ISFSI, being cognizant of the analysis in NUREG-2157.
 
5.10  Nonradioactive Waste Management Liquid and gaseous radioactive releases from the reactor are considered effluent releases and are evaluated in Section 5.9. The applicant should describe the environmental impacts that could result from the generation, handling, and disposal of nonradioactive waste during operation. The types of nonradioactive waste that would be generated, handled, and disposed of during operation include municipal solid waste, industrial solid wastes, stormwater runoff, sanitary waste, liquid effluents containing chemicals or biocides, industrial liquid wastes, used oils and lubricants from vehicle maintenance, and combustion emissions. In addition, small quantities of hazardous waste, including mixed waste, may be generated during operations. Mixed waste is waste that is a combination of hazardous and low-level radioactive waste.
 
5.10.1    Impacts to Land The applicant should describe the expected nonradioactive waste streams destined for land-based treatment or disposal during operation. The description should include the following:
    *  Type of waste streams. Typical solid waste generation comes from water-treatment wastes, laboratory wastes, trash, sanitary waste, cooling-water intake screen debris, and small quantities of hazardous and mixed waste.
 
*  Actions to address waste streams, including waste minimization, recycling, transportation, storage, and disposal.
 
*  Federal, State, and local codes and regulations that address solid waste, including any permits necessary for solid waste at the site.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 117
 
The applicant should then describe the expected impacts to land use associated with the disposal of nonradioactive waste.
 
5.10.2      Impacts to Water The applicant should describe nonradioactive liquid-waste streams associated with operations.
 
The description should include the following:
    *  Type of waste streams. Typical liquid-waste generation comes from cooling-water blowdown, auxiliary-boiler blowdown, water-treatment wastes, discharge from floor and equipment drains, stormwater runoff, effluents from the sanitary sewage-treatment system, and facility and vehicle maintenance activities.
 
*  Actions to address waste streams, including waste minimization and treatment, recycling, storage, and disposal.
 
*  Federal, State, and local codes and regulations that address liquid waste, including any permits necessary for liquid-waste disposal at the site.
 
The applicant should then describe the expected impacts to water resources associated with the releases of nonradioactive waste.
 
5.10.3      Impacts to Air The applicant should describe nonradioactive gaseous waste streams associated with operations.
 
Identify if these impacts have been addressed under Air Resources Impacts. The description should include the following:
    *  Type of waste streams. Typical gaseous waste generation comes from emissions from the combustion of fossil fuels, volatile emissions from those fuels, and other volatile organic compounds from the use of materials such as paints, oils, and solvents.
 
*  Actions to address waste streams, including any emission-control systems and waste minimization.
 
*  Federal, State, and local codes and regulations that address gaseous emissions. Include any permits necessary for liquid-waste disposal at the site.
 
The applicant should then describe the expected impacts to air quality associated with the emissions of nonradioactive waste.
 
5.11    Environmental Impacts of Postulated Accidents The applicant should evaluate the radiological consequences to the environment from potential accidents at the proposed site. The term accident refers to any off-normal event due to equipment failure or malfunction that results in the release of radioactive materials into the environment. The evaluation should be site-specific and focus on events that could lead to releases substantially in excess of permissible limits for normal operations (i.e., design-basis accident (DBAs) and severe accidents). Severe accident mitigation alternatives (SAMAs) should be evaluated to determine if there are any procedures, training activities, or plant-design alternatives (i.e., severe accident mitigation design alternatives (SAMDAs)) that could significantly reduce environmental risks at the site. As discussed below, the RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 118
 
applicants evaluation should be performed in accordance with the current version of NRC guidance documents.
 
5.11.1      Design-Basis Accidents DBAs are evaluated in the FSAR, and include a spectrum of events that the plant should be designed specifically to accommodate. DBA analyses have a direct impact on the design of safety-related systems, structures, and components that are designed to ensure adequate protection of the public health and safety. These safety analyses are intentionally performed in a very conservative manner to compensate for uncertainties in accident progression. The radiological consequences of DBAs are assessed as part of the safety review to demonstrate that the plant can be sited and operated without undue risk to the health and safety of the public.
 
Due to the conservatisms used in modeling of accident progression and atmospheric transport in the safety evaluation of DBAs in the FSAR, these analyses do not provide a realistic picture of the environmental consequences of accidents that the plant is designed to accommodate. The environmental impacts evaluation of DBAs using realistic assumptions on accident progression and atmospheric transport would be expected to result in estimated dose consequences lower than those documented in the FSAR. Therefore, for the environmental report it is appropriate to evaluate the DBAs using the FSAR
accident release assumptions in conjunction with realistic atmospheric transport assumptions.
 
Within the ER, the applicant should evaluate DBAs using site-specific data and realistic meteorology (i.e., 50th percentile atmospheric dispersion) to estimate doses at offsite locations. The radiological consequences of the DBAs are assessed, and the resulting doses compared to relevant dose criteria used in the NRC staffs safety review of DBAs (see NUREG-0800, Chapter 15). The applicant should provide the following information to support the NRC staffs environmental review of DBAs:
    *  list and description of each DBA being considered as having a potential for releases to the environment; the DBAs should be consistent with the DBAs listed in applicable guidance (e.g., those described in RG 1.183, Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Plants [Ref. 80]), and analyzed in the FSAR
    *  time-dependent isotopic activities (i.e., the source term) released to the environment for each DBA
    *  estimated doses for each DBA using realistic (i.e., 50th percentile) atmospheric dispersion factors
        (/Q values) for the site (see Chapter 2 of this RG), taking into account the following:
              -  for the EAB, the dose should be calculated for a 2-hour period
              -  for the low-population zone (LPZ), the dose should be calculated for the course of the accident (i.e., 30 days, including 0-8 hr, 8-24 hr, 1-4 days, 4-30 days).
              -  comparison of the DBA doses with review dose criteria given in regulations related to the application (e.g., 10 CFR 50.34(a)(1), 10 CFR 52.17(a)(1), and 10 CFR 52.79(a)(1)
                  standard review plans (i.e., SRP criteria, Table 1 in SRP Section 15.0.3 of NUREG-0800)
                  and regulatory guides, (e.g., RG 1.183), as applicable.
 
*  conclusion on the degree of environmental impact caused by postulated DBAs at this site RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 119
 
5.11.2      Severe Accidents The applicant should evaluate the mean environmental (i.e., individual, population, economic, and contaminated land area) probability-weighted consequences, or risks, of severe accidents involving radioactive material within a 50 mi radius of the site. Severe accidents involve multiple failures of equipment or function and, therefore, the likelihood of occurrence is lower for severe accidents than for DBAs; however the consequences of such accidents may be higher. The risks for specific severe accident types are defined as the product of the probability of that type of accident occurring multiplied by the estimated consequences for that type of accident. Severe accident types (or major release categories),
source terms, and associated probabilities (i.e., core damage frequencies) are reactor-specific and determined from the design (i.e., Level 1 and Level 2) probabilistic risk assessment (PRA).
        The Level 1 and Level 2 PRAs should be consistent with NRC staffs safety review guidance for PRAs (see SRP Chapter 19 of NUREG-0800). The site-specific environmental risks of severe accidents (i.e., Level 3 PRA) should consider all severe accident types from the Level 1 PRA, and apply all source terms from the Level 2 PRA. The Level 2 PRA information for the transition from radioactive material release to Level 3 PRA needs to have clear traceability of the release category quantifications back to the radioactive material release analysis. This would ensure that the necessary event information (e.g. event frequencies, source term release fractions and plume segments) from internally initiated events, fire events, flooding events, low power and shutdown events, and externally initiated events that could affect the Level 3 PRA analysis is provided in a suitable form for the NRC staff environmental review.
 
The ER should estimate the risks applying an acceptable methodology that uses onsite and regional meteorology, population, and land-use data (see Chapter 2 of this RG for relevant site-specific meteorological, population and land-use guidance.) Relevant environmental pathways that lead to radiation dose should be considered in the consequence assessment, including the air, ground, food, surface water, and groundwater. The applicant should provide the following information to support the NRC staffs environmental review of severe accidents:
    *  reference for the reactor design and the associated PRA (through Level 2) used in the severe accident risk analysis;
    *  list of severe accident release sequences and their associated core damage frequencies (CDFs)
        from the Level 1 PRA and source terms for internally initiated events, fire events, flooding events, low power and shutdown events, and externally initiated events as are appropriate for the application (e.g., high winds and other external hazards) as determined from the Level 2 PRA;
    *  description of the methodology used to estimate site-specific severe accident risks (i.e., Level 3 PRA), including the computer code(s) to be used in the analyses, such as MELCOR Accident Consequence Code System (MACCS) code package (see NUREG/CR-6613, Code Manual for MACCS2: Users Guide, Volume 1, (Ref. 81)).
    *  sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., FSAR, DCD or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
 
*  description of the meteorological data and years used in the analysis and an estimate of severe accident population dose risks from the air pathway RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 120
 
*  description of any emergency response scenarios, including evacuation, sheltering, and dose- dependent relocation assumptions used in the analysis;
    *  description of the demographic and population data used in the analysis based on the 50-mi population estimate for the year operation is expected to cease;
    *  description of the land-use characterization (e.g., farmland) and land fractions used in the analysis and an estimate of the contaminated land area risks from severe accidents;
    *  description of the food pathway model information for the nuclides to be considered, crop categories to be used, transfer factors, and possible mitigative actions;
    *  description of the economic input data (e.g., land values, relocation costs, and cleanup costs) used in the analysis and an estimate of the economic cost risks from severe accidents;
    *  description of surface-water users and watershed data used in the analysis and an estimate of severe accident population dose risks from the surface-water pathway;
    *  description of aquifers used in the analysis and an estimate of severe accident population dose risks from the groundwater pathway;
    *  description of the comparison of the core damage frequencies estimated for the reactor to those for current-generation reactors and the comparison of the population dose risks to the mean and median values for current-generation reactors undergoing license renewal;
    *  description of individual (i.e., early fatality and latent cancer) risks and population dose risks from severe accidents; these risks should be compared to the Commissions Safety Goals
        (51 FR 30028 (Ref. 82)) and with dose risks from routine and anticipated operational releases,
    *  description of the methodology used to estimate site-specific accident risks (i.e., Level 3 PRA)
        including the computer code applied, such as MACCS code package, and
    *  description of the parameter information applied in the Level 3 PRA. Note that NUREG/CR-
        4551, Evaluation of Severe Accident Risks: Quantification of Major Input Parameters (Ref.
 
83), demonstrates the development of the parameter information for the offsite environmental risk analysis of severe accidents (i.e., Level 3 PRA) that supported NUREG-1150, Severe Accident Risks: An Assessment for Five U.S. Nuclear Power Plants (Ref. 84).
5.11.3      Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives The applicant should evaluate SAMAs, including procedures, training activities, and plant-design alternatives (i.e., SAMDAs), that could significantly reduce the environmental risks from a severe accident. SAMAs can reduce risk by preventing substantial core damage or by limiting radiological releases from containment in the event of substantial core damage. The current regulations and staff guidance discussed in this section and developed after the Limerick decision (Limerick Ecology Action vs.
 
NRC, 1989, 869 F.2d 719, 3d Cir. 1989 (Ref. 85)) directs the NRC staff to consider SAMAs for new reactor licensing actions. Therefore, a SAMA evaluation is required in ERs for combined licenses.
 
In preparing SAMA analyses, the applicant should apply the latest regulatory guidance as it relates to the determination and estimation of values and impacts, including a sensitivity analysis (e.g., see NUREG/BR-0058, Regulatory Analysis Guidelines of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 121
 
Commission (Ref. 86); and NUREG/BR-0184, Regulatory Analysis Technical Evaluation Handbook (Ref. 87)). Values are the potential benefits of implementing the SAMA and are usually calculated for public health, occupational health, offsite property, and onsite property (see the prior discussion on severe accident analyses). The applicant should apply both a best estimate, or baseline, 7 percent and a sensitivity 3 percent real discount rate as specified by Office of Management Budget in Regulatory Analysis (Ref. 88), in NUREG/BR-0058, and in NUREG/BR-0184 as part of the value determination.
 
Impacts are the costs of implementing the SAMA. In addition, the applicant could consider methods and processes used in past applications as well as relevant industry guidance on SAMA analysis (e.g., the selection of SAMAs based on NEI 05-01, Revision A, Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives (SAMA)
Analysis, Guidance Document, (Ref. 89)). 15 For those situations that are relevant to the quality of the Level 2 PRA being considered in the application, include design-specific PRA information for consideration of potential design improvements, as provided by 10 CFR 50.34(f).
        The applicant should provide the following information to support the NRC staffs environmental review of SAMAs:
    *    reference for the reactor design and the associated PRA used in the SAMA analysis;
    *    list of leading contributors to the reactor design core damage frequency (e.g., from dominant severe accident sequences or initiating events) and site-specific risks (e.g. population dose) for each release class and associated source term for both internal and external events;
    *    methodology, process, and rationale used to identify, screen, and select SAMAs that can reduce severe accident dose consequence risk, considering internal events, fire, flooding, low power and shutdown, and external events;
    *    methodology, process, and rationale used to further analyze any selected SAMAs to determine the amount of risk reduction that the SAMA could reasonably achieve;
    *    estimated cost and risk reduction for the selected SAMAs and the assumptions used to make these estimates; and
    *    description and list of any SAMAs that have been or will be implemented to prevent or mitigate severe accidents or reduce the risk of a severe accident.
 
5.12    Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts during Operation Environmental measures and controls may be required by Federal, State, and local agencies during operation to minimize effects to the environment (10 CFR 51.50(a)). The applicant should furnish details of the programs and compliance activities with which it plans to monitor operation activities affecting site-related environmental resources and quality. The applicant should also describe the frequency of these efforts. The applicant should state the specific nature of its control programs and the control procedures it intends to follow as a means of implementing adherence to environmental quality control limits, as applicable. A description of the measures and monitoring required for conformity to Federal, State, and local environmental regulations and laws should also be provided for each resource
15 NEI 05-01, Revision A, Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives (SAMA) Analysis, Guidance Document, provides a template for completing SAMA analysis in support of reactor license renewal. If applied as a guidance document for new reactor applications, the applicant should justify its use in the ER.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 122
 
area. Table 5-7 on the following page is an example of the measures and controls for environmental impact categories.
 
Table 5-7.      Summary of Measures and Controls to Limit Adverse Impacts During Operation Impact Category                        Planned Measures and Controls During Operation Land-Use Impacts Site and Vicinity      Measures and controls that minimize impacts Transmission Corridors  Measures and controls that minimize impacts Offsite Areas          Measures and controls that minimize impacts Water-Related Impacts Hydrologic Alterations  Measures and controls that monitor surface waters and flow and groundwater Water Use              Measures and controls that monitor use of surface water and groundwater resources Water Quality          Measures and controls that monitor and minimize impacts on surface water and groundwater Ecological Impacts Terrestrial Ecosystems  Measures and controls to monitor and minimize impacts on terrestrial resources (including wetlands) onsite, offsite, and special permitting that may be required for managed species Aquatic Ecosystems      Measures and controls to monitor and minimize impacts on aquatic resources onsite, offsite, and special permitting that may be required for managed species Socioeconomic Impacts        Community traffic and access to public services measures Environmental Justice        Measures or controls to minimize impacts Historic and Cultural        Measures for identification, consultation, and preservation following discovery Resources Air Resources                Controls to monitor and minimize dust, emissions Nonradiological Health      Measures and controls for worker safety during operation and maintenance activities Radiation Exposure          Controls and monitoring for minimization of dose to workers, the public, and biota Nonradioactive Waste        Disposal plan for solid, liquid, gaseous wastes, and sanitary waste generated Accidents                    Controls and measures for minimization of impacts RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 123
 
Chapter 6
6.0    Fuel Cycle, Transportation, and Decommissioning Impacts The environmental report (ER) should address the environmental impacts from the uranium fuel cycle and solid waste management, the transportation of radioactive material, and the decommissioning of the proposed nuclear plant.
 
The applicant should summarize information provided in Chapter 3 of this RG on the vendor and type of reactors that are proposed in the application, and the power rating in MW(t). The applicant should also provide the assumed capacity factor.
 
6.1    Fuel-Cycle Impacts and Waste Management The applicant should discuss the environmental impacts from the uranium fuel cycle and solid waste management for the appropriate light water reactor (LWR) design. The environmental impacts of this design are evaluated against specific criteria for LWR designs in 10 CFR 51.51, Uranium fuel cycle environmental dataTable S-3.
 
The regulations in 10 CFR 51.51(a) state that:
        Under §51.50, every environmental report prepared for the construction permit stage or early site permit stage or combined license stage of a light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor, and submitted on or after September 4, 1979, shall take Table S-3, Table of Uranium Fuel Cycle Environmental Data, as the basis for evaluating the contribution of the environmental effects of uranium mining and milling, the production of uranium hexafluoride, isotopic enrichment, fuel fabrication, reprocessing of irradiated fuel, transportation of radioactive materials and management of low-level wastes and high- level wastes related to uranium fuel-cycle activities to the environmental costs of licensing the nuclear power reactor. Table S-3 shall be included in the environmental report and may be supplemented by a discussion of the environmental significance of the data set forth in the table as weighed in the analysis for the proposed facility.
 
The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
    *  The type of fuel and the enrichment that will be used in the proposed reactor and whether the type of fuel is appropriate for analysis of environmental impacts against Table S-3 in 10 CFR
        51.51(b).
    *  Using the Table S-3 values that are normalized for a reference 1,000-MW(e) LWR at an 80
        percent capacity factor, the applicant should provide the power rating for the each of the proposed units according to the vendor power rating and the assumed capacity factor.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 125
 
In its ER, the applicant should provide an assessment of the environmental impacts of the fuel cycle as related to the operation of the proposed project based on the values given in the current Table S-3 as well as the radiological impact from radon-222 and technetium-99 as described in the NUREG-1437 (Initial), Addendum 1 (Ref. 90), and NUREG-1437, Revision 1.16
6.1.1        Land Use For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
    *    total annual land requirement;
    *    approximate number of acres that are permanently committed land; and
    *    approximate number of acres that are temporarily committed and the number of those acres undisturbed and disturbed.
 
6.1.2        Water Use For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
    *    the total annual water use (in gal or m3) required to remove waste heat from the power stations supplying electrical energy to the enrichment step of this cycle; and
    *    other water uses that involve the discharge to air (e.g., evaporation losses in process cooling) (in gal/yr or m3/yr) and water discharged to the ground (e.g., mine drainage, deep well injection) (in gal/yr or m3/yr).
6.1.3        Fossil Fuel Impacts For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
    *    a comparison of direct and indirect consumption of electric energy for fuel-cycle operations; and
    *    a discussion of the largest use of electricity in the fuel cycle.
 
*    estimates of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (expressed in units of CO2 equivalents) resulting from the fuel cycle, including uranium mining and milling, the production of uranium hexafluoride, isotopic enrichment, fuel fabrication, reprocessing of irradiated fuel, transportation of radioactive materials and management of low-level wastes and high-level wastes. The applicant should compare these GHG emissions to State and national GHG emissions. The applicant may provide either site-specific estimates or refer to the generic GHG footprint for a
        1000-MW(e) reactor. The analysis should be adjusted according to the proposed action (number of units, electrical output). The assumptions, factors, and other information used in any site-
16 The License Renewal GEIS (NUREG-1437) was originally issued in 1996. Addendum 1 was issued in 1999.
 
NUREG-1437, Revision 1, was issued in June 2013. The version of NUREG-1437 cited, whether 1996 or 2013, or Addendum 1 in 1999, is the version in which the relevant technical information is discussed. NUREG-1437, Revision 1 is cited in cases in which the relevant technical information is discussed in both documents.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 126
 
specific analysis should be described in sufficient detail to allow an independent evaluation and assessment of the resulting GHG emissions estimate (Ref. 15).
6.1.4      Chemical Effluents For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
    *    A comparison of the principal effluents (i.e., sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides, and particulates) for the estimated MWh of electricity for the proposed plant against the most current estimate of MWh of electricity generated in the United States. This value should be a percentage. For example, if the proposed 1000-MW(e) plant required 969,000 MWh of electricity a year and the United States produced 4.1 billion MWh of electricity in a year, then the proposed plant would produce 0.024 percent of the generated MWh in the United States and therefore the chemical effluents from the fuel-cycle processes to support the proposed plant would be 0.024 percent of the national gaseous and particulate chemical effluents for a year of electricity generation.
 
*    An assessment of the liquid chemical effluents produced in the fuel-cycle processes.
 
*    An assessment of the tailings solutions and solids generated during the milling processes.
 
6.1.5      Radiological Effluents For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
    *    The estimated total overall whole body gaseous dose commitment and the whole body liquid dose commitment (in person-rem or person-sieverts) from the fuel cycle, excluding reactor releases and dose commitments because of the exposure to radon-222 and technetium-99.
 
*    An estimate of the 100-year environmental dose commitment to the U.S. population (in person-rem or person-sieverts) for both the gaseous and liquid pathway from the fuel cycle.
 
*    The estimated releases of radon-222 (in curies or becquerels) based on the 1996 version of NUREG-1437. This includes the percent that would be from mining and milling operations, and inactive tails before stabilization, as well as the radon releases (in curies or becquerels) from stabilized tailings.
 
*    An estimate of the 100-year dose commitment from radon-222 to the whole body (in rem or sieverts) using the organ-specific dose-weighting factors from 10 CFR Part 20, Standards for Protection Against Radiation.
 
*    An estimate of the 100-year dose commitment from mining, milling, and tailings before stabilization for each site year and an estimate of the 100-year environmental dose commitment from stabilized tailings piles (in rem or sieverts).
    *    Following the methodology in the 1996 version of NUREG-1437 , Section 6.2.2 Uranium Fuel Cycle Environmental Impact, an estimate of the releases of technetium-99 (in curies or becquerels) from the chemical processing of recycled UF6 before it enters the isotope enrichment cascade and the release to the groundwater (in curies or becquerels) from a repository.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 127
 
*  The total body 100-year dose commitment from technetium-99 to the whole body (in rem or sieverts) determined by applying the organ-specific dose-weighting factors from 10 CFR 20.1003 to the gastrointestinal tract and kidney.
 
6.1.6      Radiological Wastes For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should describe the following:
    *  The annual total number of curies from low level reactor solid wastes and if it is within the bounds of the estimated total of curies of solid waste identified in Section 3.4.2 Radioactive Waste Management.
 
*  Being cognizant of the analysis in NUREG-2157 Generic Environmental Impact Statement for Continued Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel. Final Report, describe the plans for offsite storage of spent fuel.
 
6.1.7      Occupational Dose For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating, and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the annual occupational dose attributable to all phases of the fuel cycle for the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled mode
 
====l. This is based on a====
600-person-rem occupational dose estimate attributable to all phases of the fuel cycle for the model
1,000-MW(e) LWR (see 1996 version of NUREG-1437, Section 6.2.2.3 Occupational Dose).
6.1.8      Transportation Dose The annual transportation dose to workers and the general public for the uranium fuel cycle for the reference 1,000-MW(e) LWR is 2.5 person rem per Table S-3 in 10 CFR 51.51. For the fuel cycle supporting the 1,000-MW(e) LWR-scaled model, considering the number of units, the power rating and the capacity factor, the ER should provide the following:
    *  The corresponding transportation dose for the proposed reactor(s) (in rem or sieverts).
    *  The collective transportation dose for the population within 50 mi of the site for the year operation is expected to start. Using 311 mrem/yr as the average dose to a U.S. resident from natural background radiation (NCRP Report No. 160), determine the collective dose to the same population and compare the two collective doses (in person-rem or person-sieverts).
6.2      Transportation of Fuel and Wastes The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) performed a generic analysis of the environmental effects of the transportation of fuel and waste to and from LWRs in the Environmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials To and From Nuclear Power Plants, WASH-1238 (Ref. 91), and in Supplement 1 to WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038 (Ref. 92), and found the impact to be small. These documents provided the basis for Table S-4 in 10 CFR 51.52, Environmental effects of transportation of fuel and waste, which summarizes the environmental impacts of transportation of fuel and waste to and from one 3,000 to 5,000 MW(t) [1,000 to 1,500 MW(e)] LWR. Impacts are provided for normal conditions of transport and accidents in transport for a reference 1,100-MW(e) LWR. Dose to transportation workers during normal transportation operations was estimated to result in a collective dose of 4 person-rem per reference reactor-year. The combined dose to the public along the route and the dose RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 128
 
to onlookers were estimated to result in a collective dose of 3 person-rem per reference reactor-year. The environmental risk of radiological effects from accidents in transport, as stated in Table S-4, is small. The environmental risk of common (nonradiological) causes from accidents in transport was one fatal injury in 100 reference reactor-years and one nonfatal injury in 10 reference reactor-years.
 
The NRC has generically considered the environmental impacts of spent nuclear fuel with uranium-235 enrichment levels up to 5 percent and irradiation levels up to 62,000 MWd/MTU and found that the environmental impacts of spent nuclear fuel transport are bounded by the impacts listed in
10 CFR 51.52, Table S-4, provided that more than 5 years has elapsed between removal of the fuel from the reactor and shipment of the fuel offsite (see NUREG-1437, Revision 1). However, these analyses apply to license renewal and cannot serve as the initial licensing basis for new reactors.
 
In accordance with 10 CFR 51.52(a), the ER shall contain a statement concerning transportation of fuel and radioactive wastes to and from the reactor. A full description and detailed analysis of transportation impacts are not required when licensing a LWR, if the reactor meets the following criteria:
    *    The reactor has a core power level that does not exceed 3,800 MW(t).
    *    Fuel is in the form of sintered uranium oxide pellets having a uranium-235 enrichment not exceeding 4 percent by weight; and pellets are encapsulated in zirconium alloy-clad fuel rods.17
    *    The average level of irradiation of fuel from the reactor does not exceed 33,000 MWd/MTU and no irradiated fuel assembly is shipped until at least 90 days after it is discharged from the reactor.
 
*    With the exception of irradiated fuel, all radioactive waste shipped from the reactor is packaged and in solid form.
 
*    Unirradiated fuel is shipped to the reactor by truck; irradiated (spent) fuel is shipped from the reactor by truck, railcar, or barge; and radioactive waste other than irradiated fuel is shipped from the reactor by truck or railcar.
 
If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors meets the criteria listed in 10 CFR 51.52(a), the ER need only contain a statement that the environmental impacts are as set forth in Table S-4 of 10 CFR Part 51. No further discussion of such environmental effects is required in the ER.
 
If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from nuclear power reactors does not meet the criteria listed in 10 CFR 51.52(a), 51.52(b) requires a full description and detailed analysis of the environmental impacts of transportation of fuel and wastes to and from the reactor, including values for the environmental impact under normal conditions of transport and for the environmental risk from accidents in transport, is required.
 
6.2.1        Components of a Full Description and a Detailed Analysis of Transportation Impacts A full description and detailed analysis of transportation impacts should include the following:
17 Regulations in 10 CFR 51.52(a)(2) specify the use of zircaloy as the fuel rod cladding material. The NRC has also specified in 10 CFR 50.46 that ZIRLO' is an acceptable fuel rod cladding material, and that with regard to the potential environmental impacts associated with the transportation of the M5 clad fuel assemblies, the M5 cladding has no impact on previous assessments determined in accordance with 10 CFR 51.52 (65 FR 794) (Ref. 93).
                                                RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 129
 
*    Transportation of unirradiated fuel. The analysis should include the radiological impacts associated with the normal conditions of transport and the nonradiological impacts associated with transportation accidents.
 
*    Transportation of irradiated fuel. The analysis should include the radiological impacts associated with the normal conditions of transport and the radiological and nonradiological impacts associated with transportation accidents.
 
*    Transportation of radioactive waste. The analysis should include the radiological impacts associated with the normal conditions of transport and the nonradiological impacts associated with transportation accidents.
 
The transportation impacts analysis should use the latest versions of transportation computer codes. For example, SAND2013-8095, RADTRAN 6/RadCat 6 User Guide (Ref. 94), and ORNL/NTRC-006, Revision 0, Transportation Routing Analysis Geographic Information System (TRAGIS) Users Manual (Ref. 95). The following data should be provided in the ER:
  *    reactor type and rated core thermal power
  *    fuel assembly description
  *    average irradiation level of irradiated fuel
  *    the capacity of the onsite storage facilities to store irradiated fuel and the minimum fuel storage time between removal from the reactor and transportation offsite
  *    treatment and packaging procedures for radioactive wastes other than irradiated fuel
  *    general description of transportation packaging systems to be used for fresh fuel, spent fuel, and other radioactive wastes (e.g., packaging system capacity, approximate dimensions, and weight)
  *    radiation dose rates for loaded packages
  *    shipping route information based on the locations of fuel-fabrication facilities and potential destinations for shipments of spent fuel and radioactive waste
  *    transport mode for new fuel shipment to the plant
  *    transport mode for irradiated fuel shipments offsite
  *    transport mode for other radioactive waste shipments offsite
  *    shipping route data (e.g., distances and population densities in urban, suburban, and rural population density zones by State) from the fuel-fabrication plant to the reactor and from the reactor to the facilities to which irradiated fuel and radioactive waste will most likely be sent, if applicable
  *    average heat load for irradiated fuel casks in transit
  *    maximum gross vehicle weight for truck and rail shipments of unirradiated fuel, spent fuel, and radioactive waste RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 130
 
The methods and data used to estimate transportation impacts should be described and the following should be provided:
    *    Descriptions of the method(s) used to estimate routine (incident-free) radiological impacts, including impacts to populations and maximally exposed individuals.
 
*    Descriptions of the method(s) used to estimate accident nonradiological and radiological impacts, including nonradiological traffic accidents, injuries, and fatalities, and radiological accident risks.
 
Nonradiological impacts should be estimated using round-trip distances.
 
*    Specification of input parameters and sources used in the impact assessment. Parameters and source documents should be defensible, and where assumptions are used to fill in missing or highly uncertain data, the assumptions should be conservative and reasonable (i.e., the assumptions tend to overstate transportation impacts yet are not so conservative that they could mask the true environmental impacts of the reactor and lead to invalid conclusions).
    *    Presentation of results, including population doses, maximally exposed individual doses, and health effects for transportation crews and the general public for the following:
            -    Workers and the public under normal transport conditions. Results should be presented for workers, onlookers, and persons along the route.
 
-    Maximally exposed individuals under normal transport conditions. Results should be presented for truck crew members, inspectors, residents along the transport routes, and persons at a truck service station.
 
-    Annual radiological and nonradiological transportation impacts. Results should be presented for the proposed site and the alternative sites.
 
*    sufficient descriptions of key models, assumptions, parameters, conditions, input data, resulting output, and approaches used to estimate transportation impacts to allow for NRC staffs evaluation. If there is relevant information in other supporting documentation (i.e., Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), design control document (DCD) or other references), indicate where in those documents this information can be found.
 
6.2.2      Estimating the Number of Shipments and Normalization of Shipments The impacts presented in Table S-4 are based on WASH-1238 (Ref. 91), and in Supplement 1 to WASH-1238, NUREG 75/038 (Ref. 92) for a 1,100-MW(e) LWR with an 80 percent capacity factor. To facilitate comparison of transportation impacts with the impacts presented in Table S-4, the number of shipments should be normalized to a 1,100-MW(e) LWR with an 80 percent capacity factor or a net electrical output of 880 MW(e):
                                          =                                                      ( )
                                                          ( )
        In addition to normalizing the number of shipments to the 880-MW(e) reference reactor, for shipments of irradiated fuel, a transportation cask capacity of 0.5 MTU per shipment should be used to estimate the number of shipments. For shipments of radioactive waste, the number of shipments should be normalized to the 880-MW(e) reference reactor and a shipment capacity of 2.34 m3 per shipment should be used to estimate the number of shipments.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 131
 
For shipments of unirradiated fuel, the ER should first estimate the total number of shipments over a 40-year plant license, accounting for the initial core load plus average annual reloads for a period of 39 years.
 
Total Shipments = Initial Core Shipments + 39 x Average Annual Reload Shipments The number of shipments should then be normalized to the 880-MW(e) reference reactor and the annual number of shipments estimated assuming a 40-year plant license.
 
6.3    Decommissioning At the end of the operating life of a power reactor, NRC regulations require that the facility undergo decommissioning. In 10 CFR 50.2 Definitions and 10 CFR 52.1 Definitions, decommission means to remove a facility or site safely from service and reduce residual radioactivity to a level that permits(1) Release of the property for unrestricted use and termination of the license; or (2) Release of the property under restricted conditions and termination of the license. The regulations governing decommissioning of power reactors are found in 10 CFR 50.75, Reporting and recordkeeping for decommissioning planning, 10 CFR 50.82 Termination of license and 10 CFR 52.110, Termination of license. The radiological criteria for termination of the NRC license are in 10 CFR Part 20, Subpart E.
 
Requirements relating to the minimization of contamination and generation of radioactive waste in facility design and procedures for operation are addressed in 10 CFR 20.1406, Minimization of contamination. Requirements for applicants for a COL to provide reasonable assurance that funds will be available for the decommissioning process are given in 10 CFR 50.75(b).
        The NRC has developed NUREG-0586, Final Generic Environmental Impact Statement on Decommissioning of Nuclear Facilities: Supplement 1, Regarding the Decommissioning of Nuclear Power Reactors, (Decommissioning GEIS) (Ref. 96). At the time of decommissioning, if the predicted environmental impacts from decommissioning activities fall within the bounds of the GEIS or of another EIS related to the facility then no site-specific analysis will be required. For any decommissioning activity that does not meet these conditions, the regulations at 10 CFR 50.82 (a)(6)(ii) Termination of license and 10 CFR 52.110 (f)(2) state that licensees shall not perform any decommissioning activitiesthat (2)
result in significant environmental impacts not previously reviewed and therefore prohibits the licensee from undertaking the activity until it performs a site-specific analysis of the activity.
 
In the ER, an applicant should address the following:
    *  Whether the proposed reactor designs fall within the bounds of the current Decommissioning GEIS. If the proposed design is outside the design envelope evaluated in the current version of the Decommissioning GEIS, then the applicant should address how the design could affect the impact conclusions presented in the Decommissioning GEIS.
 
*  Air-quality impacts from greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions associated with plant decommissioning. The description should include the following:
              -  Estimates of GHG emissions (expressed in units of CO2 equivalents) over the decommissioning period, including GHG emissions associated with decommissioning equipment and workforce commuting. The applicant may provide either site-specific estimates or refer to the generic GHG footprint for a 1,000-MW(e) reactor (Ref. 15).
                  SAFSTOR emissions may be added if the applicant plans on using this decommissioning option. Assumptions, factors, and other information sufficient to allow an independent evaluation and assessment of the GHG emission estimate.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 132
 
* Reference the section in the application that certifies that sufficient funds will be available to provide for radiological decommissioning in accordance with 10 CFR 50.75(b)(1) and required by 10 CFR 50.33(k)(1).
                                  RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 133
 
Chapter 7
7.0    Cumulative Impacts In this chapter, the applicant should describe any past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions in the geographic area of interest surrounding the site that would affect the same resources that would be affected by building and operation of the proposed project, regardless of what agency or person would be responsible for such other actions. The basis for the guidance includes the following:
    *  10 CFR 51.10(a) with respect to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) policy to voluntarily take account, subject to certain conditions, of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA). The CEQ regulations specify that an EIS discuss cumulative impacts
        (40 CFR 1508.25(c)(3)).
    *  10 CFR 51.45 with respect to the need to discuss cumulative impacts in an environmental report (ER).
    *  40 CFR 1508.25) with respect to the scope of an EIS and consideration of the cumulative impacts of connected, cumulative, and similar actions.
 
CEQ defines cumulative impact (also known as cumulative effect) in 40 CFR 1508.7 as the impact on the environment which results from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertakes such other actions. Cumulative impacts can result from individually minor but collectively significant actions taking place over a period of time. The goal of the analysis is to introduce environmental considerations into the planning process as early as needed to improve decision-making.
 
The NRCs cumulative impact assessment approach is depicted in Figure 7-1. This figure depicts the resource impact area and geographic area of interest conceptually using simple polygons. However, the actual resource impact areas and geographic area of interests for each environmental resource must be suited both to the resource and the individual action under consideration. The geographic area of interest is defined as the area where other actions occur that could potentially have impacts within the resource impact area. The geographic area of interest may be different for each resource.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 135
 
Figure 7-1. NRC Approach to Cumulative Impact Assessment The ER should address the following information and analysis:
    *  Complete the list in Table 7-2 of other projects in the geographic area of interest that could contribute to cumulative impacts in the resource impact area.
 
*  A description of those activities within the geographic area of interest that could contribute to cumulative impacts within the resource impact area for each specific resource area.
 
CEQ guidance, Considering Cumulative Effects under the National Environmental Policy Act (Ref. 97), recommends applying natural ecological or socio-cultural boundaries to the resource impact area. Possible boundaries that could be used to determine the appropriate geographic area for a cumulative impact analysis are in Table 2-2 of the CEQ Guidance. The EPA guidance in EPA Publication
315-R-99-002, Consideration of Cumulative Impacts in EPA Review of NEPA Documents (Ref. 98),
recommends that the scope of the cumulative impacts analysis include geographical areas that sustain the resources of concern, but not be extended to the point of becoming unwieldy. Geographical proximity to the proposed action should be considered but should not be used to exclude consideration of other actions.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 136
 
Jurisdictional borders are sometimes useful in defining the geographic area of interest for resource areas such as land use and some socioeconomic areas; however, this approach may not be appropriate for defining the geographical area for ecological resources for which jurisdictional borders may not correspond to a reliable definition of a resource, such as aquatic ecology. Table 7-1 provides general guidance for each resource on what the appropriate resource impact areas may be. However, professional judgment is needed in selecting resource impact area for a particular resource at a specific site.
 
Table 7-1. Resource Impact Area by Specific Resource Resource                                            Resource Impact Area Land Use                The resource impact area should encompass the site, the vicinity, and the extent of offsite areas and transmission-line corridors, pipelines, and other elements of the proposed project.
 
Water Use and Quality    The resource impact area should reflect the use of surface water and groundwater sources by the project and by other projects in the vicinity of the site.
 
Terrestrial Ecology      At a minimum, the resource impact area should encompass the site, any offsite parcels or corridors, and related segments of the surrounding landscape. The resource impact area should also encompass any parcels recognized early in the project design process as likely to be used for mitigation activities. A radial distance from the site, such as 6 mi (i.e., the distance used by the NRC to define the projects vicinity) may be used for terrestrial impacts, if appropriate. If one or more corridors extend farther than the selected radial distance, then the resource impact area should include the extended linear corridors such as transmission lines or pipelines.
 
Aquatic Ecology          The resource impact area should be defined using criteria appropriate to the particular characteristics of the resource, such as salinity regimes, watersheds, substrate, or other environmental characteristics that define suitable habitat ranges and preferences of aquatic resources in the area affected by the project. The resource impact area also includes those areas (such as impoundments or facilities affecting water quality) that have or will add to the incremental effects of the project on aquatic habitats.
 
Socioeconomics          The resource impact area should encompass the areas of effect and the distances at and                      which impacts of building and operating over the expected license term may occur. The Environmental Justice    scope will depend on the extent of project activities but normally would include the site, the local community, the economic region, and demographic region identified in Chapter 2.
 
Historic and Cultural    The resource impact area for the cumulative analysis would be the same APE(s)
Resources                described in Chapter 2.
 
Air Quality              The resource impact area for criteria pollutants is generally the county where the licensing activity is taking place.
 
Nonradiological          The resource impact area changes based on the type of health effect. For example, Health                  electric shocks or chronic EMF exposure is possible at the site and along the transmission corridor, whereas etiological agents are a threat in the vicinity of the thermal discharges.
 
Radiological Health      The resource impact area is considered to be the area that has the potential to increase radiological exposure at any location within a 50-mi radius of the proposed site.
 
Postulated Accidents    The resource impact area is considered to be the area that has the potential to increase risks at any location within a 50-mi radius of the proposed site.
 
Fuel Cycle,              The resource impact area is a 50-mi radius around the site.
 
Transportation and Decommissioning RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 137
 
The timeframe for the analysis incorporates the sum of the effects of the proposed project in combination with past, present, and future actions because impacts may accumulate or develop over time.
 
*  Past timeframe is prior to the receipt of the application. In many cases, discussion of the past actions may entail a brief paragraph telling the story of how the resource has changed to its current condition by describing past actions and, as necessary, referring to the baseline discussion in Chapter 2 of the ER.
 
*  Present timeframe is from the time of the receipt of the application until issuance of the final EIS.
 
The present time frame is the shortest among the three timeframes and should capture any ongoing actions. Many of the resource areas measure the environment as it currently exists. These measurements capture the cumulative impact to the resource from the past and present projects and should be part of the baseline for the resource in Chapter 2 of the ER.
 
*  Future timeframe is from issuance of the final EIS through building and operation of the proposed new unit(s) as well as decommissioning. Future actions are those that are reasonably foreseeable; that is, they are ongoing (and will continue into the future); are funded for future implementation; are included in firm near-term plans; or generally have a high probability of being implemented.
 
In general, the baseline assessment presented in the affected environment for each resource area (Chapter 2) accounts for past and present actions. The direct and indirect impact analyses (Chapters 4 and
5) address the incremental impacts of building and operation. This chapter references these analyses, and does not need to be repeated in the cumulative impact analysis.
 
Both the proposed project and other actions may contribute to cumulative impacts. Because cumulative impacts are additive, the analysis of cumulative impacts should concentrate only on resources that are potentially affected by past, present, and reasonably foreseeable actions as well as by building and operations activities at the proposed nuclear plant during the expected timeframe of the project. Note that cumulative effects may result from the accumulation of similar effects or the synergistic interaction of different effects.
 
7.1    Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Projects The ER should provide a table listing past and present projects, facilities, or actions in the geographic area of interest that contribute to the current baseline and future status of the resource. The table should also include the reasonably foreseeable future projects that could contribute to cumulative impacts to the resource during building, operation, and decommissioning of the unit(s). This table should include the following:
    *  project/facility/action name;
    *  summary description;
    *   location in relation to the proposed unit(s);
    *  status (e.g., operational, proposed, ongoing, or existing); and
    *  environmental resources affected.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 138
 
Examples of other present or proposed actions include other electric power generation projects, chemical or paper processing facilities, bridges, roads, conservation or restoration areas, reservoirs for water storage, quarries or mines, and transmission lines. For operational projects, the applicant should indicate whether any changes in the project are anticipated that would result in changes to the projects environmental interface (i.e. a power uprate of a power facility).
        Database tools such as NEPAssist (Ref. 99), may facilitate the environmental review process and project planning in relation to environmental considerations. The web-based application draws environmental data dynamically from EPA Geographic Information System databases and web services and provides immediate screening of environmental assessment indicators for a user-defined area of interest. These features contribute to a streamlined review process that potentially raises important environmental issues at the earliest stages of project development.
 
The applicant should discuss the resources used to identify and develop the listings of other projects and associated references, including any consultations with Federal, State, regional, and local regulators, and American Indian Tribes.
 
Table 7-2 is an example table for listing the projects within the geographic area of interest. This is only an example. Not all applications will have projects listed in all categories.
 
Table 7-2 Past, Present, and Reasonably Foreseeable Projects and Other Actions Considered in the Cumulative Analysis Project Name            Summary of Project                Location                    Status
[identify projects      [provide short summary of      [describe location in    [provide status, other than the          project]                        relation to proposed    including citation]
proposed project]                                        project]
Nuclear Projects XXX Unit 1               XXX Unit 1 consists of one      [describe location in    [provide status, XXX-MW(e) nuclear              relation to proposed    including citation]
                          power generating plant.         project]
Other Energy Projects Hydroelectric Station [provide short summary of          [describe location in    [provide status, project]                        relation to proposed    including citation]
                                                          project]
XXX Natural Gas          [provide short summary of      [describe location in    [provide status, Plant                    project]                        relation to proposed    including citation]
                                                          project]
XXX Coal Plant          [provide short summary of      [describe location in    [provide status, project]                        relation to proposed    including citation]
                                                          project]
                                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 139
 
Project Name          Summary of Project              Location                  Status Transmission Lines  [provide short summary of    [can reference a figure [provide status, transmission system]          for location]          including citation for operational as well as proposed transmission lines]
Mining Projects XXX Quarry          [provide short summary of    [describe location in  [provide status, project]                      relation to proposed    including citation]
                                                  project]
Transportation Projects Strategic Corridor  Strategic system of traffic  [describe location in  Planning document with System Plan          corridors.                    relation to proposed    no explicit schedules for project]                projects, however, many strategic corridors coincide with routes that would/could be used for development at the proposed site.
 
Parks and Aquaculture Facilities XXXX Park            XX-ac park                    [describe location in  Managed by [Federal, relation to proposed    State or local agency]
                                                  project]                (citation).
Other Actions/Projects City of XXXX        Municipal water              [describe location in  [provide status, withdrawals from the XX      relation to proposed    including citation]
                    River                        project]
Various Hospitals    Medical isotopes              [describe location in  Operational (citation)
and Industrial                                    relation to proposed Facilities that Use                                project]
Radioactive Materials XXX Chemical Plant  [provide short summary of    [describe location in  [describe location in project]                      relation to proposed    relation to proposed project]                project]
Various Wastewater  Sewage treatment              [describe location in  Operational (citation)
Treatment Facilities                              relation to proposed (WWTF)                                            project]
                                    RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 140
 
The ER should contain:
    *  a list of EISs concerning projects in the same geographic area of interest as the proposed project;
    *  a description of anticipated regional changes not associated with an individual project (e.g., future urbanization) that could result in cumulative impacts during building, operation, and decommissioning of the unit(s); and
    *  a description of how the baseline environment used in Chapters 2, 4 and 5 might change as a result of climate change and a discussion of how impacts discussed in chapters 4 and 5 would either increase, decrease or remain the same in this new baseline environment. This information could be contained in this chapter or as its own separate appendix to the ER and should be based on assessments conducted by Federal agencies with a mandate to evaluate the effects of climate change (e.g., latest U.S. Global Change Research Program Report), but applicable regional and local studies conducted by other entities may be included.
 
7.2    Impact Assessment The applicant should assess the level of cumulative impacts (adverse and/or beneficial). The impacts analyzed in Chapters 4 and 5 of the ER are brought forward into the ER Chapter 7 cumulative analysis. Typically, one or two sentences describing the impact to the resource from building and operation and referring back to the appropriate chapter is sufficient. The analysis in Chapters 4 and 5 of the ER will have included the past and present impacts to the resource along with the impacts from the project. The cumulative analysis should focus on the reasonably foreseeable future actions that could have a cumulative impact. The applicant should summarize the principal contributor(s) to cumulative impacts for each resource area and describe the interaction between the cumulative outside stresses and those caused by building or operating the proposed project. The ER should also include a discussion of the incremental contribution of the NRC authorized activities related to the proposed action (e.g.,
constructing or operating the proposed plant) in relation to the cumulative impacts.
 
The ER should also include:
    *  any plans for mitigation of adverse cumulative impacts, or modification of alternatives to avoid, minimize, or mitigate cumulative impacts
    *  mitigation that may be required by Federal, State, and local authorities, including information about restoration actions by separate entities, required mitigation of other projects, or voluntary mitigation and enhancement by the entity taking an action
    *  at the end of the chapter a table summarizing the impact to each resource and mitigation, if any, to reduce the cumulative impact RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 141
 
Chapter 8
8.0    Need for Power The Commission reaffirmed the importance of the agencys need for power analysis in a
2003 response to a petition for rulemaking (see 68 FR 55905 (Ref. 100)). The goal of the need for power analysis is to provide confidence that the power generated by the proposed project will be produced and consumed in a manner consistent with the stated purpose and need of the project. The analysis also provides the basis for the consideration of baseload alternative generating technologies for the proposed project. The need for power analysis should be limited to the discussion of the supply and demand for electricity. Discussion of ancillary benefits (e.g., reduced greenhouse gas emissions, fuel diversity, or grid stability) should be addressed in the benefit-cost section of the environmental report (ER).
        The need for power analysis should fully describe and characterize the physical, geographic, regulatory, and administrative provisions and constraints which affect the current and forecast supply of and demand for power. The analysis should be in sufficient detail to fully demonstrate how the proposed project would supply some or all of the service areas future need for power. However, while a discussion of need for power is required, the Commission is not looking for burdensome attempts by the applicant to precisely identify future market conditions and energy demand, or to develop detailed analyses of system generating assets, costs of production, capital replacement ratios, and the like in order to establish with certainty that the construction and operation of a nuclear power plant is the most economical alternative for generation of power (see 68 FR 55905). The applicant should specify whether it intends to operate the proposed plant as a baseload generator, and, if so, include a discussion of the need for new baseload capacity.
 
The applicant should explicitly state a feasible future date for commencement of full commercial operation of the proposed project. The need for power analysis in the ER should include a table and/or graph characterizing the service areas most recent annual hourly peak (summer or winter, whichever is greater) electricity demand. The analysis should provide information over sufficient historical and projected periods to permit the staff to complete an independent assessment of the need for the power to be provided by the proposed project. The historical data should include sufficient years to identify any trends or anomalous factors that could affect the future demand for electricity. The projected period should include information out to three years beyond the planned commencement of full commercial operation of the project (referred to herein as the analytical year).
        The following sections describe the need for power analysis process in greater detail, including information needed to adequately describe the power system, power demand, power supply, and the process for assessing the need for power of the proposed project.
 
The applicant should identify all sources of data used in the need for power analysis in the ER
and demonstrate how the data upon which the analysis relies was used. For the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff to rely on the analysis in the ER, the analysis should meet the following four acceptance criteria, as discussed in NUREG-1555:
    *    Systematic. An analysis that has been performed according to an objective, thorough, methodical, deliberate, and organized manner and that has been presented in a step-wise fashion leading to a logical conclusion supported by the data and reasoning provided.
 
*    Comprehensive. An analysis that is detailed, broad in scope, and includes a sufficient number of relevant factors so that the reviewer can reasonably conclude that the analysis may be considered RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 143
 
complete. The depth of analysis and discussion for each factor is commensurate with its relative importance.
 
*  Subject to confirmation. An analysis that is independently reviewed or confirmed by another entity (e.g., Federal or State reviews of integrated resource plans, State certificate of necessity proceedings, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission reviews, or independent system operator (ISO) or regional transmission organization (RTO) reports).
    *  Responsive to forecasting uncertainty. A stable and robust methodology that is not unduly affected by the presence of outliers or other small departures from the modeled assumptions yet remains capable of characterizing the relative importance of uncertainty among input variables during sensitivity analyses.
 
The applicant may use any data and supporting information it chooses, but the data and information chosen should support an analysis that meets the NRCs four acceptance criteria. Typical sources include:
    *  recent demand for power reports or analyses such as annual integrated resource plans, ISO or RTO power market analyses
    *  State utility regulatory filings
    *  other regional reports or resource assessments completed by an entity other than the applicant If analyses from external sources are not available that meet the staffs acceptance criteria, then the applicants analyses should fully characterize the electricity market and explain how the proposed project would be used in that market. In all cases, the analyses relied upon by the applicant should meet the NRCs four acceptance criteria.
 
8.1    Description of the Applicants Power Market In developing the need for power analysis, applicants should clearly describe the specific market structure (or hybrid thereof) under which the proposed nuclear power plant would operate. Commonly recognized markets that affect a need for power analysis include:
    *  Rate-based utility: A rate-based utility provides generation and distribution of electricity under a regulatory obligation to provide electrical service to customers in a non-competitive market with a defined service area. The rate-based utility generally has to seek permission for expanding its generating fleet, typically in the form of a certification from a utility oversight organization. If certification is required, the applicant should provide a detailed discussion of the status of the certification in the power market discussion.
 
*  Merchant generator: A merchant generator produces and sells electricity into a competitive wholesale or retail power market where that electricity is administrated and delivered to the marketplace via an ISO or RTO. Development of new capacity may or may not require approval by a regulatory body. However, even if a new generating unit were to require a certification similar to that of a rate-based utility, the merchant generators energy is not necessarily committed to a specific geographic area, does not have a captive rate base, and customers or retailers are not obligated to purchase it.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 144
 
The description and details provided in this section should be consistent with the projects stated purpose and need statement from Chapter 1 of the ER. The applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
    *    Description of the manner in which the applicant and owners operate to supply power to the service area. This information should be consistent with information provided in the application in response to 10 CFR 50.33(d) and (i). The discussion should include any State, regional, or market-based regulatory requirements that would affect the production, distribution, and consumption of electricity. Examples include, but are not limited to, resource portfolio standards, impacts from known or potential changes to energy-efficiency standards, and potential impacts from changes to Federal and State environmental policies.
 
*    Detailed explanation for the selection of the intended service area for the project, including any relevant aspects of the service area which would be supported by the proposed project (e.g., proximity to load centers, shortage of available baseload capacity, portfolio diversity, etc.).
          The service area should be defined in terms of some readily accessible analytical area defined by the applicants ISO, RTO, or North American Electric Reliability Corporation subregion.
 
*    Recognized and anticipated service obligations such as power purchase agreements or any power market-based agreements deployed for stability and reliability (e.g., reserve, sharing agreements, or must-run).
    *    Any unique service area or market factors that may affect the accuracy or availability of current and forecast generation, transmission, and distribution of electricity. For example, grid constraints (e.g., congestion and capacity) that limit the proposed projects ability to fully service its geographic market should be identified and discussed.
 
8.2      Power Demand The purpose of the power demand section is to fully disclose current and forecast demand for baseload and peak power. The level of detail provided should establish a comprehensive assessment of the existing market, and how the capacity and energy of the proposed project will be used (demanded) in that market once commissioned and operated.
 
This section of the need for power analysis should discuss factors which affect, or are likely to affect, the current and forecast demand for power. This commonly includes econometric, weather, and demographic data, but could also include explanations of policies and programs implemented or likely to be implemented that may influence the demand for power. Examples include, but are not limited to, discussion of energy-efficiency and conservation programs, demand-side management programs, and potential impacts from changes to energy standards and codes. The applicant should discuss any factors that could affect demand uncertainty.
 
Based on the description, conditions, and constraints of the relevant service area or power market provided in Section 8.1 of this RG, the applicant should provide the following information in the ER:
    *    historical levels of electricity demand, including:
              -  annual peak hourly demand and annual baseload demand; and RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 145
 
-    a disaggregation of electricity demand by market sectors (e.g., residential, commercial, and industrial), extending back for a period sufficient to illustrate any current trends or anomalies that affect future projections of electricity demand;
    *    current (as close to the application year as practicable) peak total demand and baseload demand for all sectors; and
    *    future projections of peak total demand and baseload demand, extending to the analytical year.
 
Demand Side Management (DSM) and Energy Efficiency (EE) programs affect demand primarily through reductions of peak and intermediate load. Any future DSM or EE should be discussed in the applicants demand forecast as a reduction from annual hourly peak demand, but any calculation of future demand based upon an extrapolation of past demand should not include a calculation of DSM/EE
reductions from that extrapolation. By construction, the forecasted demand already includes consideration of future DSM/EE and any reduction of demand for DSM/EE would result in double counting. For the purposes of a need for power analysis, the NRC staff considers reserve requirements to be a component of electricity demand; therefore, these should be included and quantified by the applicant as part of demand.


Table 8-1 provides a representative format for displaying the changes in baseload and annual peak hourly electricity demand components over the temporal scope of the analysis, noting that the analysis is not necessarily bound or limited to only these data points.
===3. A Heat dissipation===
    1.1 Demand analysis                                      3.5 Radiation data
    1.2 Energy conservation                                  3.6 Chemical effluent
    1.3 Reserve margins                                      3.7 Sanitary waste data
    1.4 Supporting references                                3.8 Transportation data
                                                              3.9 Electrical transmission
2. Site and resource interface summaries
    2.1 Geography and demography                          6. Preoperational program summary
    2.2 Ecology
    2.3 Meteorology and climatology                        8. Socioeconomic data summary
    2.4 Hydrology
    2.5 Geology                                            9. Cost-benefit summary
    2.6 Esthetic and cultural data
                                                          10. Design alternatives summary
  3. Station and unit data summaries
    3.1 Building grounds data                            12. Permit and certification summary
    3.2 Reactor and steam-electric system
    3.3 Water use                                        13. Reference list C-1


Table 8-1. Demand Forecast Summary (MW(e))
APPENDIX D
                                                20WW(a)      20WW      20XX(b)    20YY(c)  20YY        20ZZ(d)
                                          USE OF U.S. AGE GROUP POPULATION
          Total Baseload Demand Peak Hourly System Demand MINUS: DSM(e) and EE(f)
                                                    DISTRIBUTION DATA
          Total Peak Demand PLUS: Reserve Margin Total System Demand (a)  20WW denotes data years before submittal of the application (b)  20XX denotes the year of submittal of the application (c)  20YY represents the intervening years in some useful increment (d)  20ZZ indicates the year three years after commencement of full commercial operations (e)   DSM is Demand Side Management (f) EE is Energy Efficiency
    The distribution by age of the U. S. population may        surrounding the site. It assumes that dependent age be used provided there is no knowledge that the area          groups, i.e., 0 to 18 years, are in about the same within a radius of 50 miles of the site has a significantly   proportion for various areas since they generally migrate different distribution. The test of significance is to be    with their parents. Moreover,. this procedure takes made by.a determination of whether the age distribution      advantage of the tendency of birth rate changes across in the county in which the proposed station is to be        regions to follow similar patterns of changes with located varied more than 10 percent from the U. S.           different lead-lag relations. The forecasts to be used are population in the 1970 decennial census. If this occurred    for the year of the midpoint of the station operating life.
8.3      Power Supply The intent of the power-supply section is to fully disclose the current and forecast supply of electricity (i.e., capacity), including an analysis of installed capacity, planned capacity, and known or forecast retirements. The applicant should describe and explain the factors that affect, or are likely to affect, the current and forecast supply of electricity in the service area.


The power supply section should include a description of the regulatory, statutory, and/or business drivers that may influence current fleet and future supply decisions. The applicant should provide any known or forecast factors that could affect uncertainty, with an emphasis on their likelihood.
for any of the three age groups, a refinement of the U. S.    Specific year figures can be obtained by interpolation or age group distribution should be made as described          extrapolation from the years that are available. The below.                                                      percent of the BEA region population forecasted to be in the 12- to 18-year age group should be found from The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA), U. S.              the following equation:
Department of Commerce, has unpublished data on age distribution for 157 BEA regions covering the U.S.                                    AfBxC
                                                                                              D
These data were compiled for the Office of Business Economics, Department of Commerce and Economic.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 146
Research Service (OBERS), Department of Agriculture,        where projections. The age groups are 0 to 14 years, 15 to 64 years, and over 64 years. These data may be obtained            A = % of BEA region population forecasted to be in without charge by request to the U.S. Department of          the 12- to 18-year age group at the midpoint year of
            1 Commerce.                                                    station operation, B = % of U.S. population forecasted to be in the 12 In employing the OBERS regional forecasts, the            to 18-year age group at this midpoint year of station ratio-trend method may be used for the disparate class        operation, intervals of the age groups. First, select the BEA region containing the county in which the proposed station is            C = % of BEA region population forecasted to be in to be located. Obtain the age distribution of the region      0 to 14-year age group at the midpoint year of station from the above reference. The 0 to 11-year age group          operation, and population for the BEA area at the midyear of the assumed 30-year operating life of the proposed station            D = % U.S. population forecasted to be in 0 to can be considered to be 80% of the 0 to 14-year age          14-year age group at the midpoint year of station group since the former was 77% of the latter as of July      operation.


Examples include effects from current Federal emissions regulations; pending Federal regulations on new source review and greenhouse gas emissions; and any potential transition to alternative technologies. To the extent the proposed project addresses any of these factors they should be discussed, quantified, and aligned with the stated purpose and need.
1, 1974, and is forecasted at 79% by July 1, 2000. The
12- to 18-year age group requires a different approach.           A is then used to estimate the number of persons in The procedure that should be used makes use of existing      that age group for the area within 50 miles of the forecasts to estimate this age group for the area            proposed site by multiplying the percentage distribution calculated from the above equation by the total popula tion projected for this local area. The population of the
1 Henry De Graff, Assistant Chief, Regional Economic Analysis 19-years-and-over age group can be obtained by subtrac Division, Bureau of Economic Analysis, U. S. Department of  ting the sum of the 0 to 11-year and 12- to 18-year age Commerce, Washington, D. C. 20230; Telephone: (202)          groups from the projected total population of the local
523-0528.                                                    area.


The applicant should include the following information in the ER:
APPENDIX E
    *    A comprehensive assessment of the existing supply of generating capacity in the service area or power market predicated on the description, conditions, and constraints provided in Section 8.1.
                                    DATA NEEDED FOR RADIOACTIVE SOURCE TERM
                                  CALCULATIONS FOR PRESSURIZED WATER REACTORS
    The applicant should provide the information listed                      c. Concentration of fission, activation, and in this appendix. The information should be consistent          corrosion products in the primary and secondary coolant with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR)            (uCi/g). Provide the bases for the values used.


The existing supply of generating capacity should be disaggregated by fuel type and by dispatch (baseload, intermediate, peaking).
and the environmental report (ER) of the proposed pressurized water reactor (PWR). Appropriate sections                    4. The quantity of tritium released in liquid and of the SAR and ER containing more detailed discussions            gaseous effluents (Ci/yr per reactor).
    *    All known or anticipated power purchases or sales which would serve to affect the net supply of power within the area of interest.
or backup data for the required information should be referenced following each response. Each response,                  II. PrimarySystem however, should be independent of the ER and SAR. 1 This information constitutes the basic data required to                 1. The total mass (ib) of coolant in the primary calculate the releases of radioactive material in liquid          system, excluding the pressurizer and primary coolant and gaseous effluents (the source terms). All responses          purification system at full power.


*    All potential capacity additions, retirements, uprates, and fuel switches for the entire service area.
should be on a per-reactorbasis. Indicate systems shared between reactors.                                                        2. The average primary system letdown rate (gpm)
                                                                  to the primary coolant purification system.


Recognizing not all planned capacity additions will be built and become operational, the applicant should only include projects currently under construction and/or having an issued certification of need from a utility oversight organization (e.g., a State utility commission) for the projected growth in capacity.
The following data should be provided in Appendix E:                                                                      3. The average flow rate (gpm) through the pri mary coolant purification system cation demineralizers.


Table 8-2 provides a representative format for displaying the supply of power in a service area or power market over the temporal scope of the analysis, noting that the analysis is not necessarily bound or limited to only these data points.
I. General                                                    (Note: The letdown rate should include the fraction of time the cation demineralizers are in service.)
      1. The maximum core thermal power (MWt) evalu ated for safety considerations in the SAR. (Note: All of                 4. The average shim bleed flow (gpm).
the following responses should be adjusted to this power leveL)                                                              I1


Table 8-2. Supply Resources Summary (MW(e))
===1. Secondary System===
                                              20WW(a)      20WW      20XX(b)    20YY(c)      20YY 20ZZ(d)
      2. Core properties:                                               1. The number and type of steam generators and the carryover factor used in the applicant's evaluation a. The total mass (lb) of uranium and pluto              for iodine and nonvolatiles.
        Baseload Resources MINUS: Retirements PLUS: Additions Total Baseload Capacity Installed System Capacity MINUS: Retirements PLUS: Additions Total Installed Capacity Net Transactions (exported and imported power)
        Total System Supply (a)  20WW indicates data years before the submittal of the application (b)  20XX denotes the year of submittal of the application (c)  20YY represents the intervening years in some useful increment (d) 20ZZ indicates the year three years after commencement of full commercial operations
8.4    Summary of the Need for Power Analysis and Conclusions This section of the ER should provide a summary of the need for power analysis for the proposed project and disclose the applicants conclusions in accordance with the purpose and need definition in RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 147


Chapter 1 of the ER. The findings summarized in this section should be fully substantiated by data and discussion presented in the preceding sections. This section should result in a final determination of whether or not there is a need for the power from the proposed project in the relevant service area in the analytical year, as defined in Section 8.0.
nium in an equilibrium core (metal weight),
                                                                          2. The total steam flow (lb/hr) in the secondary system.


To provide further insight into the preparation of the need for power assessment in the ER, the following descriptions delineate the types of acceptable analyses that applicants may use to make a positive determination of need. Any one of the approaches listed below is sufficient to demonstrate need for power, but the applicant should show the basis for a positive determination of need as well as the results of the analyses outlined in Sections 8.2 and 8.3.
b. The percent enrichment of uranium in reload fuel, and                                                                3. The mass of steam in each steam generator (lb)
                                                                  at full power.


*    Certification of Need. Demonstrating that the proposed action has obtained formal certification from a utility authority stating the public need for the proposed project is the most direct method for determining the need for power. Because such a certification is made by the State agency authorized to make such a determination, it is presumed to meet the four acceptability criteria described in this Chapter. Therefore, where such regulations are in place and a certificate has been issued, further justification is not necessary. However, the applicant should include descriptions of the power market, power demand forecast, and power supply forecast, as discussed in the preceding sections. The applicant should cite the certification in the conclusions section as the basis for a positive determination of need.
c. The percent of fissile plutonium in reload fuel.                                                                     4. The mass of liquid in each steam generator (lb)
                                                                  at full power.


*    Peak Demand Assessment. For the relevant market area, future total system demand for electricity (including reserve requirements) should be compared to future total system supply, based on items provided in Tables 8-1 and 8-2. A positive determination of peak demand can be demonstrated when the projected peak hourly demand for electricity is greater than the projected capacity in the market area by an amount that is greater than (or reasonably close to) the planned capacity of the proposed project in the analytical year. If the entire capacity of the proposed project cannot be accounted for in the relevant service area, the remainder may be accounted for by demonstrating the remaining capacity of the proposed project can be sold to areas outside the applicants relevant service area.
3. If methods and parameters used in estimating the source terms in the primary coolant are different                    5. The total mass of coolant in the secondary from those given in Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calcula              system (lb) at full power. For recirculating U-tube steam tion of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and          generators, do not include the- coolant in the condenser Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reac              hotwell.


*    Baseload Demonstration. A positive determination of baseload need can be demonstrated when the projected baseload demand for electricity is greater than the projected baseload capacity by an amount that is greater than (or reasonably close to) the planned capacity of the proposed project.
tors," describe in detail the methods and parameters used. Include the following information:                                6. The primary to secondary system leakage rate (lb/day) used in the evaluation.


The applicant should include a table similar to Table 8-3 that demonstrates the need for baseload capacity greater than (or reasonably close to) the capacity of the proposed project in the analytical year.
a. Station capacity factor,
                                                                          7. Description of the steam generator blowdown b. Fraction of fuel releasing radioactivity in the      and blowdown purification systems. The average steam primary coolant (indicate the type of fuel cladding),            generator blowdown rate (lb/hr) used in the applicant's evaluation. The parameters used for steam generator blowdown rate (lb/hr).
IThe ER or SAR may be referenced as to the bases for the parameters used; however, the parameters should be given with          8. The fraction of the steam generator feedwater the responses in this appendix.                                  processed through the condensate demineralizers and the E-1


*    Market-Based Evaluation. A positive need for power determination need not depend on a deficit in the supply of electricity in the analytical year. Rather an applicant can demonstrate a need for power even in a market place that has a surplus of electricity. The applicant can either:
decontamination factors (DF) used in the evaluation for           V. Gaseous Waste ProcessingSystem the condensate demineralizer system.
        1. Perform a market-based or auction analysis describing how the applicant will price and bid their electricity to ensure the proposed project will participate in the market at levels consistent with baseload capacity factors. This approach should:
              -  describe the auction or other mechanism by which the ISO/RTO selects generators to supply power into the market, and RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 148


-  provide an analysis illustrating how the project can feasibly compete in the hourly market at a lower price than competitors, ensuring the proposed projects continuous access to the electricity market.
1. The volumes (ft3 /yr) of gases stripped from the
      9. Condensate demineralizers:                            primary coolant.


Table 8-3. Demand and Supply Forecast Summary (MW(e))
a. Average flow rate (lb/hr),                              2. Description of the process used to hold up gases stripped from the primary system during normal opera b. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered          tions and reactor shutdown. If pressurized storage tanks resin),                                                        are used, include a process flow diagram of the system indicating the capacities (ft3 ), number, and design and c. Number and size (ft3 ) of demineralizers,          operating storage pressures for the storage tanks.
                                            20WW(a)      20WW      20XX(b)    20YY(c)      20YY      20ZZ(d)
        DEMAND
        Peak System Demand MINUS: DSM and EE
        Total Peak Demand Plus Reserve Margin Total System Demand SUPPLY
        Installed System Capacity MINUS: Retirements PLUS: Additions Total Installed Capacity Net Transactions Total System Supply Surplus (Deficit) Without the Proposed Project Project Capacity Surplus (Deficit) With the Proposed Project (a) 20WW denotes data years before submittal of the application (b) 20XX denotes the year of submittal of the application (c) 20YY represents the intervening years in some useful increment (d) 20ZZ indicates the year three years after commencement of full commercial operations.


2. Provide evidence that the proposed unit(s) intend to enter into an agreement with the ISO/RTO that in exchange for the guarantee of always being able to sell their electricity, the applicant will agree to take whatever price the ISO/RTO establishes as the hourly market price. This approach should include:
d. Regeneration frequency,                                  3. Description of the normal operation of the system, e.g., number of tanks held in reserve for e. Indicate whether ultrasonic resin cleaning is      back-to-back shutdown, fill time for tanks. Indicate the used and the waste liquid volume associated with its use,      minimum holdup time used in the applicant's evaluation and                                                            and the basis for this number.
              -  a description of the existing market area;
              -  a detailed description of the auction or mechanism by which generators are selected to supply power into the market; and
              -  documentary evidence of the agreement between the applicant and the ISO/RTO.


In all cases, the applicant is free to employ a need for power analysis that is not explicitly identified by the above list, provided such deviation is accompanied by a detailed explanation as to
f. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.            4. If HEPA filters are used downstream of the pressurized storage tanks, provide the decontamination factor used in the evaluation.
(1) why the applicant employed a different approach and (2) how the applicants preferred methodology meets the NRCs four acceptance criteria for a need for power analysis described in this Chapter.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 149
IV. Liquid Waste ProcessingSystems
                                                                      5. If a charcoal delay system is used, describe this
      1. For each liquid waste processing system (includ        system and indicate the minimum holdup times for each ing the shim bleed, steam generator blowdown, and              radionuclide considered in the evaluation. List all para detergent waste processing systems), provide in tabular        meters, including mass of charcoal (lb), flow rate (cfm),
form the following information:                                operating and dew point temperatures, and dynamic adsorption coefficients for Xe and Kr used in calculating a. Sources, flow rates (gpd), and expected          holdup times.


Chapter 9
activities (fraction of primary coolant activity, PCA) for all inputs to each system,                                           6. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)
9.0      Environmental Impacts of Alternatives The environmental report (ER) should include a discussion of alternatives to the proposed action that is sufficiently complete to aid the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff in (1) discussing alternatives to the proposed action in the environmental impact statement (EIS) [National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Section 102(2)(C)(iii) (42 U.S.C. 4321, 10 CFR 51.45(b)(3))], and (2) developing and describing appropriate alternatives to recommended courses of action in any proposal which involves unresolved conflicts concerning alternative uses of available resources (NEPA Section 102(2)(E)
                                                                and process flow diagrams for the gaseous radwaste b. Holdup times associated with collection,         systems, along with other systems influencing the source processing, and discharge of all liquid streams,               term calculations.
(42 U.S.C. 4321)). To the extent practicable, the environmental impacts of the proposal and the alternatives should be presented in comparative form (10 CFR 51.45(b)(3)).
         A key aspect of the alternatives analysis is that the alternatives presented in the ER should be capable of meeting the purpose and need of the proposed project. Assume, as an example, that the purpose and need for the project includes generating approximately 1,500 megawatt(s) electric (MW(e))
of baseload power by the year 2030 in the region of interest (ROI). An alternative that cannot generate approximately 1,500 MW(e) of baseload power, or cannot be in service by year 2030, or cannot effectively deliver power to the ROI, cannot meet the purpose and need and should not be retained as an alternative. A given project will have its own unique purpose and need statement. Some projects may have very different statements of the purpose and need; however, any alternative that will be evaluated must meet the purpose and need.


Another key aspect of this analysis is that the alternatives presented in the ER should be reasonable18 as defined by the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) (46 FR 18026) (Ref. 30). In other words, there should be a reasonable expectation that the alternative could be implemented. For example, if a proposed plant requires 60 million gallons per day (Mgd) of cooling water, then an alternative site for which no such source exists or is likely to be developed is not a reasonable alternative.
c. Capacities of all tanks (gal) and processing VI. Ventilation andExhaust Systems equipment (gpd) considered in calculating holdup times, For each building housing systems that contain d. Decontamination factors for each processing      radioactive materials, the steam generator blowdown step,                                                          system vent exhaust, and the main condenser air removal system, provide the following:
          e. Fraction of each processing stream expected to be discharged over the life of the station;,                       1. Provisions incorporated to reduce radioactivity releases through the ventilation or exhaust systems.


As another example, it is theoretically possible to generate electricity using a fusion reactor. However, as of the date of this publication, commercial power generation with a fusion reactor remains an elusive goal. Therefore, fusion power is not a reasonable alternative. While these are extreme examples, they illustrate the point that, to be considered an alternative, there must be a reasonable expectation that it could actually be implemented.
f. For demineralizer regeneration provide: time between regenerations, regenerant volumes and activ                  2. Decontamination factors assumed and the bases ities, treatment of regenerants, and fraction of regen          (include charcoal adsorbers, HEPA filters, mechanical erant discharged (include parameters used in making            devices).
these determinations), and
                                                                      3. Release rates for radioiodine, noble gases, and g. liquid source term by radionuclide in Ci/yr        radioactive particulates (Ci/yr), and the bases.


Except as described in Appendix A, the ER should include information on four categories of alternatives: the no-action alternative, energy alternatives, site alternatives, and system alternatives.
for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences.                                                        4. Release points to the environment, including height, effluent temperature, and exit velocity.


Specific information to include in the ER is covered in the following subsections.
2. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)
and process flow diagrams for the liquid radwaste                    5. For the containment building, provide the systems along with all other systems influencing the            building free volume (ft') and a thorough description of source term calculations.                                       the internal recirculation system (if provided), including E-2


9.1      No-Action Alternative The discussion of alternatives in the ER should include the no-action alternative under which the requested license or permit is not granted by the NRC. The ER should describe under the no-action alternative the impacts of not implementing the proposed action. Guidance from the CEQ states, Where a choice of no action by the agency would result in predictable actions by others, this consequence of the no-action alternative should be included in the analysis (46 FR 18026). For example, if the
the recirculation rate, charcoal bed depth, operating        (Ci/yr per reactor) of principal radionuclides, along with time assumed, and mixing efficiency. Indicate the           bases for values usd.
18 Identification and evaluation of reasonable alternatives to a proposed action is the intent of NEPA:
        Reasonable alternatives include those that are practical or feasible from the technical and economic standpoint and using common sense, rather than simply desirable from the standpoint of the applicant (From the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) (46 FR 18026)).
                                                RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 151


proposed nuclear plant would be used to meet a demonstrated need for power, then not building the plant would lead to a failure to meet that need for power. The staff expects that regulatory authorities (typically a State public service commission, or equivalent, in conjunction with any regional transmission operator and electrical reliability council) would take action to meet the need for power before the grid became unreliable. Because of this, the ER should discuss what other steps might be taken to address the need for power, and the associated environmental impacts. For example, if the likely result of the no-action alternative would be that one of the other energy alternatives would be built and operated to meet the need for power, then the ER should include that information and may refer to the discussion of that energy alternative for the associated environmental impacts.
expected purge and venting frequencies and duration and continuous purge rate (if used).                                2. Provide information on onsite storage provi sions (location and capacity) and expected onsite storage VII. Solid Waste ProcessingSystems                          times for all solid wastes prior to shipment.


9.2    Energy Alternatives The first step in the discussion of energy alternatives should be to evaluate and identify the energy sources other than nuclear energy that have the potential to meet the purpose and need for the project and eliminate from detailed discussion energy sources that cannot meet the purpose and need. The second step should be to evaluate in more detail the impacts of the energy sources that can meet the purpose and need for the project. Finally, the ER should compare the impacts of the energy sources that can meet the purpose and need to the impacts of the proposed project and determine if any of the alternative sources are environmentally preferable to the proposed project.
1. In tabular form, provide the following informa              3. Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams tion concerning all inputs to the solid waste processing    (P&IDs) for the solid radwaste system.


The discussion of alternatives in the ER should include all energy alternatives that could be used to meet the need for power.19 Energy alternatives can be divided into two categories; those that do not require new generating capacity (e.g., energy conservation), and those that do require new generating capacity (e.g., a natural gas-fired plant).
system: source, volume (fts/yr per reactor), and activity E-3
        For alternatives that do not require new generating capacity, the ER should discuss options that go beyond any already considered in the need-for-power analysis presented in ER Chapter 8. For example, the need-for-power analysis typically has already considered energy savings associated with energy efficiency and conservation programs that the power company plans to implement. Because these programs have already been considered in the need-for-power analysis, they do not represent an alternative to the proposed action. However, for the alternatives analysis the ER should discuss the possibility of implementing additional measures (beyond those already planned) that could obviate the need for the proposed nuclear power plant. These measures may include importing more power from beyond the ROI, additional energy-efficiency, conservation, and demand-side management programs (Ref. 101),20 re-activating plants that have been retired, or extending the lives of plants that are currently assumed to retire in the need-for-power analysis. The analysis of these alternatives should consider if these alternatives are reasonable (i.e., can they meet the purpose and need of the project after considering technical and regulatory challenges). If the alternative cannot meet the purpose and need for the project then it should be eliminated from further consideration. If the alternative can meet the purpose and need then it should be retained for comparison to the proposed project.


The discussion of alternatives that would require new generation facilities should include renewable and nonrenewable sources and at least one combination of sources. Examples of renewable
APPENDIX F
19 As discussed in Appendix A, an applicant for an early site permit is not required to address energy alternatives
                                  DATA NEEDED FOR RADIOACTIVE SOURCE TERM
        (10 CFR 51.50(b)(2)). However, the applicant can choose to address energy alternatives in such an application.
                                  CALCULATIONS FOR BOILING WATER REACTORS
    The applicant should provide the information listed                      c. Concentration of fission, corrosion, and in this appendix. The information should be consistent            activation products in the reactor coolant (pCi/sec).
with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR)             Provide the bases for the values used.


20
and the environmental report (ER) of the proposed boiling water reactor (BWR). Appropriate sections of the                   4. The quantity of tritium released in liquid and SAR and ER containing more detailed discussions of the             gaseous effluents (Ci/yr per reactor).
        Energy efficiency, conservation, and demand-side management programs need not be considered by the applicant if the application is for a merchant plant - a plant with no specific service territory. However, if one or more other companies are implementing such programs in the ROI, the ER should include consideration of the effect of those programs on the amount of power needed.
required information should be referenced following each response. Each response, however, should be                    H. NuclearSteam Supply System independent of the ER and SAR. 1 This information constitutes the basic data required to calculate the                      1. Total steam flow rate (lb/hr).
releases of radioactive material in liquid and gaseous effluents (the source terms). All responses should be on                  2. Mass of reactor coolant 0b) and steam (lb) in a per-reactor basis. Indicate systems shared between              the reactor vessel at full power.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 152
reactors.


sources are wind, geothermal, hydroelectric, hydrokinetic (e.g., wave and tidal), biomass (e.g., wood residues), municipal solid waste, energy crops, and solar. Examples of nonrenewable sources are coal, natural gas, and petroleum fuels. A combination of alternatives is one that includes a mix of sources that are available in that region. The decision regarding the mix of sources in the combination should be based on consideration of maximizing the renewable portion of the combination and minimizing the environmental impacts to create a competitive alternative. However, the combination must still be capable of meeting the purpose and need for the project. The analysis of alternative energy sources should consider the availability of the source in the ROI, the extent to which the source is already used in the region, and projections in the growth of the source in the region. Projections may be available from organizations such as power companies, public service commissions, Federal agencies, and universities.
IH. Reactor CoolantCleanup System The following data should be provided in Appendix F:                                                                        1. Average flow rate (lb/hr).
                                                                          2. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered
1. General                                                        resin).
        1. The maximum core thermal power (MWt)                            3. Regeneration frequency.


Reasonable energy alternatives are those that can meet the purpose and need of the project. So, for example, if the purpose and need includes providing baseload generating capacity, then any reasonable alternative must also be capable of providing baseload generating capacity.21 If a potential alternative has a capacity factor significantly lower than that of the proposed project (e.g., wind and solar), consider whether the alternative could be feasible if a form of energy storage or backup power is included. However, the feasibility and environmental impacts of energy storage or backup power would have to be included in the evaluation of the alternative.
evaluated for safety considerations in the SAR.


Once reasonable alternatives have been identified, the ER should evaluate the environmental impacts of those alternatives for comparison to the impacts of the proposed action. In general, applicants should assume siting of alternative energy facilities at the proposed plant site unless the proposed site would not be suitable for the particular alternative. For alternatives that require a cooling system, the ER
(Note: All of the following responsesshould be adjusted                    4. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.
should assume a cooling system similar to that evaluated for the proposed project.


The environmental impacts of each reasonable alternative should be compared to the impacts of the proposed action. Based on that comparison, the ER should indicate whether any of the alternatives is environmentally preferable to the proposed action. If none of the alternatives are environmentally preferable, then no further action is needed. If any of the alternatives are found to be environmentally preferable, then the ER should determine whether such alternatives are obviously superior to the proposed action by considering other factors (e.g., cost [capital and operating costs], fuel availability, and regulatory issues). As part of the comparison of reasonable energy alternatives, the ER should compare greenhouse gas emissions associated with each alternative to the emissions from the proposed project.
to this power leveL)
                                                                    IV. CondensateDemineralizers
        2. Core properties:
                                                                          1. Average flow rate (lb/hr).
          a. The total mass (lb) of uranium and pluto nium in an equilibrium core (metal weight),                               2. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered b. The percent enrichment of uranium in                resin).
reload fuel, and                                                           3. Number and size (ft 3 ) of demineralizers.


9.3    Site-Selection Process The ER should describe the process used by the applicant to identify possible sites for the new nuclear plant and to select the proposed site. The basic steps that should be described in the site-selection process are shown in Figure 9-1.
c. The percent of fissile plutonium in reload                  4. Regeneration frequency.


21 A baseload power plant is designed to operate continuously to supply all or part of the systems minimum load (DOE/EIAs Electric Power Industry Terms and Definitions, (Ref. 102)). Baseload power plants typically have annual load capacity factors that exceed 75 percent, but usually operate 90 to 98 percent of the time (How to Compare Power Generation Choices in Renewable Energy World North America (Ref. 103)).
fuel.
                                                RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 153


Figure 9-1. Site-Selection Process The ER should include the following information:
5. Indicate whether ultrasonic resin cleaning is
    *  A description of the ROI, candidate areas, potential sites, and candidate sites. If any potential or candidate sites have been designated by a governmental agency as an acceptable site for a new nuclear power plant, this information should be included in the ER.
        3. If methods and parameters used in estimating used and the waste liquid volume associated with its use.


*  Selection procedures for the ROI, candidate areas, potential sites, candidate sites, and the proposed site.
the source terms in the primary coolant are different from those given in Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calcula                      6. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.


*  The basis for establishing the geographical scope of the ROI.
tion of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from light-Water-Cooled Power Reac                  V. Liquid Waste ProcessingSystems tors," describe in detail the methods and parameters used. Include the following information:                                  1. For each liquid waste processing system, pro vide in tabular form the following information:
          a. Plant capacity factor, a. Sources, flow rates (gpd), and expected b. Isotopic release rates of noble gases to the        activities (fraction of primary coolant activity, PCA) for reactor coolant at 30-minute decay (pCi/sec), and                all inputs to each system, b. Holdup times associated with collection, processing, and discharge of all liquid streams, IThe ER or SAR may be referenced as to the bases for the parameters used; however, the parameters should be given with              c. Capacities of all tanks (gal) and processing the responses in this appendix.                                 equipment (gpd) considered in calculating holdup times, F-I


*  Factors considered at each level of the selection process, parameters by which these factors were measured and weighted, and criteria used to define levels of acceptability (e.g., numerical limits or decision standards).
d. Decontamination factors for each proces                6. The design holdup time (hr) for gas vented sing step,                                                    from the gland seal condenser, the iodine partition factor for the condenser, and the fraction of radioiodine e. Fraction of each processing stream expected    released through the system vent. Description of the to be discharged over the life of the station,               treatment system used to reduce radioiodine and partic ulate releases from the gland seal system.
    *  Methodologies used in the potential and candidate site screening process, including (when used)
        factors such as (1) importance factors, (2) preference functions, (3) utility functions,
        (4) weighting factors, (5) ranking scales, (6) scoring schemes, (7) rating systems, and
        (8) sensitivity analyses.


For each alternative site, reconnaissance-level information should be included in the ER for the same impact categories used for the proposed site (see Chapters 4 and 5).
f. For waste demineralizer regeneration, time between regenerations, regenerant volumes and activ                  7. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)
        While the ER summarizes the process used to select the proposed site, the NRC staff will need to know the details of the process, which is typically described in a more detailed site-selection report prepared by or for the applicant. If such a report was prepared, it should be provided to the NRC staff at the time the application is submitted to inform the staffs review.
ities, treatment of regenerants, and fractions of regener    and process flow diagrams for the gaseous waste treat ant discharged (include parameters used in making these      ment system along with all other systems influencing the determinations), and                                          source term calculations.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 154
g. Liquid source term by radionuclide in Ci/yr for normal operation, including anticipated operational        VII. Ventilationand Exhaust Systems occurrences.


The site-selection process should follow a logical path from the definition of the ROI to the identification of candidate areas, potential sites, and candidate sites, to the selection of the proposed site.
For each station building housing system that contains radioactive materials, provide the following:
        2. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)
and process flow diagrams for the liquid radwaste systems along with all other systems influencing the                 I. Provisions incorporated to reduce radioactivity releases through the ventilation or exhaust systems.


The ROI is the geographic area considered in searching for potential and candidate sites. The geographic area of the ROI need not be contiguous, but if it is not, a logical basis for nonadjacent areas should be provided. Candidate Areas are one or more areas within the ROI that remain after unsuitable areas (e.g., unsuitable because of high population, lack of water, fault lines, or distance to transmission lines)
source term calculations.
have been removed. Potential Sites are those sites within the candidate areas that have been identified for preliminary assessment in establishing candidate sites. Candidate sites are those potential sites within the ROI and that are considered in the comparative evaluation of sites to be among the best that can reasonably be found for the siting of a nuclear power plant. The candidate sites include the proposed site and the alternative sites. The proposed site is the candidate site submitted to the NRC by the applicant as the proposed location for a nuclear power plant. Alternative sites are those candidate sites that are compared to the proposed site to determine if there is an obviously superior alternative site. In general, the identification of three to five alternative sites in addition to the proposed site could be viewed as adequate. Each of the steps in the process is discussed in more detail below.


9.3.1      The Region of Interest The ROI is typically selected based on geographic boundaries (e.g., the State in which the proposed site is located), or the relevant service area for the proposed plant. In cases where the proposed plant would not have a service area, the applicant should define a reasonable ROI and provide a justification. The ROI should be more extensive if the diversity of environmental conditions captured by the ROI would be substantially improved or if candidate sites do not meet initial threshold criteria (including the site criteria in 10 CFR Part 100, Reactor Site Criteria (Ref. 104)), and added geographic areas likely would not increase project costs substantially. The ER should describe how the ROI was selected, the extent of and basis for restrictions to the ROI because of siting constraints, and the extent to which the ROI is constrained based on the major load centers to be supplied by the proposed plant.
2. Decontamination factors assumed and the VI. Main Condenser and Turbine Gland Seal Air              bases (include charcoal adsorbers, HEPA filters, mechan Removal Systems                                        ical devices).
        1. The holdup time (hr) for offgases from the               3. Release rates for radioiodines, noble gases, and main condenser air ejector prior to processing by the         radioactive particulates (Ci/yr) and the bases.


9.3.2      Candidate Areas The ER should describe the process used to identify the candidate areas within the ROI. Reasons that areas may be unsuitable include the following:
offgas treatment system.
    *  does not meet criteria in 10 CFR Part 100 (e.g., seismic unsuitability, proximity to major centers of population density)
    *  lack of existing infrastructure (e.g., roads and railroads)
    *  lack of a suitable cooling-water source
    *  distance to transmission lines, substations, or load centers
    *  unsuitable topographic features
    *  potential to impact valuable agricultural, residential, or industrial areas
    *  potential to impact dedicated land-use areas (e.g., parks, historic sites, and wilderness areas)
    *  conflicts with land-use planning programs or other restrictions established by State, county, or local governments RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 155


The applicants process to identify candidate areas should consider these and other reasonable attributes to identify areas potentially unsuitable for siting a new nuclear power plant. The ER should present the determining characteristics of the identified areas and need not present other characteristics.
4. Release point to the environment including
        2. Description and expected performance of the       height, effluent temperature, and exit velocity.


For example, if an area has no suitable cooling-water source, then the area would be considered unsuitable and the other factors listed above need not be considered. The areas in the ROI that remain after unsuitable areas are eliminated are the candidate areas.
gaseous waste treatment systems for the offgases from the condenser air ejector and mechanical vacuum pump.                5. For the containment building, indicate the The expected air inleakage per condenser shell, the           expected purge and venting frequencies and duration, number of condenser shells, and the iodine source term        and continuous purge rate (if used).
from the condenser.


9.3.3        Potential Sites Once the candidate areas have been identified, the ER should describe how potential sites within those areas were identified. In selecting potential sites, applicants should use a logical process that treats all sites in the same way, and would reasonably be expected to produce sites that are among the best potential sites in the candidate areas. Applicants should not use a potential site-selection process that focuses on one group or class of sites to the exclusion of other groups of sites without a defensible technical basis. The process used to identify potential sites should typically consider attributes similar to those used in the process of identifying candidate areas. However, in general this step in the process involves a somewhat more detailed look at those criteria. In addition, in many cases, the applicant can use the inverse of the attributes listed above, looking for positive rather than negative attributes. So, for example, the applicant may identify locations in the candidate areas that have ample water, are close to transmission facilities and load centers, have infrastructure in place, etc. However, negative attributes at a specific location (e.g., seismicity or threatened and endangered species), may also be used to de-select some sites.
Vm. Solid Waste ProcessingSystems
      3. The mass of charcoal (tons) in the charcoal delay system used to treat the offgases from the main                1. Jn tabular form, provide the following informa condenser air ejector, the operating and dew point            tion concerning all inputs to the solid waste processing temperatures of the delay system, and the dynamic            system: source, volume (ft 3 /yr per reactor), and activity adsorption coefficients for Xe and Kr.                       (Ci/yr per reactor) of principal radionuclides along with bases for values.


An applicant is not expected to conduct detailed environmental studies for potential sites, only preliminary investigations using reconnaissance-level information.22 A reconnaissance-level investigation should take account of information that is readily available over the Internet and from other sources (e.g., existing studies and State and Federal agencies). The applicant does not have to own the land at potential sites; however, no obvious obstruction should prevent the applicant from obtaining the land (e.g., land that is part of a National Park).
4. Description of cryogenic distillation system, fraction of gases partitioned during distination, holdup            2. Onsite storage provisions (location and capac in system, storage following distillation, and expected      ity) and expected onsite storage times for all solid wastes system leakage rate.                                         prior to shipment.
          The goal of this step in the process is not to identify every potential site in the candidate areas.


Depending on the size of the candidate areas, trying to identify all possible sites would yield an unworkable number of possible locations. Instead, the ER should demonstrate that the applicant used a logical process that would reasonably be expected to produce a list of the best potential sites in the candidate areas.
5. The steam flow (lb/hr) to the turbine gland                3. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)
seal and the source of the steam (primary or auxiliary).     and process flow diagrams for the solid radwaste system.


9.3.4        Candidate Sites Candidate sites are those potential sites that are within the ROI and are considered in the comparative evaluation of sites to be among the best that can reasonably be found for the siting of a new nuclear power plant. The applicants review of candidate sites should be directed toward the identification of sites suitable for the size and type of nuclear power plant being proposed. The candidate sites include
F-2
22 Reconnaissance-level information is defined in RG 4.7 as information that is obtainable from published reports, public records, public and private agencies, and individuals knowledgeable about the locality of a potential site.


Although in some cases the applicants may have conducted on-the-spot investigations, it is assumed here that these investigations would be limited to reconnaissance-type surveys at this stage in the site selection process.
APPENDIX G
                              DATA NEEDED FOR RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM
                                COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS FOR LIGHT-WATER
                                          COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS
  The applicant should provide the information listed          2. The cost of borrowed money used in the cost in Tables G.1 and G.2. The information should be              analysis and the method of arriving at this cost.


Reconnaissance should include more than just a literature search for issues that are critical to the evaluation of sites. So, for example, reconnaissance should include contact with the water-management agency about water availability in most cases, as discussed in RG 4.7. The amount and quality of information must be sufficient based on the expert judgment of the reviewer to make the required determination for which the information is needed.
consistent with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR) and environmental report (ER) for the proposed reactor. Appropriate sections of the SAR and ER                  3. If methods and parameters used in the cost-benefit containing more detailed discussions of the required          analysis are different from those given in Regulatory information should be referenced following each re            Guide 1.110, "Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste sponse. Each response, however, should be independent        Systems for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reac of the ER and SAR. This information constitutes the           tors," describe in detail the methods used and provide basic data required in performing a cost-benefit analysis    the bases for all parameters. Include the following for radwaste treatment systems. All responses should be      information:
on a per-reactorbasis. The following information should be provided:
                                                                    a. Decontamination factors assigned to each aug
  1. Detailed cost estimate sheets, similar to Tables G.1    ment and fraction of "online" time assumed, i.e., hours and G.2, listing all paremeters (and their bases) used in    per year used.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 156
determining capital, operating, and maintenance costs associated with all augments considered in the cost benefit analysis. All costs should be stated in terms of            b. Parameters and method used to determine the
1975 dollars.                                                 Indirect Cost Factor and the Capital Recovery Factor.


the proposed site and the alternative sites. The ER should demonstrate that the applicants site-selection methodology resulted in the identification of candidate sites that are potentially licensable by the NRC,
G-I
and among the best that can reasonably be found in the ROI. At least four candidate sites should be identified in the ER.


To be a candidate site, the following minimum criteria should be satisfied:
TABLE G.1 TOTAL DIRECT COST ESTIMATE SHEET
    *   Consumptive use of water should not cause significant adverse effects on other users.
                            OF RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM
                      FOR LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS
Description of Augment DIRECT COST (1975 $ 1000)/REACTOR
                                                                      BASIS FOR
      ITEM                      LABOR    EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS   TOTAL COST ESTIMATE


*  The proposed action should not appreciably reduce the likelihood of survival or recovery of Federal, State, or American Indian Tribal listed threatened, endangered, or candidate species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat.
===1. PROCESS EQUIPMENT===


*  There should not be any potential significant impacts to essential fish habitat or other federally protected aquatic habitats or to known spawning grounds or nursery areas of populations of important aquatic species on Federal, State, or American Indian Tribal lists.
===2. BUILDING ASSIGNMENT===


*  Discharges of effluents into waterways should be in accordance with Federal, State, regional, local, and American Indian Tribal regulations and should not adversely impact efforts to meet water-quality objectives.
===3. ASSOCIATED PIPING===
        SYSTEMS


*  There should be no preemption of, or adverse impacts on, land specially designated for environmental, recreational, or other special purposes.
===4. INSTRUMENTATION AND===
        CONTROLS


*  There should not be destabilizing impacts on terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, including wetlands that are unique to the resource area.
===5. ELECTRICAL SERVICE===


*  There should not be other significant issues (e.g., environmental justice, historic and cultural resources, traditional cultural properties, cemeteries, burials) that preclude the use of the site.
===6. SPARE PARTS===
        SUB TOTAL


9.3.5        Proposed and Alternative Sites The proposed site is the candidate site identified by the applicant as the proposed location for a new nuclear power plant. Alternative sites are those candidate sites that are compared to the proposed site to determine if there is an environmentally preferable site.
===7. CONTINGENCY===


The ER should provide a sufficient description of the alternative sites to allow for an evaluation of the environmental impacts of building and operating the proposed project at each site. A figure showing the proposed plant on each alternative site with the footprint and the environmental interfaces such as cooling-water intakes and discharges should be included.
===8. TOTAL DIRECT COSTS===
                                            G-2


The evaluation and comparison of the proposed and alternative sites should be performed for each resource area for which an assessment was performed for the proposed site, should consider cumulative impacts and be presented in tabular form. The potential impacts of climate change should be considered under cumulative impacts for alternative sites.
TABLE G.2 ANNUAL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE COST ESTIMATE SHEET
                            FOR RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM
                        FOR LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS
  Description of Augment COST (1975 $ 1000)/REACTOR
                                                                    BASIS FOR
                                      LABOR          OTHER  TOTAL  COST ESTIMATE
  ITEM
1. OPERATING LABOR,
      SUPERVISORY AND
      OVERHEAD


The evaluation of the cumulative impacts at the alternative sites should be similar to that for the proposed site, except that reconnaissance-level information is used for the alternative sites. If, however, the initial review appears to indicate that an alternative site is environmentally preferable to, or even obviously superior to, the proposed site, then additional reconnaissance-level information can be gathered to further assess whether the alternative site is obviously superior.
===2. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL===
      AND LABOR
3. CONSUMABLES, CHEMICALS,
      AND SUPPLIES
4. UTILITIES AND SERVICES
      Waste Disposal Water Steam Electricity Building Services Other


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 157
===5. TOTAL OPERATING AND===
      MAINTENANCE ANNUAL
      COST
                                              G-3


An applicant can propose to build a new nuclear power plant at a site that was not selected on the basis of a systematic site-selection process (e.g., at the site of an existing nuclear power plant or a site identified by the State). In such a case, the applicant can simply choose the site it is proposing. However, the applicant should still follow the process shown in Figure 9-1 for the selection of alternative sites. The site comparison should be performed in such a case by comparing each of the alternative sites to the proposed site.23 In general, the applicant should consider the same plant design (e.g., cooling-system design and transmission-line voltage) at all of the alternative sites. However, changes to the design may be considered on a site-specific basis if the proposed design could not be used at the alternative site. The applicants review should also take account of the reactor site criteria in 10 CFR Part 100 and RG 4.7.
APPENDIX H
        EXAMPLES OF FIGURES SHOWING
      RADIATION EXPOSURE PATHWAYS
                                                  77-;_ý
Figure H-1. Generalized Exposure Pathways-for Man H-1


The applicant should state in the ER whether any of the alternative sites would be environmentally preferable to the proposed site, and provide an explanation for the determination.
LIQUID E
              Sediments VelJ    mme rs ion Ingestion Figure H-2. Generalized Exposure Pathways for Organisms Other Than Man H-2


An environmentally preferred site is a site for which the environmental impacts are sufficiently less than for the proposed site, so that environmental preference for the alternative site can be established. For any environmentally preferable site, the applicant should indicate whether it is obviously superior to the proposed site. See, for example, New England Coalition on Nuclear Pollution v. NRC, 582 F.2d 87, (1st Cir. 1978) (Ref. 105). Whereas the evaluation for an environmentally preferable site considers only environmental impacts, the determination whether a site is obviously superior also considers costs and institutional constraints.
APPENDIX I
                                      PROPOSED ANNEX TO APPENDIX D, 10 CFR PART 50
              DISCUSSION OF ACCIDENTS IN APPLICANTS' ENVIRONMENTAL
                                                                                              REPORTS: ASSUMPTIONS
                          The complete text of the proposedAnnex to Appendix D,
                                                                                          10 CFR Part50, follows. It
                          %usoriginallypublishedin the Federal Register December 1,
                                                                                            1971 (36 FR 22851).
      This Annex requires certain assumptions to be made in discussion of accidents in Environmental Reports                  Those classes of accidents, other than Classes 1 and 9, submitted pursuant to Appendix D by applicants' for                 found to have significant adverse environmental effects construction permits or operating licenses for nuclear              shall be evaluated as to probability, or frequency of
                    2                                                  occurrence to permit estimates to be made of environ power reactors.                                                      mental risk or cost arising from accidents of the given In the consideration of the environmental risks                  class.


Costs should include any additional costs associated with building and operating the proposed unit(s) at the environmentally preferable site. These costs could include items such as the cost of
associated with the postulated accidents, the probabil ities of their occurrence and their consequences must                    Class I events need not be considered because of their both be taken into account. Since it is not practicable to           trivial consequences.
(1) modifying the plant design, (2) additional grading and fill, (3) ecological and cultural resource surveys, (4) the ongoing cost of establishing and operating a new emergency plan (if the proposed site already has such a plan in place), (5) the cost of obtaining the alternative site, and (6) the cost of any delay associated with changing sites. Institutional constraints could include items such as (1) known objections of regulatory agencies, (2) grid stability issues at the alternative site, (3) lack of franchise privileges and eminent domain powers, (4) the need to restructure existing financial and business arrangements, and (5) the feasibility of obtaining the alternative site. The Commission discussed the standards for conducting a cost-benefit analysis related to alternatives in the following cases: Consumers Power Co. (Midland Plant Units 1 and 2), ALAB-458, 7 NRC 155 (1978) (Ref. 106), Public Service Company of New Hampshire et al. (Seabrook Station Units 1 and 2), ALAB-471, 7 NRC 477 (1978)
(Ref. 107).
        If the applicant were to determine that an alternative site was obviously superior to the proposed site, then the NRC staff expects that the applicant would modify its choice of the site. If the applicant determines that an environmentally preferable site is not obviously superior to the proposed site, then the ER should explain in detail the bases for that conclusion.


If the proposed action requires an individual permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), then USACE will perform its own analysis to determine whether the proposed site is the least environmentally damaging practicable alternative (LEDPA) using criteria in 40 CFR, Part 230, Section
consider all possible accidents, the spectrum of acci dents, ranging in severity from trivial to very serious, is             Class 8 events are those considered in safety analysis divided into classes.                                                reports and AEC staff safety evaluations. They are used, together with highly conservative assumptions, as the Each class can be characterized by an occurrence rate            design-basis events to establish the performance require and a set of consequences.                                           ments of engineered safety features. The highly conser vative assumptions and calculations used in AEC safety Standardized examples of classes of accidents to be              evaluations are not suitable for environmental risk considered by applicants in preparing the section of                evaluation, because their use would result in a substan Environmental Reports dealing with accidents are set                tial overestimate of the environmental risk. For this out in tabular form below. The spectrum of accidents,               reason, Class 8 events shall be evaluated realistically.
404(b)(1), Guidelines for Specification of Disposal Sites for Dredged or Fill Material (Ref. 108). While the USACE evaluation of the LEDPA site and the NRC staffs evaluation as to whether there is an
23 This approach still involves the applicant identifying alternative sites that are among the best that can be identified in the ROI, and comparing those alternative sites to the proposed site to determine if any is obviously superior. As such, the final result of this approach is the same as the determination between the proposed and alternative sites.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 158
from the most trivial to the most severe, is divided into            Consequences predicted in this way will be far less severe nine classes, some of which have subclasses. The acci than those given for the same events in safety analysis dents stated in each of the eight classes in tabular form            reports where more conservative evaluations are used.


obviously superior alternative site considers similar factors, there are some differences in the focuses of the two evaluations. Regardless, experience has shown that early coordination with the USACE on issues related to siting and LEDPA will reduce the likelihood of significant problems and delays during the review. In addition, because the NRC staff and USACE staff will both review the information in the applications to the NRC (the ER) and the USACE, the applicant should ensure that the information provided in these documents is consistent.
below are representative of the types of accidents that must be analyzed by the applicant in Environmental The occurrences in Class 9 involve sequences of Reports; however, other accident assumptions may be                  postulated successive failures more severe than those more suitable for individual cases. Where assumptions                postulated for establishing the design basis for protective are not specified, or where those specified are deemed              systems and engineered safety features. Their conse unsuitable, assumptions as realistic as the state of                 quences could be severe. However, the probability of knowledge permits shall be used, taking into account the             their occurrence is so small that their environmental risk specific design and operational characteristics of the               is extremely low. Defense in depth (multiple physical plant under consideration.                                          barriers), quality assurance for design, manufacture, and operation, continued surveillance and testing, and con For each class, except Classes 1 and 9, the environ              servative design are all applied to provide and maintain mental consequences shall be evaluated as indicated.                the required high degree of assurance that potential accidents in this class are, and will remain, sufficiently remote in probability that the environmental risk is IAlthough this Annex refers to applicants' Environmental            extremely low. For these reasons, it is not necessary to Reports, the current assumptions and other provisions thereof      discuss such events in applicants' Environmental are applicable, except as the content may otherwise reqWre, to AEC draft and final Detailed Statements.


The impacts described in Chapter 6 of the ER (e.g., nuclear fuel cycle, decommissioning), would not vary significantly from one site to another. Typically, all of the alternative sites and the proposed site are in low-population areas, and the review team assumes the same reactor plant design is applicable for each of the sites. Therefore, the same fuel cycle technology, transportation methods, and decommissioning methods would be used. Because of this, these impacts would not differentiate between the sites and would not be useful in the determination of whether an alternative site is environmentally preferable to the proposed site. For this reason, these impacts are not discussed in the evaluation of the alternative sites.
Reports.


Similarly, the nonradiological waste impacts described in Chapters 4, and 5, and the radioactive waste impacts in Chapter 5, would not vary significantly from one site to another. The types and quantities of nonradiological and radioactive waste would be about the same at any of the alternative sites. For each alternative site, all wastes destined for land-based treatment or disposal would be transported offsite by licensed contractors to existing, licensed disposal facilities operating in compliance with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements. All nonradioactive liquid discharges would be discharged in compliance with the provisions of an applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. Also, the amount of nonradioactive, nonhazardous municipal solid waste to be generated annually by the plant would be a relatively small percentage of the total solid waste generated within the geographic area of interest of any of the alternative sites.
2 Prelminary guidance as to the content of applicants' Environ          Furthermore, it is not necessary to take into account mental Rbports was provided in the Draft AEC Guide to the         those Class 8 accidents for which the applicant can Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants    demonstrate that the probability has been reduced and dated February 19, 1971, a document made available to the public as well as to the applicant. Guidance concerning the      thereby the calculated risk to the environment made discussion of accidents in environmental reports was provided    equivalent to that which might be hypothesized for a to applicants in a September 1, 1971, document entitled          Class 9 event.


The following sections describe the specific resource area information that should be provided for each alternative site.
"Scope of Applicants! Environmental Reports with Respect to Transportation, Transmission Lines, and Accidents," also made available to the public.                                              Applicant may substitute other accident class break downs and alternative values of radioactive material
                                                                1-1


Cumulative Impacts The applicant should provide a description of any past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions in the general area surrounding the alternative sites that would affect the same resources impacted by the proposed units as was prepared for the preferred site (Section 7.0 of this RG). The applicant should use the same approach to establish the resource impact area for each resource area as described in Table 7-1.
releases and analytical assumptions, if such substitution      of radioactive materials outside containment. These is justified in the Environmental Report.                     releases shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I.


Land Use The characterization and discussion of possible land-use impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
ACCIDENT-3.0 RADWASTE SYSTEM FAILURE
                ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS                                  3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction (includes operator error).
Accident
1.0 Trivial incidents.                                              (a) Radioactive gases and liquids: 25% of average
2.0 Small releases outside containment.                        inventory in the largest storage tank shall be assumed to
3.0 Radwaste system failures.                                  be released.


Hydrology A reconnaissance-level discussion of surface-water and groundwater features, and availability should be made using available water-management-agency information, aerial photographs, maps, and geographic information system (GIS) layers, if available. The characterization and discussion of possible effects to surface-water and groundwater should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 159
3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents.                  (b) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values are to be
    3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents.        1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.2
4.0 Fission products to primary system (BWR).
    4.1 Fuel cladding defects.                                      (c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting
    4.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failures        the effects in different directions by the frequency the above those expected.                                          wind blows in each direction.


Terrestrial Ecology A reconnaissance-level baseline characterization of terrestrial resources on alternative sites can be expected to rely heavily on aerial photographs, maps, and GIS layers published by Federal and State natural resource management agencies. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information. Adequate information on the possible occurrence of important species and habitats can be obtained from discussions with, or online databases maintained by, the Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS),
5.0 Fission products to primary and secondary systems (PWR).                                                              3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents
and State natural heritage programs.
    5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generator leaks.       (includes failure of release valve and rupture disks).
    5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam generator leak.                      (a) 100% of the average tank inventory shall be
      5.3 Steam generator tube rupture.                          assumed to be released.


Aquatic Ecology A reconnaissance-level baseline characterization of aquatic resources on alternative sites can be expected to rely heavily on aerial photographs, maps, and GIS layers published by Federal and State natural resource management agencies. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information. Adequate information on the possible occurrence of important species and habitats can be obtained from discussions with, or online databases maintained by, the FWS, National Marine Fisheries Service, and State natural heritage programs. Guidance on sources and use of aquatic reconnaissance level information for alternative sites is found in RG 4.24.
6.0 Refueling accidents.


Socioeconomics For the alternative sites, an applicant should address the same socioeconomic issues that were addressed for the proposed site. Demographic data for each alternative site should be provided by the applicant at the same level of detail as that presented for Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, including any maps and summary tables. The characterization and discussion of other impact areas should be performed using reconnaissance-level information.
6.1 Fuel bundle drop.                                            (b) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values shall be
      6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core.                  1/10 of those given in Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


Environmental Justice For the alternative sites, an applicant should address the same environmental justice issues that were addressed for the proposed site, but also look for environmental justice pathways and impacts that are not present at the proposed site. The Census block group assessment of demographic data for each alternative site should be provided by the applicant at the same level of detail as that presented for Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, including any maps and summary tables. The characterization and discussion of other impact areas should be performed using reconnaissance-level information.
7.0 Spent fuel handling accident.


Historic and Cultural Resources Applicants should provide reconnaissance-level information on historic and cultural resources for each of the alternative sites being considered. There is a difference between reconnaissance-level information and reconnaissance activities. The applicant should gather information on known historic and cultural resources at the alternative sites, and within the vicinity through a comprehensive literature review. Survey and site information (e.g., historic and cultural resources that are listed on or eligible for the National Register of Historic Places) should be obtained through the State Historic Preservation Office, as well as local historical societies within the vicinity of the alternative site locations, and GIS
7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool.                     (c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting
tools (e.g., NEPAssist).
      7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack.                      the effects in different directions by the frequency the
        Because detailed cultural resource field investigations are not generally performed on alternative sites, there is uncertainty about the direct or indirect effects on historic and cultural resources that may or RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 160
      7.3 Fuel cask drop.                                       wind blows in each direction.


may not be located at or in the vicinity of the alternative site. The applicant should, when determining impacts, base them on known resources and the probability of the area containing resources. For example, if an adjacent area has been surveyed and resources have been found or in the opinion of the qualified professional there are likely to be resources located on the site, then that information should be considered in determining the impact level. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information with the understanding that the NRC does not perform National Historic Preservation Act consultation for alternative sites.
8.0 Accident initiation events considered in design basis evaluation in the safety analysis report.                           3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents
      8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents.


Air Quality Applicants should provide reconnaissance-level information related to air quality for the region around each alternative site. For criteria pollutants, this is the local/regional area and is generally the county in which the alternative site is located. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
8.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system              (a) Radioactive liquids: 100% of the average storage that penetrates the containment.                              tank inventory shall be assumed to be spilled on the
      8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (PWR).                       floor of the building.


Nonradiological Health Applicants should provide reconnaissance-level information for the region around each alternative site. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
8.2(b) Rod drop accident (BWR).
      8.3(a) Steamline breaks (PWRs outside contain                    (b) Building structure shall be assumed to remain ment).                                                        intact.


Radiological Health Applicants should provide reconnaissance-level information for the region around each alternative site. The characterization and discussion of possible impacts should follow the same guidance used in Chapters 2, 4, 5, and 7 of this RG, using reconnaissance-level information.
8.3(b) Steamline breaks (BWR).
                                                                      (c) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS                            1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


Postulated Accidents The applicant should evaluate the impacts of postulated accidents at alternative sites using a qualitative analysis to characterize and discuss possible impacts as in Chapters 5 and 7 of this RG.
ACCIDENT-1.0 TRIVIAL INCIDENTS                              (d) Consequences should be calcilated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


9.4    System Alternatives The ER should include information on system design alternatives for the heat-dissipation and circulating-water systems. Specific information to include in the ER is covered in the following subsections.
These incidents shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix
  1.1
                                                                  2 Coues of such guide(s) dated November 2, 1970, are ACCIDENT-2.0 SMALL RELEASE OUTSIDE CON                            available at the Commission's Public Document Room, 1717 H
                      TAINMENT                                      Street N.W., Washington, D.C., and on request to the Director, Division of Reactor Standards, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Com mission, Washington, D.C. 20555. (These two guides have been These releases shall include such things as releases          revised and reissued as Revision 2, Regulatory Guide 1.3, and through steamline relief valves and small spills and leaks        Revision 2, Regulatory Guide 1.4, both dated June 1974.


9.4.1      Heat Dissipation The applicant should discuss alternatives to the proposed heat-dissipation system at the proposed site. Alternatives that should be considered include once-through cooling, mechanical draft wet cooling towers, natural draft cooling towers (including fan assisted towers), wet/dry cooling towers, dry cooling towers, cooling ponds, and spray ponds. The applicant should assess, and document in the ER, whether each alternative (1) is feasible and practical given conditions at the proposed site, and (2) could meet the requirements of Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and associated Federal and State implementing regulations. For alternatives which satisfy those two criteria, information should be included in the ER that compares the environmental impacts of the proposed heat-dissipation system with the alternative system(s). If an alternative system is found to be environmentally preferable to the RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 161
Copies of these guides may be obtained by request from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, D.C. 20555,
    136 FR II 11,June 8, 1971.                                       Attention: Director of Office of Standards Development.)
                                                              1-2


proposed system, comparative information on the estimated capital and operating cost of the proposed system vs. the estimated capital and operating cost of the environmentally preferable system should be included in the ER. The applicant should state the basis for choosing the proposed system over the environmentally preferable system.
ACCIDENT-4.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRIMARY
                                                                        (c) Secondary system equilibrium radioactivity prior SYSTEM (BWR)                              to the transient shall be based on a 20 gal/day steam generator leak and a 10 gpm blowdown rate.


9.4.2      Circulating-Water System Alternatives The applicant should discuss alternatives to the proposed circulating-water system at the proposed site. The evaluation should address alternatives for the intake, discharge, and water-supply portions of the system. Applicants should assess and document in the ER whether each alternative (1) is feasible and practical given conditions at the proposed site, and (2) could meet the requirements of Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and associated Federal and State implementing regulations. For alternatives which satisfy those two criteria, information should be included in the ER that compares the environmental impacts of the proposed system with the alternative system(s). If an alternative system is found to be environmentally preferable to the proposed system, comparative information on the estimated capital and operating cost of the proposed system vs. the estimated capital and operating cost of the environmentally preferable system should be included in the ER. The applicant should state the basis for choosing the proposed system over the environmentally preferable system.
4.1 Fuel claddingdefect.


9.4.3      Other System Alternatives In unusual circumstances, an applicant may find that consideration of alternative designs for other systems (e.g., the cooling system specific to the service water system) may be warranted. This situation could arise if a system other than the cooling water system for the main condensers (already addressed above) (1) would have unavoidable environmental impacts from construction (as defined in 10 CFR 51.4)
Release from these events shall be included and                (d) All noble gases and 0.1% of the halogens in the evaluated under routine releases in accordance with            steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.
or operations that are greater than SMALL; and (2) the use of an alternative system design would possibly reduce those impacts to a lower significance level. In such cases, the applicant should develop and compare appropriate alternatives to determine if any is environmentally preferable to the proposed system. This portion of the guidance should not be used if the significant environmental impacts are caused by the project as a whole, as opposed to a discrete system.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 162
proposed Appendix I.


Chapter 10
4.2 Off-destgn transients that induce fuel failures            (e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values should be above those expected (such as flow blockage and flux            1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.
10.0    Conclusions
10.1    Impacts of the Proposed Actions The applicant should summarize and reference the impacts of the proposed action from Chapters
4, 5, and 7.


10.2    Unavoidable Adverse Environmental Effects As required by 10 CFR 51.45(b)(2), an environmental report (ER) shall discuss Any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented. Unavoidable adverse environmental impacts are those impacts of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC)
maldistributions).
action and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) action (if it is a cooperating agency), that cannot be avoided in the use of the site and associated offsite facilities. The applicant should provide two tables listing the resource area, impacts, mitigation measures, and the unavoidable adverse impacts left after mitigation. One table should list the unavoidable adverse impacts from building, and the other should list the unavoidable adverse impacts from operation.
                                                                        (f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting (a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and        the effects in different directions by the frequency the
  0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be              wind blows in each direction.


10.3    Relationship between Local Short-Term Use of the Environment and Long-Term Productivity As required by 10 CFR 51.45(b)(4), an ER shall discuss The relationship between local and short-term uses of mans environment and the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity.
assumed to be released into the reactor coolant.


The short-term uses of the human environment by the proposed project can be summarized in terms of the unavoidable adverse environmental impacts of building and operation and the irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources. The applicant should describe the principle short-term benefit of the project (typically, the production of electricity) against the long-term uses of the site (agriculture or other productive uses of the site).
5.3 Steam generatortube rupture.
10.4    Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of Resources As specified by 10 CFR 51.45(b)(5), an ER shall discuss Any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources which would be involved in the proposed action should it be implemented.


The term irreversible commitments of resources refers to environmental resources that would be irreparably changed by the building and/or operation activities authorized by the NRC or USACE (if a cooperating agency) permit and licensing decisions, where the environmental resources could not be restored at some later time to the resources state before the relevant activities. The term irretrievable commitments of resources refers to materials that would be used for or consumed by the new units in such a way that they could not, by practical means, be recycled or restored for other uses. The applicant should discuss the irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources for each resource area in Chapters 4, 5 and 6. The applicant should indicate if there is no irreversible or irretrievable commitment of resources for a particular resource area.
(b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the steamline.                          (a) 15% of the average inventory of noble gases and halogens in the primary coolant shall be assumed to be (c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed            released into the secondary coolant.


10.5    Alternatives to the Proposed Action As specified by 10 CFR 51.45(b)(3), an ER shall discuss Alternatives to the proposed action.
to be automatically isolated by a high radiation signal on the steamline.                                                     The average primary coolant activity shall be based on 0.5% failed fuel.


The applicant should summarize and reference the Chapter 9 analysis of the alternatives to the proposed action.
(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10% of the halogens shall be                    (b) Equilibrium radioactivity prior to rupture shall assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser          be based on a 20 gallon per day steam generator leak and to the environment at 0.5%/day for the course of the            a 10 gpm blowdown rate.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 163
accident (24 hours).
                                                                      (c) All noble gases and 0.1% of the halogens in the (e) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be            steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be
  1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 dated            released by the condenser air ejector.


10.6    Benefits and Costs As required in 10 CFR 51.45(c), the ER should include information on the estimated benefits and costs associated with the applicants proposed project. The NRC staff will review this information and use it, as deemed appropriate, in the NRC staffs balancing of the costs (including environmental costs)
November 2, 1970.
against the anticipated benefits of the proposed action. To the extent possible, the estimated benefits and costs should be quantified. For all qualified and quantified benefit and cost categories, the applicant should provide a discussion commensurate with the importance of the category to the application process.


The applicant should provide separate tabular summarization of the benefits and the costs of the proposed action. This information will be gleaned from building and operations impacts (i.e., Chapters 4,
(d) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be
5, and 7), the analysis of need for power (i.e., Chapter 8), and the alternatives analysis (i.e., Chapter 9).
                                                                  1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.
Benefits and costs should be quantified to the extent practicable and presented using standard units for the domain of the resource being quantified (e.g., dollars, acres, and kilowatt hour (kWh)).
10.6.1      Benefits The ER should include information on the estimated benefits of the proposed project in accordance with the projects stated purpose and need (i.e., Chapter 1). Benefits can include, but are not limited to the following:
    *  net electrical generating benefits of the proposed plant
    *  fuel diversity in the generation fleet
    *  State or public utility commission greenhouse gas (GHG) emission goals and how the project contributes to the goal
    *  energy independence and national security
    *  price stabilization and reduction
    *  demonstration of technological capabilities
    *  compliance with environmental regulations and the reduction of air pollution (e.g., criteria, hazardous, and GHG emissions)
    *  by-production of other commercial products (e.g., steam)
    *  expected annual tax payments to local and State governments for the building period and during operation of the proposed plant
    *  any estimated incremental increase in regional productivity during building and operating period
    *  any nonmonetary benefits (e.g., new recreational facilities and improved road conditions)
10.6.2      Costs The ER should include information on the estimated internal and external costs of building- and operations-related activities. The negative environmental impacts described in the ER may be expressed RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 164


as external or societal costs and should be quantified in the units appropriate to the resource domain estimating the impact.
(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the, frequency the wind blows in each direction.                                        (e) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


Financial costs help the public evaluate the financial benefits of the proposed project in light of its costs. The applicant should provide the same level of cost information to the NRC as would typically be provided to other regulators (e.g., utility commissions). At a minimum, the following internal financial cost information should be provided:
ACCIDENT-5.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRIMARY
    *    Overnight capital cost of the proposed action, including the following:
                                                                        ACCIDENT-6.0 REFUELING ACCIDENTS
            -   all building activities at the site and offsite areas
                    AND SECONDARY              SYSTEMS
            -  acquisition and placement of all plant structures and components
                      (PRESSURIZED WATER REACTORJ                    6.1 Fuel bundle drop.
            -  installation of transmission lines, pipelines, access routes, rail spurs, and other utility corridors


* Financing and other costs, including the following:
5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generatorleak Release from these events shall be included and evalu              (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one ated under routine releases in accordance with proposed        row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1%of total activity in a pin.)
            -  expected financing costs including provisions for the allowance for funds used during building
Appendix I.
            -  other costs the applicant will be required to disclose to other regulators to provide a complete picture of the financial cost of the project


* Operations costs, including the following:
5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure            (b) One week decay time before the accident occurs above those expected and steam generatorleak (such as          shall be assumed.
            -   fuel costs
            -  plant operations and maintenance costs including maintenance and outage costs
            -  waste disposal and plant decommissioning costs
            -  additional regulatory compliance costs, taxes, fees, and environmental costs
            -  other costs the applicant will be required to disclose to other regulators to provide a complete picture of the financial cost of the project
10.6.3    Benefit-Cost Balance A key component of the applicants ER will be comparison of benefits and costs for the proposed action. The applicant should clearly enumerate and explain how the benefits of the proposed action outweigh the expected internal and external costs.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 165
flow blockage and flux maldistributions).
                                                                    (c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be (a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and        500.


Chapter 11
0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the reactor coolani.                    (d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be
11.0    Reference Guidance The applicant should provide a bibliography of sources used in preparation of the environmental report (ER). References should be cited and listed at the end of the chapter to which they refer. The applicant should have all reference material used in the ER available for the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission staffs review.
                                                                99%.
    (b) Average inventory in the primary system prior to the transient shall be based on operation with 0.5%                (e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to failed fuel.                                                   isolating the containment.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 167
1-3


==D. IMPLEMENTATION==
7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack.
The purpose of this section is to provide information on how applicants and licensees24 may use this guide and information regarding the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commissions (NRCs) plans for using this regulatory guide (RG). In addition, it describes how the NRC staff complies with 10 CFR 50.109, Backfitting, and any applicable finality provisions in 10 CFR Part 52, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants.


Use by Applicants and Licensees Applicants and licensees may voluntarily25 use the guidance in this document to demonstrate compliance with the underlying NRC regulations. Methods or solutions that differ from those described in this RG may be deemed acceptable if they provide sufficient basis and information for the NRC staff to verify that the proposed alternative demonstrates compliance with the appropriate NRC regulations.
(f) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


Current licensees may continue to use guidance the NRC found acceptable for complying with the identified regulations as long as their current licensing basis remains unchanged.
(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released (g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a the effects in different directions by the frequency the      pin.)
wind blows in each direction.


Licensees may use the information in this RG for actions which do not require NRC review and approval such as changes to a facility design under 10 CFR 50.59, Changes, tests, and experiments.
(b) 30 days decay time before the accident occurs
      6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core.                 shall be assumed.


Licensees may use the information in this RG or applicable parts to resolve regulatory or inspection issues.
(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released              (c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity    500.


Use by NRC Staff The NRC staff does not intend or approve any imposition or backfitting of the guidance in this RG. The NRC staff does not expect any existing licensee to use or commit to using the guidance in this RG, unless the licensee makes a change to its licensing basis. The NRC staff does not expect or plan to request licensees to voluntarily adopt this RG to resolve a generic regulatory issue. The NRC staff does not expect or plan to initiate NRC regulatory action which would require the use of this RG. Examples of such unplanned NRC regulatory actions include issuance of an order requiring the use of the RG, requests for information under 10 CFR 50.54(f) as to whether a licensee intends to commit to use of this RG,
in a pin.)
generic communication, or promulgation of a rule requiring the use of this RG without further backfit consideration.
                                                                    (d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be
                                                                99%.
      (b) 100 hours of decay time before object is dropped shall be assumed.


During regulatory discussions on plant specific operational issues, the staff may discuss with licensees various actions consistent with staff positions in this RG, as one acceptable means of meeting the underlying NRC regulatory requirement. Such discussions would not ordinarily be considered backfitting even if prior versions of this RG are part of the licensing basis of the facility. However, unless this RG is part of the licensing basis for a facility, the staff may not represent to the licensee that the licensees failure to comply with the positions in this RG constitutes a violation.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be (c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be       1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


If an existing licensee voluntarily seeks a license amendment or change and (1) the NRC staffs consideration of the request involves a regulatory issue directly relevant to this new or revised RG and (2)
500.
24 In this section, licensees refers to licensees of nuclear power plants under 10 CFR Parts 50 and 52; and the term applicants, refers to applicants for licenses and permits for (or relating to) nuclear power plants under 10 CFR Parts
        50 and 52, and applicants for standard design approvals and standard design certifications under 10 CFR Part 52.


25 In this section, voluntary and voluntarily means that the licensee is seeking the action of its own accord, without the force of a legally binding requirement or an NRC representation of further licensing or enforcement action.
(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting (d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be      the effects in different directions by the frequency the
99%.                                                          wind blows in each direction.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 169
7.3 Fuel cask drop.
 
the specific subject matter of this RG is an essential consideration in the staffs determination of the acceptability of the licensees request, then the staff may request that the licensee either follow the guidance in this RG or provide an equivalent alternative process that demonstrates compliance with the underlying NRC regulatory requirements. This is not considered backfitting as defined in 10 CFR
50.109(a)(1) or a violation of any of the issue finality provisions in 10 CFR Part 52.
 
Additionally, an existing applicant may be required to comply to new rules, orders, or guidance if
10 CFR 50.109(a)(3) applies.
 
If a licensee believes that the NRC is either using this RG or requesting or requiring the licensee to implement the methods or processes in this RG in a manner inconsistent with the discussion in this Implementation section, then the licensee may file a backfit appeal with the NRC in accordance with the guidance in NUREG-1409, Backfitting Guidelines, (Ref. 109) and the NRC Management Directive 8.4, Management of Facility-Specific Backfitting and Information Collection (Ref. 110).
                                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 170
 
REFERENCES26
1. U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities, Part 50, Title 10, Energy. 27
2. CFR, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants, Part 52, Title 10,
    Energy.
 
3. CFR, Environmental Protection Regulations for Domestic Licensing and Related Regulatory Functions, Part 51, Title 10, Energy.
 
4. National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), as amended, 42 United States Code (U.S.C.)
    4321 et seq. 28
5. Executive Order 11514, Protection and Enhancement of Environmental Quality. Federal Register,
    35 FR 4247. March 5, 1970, Office of the President, Washington, DC.29
6. Executive Order 11991, Environmental Impact Statements, Federal Register, 42 FR 26967. May
    25, 1977, Office of the President, Washington, DC.
 
7. CFR Chapter V - Council on Environmental Quality - Parts 1500 Through 1508, Parts 1500 -
    1508, Title 40, Protection of Environment.
 
8. Atomic Energy Act of 1954, 42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.
 
9. Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 5801 et seq.
 
10. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.206, Combined License Applications for Nuclear Power Plants (LWR Edition), Washington, DC.
 
11. NRC, RG 4.7, General Site Suitability Criteria for Nuclear Power Stations, Washington, DC.
 
12. NRC, RG 4.11, Terrestrial Environmental Studies for Nuclear Power Stations, Washington, DC.
 
13. NRC, RG 4.24, Aquatic Environmental Studies for Nuclear Power Stations, Washington, DC.
 
26 Publicly available NRC published documents are available electronically through the NRC Library on the NRCs public Web site at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/ and through the NRCs Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html. The documents can also be viewed online or printed for a fee in the NRCs Public Document Room (PDR) at 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD. For problems with ADAMS, contact the PDR staff at 301-415-4737 or (800) 397-4209; fax (301) 415-3548; or e- mail pdr.resource@nrc.gov.
 
27 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:
        http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.
 
28 The United States Code (USC) can be obtained electronically from the Office of the Law Revision Counsel of the House of Representatives at http://uscode.house.gov/.
29 Publicly available executive orders and similar documents may be obtained through the National Archives and Records Administration at their Web site (http://www.archives.gov/), by telephone (1-866-272-6272), fax (301-837-0483), or U.S. Mail at The National Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Rd., College Park, MD 20740-6001.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 171
 
14. NRC, NUREG-1555, Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
 
15. NRC, COL/ESP-ISG-026, Environmental Issues Associated with New Reactors Interim Staff Guidance, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML14092A402).
16. NRC, COL/ESP-ISG-027, Specific Environmental Guidance for Light Water Small Modular Reactor Reviews, Washington DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML14100A648).
17. NRC, RG 4.2, Supplement 1, Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plant License Renewal Applications, Washington, DC.
 
18. CFR, Requirements for Renewal of Operating Licenses for Nuclear Power Plants, Part 54, Title
    10, Energy.
 
19. International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), 2013. Managing Environmental Impact Assessment for Construction and Operation in New Nuclear Power Programmes, IAEA Nuclear Energy Series No. NG-T-3.11.30
20. IAEA, 2016, Site Evaluation for Nuclear Installations, Safety Standards Series NS-R-3, Vienna, Austria.
 
21. Endangered Species Act of 1973, 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.
 
22. Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996, 16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.
 
23. National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, 54 U.S.C. 300101 et seq.
 
24. Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act of 1934, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 661-667 et seq.
 
25. Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 (also referred to as Clean Water Act), 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.
 
26. Clean Air Act of 1970, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.
 
27. Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972, 16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.
 
28. Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI). 2013. Industry Guideline for Effective Pre-Application Interactions with Agencies Other Than NRC during the Early Site Permit Process, NEI 10-07, Revision 1 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13028A392).
30
        Copies of International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) documents may be obtained through their Web site:
        WWW.IAEA.Org/ or by writing the International Atomic Energy Agency P.O. Box 100 Wagramer Strasse 5, A-1400
        Vienna, Austria. Telephone (+431) 2600-0, Fax (+431) 2600-7, or E-Mail at Official.Mail@IAEA.Org.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 172
 
29. Fixing Americas Surface Transportation Act (FAST), Title 41, 42 U.S.C. § 4370m et seq.
 
30. Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ), Forty Most Asked Questions Concerning CEQs National Environmental Policy Act Regulations, Federal Register, 46 FR 18026. March 23, 1981, Washington, DC.31
31. NRC, Limited Work Authorizations for Nuclear Power Plants. Federal Register, 72 FR 57416.
 
October 9, 2007, Washington, DC.
 
32. CFR, Physical Protection of Plants and Materials, Part 73, Title 10, Energy.
 
33. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and NRC. 2008. Memorandum of Understanding between U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission on Environmental Reviews Related to the Issuance of Authorizations to Construct and Operate Nuclear Power Plants.
 
Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML082540354).
34. NRC, NUREG-2157, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for Continued Storage of Spent Nuclear Fuel. Final Report, 2014, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML14196A105 and ML14196A107).
35. CFR, Prime and Unique Farmlands, Part 657, Title 7, Agriculture.
 
36. CFR, Definitions of Waters of the United States, Part 328, Title 33, Navigation and Navigable Waters.
 
37. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), 2014, National Wetlands Inventory, Falls Church, VA.32
38. American National Standard Institute/American Nuclear Society (ANSI/ANS), 2018, ANSI/ANS-
    2.6-2018, Standard Guidelines for Estimating Present & Forecasting Future Population Distributions Surrounding Power Reactor Sites, La Grange Park, IL. 33
39. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, Federal Register, 59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994, Office of the President, Washington, DC.
 
31 Printed copies of Federal Register notices are available for a fee from the U.S. Government Printing Office, 732 N
        Capitol Street, NM Washington, DC 20401, telephone (866) 521-1800, or they may be downloaded for free from the Government Printing Office Web site: http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/.
32 Accessible from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Web site: http://www.fws.gov/wetlands/.
33 Copies of American National Standard Institute/American Nuclear Society documents may be obtained through their Web site: http://www.ans.org/store/.
                                              RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 173
 
40. CEQ, 1997, Environmental Justice Guidance Under the National Environmental Policy Act, Washington, DC. 34
41. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2016, The Promising Practices Report for EJ
    Methodologies in NEPA Reviews, Report of the Federal Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice & NEPA Committee, Washington, DC. 35
42. EPA, 2018, EJSCREEN: Environmental Justice Screening and Mapping Tool, Washington, DC. 36
43. NRC, 1998, In the Matter of Louisiana Energy Service Claiborne Enrichment Center, Docket 70-
    3070-ML020560604, CLI-98-3, Washington, DC, April 3, 1998.
 
44. NRC, NUREG-1939, Final Environmental Impact Statement for Combined Licenses for Virgil C.
 
Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3, Volumes 1 and 2, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML11098A044 and ML11098A057).
45. CFR, National Register of Historic Places, Part 60, Title 36, Parks, Forests, and Public Property.
 
46. CFR, Protection of Historic Properties, Part 800, Title 36, Parks, Forests, and Public Property.
 
47. CFR, Professional Qualification Standards, Part 61, Title 36, Parks, Forests, and Public Property.
 
48. NRC, RG 1.23, Meteorological Monitoring Programs for Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
 
49. CFR, Designation of Areas for Air Quality Planning Purposes, Part 81, Title 40, Protection of Environment.
 
50. CFR, National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards, Part 50, Title 40,
    Protection of Environment.
 
51. NRC, RG 1.145, Atmospheric Dispersion Models for Potential Accident Consequence Assessments at Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
 
52. NRC, RG 1.111, Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Transport and Dispersion of Gaseous Effluents in Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors, Washington, DC.
 
53. NRC, NUREG-1437, 1996, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for License Renewal of Nuclear Plants, Volumes 1 and 2, Washington, DC, (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML040690705 and ML040690738).
54. NRC, NUREG-1437, 2013, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for License Renewal of Nuclear Plants, Revision 1, Washington, DC.
 
34 Copies of CEQ documents are available at http://ceq.doe.gov/.
35 Copies of EPA publications can be obtained from the EPA Library Services through their web site:
        http://www.epa.gov/libraries/library_services.html.
 
36 Copies of EPA publications can be obtained from the EPA Library Services through their web site:
        http://www.epa.gov/libraries/library_services.html.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 174
 
55. NRC, RG 4.1, Radiological Environmental Monitoring for Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
 
56. NRC, RG 4.15, Quality Assurance for Radiological Monitoring Programs (Inception through Normal Operations to License Termination)Effluent Streams and the Environment, Washington, DC.
 
57. NEI, 2007, Industry Ground Water Protection Initiative - Final Guidance Document, NEI 07-07, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML091170588).
58. NRC, RG 1.112, Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors, Washington, DC.
 
59. Executive Order 11988, Floodplain Management, Federal Register, 42 FR 26951, May 24, 1977, Office of the President, Washington DC.
 
60. CFR, Compensatory Mitigation for Losses of Aquatic Resources, Part 332, Title 33, Navigation and Navigable Waters.
 
61. CFR Determining Conformity of Federal Actions to State or Federal Implementation Plans, Part
    93, Title 40, Protection of Environment.
 
62. NRC, Memorandum from Ryan Whited to Scott Flanders, Revision to Staff Guidance for Conducting General Conformity Determinations, April 25, 2013, Washington, DC (ADAMS
    Accession No. ML12313A190).
63. NRC, NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan for the Review of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants, LWR Edition, Washington, DC.
 
64. NRC, RG 8.19, Occupational Radiation Dose Assessment in Light-Water Reactor Power Plants --
    Design Stage Man-Rem Estimates, Washington, DC.
 
65. CFR, Standards for Protection Against Radiation, Part 20, Title 10, Energy.
 
66. EPA, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System: Regulations Addressing Cooling Water Intake Structures for New Facilities. Federal Register, 66 FR 65256. December 18, 2011, Washington, DC.
 
67. Advisory Group on Non-Ionising Radiation (AGNIR), 2006, Power Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, Melatonin and the Risk of Breast Cancer, RCE-1, Health Protection Agency, Oxford, UK.
 
(ADAMS Accession No. ML093210326).
68. National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS). 1999, NIEHS Report on Health Effects from Exposure to Power-Line Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields, NIH Publication No
    99-4493, National Institutes of Health, Research Triangle Park, NC (ADAMS Accession No.
 
ML093240277).
                                        RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 175
 
69. World Health Organization (WHO), 2007, Extremely Low Frequency Fields. Environmental Health Criteria 238, Geneva, Switzerland.37
70. Soldat, J.K., N.M. Robinson, and D.A. Baker, 1974, Models and Computer Codes for Evaluating Environmental Radiation Doses, BNWL-1754, Battelle, Pacific Northwest Laboratories, Richland, Washington (ADAMS Accession No. ML12223A187).
71. NRC, NUREG/CR-4013, Strenge, D.L., R.A. Peloquin, and G. Whelan, 1986, LADTAP II
    Technical Reference and User Guide, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, WA
    (ADAMS Accession No. ML14098A069).
72. NRC, RG 1.109, Calculation of Annual Doses to Man from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix I, Washington, DC.
 
73. NRC, NUREG/CR-4653, Strenge, D.L., T.J. Bander, and J.K. Soldat, 1987, GASPAR II
    Technical Reference and User Guide, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, WA
    (ADAMS Accession No. ML14098A066).
74. CFR, Environmental Radiation Protection Standards for Nuclear Power Operations, Part 190, Title
    40, Protection of Environment.
 
75. National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP), 2009, Ionizing Radiation Exposure of the Population of the United States, NCRP Report No. 160, Bethesda, MD.38
76. IAEA, 2004, Sediment Distribution Coefficients and Concentration Factors for Biota in the Marine Environment, Technical Report Series 422, Vienna, Austria.
 
77. IAEA, 2010, Handbook of Parameter Values for the Prediction of Radionuclide Transfer in Terrestrial and Freshwater Environments, Technical Report Series 472, Vienna, Austria.
 
78. IAEA, 1992. Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Plants and Animals at Levels Implied by Current Radiation Protection Standards, Technical Report Series 332, Vienna, Austria.
 
79. NCRP, 1991, Effects of Ionizing Radiation on Aquatic Organisms, NCRP Report No. 109, Bethesda, Maryland.
 
80. NRC, RG 1.183, Alternative Radiological Source Terms for Evaluating Design Basis Accidents at Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
 
81. NRC, NUREG/CR-6613, Chanin, D. and M.L. Young, Code Manual for MACCS2: Volume 1, Users Guide, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML110600923).
82. NRC, Safety Goals for the Operation of Nuclear Power Plants; Policy Statement; Correction and Republication. Federal Register, 51 FR 30028. August 21, 1986, Washington, DC.
 
37 Copies of World Health Organization (WHO) documents are available from http://www.who.int/peh- emf/research/health_risk_assess/en/index2.html.
 
38 Copies of The National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) may be obtained through their Web site: http://www.ncrponline.org/Publications/Publications.html or by writing to the NCRP at 7910 Woodmont Avenue, Suite 400, Bethesda, Maryland 20814-3095, Ph: 301-657-2652, fax: 301-907-8768.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 176
 
83. NRC, NUREG/CR-4551, Sprung, J.L., J.A. Rollstin, J.C. Helton, H-N Jow. 1990. Evaluation of Severe Accident Risks: Quantification of Major Input Parameters, Vol. 2, Rev. 1, Part 7, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML12334A759).
84. NRC, NUREG-1150, Severe Accident Risks: An Assessment for Five U.S. Nuclear Power Plants,
    1990, Washington, DC.
 
85. Limerick Ecology Action vs. United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission, U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit - 869 F.2d 719 (3d Cir. 1989).
86. NRC, NUREG/BR-0058, Regulatory Analysis Guidelines of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC.
 
87. NRC, NUREG/BR-0184, Regulatory Analysis Technical Evaluation Handbook, Washington, DC
    (ADAMS Accession No. ML050190193).
88. Office of Management and Budget (OMB). 2003. Regulatory Analysis, Circular No. A-4, September 17, 2003.39
89. NEI, 2005, Severe Accident Mitigation Alternatives (SAMA) Analysis, Guidance Document, NEI
    05-01, Revision A. Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML060530203).
90. NRC, NUREG-1437, Volume 1, Addendum 1, Generic Environmental Impact Statement for License Renewal of Nuclear Plants Addendum to Main Report, 1999, Washington, DC.
 
91. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) 1972, Environmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants, WASH-1238, Washington, DC (ADAMS
    Accession No. ML14092A626).
92. NRC, NUREG-75/038, Environmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants, Supplement 1, 1975, Washington, DC.
 
93. NRC, FirstEnergy Nuclear Operating Company, Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station, Unit 1;
    Environmental Assessment and Finding of No Significant Impact. Federal Register, 56 FR 794.
 
December 30, 1999, Washington, DC.
 
94. Weiner, R.F., D. Hinojosa, T.J. Heames, C. Ottinger Farnum, and E.A. Kalinina, 2013, RADTRAN
    6/RadCat 6 User Guide, SAND2013-8095, Sandia National Laboratories, Albuquerque, NM
    (ADAMS Accession No. ML14286A092).
95. Johnson, P.E. and R.D. Michelhaugh, 2003, Transportation Routing Analysis Geographic Information System (TRAGIS) Users Manual, ORNL/NTRC-006, Revision 0, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN (ADAMS Accession No. ML113260107).
39 Office of Management and Budget documents are available electronically at https://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/.
                                          RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 177
 
96. NRC, NUREG-0586, Supplement 1, Volumes 1 and 2, Final Generic Environmental Impact Statement of Decommissioning of Nuclear Facilities: Regarding the Decommissioning of Nuclear Power Reactors, 2002, Washington, DC.
 
97. CEQ, 1997, Considering Cumulative Effects under the National Environmental Policy Act.40
98. EPA, 1999, Consideration of Cumulative Impacts in EPA Review of NEPA Documents, EPA
    Publication 315-R-99-002.41
99. EPA, 2012, NEPAssist Tool.42
100. NRC, Nuclear Energy Institute; Denial of Petition for Rulemaking. Federal Register, 68 FR
    55905. September 29, 2003, Washington, DC.
 
101. NRC, 2005, Memorandum and Order dated December 12, 2005, regarding In the Matter of Exelon Generation Company, LLC, (Early Site Permit for Clinton ESP Site, Commission Order CLI-05-29, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML053460102).
102. Department of Energy/Energy Information Administration (DOE/EIA), 2011, Electric Power Industry Terms and Definitions, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML11294A614).
103. Hynes, John. 2009. How to Compare Power Generation Choices. Renewable Energy World North America (ADAMS Accession No. ML11294A595).
104. CFR "Reactor Site Criteria," Part 100, Title 10, "Energy."
105. New England Coalition on Nuclear Pollution v. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NECNP v.
 
NRC). 582 F.2d 87 (1st Circuit 1978). U.S. Court of Appeals First Circuit Decision, August 22,
    1978.
 
106. NRC, 1978, Atomic Safety and Licensing Appeal Board Order In the Matter of Consumers Power Company (Midland Plant Units 1 and 2). 7 NRC 155, ALAB-458, Washington, DC.
 
107. NRC, 1978, Atomic Safety and Licensing Appeal Board Order In the Matter of Public Service Company of New Hampshire et al. (Seabrook Station Units 1 and 2). 7 NRC 477, ALAB-471, Washington, DC.
 
108. CFR Section 404(b)(1) Guidelines for Specification of Disposal Sites for Dredged or Fill Material, Part 230, Title 40, Protection of Environment.
 
109. NRC. NUREG-1409, Backfitting Guidelines, July 1990, Washington, DC.
 
110. NRC, Management Directive (MD) 8.4, Management of Facility-Specific Backfitting and Information Collection, Washington, DC.
 
40
        Copies of CEQ documents are available at http://ceq.doe.gov/.
41 Copies of EPA publications can be obtained from the EPA Library Services through their web site:
        http://www.epa.gov/libraries/library_services.html.
 
42 Accessible from EPAs website at: http://www.epa.gov/oecaerth/nepa/nepassist-mapping.html.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Page 178
 
APPENDIX A
                                                      -
                      Part 50 and Part 52 Licenses and Authorizations The information provided in Part C of this regulatory guide (RG) is for environmental reports (ERs) for combined license (COL) applications that do not reference an early site permit (ESP).
This appendix provides information for the development of ERs for other authorizations and licenses that can be granted by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) under Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR) Part 50 (Ref. A1), and Part 52 (Ref. A2).
        Early Site Permits Before the ESP process was promulgated in 1989, the licensing process required large expenditures of time and money by applicants well before key site-specific environmental, safety and emergency planning issues could be resolved. The ESP process is meant to resolve these issues well in advance of any decision to build a nuclear power plant. The requirements for the information to be included in ERs for an ESP application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.50(b) (Ref. A3).
        An ESP application requires a determination by the NRC as to the suitability of a site for the construction and operation of one or more nuclear reactors. It is not an authorization to construct and / or operate the nuclear reactor referenced in the ESP application or, in the case of a plant parameter envelope (PPE) design, a reactor that fits inside the bounding characteristics of the PPE. A PPE is a set of plant- design parameter values that an ESP applicant expects will bound the design characteristics of a reactor or reactors that might be constructed at a given site. Therefore, the PPE serves as a surrogate for reactor design information that is not available or for a reactor design that is not final. Use of this approach allows an ESP applicant to defer the decision on what reactor design to build to the COL stage. An applicant may use a PPE to support demonstration of compliance with 10 CFR 52.17. The combination of site characteristics and PPE values will comprise the ESP bases that will be the focus for comparison in the event a COL application is submitted for the site. At the COL stage, the applicant would determine if the design-specific vendor information for the selected reactor design fits within the PPE values and, if not, would appropriately address these environmental impacts in the COL application.
 
Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) publication NEI 10-01, Revision 1, Industry Guideline for Developing a Plant Parameter Envelope in Support of an Early Site Permit (Ref. A4), describes the development and use of an ESP application from the industrys perspective, including the development of a PPE to bound multiple reactor designs. The PPE in NEI 10-01 is an example of the parameters needed for a PPE. However, not all parameters apply to all designs and additional parameters may be needed depending on the reactor designs that the PPE is bounding.
 
An applicant for an ESP should review previous applications along with associated requests for additional information (RAIs) to gain an understanding of the level of detail needed to receive an ESP.
 
However, an applicant should only include in its ER information that is needed to analyze the environmental impacts for its project. The applicant should also review NUREG-1555 (Ref. A5) and this RG for guidance regarding the level of detail expected in the application. In addition, the applicant can discuss with the NRC any questions regarding level of detail during pre-application interactions. For example, if a PPE is used for an ESP review, the applicant should address the assumptions for the reactor designs being evaluated and whether the designs are within the bounds of Table S-3 of 10 CFR 51.51(b).
Finally, an applicant can refer to review standard (RS)-002, Processing Applications for Early Site Permits, Attachment 3, Scope and Associated Review Criteria for Environmental Report, for additional information (Ref. A6).
                                    RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-1
 
All the information described in Part C of this RG will be required for an ESP application with the following exceptions based on 10 CFR 51.50(b)(2):
    *    the ER need not include an assessment of the economic, technical, or other benefits (e.g., need for power) and costs of the proposed action
    *    the ER need not include an evaluation of alternative energy sources
    *    the ER need not include an evaluation of severe accident mitigation design alternatives (SAMDAs) because this is a benefit-cost evaluation However, the applicant can, at its discretion, provide in the ESP ER the economic, technical, or other benefits (e.g., need for power) and costs of the proposed action, an evaluation of SAMDAs and an analysis of alternative energy. An applicant might choose to address any or all of these issues in its ESP
application in order to gain early resolution of the issues.
 
Combined License Referencing an Early Site Permit A COL referencing an ESP is a combined construction permit (CP) and operating license (OL)
with conditions for a nuclear power plant issued under 10 CFR Part 52, Subpart C at the site that was found suitable in the ESP and referencing either a 10 CFR Part 52 certified design or providing all the required design information for a non-certified design. ER information requirements for a COL
referencing an ESP application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.50(c)(1).
        As stated in 10 CFR 51.50(c)(1), if the COL application references an ESP, then the Applicants Environmental ReportCombined License Stage need not contain information or analyses submitted to the Commission in Applicants Environmental ReportEarly Site Permit Stage, or resolved in the Commissions ESP environmental impact statement (EIS), but must contain, in addition to the environmental information and analyses otherwise required:
    *    information to demonstrate that the design of the facility falls within the site characteristics and design parameters (i.e., the PPE) specified in the ESP;
    *    information to resolve any significant environmental issue that was not resolved in the ESP
        proceeding;
    *    any new and significant information for issues related to the impacts of construction and operation of the facility that were resolved in the ESP proceeding;
    *    a description of the process used to identify new and significant information on the NRCs conclusions in the ESP EIS. The process must use a reasonable methodology for identifying such new and significant information; and
    *    a demonstration that all environmental terms and conditions that have been included in the ESP
        will be satisfied by the date of issuance of the combined license. Any terms or conditions of the ESP that could not be met by the time of issuance of the combined license must be set forth as terms or conditions of the combined license.
 
All the information described in Part C of this RG, with the exception of alternative sites, should be reviewed by the COL applicant to determine if any new and significant information has become available since the issuance of the ESP EIS. If new and significant information has become available, the RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-2
 
applicant must include it in the ER for the COL referencing the ESP. The applicants process for identifying new and significant information must be described in the ER. If SAMDAs, alternative energy sources and the economic benefits and costs were not evaluated in the ESP, then that information should be submitted in the COL application referencing the ESP. Any unresolved issues in the ESP must be addressed in the COL application.
 
Construction Permits and Operating Licenses Construction Permit. A CP is an authorization from the Commission for the analysis, design, manufacture, fabrication, quality assurance, placement, erection, installation, modification, inspection or testing of a facility or activity. It is not an authorization to operate the plant. The requirements for the information to be included in the ER or ERs for a CP application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.50(a). All the information described in Part C of this RG should be considered for a CP
application. While a complete reactor design may not be developed at the CP stage, an applicant should consult with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40, Consultation with NRC staff to discuss the appropriate level of information which is required for severe accident mitigation alternatives (SAMAs), including available probabilistic risk assessment information, procedures, training activities, and plant-design alternatives (i.e., SAMDAs), that could significantly reduce the environmental risks from a severe accident.
 
Enclosure 1 of SECY-15-0002, Proposed Updates of Licensing Policies, Rules, and Guidance for Future Reactor Applications, discusses unique challenges to assessing risks and SAMAs/SAMDAs (Ref. A7). The 10 CFR Part 52 requirements to provide a description of a design-specific probabilistic risk assessment (PRA) do not apply to new reactor license applications submitted under 10 CFR 50, such as a CP, as of the time of this revision. However, the Staff Requirements Memorandum for SECY-15-
0002 (Ref. A8) sets an expectation that licensing under 10 CFR Part 50 be performed consistently with 10
CFR Part 52, including how risk and severe accidents are addressed. Therefore, a CP application should provide information derived from the preliminary design to address these topics. A CP application should provide the best available information to assess SAMAs/SAMDAs. The applicant of an OL referencing the CP is required in the OL application to provide new and significant information, including any such information related to SAMAs/SAMDAs. Therefore, the staff recommends that any prospective applicant for a CP engage with the staff during pre-application activities in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40
regarding the extent to which it plans to address SAMAs/SAMDAs at the CP and OL stages.
 
During pre-application interactions, CP applicants should inform the staff if they plan to use Title
41 of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act (42 U.S.C. § 4370m) (Ref. A9).
        Operating License. An OL is an authorization from the Commission to operate a plant specified in a related CP. The requirements for the information to be included in ERs for an OL application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.53(b). No discussion of need for power, alternative energy sources or alternative sites for the facility is required. All the information described in Part C of this RG should be reviewed by the applicant to determine if any new information has become available for each resource area since the issuance of the CP EIS. In the OL ER, the applicant shall discuss matters only to the extent that they differ from those discussed previously or reflect new information in addition to that discussed in the final EIS prepared by the NRC in connection with the CP. Any new information identified, such as design information for SAMAs, will be required by the NRC staff for the review of the ER for the OL
application.
 
To this end, it is important for potential new reactor applicants considering a CP and the subsequent OL under 10 CFR Part 50 to be aware of the process for engaging the staff on environmental matters, as described in 10 CFR 51.40.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-3
 
Limited Work Authorizations and Site Redress A Limited Work Authorization (LWA) is an authorization by the Commission to construct certain safety-related structures, systems, or components before issuance of a CP or COL. The requirements for the information to be included in ERs for an LWA application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.45 and 51.49.
 
Requirements are provided for multiple cases including where (1) the LWA is submitted as part of a complete CP or COL application, (2) as a phased application for LWA and CP or COL, (3) as part of an ESP, (4) following receipt of an ESP, and (5) where the Commission previously prepared an EIS for construction and operation and the CP was issued, but facility construction was not completed. Only the first case (submitted as part of a complete CP or COL application) and the third case (as part of an ESP)
are discussed in this appendix.
 
In accordance with 10 CFR 51.49(a) and (c), any ER prepared to support an LWA application under those regulations must include, which is in addition to the environmental report required by 10 CFR
51.50:
    *  a description of the activities that would be conducted under the LWA
    *  a statement of the need for the activities
    *  a description of the environmental impacts that may be reasonably expected to result from the activities
    *  the mitigation measures the applicant proposes to implement to achieve the level of environmental impacts described, and a discussion of the reasons for rejecting any mitigation measures that could be employed to further reduce environmental impacts In accordance with 10 CFR 51.49(d), an ER prepared to support an LWA application submitted by the holder of an ESP must include:
    *  a description of the activities proposed to be conducted under the LWA
    *  a statement of the need for the activities
    *  a description of the environmental impacts that may be reasonably expected to result from the activities
    *  the mitigation measures the applicant proposes to implement to achieve the level of environmental impacts described, and a discussion of the reasons for rejecting any mitigation measures that could be employed to further reduce environmental impacts
    *  any new and significant information for issues related to the impacts of construction of the facility that were resolved in the early site permit proceeding with respect to the environmental impacts of the activities to be conducted under the limited work authorization
    *  a description of the process used to identify new and significant information regarding NRC's conclusions in the early site permit environmental impact statement; the process must be a reasonable methodology for identifying this new and significant information RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-4
 
The applicant should determine which resource areas will be affected by LWA activities and provide information on the impacts to those resource areas consistent with the information provided in Part C of this RG.
 
In accordance with 10 CFR 51.49(b), an ER prepared to support an LWA application submitted as part of a phased application in accordance with § 2.101(a)(9), may be limited to a discussion of the activities proposed to be conducted under the limited work authorization. If the scope of the environmental report for part one is so limited, then part two of the application must include the information required by § 51.50, as applicable.
 
The requirements of 10 CFR 50.10(d)(3)(iii) state that the application for an LWA must also include a plan for redress of activities performed under the LWA in the case where the activities associated with the LWA are terminated by the holder of the permit or license, if the LWA is revoked by the NRC, or if the associated CP or COL application is denied by the Commission. The plans for redress should be consistent with the regulations in 10 CFR 50.10(g) that the holder of the LWA must complete the redress of the site no later than 18 months after termination of construction, revocation of the LWA, or the effective date of the Commissions final decision to deny the associated CP or COL application as appropriate.
 
Standard Design Certification The applicant for a standard design certification (DC), in accordance with 10 CFR 51.55, shall submit with its application a separate document entitled Applicants Environmental Report - Standard Design Certification. The ER must address the costs and benefits of severe accident mitigation design alternatives, and the bases for not incorporating severe accident mitigation design alternatives in the design to be certified. The NRC staff will develop an environmental assessment (EA) based on the information provided in the ER for the DC. The requirements for the information to be included in an ER
for a DC application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.55.
 
To perform the necessary offsite consequence analysis in support of the SAMDA assessment, the applicant should develop the necessary site data (population distribution, meteorological data, land use data, etc.) in order to apply a severe accident consequence code, such as MACCS. Since a DC licensing action is not tied to a specific site selection, the applicant has flexibility to choose the source for this site data. This forms a surrogate or representative site, since it is likely for a location where they have no plans to build the reactor design that is the subject of the DC and that may or may not rely on real-world data. Therefore, the staff recommends that any prospective applicant for a standard DC engage with the staff during pre-application activities in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40 regarding the development of the site data.
 
For additional information on SAMDAs see Chapter 5 of Part C of this RG.
 
COL Application Referencing Standard Design Certification As stated in 10 CFR 51.50(c)(2), if the COL references a DC, then the COL ER may incorporate by reference the EA previously prepared by the NRC for the referenced DC. If the DC EA is referenced, then the COL ER must contain information to demonstrate that the site characteristics for the COL site fall within the site parameters in the DC EA.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-5
 
Manufacturing License The applicant for a manufacturing license, in accordance with 10 CFR 51.54, shall submit with its application a separate document entitled Applicants Environmental Report - Manufacturing License. The ER must address the costs and benefits of severe accident mitigation design alternatives, and the bases for not incorporating severe accident mitigation design alternatives into the design of the reactor to be manufactured. The NRC staff will develop an EA based on the information provided in the ER for the manufacturing license. The requirements for the information to be included in an ER for a manufacturing license application are set forth in 10 CFR 51.54.
 
For additional information on SAMDAs, see Chapter 5 of Part C of this RG.
 
References A1. U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities, Part 50, Chapter I, Title 10, Energy. 43 A2. CFR, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants, Part 52, Chapter I, Title
10, Energy.
 
A3. CFR, Environmental Protection Regulations for Domestic Licensing and Related Regulatory Functions, Part 51, Chapter I, Title 10, Energy.
 
A4. Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI), 2012, Industry Guideline for Developing a Plant Parameter Envelope in Support of an Early Site Permit. NEI 10-01, Revision 1, Washington DC, (ADAMS
Accession No. ML12144A429).
A5. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), NUREG-1555, Environmental Standard Review Plan: Standard Review Plans for Environmental Reviews for Nuclear Power Plants, Washington, DC.
 
A6. NRC, Review Standard (RS)-002, Processing Applications for Early Site Permits, Washington, DC (ADAMS Accession No. ML040700094).
A7. NRC, SECY-15-0002, Proposed Updates of Licensing Policies, Rules, and Guidance for Future Reactor Applications, Washington, DC (ADAMS No. ML13277A420).
A8. NRC, Staff Requirements Memorandum for SECY-15-0002, Proposed Updates of Licensing Policies, Rules, and Guidance for Future Reactor Applications, Washington, DC (ADAMS No.
 
ML15266A023).
A9. Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act, Title 41, 42 U.S.C. § 4370m. 44
43 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:
        http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.
 
44 The United States Code (USC) can be obtained electronically from the Office of the Law Revision Counsel of the House of Representatives at http://uscode.house.gov/.
                                        RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix A, Page A-6
 
APPENDIX B
                                                        -
                                              Consultations The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), as a Federal agency, is required to consult with other Federal agencies under several Federal laws. While this is the responsibility of the NRC, applicants, as the proponent of the action, should provide the information that the NRC will need to complete the consultation process in an efficient manner. Applicants should be aware of NRCs interagency consultation requirements, and environmental reports (ERs) should contain the information necessary for NRC to support completion of the consultation process. The NRC may or may not jointly perform consultations in conjunction with one or more other agencies who cooperate on the EIS; this, however, does not affect the information the NRC will need in order to perform such consultations.
 
Endangered Species Act Congress enacted the Endangered Species Act (ESA) in 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) (Ref. B1)
to protect and recover imperiled species and the habitats upon which they depend. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administrations (NOAAs)
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) jointly administer the ESA.
 
The NRC must comply with the ESA. Section 7 of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1536) requires that each Federal agency ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out by an agency is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species (jeopardy), or destroy or adversely modify any critical habitat for such species (adverse modification). Action, for the purposes of NRC activities, may include licensing, rulemaking, and/or other regulatory activities. Federal agencies should act, where they have the legal authority to do so, to prevent endangered species and their habitats from being threatened or destroyed. If an action may affect any federally listed endangered or threatened species or critical habitat, the NRC must consult with the Secretary of the Interior (for freshwater and terrestrial species through the FWS) or the Secretary of Commerce (for marine and anadromous species through the NMFS). Depending on the specific resources involved, the NRC consults with the FWS or NMFS (collectively referred to as the Services) for all major Federal actions under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA) that require the preparation of an EIS. The NRC
also may have to consult with the Services for actions that may affect a listed species or habitat but for which it does not prepare an EIS.
 
The Services joint regulations implementing the ESA at 50 CFR, Wildlife and Fisheries Part
402 Interagency CooperationEndangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Ref. B2), allows for two types of consultations: informal and formal. Informal consultation is a less structured approach than formal consultation and may include phone calls, e-mail, letters, and meetings between the NRC and the Services. Informal consultation is typically initiated early in the application review process and may be the only type of consultation needed if the Services concur with the NRC that a proposed action is not likely to adversely affect listed species or critical habitat. The formal consultation process is a more structured approach to meeting ESA Section 7 requirements. Formal consultation is required if the NRC
determines that a proposed action may adversely affect listed species or the action will result in adverse modification of designated critical habitat. Formal consultation may also be required if the Services do not concur with the NRCs conclusion that the action is not likely to adversely affect listed species or critical habitats. Consultation is not required should the applicant and NRC conclude that the licensed action would have no effect on any threatened or endangered species or critical habitat.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix B, Page B-1
 
As a result of formal consultation, the Services may issue a Biological Opinion, a document that states the opinion of the Service as to whether the Federal action is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. The Biological Opinion may include an incidental take statement, reasonable and prudent measures to reduce impacts on species or habitats, and terms and conditions. The Biological Opinion may also contain conservation recommendations, which are voluntary actions that the applicant or licensee can take that benefit the species or critical habitat.
 
The NRC may prepare a Biological Assessment to support informal or formal consultation. A
Biological Assessment is a document that evaluates the potential effects of the action on listed and proposed species and critical habitats potentially affected by the action, and determines whether any species or habitats are likely to be adversely affected by the action. The Consultation Handbook (Ref.
 
B3), prepared by the Services, discusses the Section 7 consultation process, which includes a discussion of the information to be included in a Biological Assessment, as required by 50 CFR 402.
 
Applicants can help NRC complete its ESA consultation requirements in an efficient and timely manner. When preparing an application, applicants should identify which listed species or critical habitats may be present in the affected area. Applicants can obtain this information directly from the FWS and NMFS or through their websites. Applicants should present a detailed description of their proposed action in Chapter 3 of the ER. Applicants should then describe how their proposed action might potentially affect each listed species or critical habitat known to potentially be present in the area of their project.
 
Applicants can provide this information in the terrestrial and aquatic sections of the ER or in a separate attachment.
 
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996 (MSA) (Ref. B4)
ensures that renewable fishery resources are not exhausted by overharvesting or other environmental damage. Section 305 of the MSA (16 U.S.C. 1855) requires Federal agencies to consult with the Secretary of Commerce through NMFS before authorizing any action which may adversely affect essential fish habitat (EFH) identified under MSA. The Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NMFS,
designate EFH, which can consist of both the water column and the seafloor of an aquatic area needed to support one or more life stages of a managed fish species.
 
The NRC will typically initiate such EFH consultations and prepare any necessary EFH
assessment in conjunction with its NEPA review. The staff will document the status or outcome of the EFH consultation in the EA or EIS. If no change to any aspect of aquatic resources is anticipated, then an evaluation of EFH should not be necessary.
 
However, if a change to any aspect of aquatic resources is anticipated, then the NRC staff must determine if the requested action will result in any adverse effects to designated EFH, and if so, contact NMFS to initiate EFH consultation. The consultation process for an environmental review requiring an EFH assessment can be found in Essential Fish Habitat Consultation Guidance, Version 1.1 (Ref. B5).
        Applicants can help NRC complete its EFH consultation requirements in an efficient and timely manner. When preparing an application, applicants should identify whether any EFH may be present in potentially affected areas. Applicants can obtain this information directly from the NMFS or through its website. Applicants should present a detailed description of their proposed action in Chapter 3 of the ER.
 
Applicants should then describe how their proposed action might potentially affect each area of EFH
present in the area of their project. Applicants can provide this information in the aquatic sections of the ER or in a separate attachment.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix B, Page B-2
 
National Historic Preservation Act The National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended (NHPA) (Ref. B6), was promulgated to coordinate public and private efforts to preserve significant historic and cultural resources. Section 106 of the NHPA directs Federal agencies to take into account the effects of their undertakings on historic properties and allow the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) an opportunity to review and comment on the undertaking. The ACHP is an independent Federal agency charged with implementing Section 106 throughout the Federal government; NHPA Section 106 implementing regulations are at
36 CFR Part 800, Protection of Historic Properties (Ref. B7). Undertakings (36 CFR 800.16(y))
denotes a broad range of Federal activities, including the issuance of NRC licenses and permits. Historic property (36 CFR 800.16(l)(1)) is any prehistoric or historic district, site, building, structure, traditional cultural property, or object included in or eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP or National Register).
          Applicants should be aware that the NRC staff will, in accordance with NHPA, consult with the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), Tribal Historic Preservation Officer (THPO), American Indian Tribes, and interested parties. Applicants are encouraged to engage with these parties when developing its ER.
 
When engaging these parties, the applicant should clarify that the NRC, as a Federal agency, is responsible for initiating and conducting government-to-government consultation with American Indian Tribes once the application is submitted. An American Indian tribe is not obligated to consult with an applicant or share information about properties of religious and cultural significance with an applicant, and may prefer to communicate directly with NRC at the government-to-government level.
 
Face-to-face interactions with the SHPO will generally prove beneficial as a supplement to written correspondence, especially when agency feedback is requested on the scope and methodology for conducting cultural resource investigations. The applicant should also work with the SHPO to identify American Indian Tribes that have ancestral ties to the proposed project area, and determine if/when to initiate outreach with THPOs and American Indian Tribes. The applicant should not view the described initial outreach activities as merely checking a box to meet the NRCs expectations for an ER. Rather, such interactions will provide useful information for developing the scope of field surveys, identifying criteria for plant design or layout (e.g., impact avoidance or mitigation), and assessing resources of concern in the ER.
 
References B1. Endangered Species Act of 1973, 16 U.S.C. § 1531 et seq. 45
45 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:
          http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.
 
RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix B, Page B-3
 
B2. U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Interagency CooperationEndangered Species Act of
1973, as amended, Part 402, Chapter IV, Title 50, Wildlife and Fisheries.46 B3. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and U.S. National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) 1998.
 
Consultation Handbook.47 B4. Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1996, 16 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq.
 
B5. U.S. National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). 2004. Essential Fish Habitat Consultation Guidance, Version 1.1. National Marine Fisheries Service, Office of Habitat Conservation, Silver Spring, MD. 48 B6. National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, 54 U.S.C. § 300101 et seq.
 
B7. CFR, Protection of Historic Properties, Part 800, Title 36 Parks, Forests, and Public Property.
 
46 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:
        http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.
 
47 Copies of National Marine Fisheries Service documents can be obtained electronically from their website:
        https://www.nnmfs.noaa.gov/.
48 Copies of the Essential Fish Habitat Consultation Guidance can be obtained electronically from their website:
        http://www.habitat.noaa.gov/.
                                      RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix B, Page B-4
 
APPENDIX C
                                                      -
                Small Modular Reactors and Non-Light Water Reactors This regulatory guide (RG) was developed primarily to provide guidance for the preparation of environmental reports (ERs) for license or permit applications for large light-water reactors (LLWRs).
This appendix provides additional guidance for preparation of ERs for license or permit applications for light-water small modular reactors (SMRs) and non-light water reactors (non-LWR). SMRs are generally defined as reactor units with an electrical output of less than 300 Megawatts-electric (MW(e)) that are produced using modular fabrication and construction techniques. The terms unit and module both refer to a reactor and are used interchangeably in this appendix. Non-LWRs are generally defined as a nuclear power reactor using a coolant other than light water. Most non-LWRs are also expected to be SMRs. However, some non-LWRs may not be an SMR and have an electrical output well in excess of
300 MW(e).
        The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff has identified issues for which additional information should be provided to support environmental reviews of applications addressing SMRs and non-LWRs, (e.g., purpose and need, alternatives, cumulative impacts, the need for power, and benefit- cost). The guidance in this appendix applies to information that will be used to complete environmental reviews for SMRs and non-LWRs associated with applications for limited work authorizations (LWAs),
construction permits (CPs), operating licenses (OLs), early site permits (ESPs), and combined licenses (COL).
        In general, the approach for developing an ER to support environmental reviews of SMR or non- LWR applications will be the same as the approach for developing an ER to support LLWR applications.


However, there may be differences in the amount of information and analysis needed for an SMR or a non-LWR depending on application specific factors such as the size of the reactor, its footprint and the amount of resource it uses (e.g., water), the purpose and need for the proposed action, reasonable alternatives, the need for power, benefit-cost, and the design differences between SMRs, non-LWRs, and LLWRs.
(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to (a) Noble gas gap activity from one fully loaded fuel isolating the containment.


Non-LWR designs (e.g., high-temperature gas-cooled, liquid-metal, and molten salt reactors) will present some unique issues associated with environmental analyses of impacts of operation. While Parts A through D of this RG do not specifically address non-LWRs, most of the guidance contained within could be used for such reactors. Exceptions would include areas such as accidents, fuel cycle, transportation of radioactive materials, and decommissioning. An applicant for a non-LWR should consult with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40 (Ref. C1) to discuss the appropriate level of environmental studies or information which should be provided for a non-LWR design (e.g., additional information about the fuel cycle, radiological effluents, and accidents should be provided). The following guidance highlights areas for consideration in developing ERs for SMRs and non-LWRs.
cask (120-day cooling) shall be assumed to be released.


Licensing Scenarios for SMRs There are several possible scenarios for SMR applications (both LWR and non-LWR). The information provided in the ER would depend on the types of applications submitted and the timing of actions proposed in the application. The most likely licensing scenarios for SMR applications are described below.
(Gap activity shall be 1%of total activity in the pins.)
      (0 Meteorological assumptions: xJQ values shall be
  1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-1
(b) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be
                                                                1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.


C.1.1      Scenario 1: All Modules in One Application A potential applicant could request licenses for multiple modules installed over time. Under this scenario, the proposed action would include licenses for all the modules that would be constructed at the proposed site. The applicant should provide a schedule as to when each module would be constructed and operated to inform the NRC staff of the timing of impacts. The information submitted to support the NRCs cumulative impact analysis should follow the guidance in Chapter 7 of this RG. In Chapter 9 of the ER, the analysis should compare the impacts of constructing and operating all of the modules at the alternative sites to the cumulative impacts of Chapter 7 of the ER to determine if an environmentally preferable or obviously superior site exists. The information submitted by the applicant to support the need-for-power analysis, alternative energy analysis and benefit-cost analysis should be based on an accounting of the full capacity of all the modules for which licenses are being requested.
(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.                                     (c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the ACCIDENT-7.0 SPENT FUEL HANDLING                      wind blows in each direction.


C.1.2      Scenario 2: Two or More Separate License Applications (Subsequent application considered an expansion of the existing site)
ACCIDENT
        An applicant could request licenses for one or more modules and inform the NRC that it intends to request licenses for additional modules in the future. Under this scenario, the proposed action would include only the modules for which licenses are requested. The applicant should indicate to the NRC how many additional modules will be treated as reasonably foreseeable for the purposes of evaluating cumulative impacts. For the additional modules to be treated as reasonably foreseeable, the siting study submitted with the original application should include consideration of all the modules.
                                                                  ACCIDENT-8.O ACCIDENT INITIATION EVENTS
      7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storagepool                                      CONSIDERED IN DESIGN BASIS
                                                                                      EVALUATION IN THE SAFETY
      (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one                          ANALYSIS REPORT
  row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin.)                                                              8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents (b) One week decay time before accident occurs shall                      Small Pipe Break (6 in. or less)
  be assumed.


The information requested in Chapters 4 (construction) and 5 (operations) of this RG would apply to the modules for which licenses have been requested. This would also include the construction of any infrastructure meeting the NRCs definition of construction in 10 CFR 51.4 that is proposed to be built with the initial units. The information requested in Chapter 7 (cumulative impacts) of this RG should include the impacts of the additional modules deemed to be reasonably foreseeable. The information requested in Chapter 9 (alternatives) of this RG for the alternative sites should also include consideration of the additional future modules that are considered reasonably foreseeable. The information requested for the need-for-power analysis in Chapter 8, alternative energy analysis in Chapter 9, and benefit-cost analysis in Chapter 10 of this RG would be based on only the modules for which licenses were being requested.
(a) Source term: the average radioactivity inventory (c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be      in the primary coolant phall be assumed. (This inventory
  500.                                                           shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel).
        (d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be           (b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters
  99%.                                                           and 99% for external filters.


If an applicant subsequently requests licenses for additional modules, the ER for the additional modules should address all the issues except alternatives sites. The ER should use the environmental impact statement (EIS) for the original group of modules as a starting point and evaluate any new and significant information relevant to environmental concerns similar to an ER for a COL referencing an ESP. The NRC staff would develop a supplemental EIS based on the information provided in the new ER.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be              (c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.


C.1.3       Scenario 3: Two or More Separate License Applications (Subsequent applications not considered an expansion of the existing site)
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.
        In certain circumstances, a licensee or applicant may identify the need for additional modules that were not identified as reasonably foreseeable in a previous application, and therefore not addressed in the in the previous application (e.g., siting, alternative energy). In such a case, the ER (and the NRCs EIS)
for the subsequent application must address all of the issues in this RG including alternative sites and alternative energy.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-2
(d) For the effects of Plateout, Sprays, Decontami (f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the nation Factor in Pool, and Core Sprays, the following effects in different directions by the frequency the wind    reduction factors shall be assumed:
    blows in each direction.


C.1.4       Scenario 4: ESP and COL Application An applicant may request an ESP for all planned modules and then request COLs for only those modules it plans to build in the short term. In this scenario, the information that should be supplied in the ER for the ESP review should include consideration of all of the modules that are planned. If the proposed site is found acceptable by the NRC staff, the issue of alternative sites would be resolved for any future COLs referencing the ESP. The issues of alternative energy and need for power (if addressed in the ESP application and EIS) would also be resolved unless the NRC staff identified new and significant information on these issues in its review of the COL application referencing the ESP.
1-4


Consideration of the various modules (i.e., those for which licenses are requested and those planned in the future) in the COLs would follow the same steps as described above for Scenario 2.
For pressurized water reactors-0.05 with chemical (a) The primary coolant inventory of noble gases and additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.


C.1.5       Summary of Licensing Scenarios All of the scenarios described above are valid approaches. The outcome of Scenario 1 is that the NRC staff would have completed its environmental analysis for all modules, the licensing action would have been taken, and no further environmental analysis would be required.
halogens shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.


The outcome of Scenario 2 is that, if the applicant applies for licenses for future modules, the NRC would prepare a supplemental EIS that would tier off the EIS prepared for the initial modules in which the cumulative impacts for the future modules were assessed. The supplemental EIS would evaluate any new and significant information, need for power, and the cost-benefit for the additional modules being licensed. The supplemental EIS would not evaluate alternative sites.
For boiling water reactors-0.2.


Under Scenario 3 the NRC would evaluate only the requested number of modules and any subsequent application for additional modules at that site would need to address all environmental review areas including alternative sites and alternative energy.
(b) Release rate through failed line shall be assumed (e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time constant for the four-hour duration of the accident.


Under Scenario 4, the NRC would prepare a supplemental EIS for each COL application referencing the ESP. Key differences between Scenarios 2 and 4 are that, in Scenario 4, an applicant would be resolving siting issues in the ESP and could maintain flexibility in selecting the design until submittal of the COL application. All issues resolved in the ESP EIS would be considered resolved for the COL EIS unless the NRC staff identified new and significant information.
shall be assumed.


ESP EISs are intended to facilitate early resolution of siting issues. ESP applications can, but are not required to, include need for power or alternative energy.
(c) Charcoal filter efficiency shall be 99%.
        (0 Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be
    1/10 of those  given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.                  (d) Reduction factor from combined plateout and building mixing shall be 0.1.


Information to be provided in SMR Applications The additional guidance below specifies differences in the information that should be provided in ERs supporting license or permit applications for SMRs (both LWR and non-LWR).
(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the (e) Meteorology assumptions x/Q values shall be wind blows in each direction.                                       1/10 of thosegiven in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.
C.2.1      Chapter 1: Introduction In general, Chapter 1 should follow the guidance in Chapter 1 of this RG; however, the purpose and need statement may be different in the case of SMRs. For SMRs, the purpose and need is expected to include the production of electricity, although not necessarily baseload electricity, whether for a defined service area or for a specific end-user. In addition, as noted in Chapter 1 of this RG, the purpose and need statement may address additional needs other than the production of electricity. For an SMR, an additional need could be to provide the ability to install modules over longer time frames to increase capacity incrementally to follow load growth.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-3
(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind Large P*pe Break                            blows in each direction.


C.2.2      Chapter 2: Affected Environment In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 2 of this RG. However, because of features specific to a particular SMR design, more or less description of the affected environment may be warranted. For example:
(a) Source term: The average radioactivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed. (This inventory                8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (pressurized water reac shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel), plus            tor)
  release into the coolant of:
                                                                            (a) 0.2% of the core inventory of noble gases and For pressurized water reactors-2% of the core                halogens shall be assumed to be released into the inventory of halogens and noble gases.                              primary coolant plus the average inventory in the primary coolant based on operation with 0.5% failed For boiling water reactors-0.2%of the core inven              fuel.


* The hydrology section directs the applicant to characterize groundwater. The applicant should consider environmental parameters that could be affected by the installation of project structures to a greater depth below grade than current LLWR designs. The applicant should confirm that groundwater location and flow is fully characterized at all depths of the excavation.
tory of halogens and noble gases.


* The ecology section directs the applicant to analyze one year of aquatic data. If the facility uses dry cooling rather than surface water or groundwater, there may be no need for one year of aquatic data because there may be no impacts to aquatic resources. However, in such case the applicant should provide sufficient justification for excluding collection and analysis of aquatic data from the ER.
(b) Loss-of-wo6lant accident occurs with break size (b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters      equivalent to diameter of rod housing (see assumptions and 99% for external filters.                                      for Accident 8.1).
      (c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors
                                                                          8.2(b) Rod drop accident (boiling water reactor)
  shall be assumed.                                                  Radioactivematerialreleased (d) For the effects of Plateout, Containment Sprays, Core Sprays (values based on 0.5% of halogens in organic                (a) 0.025% of the core inventory of noble gas and
                                                                      0.025% of the core inventory of halogens shall b'e form), the following reduction factors shall be assumed:
                                                                      assumed to be released into the coolant.


C.2.3      Chapter 3: Site Layout and Plant Description In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 3 of this RG. However, the applicant should also describe the unique features of an SMR facility, including a plot plan that shows the location of proposed modules and the locations of environmental interfaces. The site layout and plant description should clearly describe the scope of the project as proposed in the license application, including the total number of modules requested to be licensed and the proposed operational date for each module. The applicant should also include any information known about planned installation of future units.
For pressurized water reactors-O.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.                     (b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the condenser.


C.2.4      Chapter 4: Construction Impacts at the Proposed Site In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 4 of this RG for preparing a discussion of construction impacts. However, because modules may be installed over time to meet the demand for electricity, the applicant should describe and evaluate construction impacts over the time frame specified in the application.
For boiling water reactors-0.2.                                     (c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by high radiation signal on (e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time       the steamline.


As part of the proposed action, the applicant may install infrastructure and facilities that could be used to support additional reactor modules. These activities should be evaluated as part of the construction impact analysis in the ER.
and including design leakage of steamline valves in BWRs shall be assumed.                                                        (d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10% of the halogens shall be (f) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be              assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser
1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.                to the environment at 0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 hours).
    (g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency -the (e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall wind blows in each lirection.                                      be 1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.


C.2.5      Chapter 5: Operational Impacts at the Proposed Site In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 5 of this RG for preparing a discussion of the operational impacts. However, because modules may be installed over time to meet the demand for electricity, the applicant should evaluate operational impacts over the time frame specified in the application.
8
        .1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system (f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting that penetratesthe containment (lines not provided with the effects in different directions by the frequency the isolation capability inside containment).
                                                                    wind blows in each direction.


Specific SMR designs may have features that differ from LLWR designs. For example, dry cooling may be proposed, resulting in significantly less consumptive water use. In these cases, an applicant would not need to evaluate impacts from entrainment or impingement, or impacts from thermal discharges to a waterbody. The ER should include a short statement that environmental impacts in these areas are not expected because of the design features of the proposed plant.
I-5


If the SMR is also a non-LWR, there may be significant differences in the analysis of accidents.
(b) Blowdown to 10 gpm.


An applicant for such a design should consult with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40 to RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-4
8.3(a) Steamline breaks (pressurized water reactors outside containment) Break size equal to area of safety            (d) Volume of one steam generator shall be assumed valve throat.


discuss the information and analysis that should be provided in the ER to support the evaluation of the impacts of accidents.
to be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.


C.2.6      Chapter 6: Fuel Cycle, Transportation, and Decommissioning The applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 6 of this RG for preparing a discussion of the fuel cycle, transportation, and decommissioning.
Small break                              (e) Meteorology assumptions-xIQ values shall be
                                                              1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.


If the SMR is also a non-LWR, there may be significant differences in the analysis of the fuel cycle, transportation and decommissioning. An applicant for such a design should consult with the NRC
(a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel. The primary system contribu            (f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the tion diring the course of the accident shall be based on a   effects in different directions by the frequency the wind
staff in accordance with 10 CFR 51.40 to discuss the information and analysis that should be provided in the ER to support the evaluation of the impacts for these areas.
20 gal/day tube leak.                                         blows in each direction.


C.2.7      Chapter 7: Cumulative Impacts In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 7 of this RG for preparing a discussion of the cumulative impacts. The applicant should consider impacts from the total number of modules being proposed in the licensing action, in addition to impacts from other reasonably foreseeable past, present, and future actions.
(b) During the course of the accident, a halogen              8.3(b) Steamline breaks (boiling waterreactor)
reduction factor of 0.1 shall be applied to the primary
                                                                                                          2 coolant source when the steam generator tubes are                              Small pipe break (of 1/4 ft )
covered; a factor of 0.5 shall be used when the tubes are uncovered.                                                         (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera (c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to       tion with 0.5% failed fuel.


Under licensing Scenarios 1 and 3 described in Section C.1, the impacts of all the modules for which licenses have been requested would be direct impacts and cumulative impacts for all modules should be addressed in the ER. Under Scenario 2, the ER should address cumulative impacts for those modules for which licenses have been requested plus future modules that the applicant considers reasonably foreseeable. Under Scenario 4, the additional modules considered in the ER and EIS for the ESP should be considered reasonably foreseeable future actions for the evaluation of cumulative impacts of the modules considered in the initial COL applications.
the accident shall be based on:                                    (b) The main steamline shall be assumed to fail, releasing coolant until 5 seconds after isolation signal is (a) 20 gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.   received.


C.2.8      Chapter 8: Need for Power In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 8 of this RG for preparing a discussion of the need for power. For all licensing scenarios described in Section C.2, the analysis of the need for power and the cost-benefit analysis in Chapter 10 of this RG, the ER should only consider the modules for which licenses are being requested.
(b) Blowdown of 10 gpm.                                   (c) Halogens in the fluid released to the atmosphere shall be at 1/10 the primary system liquid concentration.


C.2.9      Chapter 9: Environmental Impacts of Alternatives In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapter 9 of this RG for the development of a discussion of the project alternatives.
(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.          (d) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be
                                                                1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.


With LLWRs, reasonable alternatives to the proposed action may be limited because of the plants large installed capacity. Because SMRs are much smaller in generating capacity, installations of individual renewable energy technologies (or combinations of renewable and non-renewable energy technologies), conservation, and/or energy efficiency could potentially meet the projects purpose and need. An alternative is not reasonable if it does not meet the purpose and need statement. The applicant should identify alternative energy sources that would meet the purpose and need of the proposed action as defined in Chapter 1 of the ER. For example, the alternative power source would generate the same amount of electrical energy (i.e., MWh/yr) with the same reliability as that generated by the total number of SMR modules for which the applicant has requested licenses, as well as any additional purposes identified in the purpose and need statement in Chapter 1.
(e) Meteorology assumptions: xJQ values shall be
  1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.                     (e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-5
(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.                                                               Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel.


For the site-selection process, the applicant should consider sites that could support all the modules for which licenses or permits are being requested, plus any planned future modules that the applicant concludes are reasonably foreseeable. Because SMRs are expected to require a smaller site footprint than LLWRs, a larger set of potential sites may need to be included in the site-selection process.
Large break (b) Main steamline shall be assumed to fail, releasing (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera      that amount of coolant corresponding to a 5 seconds tion with 0.5% failed fuel. The primary system contribu      isolation time.


An applicant may request construction at a specific location to meet its purpose and need for an SMR facility. For example, an applicant may propose to use excess heat for industrial processes or station heating as an additional purpose for the proposed project, or provide a secure energy source for military, government, or critical industrial facilities. In these cases, the applicant must still submit alternative sites.
tion during the course of the accident shall be based on a
  20 gal/day tube leak.                                              (c) 50% of the halogens in the fluid exiting the break shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere.


However, the region of interest (ROI) used for the site-selection process may be much smaller than is typical for LLWRs (e.g., the ROI may be limited to areas on or adjacent to the facility to which heat or power is being provided).
(b) A halogen reduction factor of 0.5 shall be applied to the primary coolant source during the course of the             (d) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be accident.                                                      1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.
C.2.10      Chapter 10: Conclusion and Recommendation Chapter 10 of this RG should provide sufficient guidance for preparing concluding remarks and discussing the projects benefits and the environmental costs for the proposed action for which a license or permit is being requested. However, the applicant should note that any additional purposes and needs that are unique to the proposed SMR project should be accompanied by a description (quantified or qualified as the subject permits) of the benefits of each additional purpose in sufficient detail so that a fully informed benefit-cost conclusion can be reached.


C.2.11      Information to be Provided in Non-LWR Applications That Are Not SMRs The additional guidance in this section specifies differences in the information that should be provided in ERs supporting license or permit applications for non-LWRs.
(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to             (e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the accident shall be based on:                              the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.


In general, the applicant should follow the guidance in Chapters 1 through 10 of this RG for preparing the ER. However, for a non-LWR there may be significant differences in the analysis of postulated accidents and severe accident mitigation alternatives in Chapter 5. Similarly, there may be significant differences in the analysis of the environmental impacts associated with the fuel cycle (e.g.,
(a) 20 gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.
fuel fabrication and spent fuel storage), transportation of radioactive material, and decommissioning in Chapter 6. An applicant for such a design should consult with the NRC staff in accordance with 10 CFR
51.40 to discuss the information and analysis that should be provided in the ER to support the evaluation of the environmental impacts for these areas.


Reference C1. U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Environmental Protection Regulations for Domestic Licensing and Related Regulatory Functions, Part 51, Chapter I, Title 10, Energy.49
1-6
49 The Code of Federal Regulations may be obtained electronically from the U.S. Government Printing Office at:
        http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/browse/collectionCfr.action?collectionCode=CFR.


RG 4.2, Rev. 3, Appendix C, Page C-6}}
UNITED STATES              FIRST CLASS MAIL
                                  POSTAGE & FEES PAID
NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION            USNRC
    WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555          PERMIT No. G-67 OFFICIAL BUSINESS
    PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE, $300}}


{{RG-Nav}}
{{RG-Nav}}

Revision as of 10:35, 28 March 2020

Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Stations
ML003739519
Person / Time
Issue date: 07/31/1976
From:
Office of Nuclear Regulatory Research
To:
References
-nr RG-4.2 Revision 2
Download: ML003739519 (101)


NUREG-0099 Regulatory Guide 4.2 Revision 2 USNRC REGULATORY GUIDE SERIES

REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2, REVISION 2 PREPARATION OF

ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS

FOR

NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS

J U LY 1976 U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION

Revision 2 U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION July 1976 REGULATORY GUIDE

OFFICE OF STANDARDS DEVELOPMENT

REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL

REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER STATIONS

USNRC REGULATORY GUIDES Comments should be sent to the Secretary of the Commission. U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Guides are issued to describe and make available to the public Regulatory Commission. Washington, D.C. 20555. Attention: Docketing end methods acceptable to the NRC staff of implementing specific parts of the Service Section.

Commission'%regulations, to delineate techniques used qy the staff in evalu eting specific problems or postulated accidents, or to provide guidance to appli- The guides ere issued in the following ten broad divisions:

cents. Regulatory Guides are not substitutes for regulations, and compliance 1. Power Reactors S. Products with them is not required. Methods and solutions different from those set out in 2 Rmsrchend Test Reactors 7. Transportation the guides will be acceptable it they provide a basis for the findings requisite to 3. Fuels and Materials Facilities 7. Occupational Health the issuance or continuance of a permit or license by the Commission. 4. Environmental and Siting 9. Antitrust Review Comments and suggestions for improvements in these guides are encouraged 5. Materials and Plant Protection 10. General at all times. and guides will be revised, as appropriate, to accommodate com.

monte and to reflect new information or experience. This guide was revised as a Copies of published guides may be obtained by written request indicating the result of substantive comments received from the public and additional staff divisions desired to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Washington. D.C.

review 25. Attention: Director. Office of Standards Development.

TABLE OF CONTENTS Page

A. INTRODUCTION

................................................................... v

1. National Environmental Goals ..................................................... v

2. Federal Water Pollution Control Act ................................................. v

3. NRC Implementing Actions Concerning the Environment ................................ v

4. Commission Action on Environmental Reports ........................................ vMii

5. Cost-Benefit Analysis ............................................................ viii

6. Environmental Reports ........................................................... viii

7. Preparation of Environmental Reports .............................................. ix B. STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS ..................... 1-1 Chapter 1 Purpose of the Proposed Facility and Associated Transmission ........................ 1-1

1.1 System Demand and Reliability ................................................ 1-1

1.1.1 Load Characteristics ................................................... 1-1

1.1.2 System Capacity ...................................................... 1-2

1.1.3 Reserve M argins ...................................................... 1-2

1.1.4 External Supporting Studies. ............................................ 1-2

1.2 Other Objectives ........................................................... 1-2

1.3 Consequences of Delay ...................................................... 1-2 Chapter 2 The Site and Environmental Interfaces ......................................... .2-1

2.1 Geography and Demography .................................................. 2-1

2.1.1 Site Location and Description ....... .................................... 2-1

2.1.2 Population Distribution ................................................. 2-1

2.1.3 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters ........................................ 2-2

2.2 Ecology .................................................................. 2-3

2.3 Meteorology .............................................................. 2-4

2.4 Hydrology ................................................................ 2-5

2.5 Geology .................................................................. 2-6

2.6 Regional Historic, Archeological, Architectural, Scenic, Cultural, and Natural Features ..... 2-6

2.7 Noise .................................................................... 2-7 Chapter 3 The Station ................................................................ 3-1

3.1 External Appearance ....................................................... 3-1

3.2 Reactor and Steam-Electric System ............................................. 3-1

3.3 Station Water Use .......................................................... 3-1

3.4 Heat Dissipation System ..................................................... 3-1

3.5 Radwaste Systems and Source Term ............................................ 3-2

3.5.1 Source Term .......................................................... 3-2

3.5.2 Liquid Radwaste Systems ............................................... 3-3

3.5.3 Gaseous Radwaste Systems .............................................. 3-3

3.5.4 Solid Radwaste System ................................................. 3-3

3.5.5 Process and Effluent Monitoring .......................................... 3-4

3.6 Chemical and Biocide Wastes ................................................. 3-4

3.7 Sanitary and Other Waste Systems ............................................. 3-4 i

Page

3.8 Reporting of Radioactive Material Movement ..................................... 3-5

3.9 Transmission Facilities ...................................................... 3-5 Chapter 4 Environmental Effects of Site Preparation, Station Construction, and Transmission Facilities Construction ....................................................... 4-1

4.1 Site Preparation and Station Construction ....................................... 4-1

4.2 Transmission Facilities Construction ............................................ 4-2

4.3 Resources Committed ...................................................... 4-2

4.4 Radioactivity .............................................................. 4-2

4.5 Construction Impact Control Program ........................................... 4-2 Chapter 5 Environmental Effects of Station Operation ...................................... 5-1

5.1 Effects of Operation of Heat Dissipation System .................................. 5-1

5.1.1 Effluent Limitations and Water Quality Standards ............................ 5-1

5.1.2 Physical Effects ....................................................... 5-1

5.1.3 Biological Effects ...................................................... 5-1

5.1.4 Effects of Heat Dissipation Facilities ...................................... 5-2

5.2 Radiological Impact from Routine Operation ..................................... 5-2

5.2.1 Exposure Pathways .................................................... 5-2

5.2.2 Radioactivity in Environment ............................................ 5-3

5.2.3 Dose Rate Estimates for Biota Other Than Man ............................... 5-5

5.2.4 Dose Rate Estimates for Man ............................................. 5-5

5.2.5 Summary of Annual Radiation Doses ...................................... 5-6

5.3 Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges ...................................... 5-6

5.4 Effects of Sanitary Waste Discharges ............................................ 5-6

5.5 Effects of Operation and Maintenance of the Transmission Systems .................... 5-6

5.6 Other Effects ............................................................. 5-7

5.7 Resources Committed ....................................................... 5-7

5.8 Decommissioning and Dismantling ............................................. 5-7

5.9 The Uranium Fuel Cycle ..................................................... 5-7 Chapter 6 Effluent and Environmental Measurements and Monitoring Programs ................... 6-1

6.1 Applicant's Preoperational Environmental Programs ................................ 6-1

6.1.1 Surface Waters ....................................................... 6-2

6.1.2 Ground Water ........................................................ 6-2

6.1.3 Air ................................................................. 6-2

6.1.4 Land ............................................................... 6-3

6.1.5 Radiological Monitoring ................................................ 6-3

6.2 Applicant's Proposed Operational Monitoring Programs ............................. 6-4

6.3 Related Environmental Measurement and Monitoring Programs ....................... 6-4

6.4 Preoperational Environmental Radiological Monitoring Data .......................... 6-4 Chapter 7 Environmental Effects of Accidents ............................................ 7-1

7.1 Station Accidents Involving Radioactivity ........................................ 7-1

7.2 Transportation Accidents Involving Radioactivity .................................. 7-1

7.3 Other Accidents ........................................................... 7-1 ii

Page Chapter 8 Economic and Social Effects of Station Construction and Operation ................... 8-1

8.1 Benefits .................................................................. 8-1

8.2 Costs .................................................................... 8-2 Chapter 9 Alternative Energy Sources and Sites ........................................... 9-1

9.1 Alternatives Not Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity ................... 9-1

9.2 Alternatives Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity ...................... 9-1

9.2.1 Selection of Candidate Areas ............................................. 9-1

9.2.2 Selection of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives ................................ 9-3

9.3 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives ....................... 9-3

9.4 Costs of Alternative Power Generation Methods ................................... 9-4 Chapter 10 Station Design Alternatives ................................................... 10-1

10.1 Circulating System ....................................................... 10-3

10.2 Intake System ........................................................... 10-3

10.3 Discharge System ........................................................ 10-3

10.4 Chemical Waste Treatment ................................................. 10-3

10.5 Biocide Treatment ....................................................... 10-3

10.6 Sanitary Waste System .................................................... 10-3

10.7 Liquid Radwaste Systems ................................................. 10-4

10.8 Gaseous Radwaste Systems ................................................. 10-4

10.9 Transmission Facilities .................................................... 10-4

10.10 Other Systems .......................................................... 10-4 Chapter 11 Summary Cost-Benefit Analysis ............................................. 11-1 Chapter 12 Environmental Approvals and Consultation .................................... 124 Chapter 13 References ............................................................. 13-1 iii

LIST OF TABLES

Table Page

1 Primary Benefits to be Considered in Cost-Benefit Analysis ................................... T-1

2 Cost Information for Nuclear and Alternative Power Generation Methods ........................ T-2

3 Estimated Costs of Electrical Energy Generation ............................................ T-3

4 Monetized Bases for Generation Costs ................................................... T-4

5 Environmental Factors to be Used in Comparing Alternative Station Systems ..................... T-5 APPENDICES

APPENDIX A § 51.20, IOCFR Part 51, "Applicant's -Environmental Report - Construction Permit Stage" ...... .......................................................... A-I

APPENDIX B §51.21, 10CFR Part 51, "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operating License Stage" ................................................................ B-i APPENDIX C Data Retrieval System (Proposed) ........................................... C-1 APPENDIX D Use of U.S. Age Group Population Distribution Data ............................ D-1 APPENDIX E Data Needed for Radioactive Source Term Calculations for Pressurized Water Reactors... E-1 APPENDIX F Data Needed for Radioactive Source Term Calculations for Boiling Water Reactors ...... F-i APPENDIX G Data Needed for Radwaste Treatment System Cost-Benefit Analysis for Light-Water Cooled Nuclear Reactors ................................................... G-1 Table G. 1 Total Direct Cost Estimate Sheet of Radwaste Treatment System for Light Water-Cooled Nuclear Reactors ..................................... G-2 Table G.2 Annual Operating and Maintenance Cost Estimate Sheet for Radwaste Treat ment System for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Reactors .................. G-3 APPENDIX H Examples of Figures Showing Radiation Exposure Pathways ....................... H-i APPENDIX I Proposed Annex to Appendix D, 10 CFR Part 50, "Discussion of Accidents in Appli cants' Environmental Reports: Assumptions" .. ............................... I-1 iv

A. INTRODUCTION

1. National Environmental Goals (FWPCA) Amendments of 1972 (Public Law 92-500, 86 Stat. 816). The FWPCA gives the U.S. Environmental The national environmental goals are expressed by Protection Agency (EPA) regulatory authority over the the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of discharge of pollutants to waters in "the United States

1969 (Public Law 91-190, 83 Stat. 852), as follows: from nuclear power stations requiring an NRC license or permit subject to the requirements of 10 CFR Part 51.

"...it is the continuing responsibility of the Fed Section 511 of the FWPCA provides that nothing under eral Government to use all practicable means, NEPA shall be deemed to authorize any Federal agency consistent with other essential considerations of to review any effluent limitation or other requirements national policy, to improve and coordinate Fed established pursuant to the FWPCA, or to impose, as a eral plans, functions, programs, and resources to condition of any license or permit, any effluent limita the end that the Nation may tion other than any such limitation established pursuant to the FWPCA.

"(1) fulfill the responsibilities of each genera tion as trustee of the environment for succeed ing generations; Pursuant to the authority of the FWPCA, EPA

requires applicants for discharge permits to submit

"(2) assure for all Americans safe, healthful, information required by EPA in order to establish productive, and esthetically and culturally pleas effluent limitations in permits. Pursuant to the authority ing surroundings; of NEPA, the NRC may require applicants for licenses or permits to submit information required by NRC in order

"(3) attain the widest range of beneficial uses to evaluate and consider the environmental impacts of of the environment without degradation, risk to any actions it may take. Consequently, the informa health or safety, or other undesirable and unin tional needs imposed by the two agencies may be similar tended consequences; in the area of impacts on water quality and biota. In

"(4) preserve important historic, cultural, and addition, the FWPCA requires that EPA comply with natural aspects of national heritage, and main NEPA regarding the issuance of discharge permits for tain, wherever possible, an environment which new sources, as defined in the FWPCA, but not for other supports diversity and variety of individual point sources. The responsibilities of the NRC and EPA

choice; under NEPA as affected by the FWPCA are the subject of a memorandum of understanding discussed in Section

"(5) achieve a balance between population and 3.c.(l) of this Introduction.

resource use which will permit high standards of living and a wide sharing of life's amenities; and In cases where the cooling system proposed in an application does not comply with the thermal effluent

"(6) enhance the quality of renewable resources limitations under Sections 301 and 306 of Public Law and approach the maximum attainable recycling 92-500 (FWPCA), a request for alternative thermal of depletable resources." effluent limitations under Section 316(a) may be initiat ed according to the provisions of 40 CFR Part 122. If Prior to the issuance of a construction permit or the request for alternative thermal effluent limitations an operating license for a nuclear power station, the under Section 316(a) is denied, the applicant will be Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is required to required to submit a supplement to the environmental assess the potential environmental effects of that report presenting a description and environmental facility to ensure that issuance of the permit or analysis of the alternative cooling system.

license will be consistent with the national environ mental goals presented above. In order to obtain 3. NRC Implementing Actions Concerning the Environ information essential to this assessment, the NRC ment requires each applicant for a permit or a license to submit a report on the potential environmental impacts a. Licensing and Regulatory Policy and Procedures of the proposed station and associated facilities. The for Environmental Protection (10 CFR Part 51)

Commission's implementation of NEPA is discussed in Section 3 of this Introduction. The Commission's implementation of NEPA 1 is contained in 10 CFR Part 51, "Licensing and Regulatory Policy and Procedures for Environmental Protection."

2. Federal Water Pollution Control Act The responsibilities of the NRC under NEPA are ISee also CEQ Guidelines (38 FR 20549) published August 1, affected by the Federal Water Pollution Control Act 1973.

v

Other relevant information is contained in a proposed radiation dose to individuals and populations within 50

Annex, "Discussion of Accidents in Applicants' Environ miles (80 kilometers) of the station in order to demon mental Reports: Assumptions," to Appendix D, 10 strate compliance with Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.

CFR Part 50 (36 FR 22851). These same analytical models can be used to evaluate the radiological impact of the radioactive effluents released b. Radiological Impact Assessment (Appendix I to during normal operation on the environment within 50

10 CFR Part 50) miles of the station.

The Nuclear Regulatory Commission published The following principles stated by the Commission Appendix I, "Numerical Guides for Design Objectives in its opinion on the Appendix I rulemaking proceed and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the ings, 4 although specifically related to the provisions of Criterion 'As Low As Is Reasonably Achievable' 2 for Appendix I, provide useful guidance for evaluating Radioactive Material in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear environmental impacts under NEPA.

Power Reactor Effluents," to 10 CFR Part 50 in the Federal Register (40 FR 19437) as an effective rule on (1) An applicant should be free to use as realistic a May 5, 1975. This revision of Regulatory Guide 4.2 model for characterizingnatural phenomena, including includes changes in NRC's information requirements plant performance, as he considers useful. An applicant made necessary by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. may take into account situations not adequately char acterized by such standardized models as may be On September 4, 1975, the NRC published amend available with respect to specific features of plant design, ments to Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50 in the Federal proposed modes of plant operation, or local natural Register (40 FR 40816). These amendments provide environmental features which are not likely to change persons who have filed applications for construction significantly during the term of plantoperation.

permits for light-water-cooled nuclear power reactors that were docketed on or after January 2, 1971, and (2) Where selection of data is strictly a matter of prior to June 4, 1976, the option of dispensing with the interpreting experimental evidence, both the applicant cost-benefit analysis required by Paragraph II.D of and the Regulatory staff should use prudent scientific Appendix I if the proposed or installed radwaste systems expertise to select those values which would be expected and equipment satisfy the Guides on Design Objectives to yield estimates nearest the real case.

for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors pro posed in the Concluding Statement of Position of the (3) If approximations implicit in a model can pro AEC Regulatory staff in Docket No. RM-50-2 dated duce a deviation from the true result, the direction of February 20, 1974 (reproduced in the Annex to which is eitheruncertain or would tend to underestimate Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50). dosage, or if available experimental information leaves a substantial range of uncertainty as to the best estimate The NRC staff intends to employ realistic analyt of some parameter values, or both, data should be ical models for assessing the potential release of radio chosen so as to make it unlikely, with all such deviations active materials to the environment and for estimating and uncertainties taken into account together, that the their pathways and impacts over the operating life of the true dose would be underestimatedsubstantially.

proposed nuclear facility. The models used in determin ing potential radioactive releases should consider all (4) The models used in describing effluent releases potential sources and pathways within the proposed should take into account all real sources and pathways station. within the plant; and the estimated releases should be characteristic of the expected average releases over a The NRC has published a series of regulatory long period of time, with account taken of normal guides' that provide guidance m evaluating the potential operation and anic-ipuied operniormd occurrences o.er the lifetime of the plant.

2 (5) The model of the exposed individual and the Amended 40 FR 58847, December 19, 1975.

3 assumed characteristicsof the environs with respect to Regulatory Guide 1.109, "Calculation of Annual Doses to Man known occupancy and to land and water use should be from Routine Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Evaluating Compliance with 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix 1;"

Regulatory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric 4 Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous Effluents in Routine From the "Opinion of the Commission," Docket No.

RM-50-2.

Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors;" Regulatory Guide Single copies of this volume may be purchased at a cost of

1.112, "Calculation of Releases of Radioactive Materials in $4.00 fromv the USERDA Technical Information Center, P.O.

Gaseous and Uquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power Box 62, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830. Copies of the complete Reactors;" and Regulatory Guide 1.113, "Estimating Aquatic opinion are also available for inspection and copying in the Dispersion of Effluents from Accidental and Routine Reactor Commission's Public Document Room, 1717 H Street, NW.,

Releases for the Purpose of Implementing Appendix I." Washington, D.C. 20555.

vi

determined in each case in accordance with the intent Register (38 FR 2713) a first "Memorandum of Under indicated below for each particularcategory of effluent standing Regarding Implementation of Certain Comple for which design-objective guidelines are given. mentary Responsibilities" between AEC and EPA under the FWPCA.

(a) For design objectives affected by assumptions as to consumption of water or food (other than milk) To further clarify the respective roles of NRC

produced in the environs, one should consider the model and EPA in the decision-making process concerning individual to be that hypothetical individualwho would nuclear power stations and other facilities requiring an be maximally exposed with account taken only of such NRC license or permit, a "Second Memorandum of potential occupancies and usages as could actually be Understanding and Policy Statement Regarding Imple realized during the term of plant operation. mentation of Certain NRC and EPA Responsibilities"

was published in the FederalRegister (40 FR 60115) on (b) For design objectives affected by exposure as December 31, 1975. This Second Memorandum of a direct result of human occupancy (immersion expo Understanding supersedes the January 29, 1973 Memo sure), the model individual should be the hypothetical randum; NRC has adopted the revised Policy Statement individual maximally exposed with account taken only set forth in Appendix A to this Second Memorandum.

of such potential occupancies, including the fraction of The revised Policy Statement will serve as the legal basis time an individual would be exposed, as could actually for NRC decision-making concerning licensing matters be realizedduring the term of plant operation. covered by NEPA and Section 511 of the FWPCA.

Appropriate changes will be made in future revisions of (c) For design objectives relative to thyroid dose this guide as various implementing actions are developed as affected by consumption ofmilk, the iodine pathway to meet the provisions of the Second Memorandum of through the environs of a plant and the characteristicsof Understanding.

the model receptorshould be essentially as they actually exist at the time of licensing.

(2) Memorandum of Understanding Between the c. Interagency Memoranda of Understanding NRC and the Corps of Engineers, United States Army The Nuclear Regulatory Commission and other agencies of the Federal government sometimes have Both the Corps of Engineers, United States overlapping responsibilities regarding the issuance of Army, and the Nuclear Regulatory Commission have licenses or permits. For the purposes of coordinating and responsibilities for assuring that nuclear power stations implementing certain requirements to ensure effective, on coastal and inland navigable waters and at offshore efficient, and thorough regulation of nuclear power sites are built and operated safely and with minimum stations and to avoid conflicting and unnecessary dupli impact on the environment. For the purpose of coordi cation of effort and standards related to the overall nating and implementing consistent and comprehensive public health and safety and environmental protection, requirements to assure effective, efficient, and thorough the NRC and other Federal agencies have entered into regulation of nuclear power stations and to avoid several memoranda of understanding. conflicting and unnecessary duplication of effort and of standards related to overall public health and safety and

(1) Memoranda of Understanding Between the environmental protection, the Corps of Engineers, NRC and the Environmental Protection United States Army, and the NRC have entered into a Agency Memorandum of Understanding (40 FR 37110; August

25, 1975).

For the purpose of implementing NEPA and the FWPCA in a manner consistent with both acts and Under this agreement, the NRC will exercise the public interest, the Atomic Energy Commissions the primary responsibility in conducting environmental (AEC published in the Federal Register (38 FR 2679) reviews and in preparilig environmental statements for on January 29, 1973, an Interim Statement of Policy nuclear power stations covered by this Memorandum of concerning the effects of Section 511 of the FWPCA Understanding.

upon the AEC's statutory responsibility and authority under NEPA in licensing actions covered by Appendix D The Corps of Engineers will participate with to 10 CFR Part 50 (now superseded by 10 CFR Part the NRC in the preparation of the environmental impact

51). On the same date, the AEC published in the Federal statements to include the drafting of material for the sections that consider and evaluate the following topics, as applicable, and the analysis leading thereto:

SThe Atomic Energy Commission was abolished by the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, which also created the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and gave it the licensing and related (a) Coastal erosion and other shoreline modi regulatory functions of the AEC. fications, shoaling, and scouring;

vii

(b) Siltation and sedimentation processes; on the draft statement received from the various Federal, State, and local agencies and officials, from the (c) Dredging activities and disposal of dredged applicant, and from private organizations and individuals materials; and and prepares a Final Environmental Impact Statement (FES). The final statement is transmitted to the Council (d) Location of structures in or affecting on Environmental Quality and is made available to navigable waters. appropriate Federal, State, and local agencies and State, regional, and metropolitan clearinghouses. A public The Commission is developing specific announcement is made and a notice of availability is guidance concerning the information to be requested published in the FederalRegister.

from applicants in order to meet the provisions of this Memorandum of Understanding. As various implement ing actions are taken, appropriate changes will be made Subsequent hearings and actions as described in Subpart D, "Administrative Action and Authorization;

in this guide. Public Hearings and Comment," of 10 CFR Part 51 on the environmental aspects involved in issuance of a

4. Commission Action on Environmental Reports construction permit or operating license are based on the applicant's environmental report and on the NRC's Final As noted in § 51.50, "Federal Register notices; Environmental Impact Statement. The FES takes into distribution of reports; public announcements; public account information from many sources, including the comment," of 10 CFR Part 51, the NRC places a copy applicant's environmental report and its supplements of each applicant's environmental report in the Com and the comments of the various governmental agencies, mission's Public Document Room in Washington, D.C. the applicant, and private organizations and individuals.

and in a local public document room near the proposed site. The report is also made available to the public at the appropriate State, regional, and metropolitan clear 5. Cost-Benefit Analysis inghouses. In addition, a public announcement is made, and a summary notice of the availability of the report is The cost-benefit analysis referred to in paragraph published in the FederalRegister. 51.20(b) of 10 CFR Part 51 should consist of two parts.

In the first part, alternative site-plant combinations The applicant's environmental report and any com (site-plant combinations are defined and discussed in ments received from interested persons are considered Chapter 9) and station systems should be examined in by the NRC staff in preparing a Draft Environmental order to show that the proposed facility is the Impact Statement (DES) concerning the proposed licens cost-effective choice, considering economic, social, and ing action. The NRC staff's draft statement, the appli other environmental factors and any institutional cant's environmental report, and any comments (governmental, etc.) constraints. In the second part of received on the statement or report are provided to the the cost-benefit analysis, the benefits to be created by Council on Environmental Quality. Copies of the draft the proposed facility should be weighed against the statement and the applicant's environmental report will aggregate of environmental, economic, and other costs be provided to (a) those Federal agencies that have to be incurred.

special expertise or jurisdiction by law with respect to any environmental impacts involved and which are 6. Environmental Reports authorized to develop and enforce relevant environ mental standards; (b) the Environmental Protection Sections 51.20 and 51.21 of 10 CFR Part 51 require Agency; and (c) the appropriate State and local agencies the applicant to submit two environmental reports (see authorized to develop and enforce _relevant environ Appendices A and B). The first is the "Applicant's mental standards and the appropriate State, regional, Eiiivironmental Report - Construction Permiit Stage,"

and metropolitan clearinghouses. A reasonable effort which must be submitted in conjunction with the will be made to distribute draft environmental state construction permit application. The second is the ments prepared for licensing actions to all States that "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operating License may be affected and to appropriate national and local Siage," which must be submitted later in conjunction environmental organizations. The draft statement is with the operating license application. The applicant's made available to the general public in the same manner environmental reports are important documents of as is the applicant's environmental report. Comments on public record. Therefore, the applicant is urged to give the applicant's environmental report and the draft full attention to their completeness.

statement are requested within a specified time interval.

These activities are based on § §51.22, 51.24, and 51.25 If the site for a nuclear power station already of 10 CFR Part 51. contains one or more units (i.e., steam-electric plants) in operation, under construction, or for which an applica As described in. detail in §51.26 of 10 CFR Part 51, tion for a construction permit or operating license has the NRC staff considers the comments on the report and been filed, the applicant shovld consider the environ- viii

or changes in surrounding land use, water use, or zoning mental effects of the proposed units (and their inservice classifications.)

schedule) in conjunction with the effects of existing or planned units. Furthermore, if the site contains signif (2) Discuss the results of studies that were not icant sources of environmental impact other than elec completed at the tiqw of preconstruction review and tric power units, the interactions of these sources with that were specified to be completed before the preopera the proposed nuclear unit should be taken into account.

tional review. Indicate how the results of these studies were factored into the design znd proposed operation of Effects between units are considered especially the station.

important as efforts to conserve such resources as water focus on the transfer and reuse of materials within plant (3) Describe the scope of the monitoring programs complexes. In addition, adjacent or contiguous facilities that have been and will be undertaken to determine the involving the potential interchange of radionuclides effects of the operating station on the environment.

should be treated in considerable detail to ensure the Include any monitoring programs being developed or applicant's full knowledge of interrelationships with the carried out in cooperation with Federal and State fish proposed nuclear station. and wildlife services. The result of preoperational moni toring activities should be presented (refer to Chapter 6 a. Construction Permit Stage of Section B of this guide). A listing of types of measurements, kinds and numbers of samples collected, The applicant should present sufficient informa frequencies, and analyses should be provided and the tion in the environmental report that is submitted with locations described and indicated on a map of the area.

the application for a construction permit to allow staff evaluation of the potential environmental impact of (4) Discuss planned studies, not yet completed, constructing and operating the proposed facility. In all that may yield results relevant to the environmental cases, the site-specific environmental data presented at impact of the station.

the time of filing for a construction permit should (1)

document the critical life stages and biologically signif (5) Propose environmental technical specifications.

icant activities (e.g., spawning, nesting, migration) that The recommended format for these specifications is increase the vulnerability of the potentially affected presented in Regulatory Guide 4.8, "Environmental biota at the proposed site and (2) characterize the Technical Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants."

seasonal variations of biota likely to be affected by the Detailed technical specifications may become an appen station. dix to the applicant's "Environmental Report - Operat ing License Stage," but the body of the report need only An applicant wishing to accelerate the start of include the required discussion of general scope des construction by early submittal of the environmental cribed in Section 6.2 of this guide. Interim guidance will report (according to the procedure set forth in paragraph continue to be provided on a case-by-case basis.

50.10(e) of 10 CFR Part 50) may submit an initial evaluation of environmental impact based on an analysis of at least 6 months of field data related to the proposed

7. Preparation of Environmental Reports facility and suitable projections of the remaining sea sonal periods if the information called for in item (1) a. Purpose of This Guide above is provided. If this is done, the applicant should also make a commitment to furnish, within 6 months of Section B of this guide identifies the information the time of filing, a final evaluation based on a full year of field data. needed by the staff in its assessment of the potential environmental effects of the proposed nuclear facility b. Operating License Stage and establishes a format acceptable to the staff for its presentation. Use of the format of this guide will help The "Applicant's Environmental Report - Operat ensure the completeness of the information provided, will assist the NRC .staff and others in locating the ing License Stage" should, in effect, be an updating of the earlier report and should: information, and will aid in shortening the time needed for the review process. Conformance with this format, however, is not required. An environmental report with

(1) Discuss differences between currently pro a different format will be acceptable to the staff if it jected environmental effects of the nuclear power provides an adequate basis for the findings requisite to station (including those that would degrade and those the issuance of a license or permit. However, because it that would enhance environmental conditions) and the may be more difficult to locate needed information, the effects discussed in the environmental report submitted staff review time for such a report may be longer, and at the construction stage. (Differences may result, for there is a greater likelihood that the staff may regard the example, from changes in plans, changes in station report as incomplete.

design, availability of new or more detailed information, ix

The staff plans to provide additional information information (whether in the form of text, tables, or on a data retrieval system (outlined in Appendix C) in a figures) should be incorporated in the environmental future revision of this guide. report where appropriate to avoid duplication of effort.

The presentation in the environmental report of some In developing the implementation policy for Regu information that also appears in the applicant's safety latory Guide 4.2, Revision 2, both the difficulties that analysis report is necessary because these reports are applicants might face unless a suitable transition period responsive to different statutory requirements and was provided and the NRC staff's need for information because each report should be essentially self-contained.

to complete the review of applications for construction permits and operating licenses have been considered. The applicant should strive for clear, concise Therefore, the NRC staff will use Regulatory Guide 4.2, presentations of the information provided in the envi Revision 2, in the evaluation of environmental reports ronmental report. Each subject should be treated in submitted in connection with applications docketed sufficient depth and should be documented 6 to permit a after December 31, 1976. reviewer to evaluate the extent of the environmental impact independently. The length of the environmental If an applicant wishes to use this revision in report will depend on the nature of the station and its developing the environmental report submitted in con environment. Tables, line drawings, and photographs nection with an application docketed on or prior to should be used wherever they contribute to the clarity December 31, 1976, the report will be evaluated on the and brevity of the report. The number of significant basis of pertinent portions of this revision of the guide. figures stated in numerical data should reflect the accuracy of the data.

b. Scope Pertinent published information relating to the In order to cover a wide variety of anticipated site, the station, and its surroundings should be refer situations, the scope of this guide is comprehensive. In enced. Where published information is essential for some instances, requests for specific information may evaluation of specific environmental effects of the not be applicable to a particular station or site. station construction and operation, it should be in cluded, in summary or verbatim form, in the environ Some of the text of this guide (e.g., Section 7.1) mental report or as an appendix to the report. In has been written with specific reference to light-water particular, water quality standards and regulations rele cooled reactors. For applicants proposing to construct vant to the environmental impact assessment should be and operate other types of reactors, guidelines on the given in an appendix. If the applicant considers the recommended content of these sections will be provided reports of work it supported will contribute to the on a case-by-case basis. Similarly, offshore power environmental impact analysis, these may be included as systems will, in general, require special guidelines for appendices.

each individual case.

c. Presentation of Infonnation 6Documentation as used in this guide means presentation of information, supporting data, and statements and includes (1)

references to published information, (2) citations from the Some of the information to be included in the applicant's experience, and (3) reference to unpublished infor environmental report (e.g., that pertaining to demo mation developed by the applicant or the applicant's consul graphy, meteorology, hydrology) may have already been tants. Statements not supported by documentation are accept prepared by the applicant during consideration of the able provided the applicant identifies them either as information for which documentation is not available or as safety aspects of the proposed facility. In such cases, this expressions of belief or judgment.

x

B. STANDARD FORMAT AND CONTENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS

CHAPTER 1 PURPOSE OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY AND ASSOCIATED TRANSMISSION

In Chapter 1 of its environmental report, the appli the applicant's system, (b) the power pool or area within cant should demonstrate the purpose of, and thus the which the applicant's planning studies are based, and (c)

benefits of, the proposed facility with respect to the where available, the regional reliability council or the power requirementsto be satisfied, the system reliability appropriate subregion or area of the reliability council as to be achieved, or any other primary objectives of the follows:

facility and how these objectives would be affected by variations in the scheduled operation of the proposed 1.1.1.1 Load Analysis. The past annual peak load station. In this chapter, the term "applicant'ssystem" demands and the annual energy requirements for a includes all existing, committed, andplanned generating period beginning at least 10 years prior to the filing of units owned in whole or in partby the applicantand all the environmental report should be reported. In addi large (greaterthan 100 MWe), existing, committed, and tion, the future projected annual peak demand should be planned generatingunits not owned in whole or in part reported from the year of filing of the environmental by the applicant that it plans to rely on for meeting report up to and including, as a minimum, the first 24 demand and reliability requirements to which it is months following start of commercial operation of the committed. last unit with which this report is concerned. To the extent feasible, the applicant should also present future

1.1 System Demand and Reliability demands during the expected life of the facilities under review.

This section should discuss the requirements for the proposed nuclear unit(s) in the applicant's system and in The applicant should present the expected annual the region, considering the overall power supply situa load duration curve for at least 24 months following the tion, past load and projected load, and reserve margins. start of commercial operation of the proposed nuclear In addition, the applicant should consider the impact of station in order to show the relationship of the station applicable energy conservation and other potential load to the short-term system requirements.

affecting programs on its planning effort. Inconsisten cies between the data presented and that furnished to 1.1.1.2 Demand Projections. 'Demand projections the Federal Power Commission (FPC) or the regional should show explicitly any assumptions made about reliability council should be explained. economic and demographic projections involved in the forecasting methodology. Specifically, any changes in The discussion on the applicant's energy conservation the demand projections expected on the basis of program should mention the steps that have been taken alternative assumptions made about household forma and those being planned to encourage energy conserva tion, migration, personal income, industrial and commer tion in connection with such matters as advertising, sales cial construction volume and location, or other factors promotion, consumer education, rate structure, and should be specified. Past and future growth trends efficiency of production and utilization of electricity. should be compared and explanations should be given Evidence of the effects of increasing rates on consump for deviations in trends.

tion of electrical energy and forecasts of future impacts on demand from further rate increases should be Monthly data for both actual and latest forecast peak included in the discussion. load should be provided, as well as both actual and latest forecast total monthly kWh sales from October 1972 A full and clear description of the applicant's system through the most current month. A copy of the reports should be provided, including, for each generating unit supplied to the FPC in accordance with FPC Order 496 or group of units, the extent of ownership by the should also be provided in an appendix to the environ applicant and the commitments involved. Where an mental report.

entire power pool, planning area, reliability council, coordinating agreement, etc., is involved, identification The applicant should describe its forecasting meth should be clear and details should be presented in ods. Where regression equations or elasticity demand separate tables. models are used to estimate projections, all statistical measures of correlation should be provide

d. If the

1.1.1 Load Characteristics method of correlation forecasting is used, the historic electric loads should be correlated with such variables as In order to portray the relationship of the proposed population, gross national product, consumer income, generating facility to the applicant's system and related Federal Reserve Board Index of Industrial Production, iystems, data should be provided on the following: (a) appliance saturation, or other factor

s. Wherever possible

1-1

and to the extent that demand projections are based on tool, the results should be stated along with the the accuracy of past demand projections for the appli significant input data utilized, such as the load model cant's system performed on the same or a comparable generating unit characteristics, unit availability, the basis, these past demand projections should be shown duration of periods examined, treatment of interconnec and compared with the past loads. This comparison of tions, and a general description of the methodology the applicant's earlier projections and the actual loads employed.

experienced should be listed in a table along with the percent deviation between the previously forecasted 3. The effect of operation of the proposed nuclear loads and past loads. unit(s) on the applicant's or planning entity's capacity requirements. In addition, the effects of present and

1.1.1.3 Power Exchanges. Past and expected future planned interconnections on the capacity requirements net power exchanges applicable at the time of the should be discussed.

annual peak demands presented above should be shown

4. The reserve margin responsibility of participants in as they relate to demand estimates supporting the station capacity under review. the regional coordinating council or power pool.

1.1.2 System Capacity 1.1.4 External Supporting Studies The applicant should briefly discuss power planning Reports should be summarized and referenced or programs and criteria used as they apply (a) to the statements should be included that indicate the power

'requirements in the overall area(s), as determined by applicant's system, (b) to the power pool or area within which the applicant's planning studies are based, and (c) responsible officials in the regional reliability council to the regional reliability council or the appropriate and/or the power pool or planning entity with which the subregion or area of the reliability council. System applicant is associated.

capabilities, both existing and planned, should be tab ulated for the three respective areas to the extent The report or statements should include the following applicable at the time of the annual peak demand for 5 information or a statement that such information is not years preceding filing of the environmental report available:

through at least 2 years beyond the start of commercial operation of the last nuclear unit with which the report 1. Description of the minimum installed reserve is concerned. Each generator with a capacity of 100 criterion for the region and/or subarea;

MWe or greater should be listed separately for the initial reporting year, and capability additions thereafter 2. Identification, description, and brief discussion of should be separately tabulated by date, including net studies and/or analyses made to assess the area-wide non-firm-power sales and purchases, retirements or adequacy and expected reliability of power supply for deratings, and upratings. Each generator should be the first full year of commercial operation of the entire categorized as to type (hydroelectric, fossil, nuclear, station covered in this report; and pumped storage, etc.) and as to function (base load, intermediate, peaking, etc.). Estimates of projected 3. The minimum reserve requirement in the region capacity factor ranges for each unit tabulated should be and/or subarea for the first year of operation of the provided. Small peaking units may be lumped into a completed nuclear station.

single category for simplicity.

1.2 Other Objectives

1.1.3 Reserve Margins If other objectives are to be met by the operation of the proposed facility, such as producing process steam The applicant's method of determining system gen for sale or desalting water, a description of these should erating capacity requirements and reserve margins should be given. An analysis of the effect of other objectives on be described including: the station capacity factor or availability of individual units should be given.

1. The method employed for the scheduling of outages of individual generating units within the appli 1.3 Consequences of Delay cant's system.

The effects of delays in the proposed project on the

2. The method and criterion employed to determine reserve margin of the power supply for the applicant's the minimum system reserve requirement, such as single system, subregion, and region should be discussed for largest unit, probability method, or historical 'data and increments of delay of 1, 2, and 3 years. The effect of judgment. If probabilistic studies are used as a planning no action to increase capacity should also be illustrated.

1-2

CHAPTER 2 THE SITE AND ENVIRONMENTAL INTERFACES

6. A scale that will permit the measurement of This chapter should present the basic relevant infor mation concerningthose physical, biological,and human distances with reasonable accuracy.

characteristicsof the area environment that might be

7. True north.

affected by the construction and operation of a nuclear power station on the designated sit

e. To the extent

8. Highways, railways, and waterways that traverse possible, the information presentedshould reflect obser vations and measurements made over a period of years. or are adjacent to the site.

2.1.1.3 Boundaries for Establishing Effluent Release

2.1 Geography and Demography Limits. The site description should define the boundary lines of the restricted area (as defined in 10 CFR Part 2.1.1 Site Location and Description 20, "Standards for Protection Against Radiation"). If it is proposed that limits higher than those established by

2.1.1.1 Specification of Location. The site location §20.106(a) (and related as low as is reasonably achiev should be specified by latitude and longitude of the able provisions) be set, the information required by reactor to the nearest second and by Universal Trans §20.106 should be submitted. The site map discussed verse Mercator Coordinates (Zone Number, Northing, above may be used to identify this area, or a separate and Easting, as found on USGS topographical maps) to map of the site may be used. Indicate the location of the the nearest 100 meters. The State and county or other boundary line with respect to the water's edge of nearby political subdivision in which the site is located should rivers and lakes. Distances from the station effluent be identified, as well as the location of the site with release points to the boundary line should be defined respect to prominent natural and man-made features clearly.

such as rivers and lakes.

2.1.2 Population Distribution

2.1.1.2 Site' Area. A map of the site area of suitable scale (with explanatory text as necessary) should be Population data presented should be based on the included; it should clearly show the following: 1970 census data and, where available, more recent census data. The following information should be

1. The station property lines. The area of station presented on population distribution.

property in acres should be stated.

2.1.2.1 Population Within. 10 Mile

s. On a map of

2. Location of the site boundary. If the site bound suitable scale that identifies places of significant ary lines are the same as the station property lines, this population grouping, such as cities and towns within a should be stated. 10-mile radius, concentric circles should be drawn, with the reactor at the center point, at distances of 1, 2, 3, 4,

3. The location and orientation of principal station 5, and 10 miles. The circles should be divided into structures within the site area. Principal structures 22W-degree sectors with each sector centered on one of should be identified as to function (e.g., reactor build the 16 compass points (with reference to true north, ing, auxiliary building, turbine building). e.g., north-northeast, northeast, etc.). A table appro priately keyed to the map should provide the current

4. The location of any industrial, recreational, or residential population within each area of the map residential structures within the site area. formed by the concentric circles and radial lines. The same table or separate tables should provide the pro

5. The boundary lines of the plant exclusion area (as jected population within each area for (1) the expected defined in 10 CFR Part 100). If these boundary lines are first year of station operation and (2) by census decade the same as the station property lines, this should be (e.g., 1990) through the projected station life. The tables stated. The minimum distance from each reactor to the should provide population totals for each sector and exclusion area boundary should be shown and specified. annular ring and a total for the 0 to 10 miles enclosed population. The basis for population projections should be described. Fumish the age distribution of the tSite means the contiguous real estate on which nuclear facilities projected population (e.g., 0 to 12 years, 12 to 18 years, are located And for which one or more licensees has the legal > 18 years) for the year corresponding to the midpoint right to control access by individuals and to restrict land use for of the station operating life. The distribution by age of purposes of limiting the potential doses from radiation or radioactive material during normal operation of the facilities.

the U.S. population may be used provided there is no

2-1

knowledge the site has a significantly different distribu 3. Nearest residence (to a distance of 5 miles)

tion. Appendix D provides guidance concerning the use of the U.S. age population distribution. 4. Nearest site boundary

2.1.2.2 Population Between 10 and 50 Miles. A map 5. Nearest vegetable garden (greater than 500 ft 2 in of suitable scale and appropriately keyed tables should area; to a distance of 5 miles)

be used in the same manner as described above to describe the population and its distribution at 10-mile Indicate which, if any, of the cow and goat locations intervals between the 10- and 50-mile radii from the are dairy operations. Where possible, the applicant reactor. Furnish the age distribution of the projected should provide specific information on the actual usage population (e.g., 0 to 12 years, 12 to 18 years, > 18 of the milk, whether the milk is used raw by infants, years) for the year corresponding to the midpoint of the children, or adults or whether or not the milk goes to a station operating life. The distribution by age of the U.S. dairy. Estimate the dairy dilution factor, and provide the population may be used provided there is no knowledge basis. Determine the fraction of the milk at the dairy the site has a significantly different distribution. Appen that is used to produce dairy products such as butter, dix D provides guidance concerning the use of the U.S. whey, etc.

age population distribution.

Indicate (for the 5-mile-radius area) the nature and

2.1.2.3 Transient Population. Seasonal and daily extent of present and projected land use (e.g., agricul variations in population and population distribution ture, livestock raising; dairies, pasturelands, residences, within 10 miles of the proposed station resulting from wildlife preserves, sanctuaries, hunting areas, industries, land uses such as recreational or industrial should be recreation, transportation) and any recent trends such as generally described and appropriately keyed to the areas abnormal changes in population or industrial patterns. If and population numbers contained on the maps and the area near the station site is zoned for specific uses, tables of Sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2. If the station is the applicant should indicate the zoning restrictions, located in an area where significant population variations both at the site and within 5 miles of the reactor due to transient land use are expected, additional tables building location and any local plans to restrict develop of population distribution should be provided to indi ment to limit population encroachment.

cate peak seasonal and daily populations. The addi tional tables should cover projected as well as current Provide data on annual meat (kg/yr), milk (liters/yr),

populations. Wherever possible, applicants should state and truck farming production (kg/yr) and distribution the expected residence times for the transient popula within a 50-mile radius from the proposed reactor.

tion. Provide the data by sectors in the same manner as indicated in Sections 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.

2. Furnish

2.1.3 Uses of Adjacent Lands and Waters information on type, quantity (kg/yr), and yield (kg/m 2) of crops grown within a 50-mile radius from the On detailed topographical maps, show the locations proposed reactor. Provide information on grazing season of the station perimeter; exclusion area boundary; utility (give dates), feeding regimes for cattle (such as grazing property; abutting and adjacent properties; water bodies; practices, green chop feeding, corn and grass silage wooded areas; farms; residences; nearby settlements; feeding, and hay feeding), pasture grass density (kg/mi),

commercial areas; industrial plants; parks; dedicated and yield statistics (kg/mi) for harvested forage crops areas; other public facilities; valued historic, scenic, for beef and dairy cattle feeding within a 50-mile radius cultural, recreational, or natural areas; and transporta of the proposed reactor. Agricultural production, crop tion links (e.g., railroads, highways, waterways). Indicate yield, grazing, and feeding data may be obtained from the total acreage owned by the applicant and that part sources such as local and State agricultural agencies, occupied or modified by the station and station facili agricultural agents, and other reliable sources.

ties. Indicate other existing and proposed uses, if any, of applicant's property and the acreage devoted to these Determine and indicate in tabular format the past, uses. Describe any plans for site modifications, such as a present, and projected commercial fish and shellfish visitors center or park. catch (according to the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) standard reporting units) from contiguous Provide, in tabular form, the distances from the waters within 50 miles of the station discharge. Report centerline of the first operational nuclear unit proposed the catch by total landings and by principal species, to the following for each of the 16 sectors described in indicating the amounts used as human food. Indicate the Section 2.1.2 above: location of principal fishing areas and ports of landing associated with these contiguous waters, and relate these

1. Nearest milk cow (to a distance of 5 miles) locations to harvest by species. Note the amounts consumed locally. Determine and tabulate the present

2. Nearest milk goat (to a distance of 5 miles) and projected recreational fish and shellfish harvest from

2-2

these waters in the same format, also indicating principal Data on both present and projected future water use fishing areas and their respective yield by species. As should be summarized and tabulated; users should be above, indicate the amounts consumed locally. Include located on maps of legible scale. Tabulations containing any harvest and use of seaweed, other aquatic life, or information similar to that listed below should be any vegetation used as human food from these waters. provided for water users that may be affected.

Indicate the closest location to the point of discharge 1. Number: Include numbers shown on maps identi that is publicly accessible (from land and from water) fying the location of water users;

and influenced by the discharge flow. Provide a qualita tive estimate of the fishing success that a fisherman 2. Distance from Station: Separate intake and dis could have at this location. Identify and describe any fish charge locations should be identified as follows:

farms or similar aquatic activity within the 50-mile area utilizing water that reasonably may be affected by the a. Identify radial distance from station for each power station discharge. Indicate the species and produc water user;

tion from each of these facilities and the amounts consumed locally. If hunting occurs within 50 miles of b. Provide distance from station via water route, the station, determine the average annual harvest by or by River Mile, etc.;

species, and indicate the amount of game that will be consumed locally. Fish landings, recreational and com 3. Coordinates: Provide map coordinates, if appropri mercial fin and shellfish harvests, and hunting and game ate;

information may be obtained from sources such as Federal, State, and county recreation, conservation, 4. Withdrawal Rate: Provide present and projected game, and fish agencies. Institutional or other authorita withdrawal rate (in cfs or gpm) for each water use;

tive sources may also be used. Where adequate data are not available, the applicant should determine the in 5. Return Rates: Provide present and projected formation independently. return rates (in cfs or gpm) if appropriate:

6. Type of Water Use: Provide type of water use for The information in this section should be organized each location, e.g., municipal, industrial, irrigation;

in a manner that demonstrates coordination of the principal activities of the proposed station with the 7. Source and Projection Dates of Water-Use Esti various uses of land and water outside the station. These mates: Where use rates are anticipated to change over activities should include details of required offsite access the life of the project, indicate periodic projections and corridors such as railroad spurs, rights-of-way for cooling the source of the projection information. Sources for water conveyance, new or future roadways, and other such projections may be available for users or planning cultural features that relate to the principal purpose of agencies at different levels of government.

the facility. The discussion should include reference to the reservation of rights-of-way for any future ex For items 4 and 5 above, if use varies significantly pansions that might be foreseen at the time of the application. seasonally, indicate monthly values. Also, where substan tial holdup or flow changes occur in water use systems, such as in storage ponds or by flow augmentation, On a monthly basis, identify the location, nature, and indicate the character of the changes.

amounts of present and projected surface and ground water use (e.g., water supplies, irrigation, reservoirs, In addition, for ground water users, indicate the types of ground water use, depth of wells, ground water recreation, and transportation) within 50 miles of the elevation, and return rates (if to surface water), and station where the water supplies may be contaminated characterize the use by aquifer.

by station effluents and the present and projected population associated with each use point, where appro priate. In addition, all population centers taking water 2.2 Ecology from waterways between the station and the ocean, or such lesser distance as the applicant can technically In this section, the applicant should describe the flora justify, should be tabulated (distance, uses, amounts, and fauna in the vicinity of the site, their habitats, and and population). Sources that are river bank wells their distribution. This initial inventory will reveal should be tabulated separately with their associated certain organisms which, because of their importance to populations. The effect of present and projected regional the community, should be given specific attention. A

consumptive water uses by the station on the supplies or species is "important" (for the purposes of this guide) if vice versa should be identified. Water and sewage a specific causal link can be identified between the treatment processes should be described where water nuclear power station and the species and if one or more suppliers may be affected by station effluents. of the following criteria applies: (a) the species is

2-3

commercially or recreationally valuable, (b) the species with the ecology of the region. Locate and describe any is threatened or endangered, 2 (c) the species affects the ecological or biological studies of the site or its environs well-being of some ivnportant species within criteria (a) currently in progress.

or (b), or (d) the species is critical to the structure and function of the ecological system or is a biological

3 indicator of radionuclides in the environment. 2.3 Meteorology The initial inventory should establish the identity of This section should provide a meteorological descrip the majority of terrestrial and aquatic organisms on or tion of the site and its surrounding area. The description near the site and their relative (qualitative) abundances. should include the use of at least one annual cycle from The applicant should identify the "important" species the onsite meteorological program for a construction from this list and discuss in detail their quantitative permit application and at least two annual cycles abundances. The discussion should include species that (preferably three or more whole years), including the migrate through the area or use it for breeding grounds. most recent 1-year period, for an operating license Special attention should be given to the relative impor application, plus examination of additional regional tance of the station area to the total regional area of the meteorological information. Sufficient data should be living resources (potential or exploited). included to permit independent evaluations and assess ments of atmospheric diffusion characteristics and sta The applicant should provide data on the count and tion impacts on the environment. A discussion of distribution of important domestic fauna, in particular climatology, existing levels of air pollution and their cows and goats, that may be involved in the radiological effects on station operations, the relationship of the exposure of man via the iodine-milk route. A map that meteorological data gathered on a regional basis to local shows the distribution of the principal plant communi data, and the impact of the local terrain and large lakes ties should be provided. and other bodies of water on meteorological conditions in the area should also be included.

The discussion of species-environment relationships should include descriptions of area usage (e.g., habitat, The following data concerning site meteorology, breeding, etc.) for important species; it should include taken from onsite meteorological measurements and life histories of important regional animals and aquatic nearby representative stations, should be presented:

organisms, their normal seasonal population fluctua tions, the density and distribution of their planktonic life stages, and their habitat requirements (e.g., thermal 1. Diurnal and monthly averages and extremes of tolerance ranges); and it should include identification of temperature, dewpoint, and humidity;

food chains and other interspecies relationships, particu larly when these are contributory to predictions or 2. Monthly and annual wind speed and direction data evaluations of the impact of the nuclear station on the in joint frequency form at all heights of measurement regional biota. representative of wind characteristics for points of effluent release to, and transport within, the atmos Identify any definable preexisting environmental phere;

stresses from sources such as pollutants, as well as pertinent ecological conditions suggestive of such 3. Monthly and annual joint frequencies of wind stresses. The status of ecological succession should be direction and speed by atmospheric stability class at described. Discuss the histories of any infestations, heights and intervals relevant to atmospheric transport epidemics, or catastrophes (caused by natural phenom of effluents;

ena) that have had a significant impact on regional biota.

4. Total precipitation by month, number of hours The irformation should be presented in two separate with precipitation, rainfall rate distributions, and subsections, the first entitled "Terrestrial Ecology" and monthly precipitation wind roses;

the second, "Aquatic Ecology." The sources of informa tion should be identified. As part of this identification, 5. Frequency of occurrence of winds greater than 50

present a list of pertinent published material dealing knots by storm type (e.g., orographic or synoptic flow regimes, tornadoes, and hurricanes).

2

1n the writing and reviewing of environmental reports, specific This information should be fully documented and consideration should be given to possible impact on any species substantiated as to validity of its representation of (or its habitat) that has been determined to be endangered or expected long-term conditions at and near the site.

threatened with endangerment by the Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Commerce. New terminology defining

3

"endangered or threatened with endangerment" has been Data for this section may be drawn from information in Section promulgated in Pub. Law 93-205, 87 Stat. 884. 2.3 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, as appropriate.

2-4

Guidance on acceptable onsite meteorological measure For assessment of the impact of station operation on ments and data format is presented in Regulatory Guide the environment, data summaries (e.g., moisture deficit,

1.23 (Safety Guide 23), "Onsite Meteorological Pro visibility, solar radiation) should be presented to support grams." the description given in Section 5.1.4 of the frequency and extent of fogging and icing conditions and other impacts on the atmospheric environment due to station Sufficient meteorological information should also be presence and operation.

provided to adequately characterize atmospheric trans port processes (i.e., airflow trajectories, diffusion condi At the time of construction permit application, tions, deposition characteristics) out to a distance of 50 applicants proposing a wet, dry, or wet-dry cooling miles from the nuclear station. The primary source of tower for main condenser cooling or service water meteorological information is the onsite meteorological cooling should furnish appropriate summaries of joint program. Other sources of meteorological information humidity data along with the joint wind speed, stability could include available National Weather Service (NWS) category, and wind direction frequencies for heights stations, meteorological programs that are well main related to the estimation of cooling tower moisture tained and well exposed (e.g., other nuclear facilities, dispersion for at least 6 months and preferably one university, private meteorological programs), and addi annual cycle in order to provide a basis for the tional satellite meteorological facilities established by estimation of the impact of tower operation on the the applicant to characterize relevant conditions at environment. If the applicant does not have the detailed critical onsite and offsite locations. Adequate characteri site-specific meteorological data described above, it may zation of atmospheric transport processes within 50 present information applicable to the general site area miles of the station may include examination of meteoro from the National Weather Service or other authoritative logical data from stations farther than 50 miles from the sources. The detailed site-specific data may be scheduled station when this information can provide additional in accordance with Section 6, "Environmental Reports,"

clarification of the mesoscale atmospheric transport of the Introduction to this guide.

processes. For an assessment of atmospheric transport to distances of 50 miles from the station, the following additional regional meteorological information (based on Hydrology 4

2.4 at least a 1-year period of record) should be presented for as many relevant stations as practicable:

The effects of station construction and operation on adjacent surface and ground waters are of prime impor

1. Wind speed and direction data at all heights at tance. The applicant should describe, in quantitative which wind characteristic data are applicable or have terms, the physical, chemical, biological, and hydro been measured; logical characteristics, the typical seasonal ranges and averages, and the historical extremes for surface and

2. Atmospheric stability as defined by vertical tem ground water bodies.

perature gradient or other well-documented parameters that have been substantiated by diffusion data; Information should be provided only for those waters that may affect station effluents and water supply or that may be reasonably assumed to be affected by the

3. Monthly mixing height data; and construction or operation of the station. For those water bodies and systems that may receive radionuclides from

4. Total precipitation by month, number of hours the station, the data should be supplied out to a radius with precipitation, rainfall rate distributions, and of 50 miles from the site.

monthly precipitation wind roses.

Expected seasonal and other temporal variations of important parameters such as flow and currents should All meteorological data should be concurrent for each be described monthly; daily or shorter increments station with the onsite data collection periods, presented should be provided when they are important in deter by hour, and should be available on magnetic tapes. In mining the basis for evaluation of environmental effects.

addition, a map showing the detailed topographic features (as modified by the station) on a large scale The applicant should identify, to the extent possible, within a 5-mile radius of the station, a smaller scale map the source and nature of the background pollutants (e.g.,

showing topography within a 50-mile radius of the chemical species and physical chirac-ceristics such as station, and a plot of maximum elevation versus distance from the center of the station in each of the sixteen

4

221/4-degree compass point sectors (i.e., centered on true Data for this section may be drawn from information in north, northnortheast, northeast, etc.) radiating from Section 2.4 of the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report, as the station to a distance of 50 miles should be presented. appropriate.

2-5

color and temperature), the range of concentrations mates, storage coefficients, dispersion and distribution involved, and the time variations in release. Information (sorption) coefficients, descriptions of pertinent geologic relating to water quality characteristics should include formations and soil types, including formation depth measurements made on or in close proximity to the site. throughout the site and to the nearest downgradient well or water body (note that geology is discussed in Section Station construction and operation will affect the 2.5), chemical properties, and time histories of ground hydrologic characteristics in the site area. Information water fluctuations. The applicant should provide data should be provided to establish the bases for estimates of concerning any drawdown of ground water caused by the effects. For systems involving water impoundments, withdrawals from neighboring major industrial and the flow rates (in and out), evaporation, drawdown, municipal wells that may result in the transport of percolation, evapotranspiration, and net volumes should material from the site to these or other wells.

be provided. In addition, provide elevation-area-capacity curves. Furnish sufficient site-specific data to justify the Where features of a proposed station such as founda evaluation of the effects of construction and operation tions, excavations, artificial lakes, and canals create of the station on established ground water tables and artificial conduits for flow of ground water between and usage. among aquifers, the applicant should furnish sufficient site-specific detail to justify its evaluation of the effects Where a stream is to be used by the station in any of construction and operation of the station on estab way, the estimated 7-day, once-in-lO-years low flow lished ground water tables and usage. (Note that water should be presented, in addition to observed instanta use at the site is discussed in Section 2.1.3.)

neous and average daily minimums. Furthermore, the period-of-record drought with the monthly flow In addition to providing the information described sequence identified above, transposed to the station above for the hydrologic environment in the immediate intake and adjusted for existing and projected upstream vicinity of the station, information should also be developments, should be provided. A description of provided for all points that could be affected by station significant tributaries above and below the site, their construction and operation within the 50-mile radius monthly flow sequences (if necessary to identify future where water is withdrawn or where there are significant water use), and the pattern and gradients of drainage in changes in important parameters. All data for parameters the area should be provided. should be adjusted to both present-day conditions and to those that may reasonably be expected to occur over In order to develop a systematic evaluation of the the life of the station. Chemical and biological para interaction of proposed releases with the receiving water, meters of the hydrologic environment should be des and to permit establishment of distributional isopleths cribed in a like manner.

of temperature or chemical and radionuclide concentra tions, as discussed in Chapter 5 of this guide, detailed The amount of information required for evaluation of hydrologic descriptions of the site environment to a radionuclide transport in water should be commensurate radius of 50 miles are necessary. (Note that water use is with the models used in support of the analysis required discussed in Section 2.1.3.) in Appendix I to 10CFR Part 50.

For the surface water environment, site-specific

2.5 Geology hydrologic information should include descriptions of both tidal and nontidal flow patterns. For large lakes A description of the major geological aspects of the and coastal regions, the description of nontidal circula site and its immediate environs should be provided. The tion should include frequency distributions of current level of detail presented should be appropriate to the speed direction and persistence. proposed station design and particularly the heat dissipa tion system planned. For example, if holding or cooling The seasonal cycles of temperature and salinity ponds are to be created, a detailed description of soil structure should be provided. Additionally, information and bedrock types, etc., should be provided. Except for should be included that describes the bottom and those specific features that are relevant to the environ shoreline configuration, sedimentation rates (suspended mental impact assessment, the discussion may be limited and bed load), sediment gradation analysis, and distrib to noting the broad features and general characteristics ution (sorption) coefficients. of the site and environs (topography, stratigraphy, and soil and rock types).

For the ground water environment, the hydrologic information should include descriptions of the major 2.6 Regional Historic, Archeological, Architectural, aquifers in the area, ground water piezometric contour Scenic, Cultural, and Natural Features maps of pre- and postconstruction conditions, hydraulic gradients, permeabilities for representative geologic fea Areas valued for their historic, archeological, architec tures, total and effective porosities, bulk density esti- tural, scenic, cultural, or natural significance may be

2-6

affected. The environmental report should include a and cultural properties (36 CFR Part 800) were pub brief discussion of the historic, scenic, archeological, lished in 39 FR 3366 (January 25, 1974).

architectural, cultural, and natural significance, if any, of the station site and nearby areas with specific attention The environmental report should also indicate to the sites and areas listed in the NationalRegistry of whether or not the site has any archeological significance Natural Landmarks and properties included in or eligible and how this conclusion was reached. Where necessary, for inclusion in the National Register of HistoricPlaces. professional quality assessments should be undertaken by archeologists.. If such significance or value is present, The NationalRegistry of NationalLandmarks appears the applicant's plans to ensure its preservation or plans in 37 FR 1496. The NationalRegister of HistoricPlaces filed in a public agency for this purpose should be is published annually in the FederalRegister; additions described. The environmental report should contain are published in the Federal Register on the first evidence of any steps taken to recover historical and Tuesday of each month. General guidance on the archeological data affected by station construction or treatment of historic, archeological, architectural, and transmission lines in accordance with the Historic and cultural features can be obtained from the National Park Archeological Preservation Act of 1974 (PL 93-29 1).

Service publication, "Preparation of Environmental Statements: Guidelines for Discussion of Cultural In addition, the applicant should provide an assess (Historic, Archeological, Architectural) Resources," ment of the visual effects of the station and transmission August 1973.5 lines on nearby valued cultural, scenic, historic, park, and recreation areas. The assessment should include The environmental report should identify those prop drawings or modified photographs indicating the station erties included in or eligible for inclusion in the National facilities and their surroundings, if visible from these Register of HistoricPlaces which may be affected by the nearby important vantage points, and estimates of the construction or operation of a station or its associated number of people affected.

facilities, including the transmission lines and corridor rights-of-way. Also, the applicant should* discuss its It should be stated whether the proposed transmis consultation with the appropriate State Liaison Officer sion line rights-of-way from the station to the hookup for Historic Preservation concerning the identification of with the existing system (Section 3.9) will pass through properties included in or eligible for inclusion in the or near any area or location of known historic, scenic, National Register of HistoricPlaces. The environmental cultural, natural, or archeological significance.

report should contain evidence of contact with the Historic Preservation Officer for the state involved, 2.7 Noise including a copy of his comments concerning the effect of the undertaking on historic, archeological, and cul Ambient noise levels obtained from the surrounding tural resources. Procedures for the protection of historic biotic communities within 5 miles of the proposed station should be reported. Particular attention should be directed toward obtaining acoustic noise levels where

5 Copies may be obtained from Chief Historian, Room 1226, high voltage transmission lines are located. Federal and National Park Service, 18th and C Streets NW, Washington, D.C. State noise standards should be referenced, where

20240. applicable.

2-7

CHAPTER 3 THE STATION

The operating stationand transmissionsystem should input should be described. The anticipated maximum be described in this chapter.Since environmentaleffects and monthly average consumptive use of water by the are of primary concern in the report, the station station should be shown. The above data that quantify effluents and station-related systems that interact with station water use should be tabulated for various station the environment should be described in particular conditions, including maximum power operation, detail. minimum anticipated power operation, and temporary shutdown, with or without cooling towers and cooling

3.1 External Appearance ponds (if seasonal usage is planned). To avoid excessive detail on the diagrams, refer to other sections (e.g.,

The building layout and station perimeter should be Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, and 3.7) for relevant data.

illustrated and related to the site maps presented in Section 2.1. The station profile should be shown to scale The station usage above should be compared with the by line drawings or other illustrative techniques. A low-flow (drought) periods of record on rivers or recent oblique aerial photograph or graphic representa variable lakes. Based on historical low-flow records, tion of the completed station should be included. provide the estimated frequency and duration of station outages and emergency systems usage resulting from The applicant should describe efforts made in locat insufficient supply of operational cooling water. If ing facilities on the site to use existing terrain and onsite reservoirs are to be created, describe level vegetation to achieve seclusion and sight screening as fluctuations and the consequences of such fluctuations appropriate to the topography. In addition, the architec on such environmental factors as vegetation, aquatic tural design efforts made to integrate the facilities into food chains, and insect breeding.

their environmental setting and to create esthetically pleasing buildings and grounds should be noted. 3.4 Heat Dissipation System The location and elevation of release points for liquid Heat-removal facilities for normal operation should and gaseous wastes should be clearly indicated by a be discussed in detail. Process flow diagrams and scale system of (x,y) coordinates related to the centerline of drawings of intake and outfall structures should be containment of the first nuclear unit covered by this presented. The reasons for providing the particular proposal. facilities (such as water resources limitations or reduc tion of thermal effects) should be note

d. The water

3.2 Reactor and Steam-Electric System bodies from which cooling water is withdrawn and to which cooling water is returned should be identified.

The reactor type (e.g.., BWR, PWR, HTGR), manu (Natural temperatures, including monthly changes and facturer, architect-engineer, number of units, and kind stratification, should be described in Section 2.4.)

(make) of turbine generator should be stated. The fuel (cladding, enrichment, etc.) should be described. Rated Topics to be covered include quantity of heat (license level) and design ("stretch" level) electrical and dissipated; quantity of water withdrawn; consumptive thermal power of the reactor, as well as the station's water use, return, design, size, and location of cooling electrical power consumption, should be given. towers, cooling lakes and ponds, canals with spray modules, or spray ponds; air and water flow rates, The relationship of station heat rate to the expected pertinent temperatures, estimates of quantity of drift variation of turbine back pressure for 100%, 80%, and and drizzle (and methods used in making estimates) for

60% unit load should be furnished for design circulator cooling towers and spray systems; blowdown volume, flow, and ranges of operational variation should be rate of discharge, and physical and chemical characteris given. The proposed station operating life (years) should tics for cooling towers, spray systems, and ponds;

be indicated. temperature changes, rate of changes, and holdup times in cooling ponds or artificial lakes; and rate of evapora

3.3 Station Water Use tion of water (by months) from towers, ponds, lakes, or other related cooling facilities. Also include information A quantitative water-use diagram for the station on dams or dikes where a cooling reservoir is created to showing anticipated- maximum and monthly average include essential features of the interior flow patterns;

flow rates to and from the various station water systems design and location of water intake systems or struc (e.g., heat dissipation system, sanitary system, radwaste tures, including numbers, types, and sizes of screens, and chemical waste systems, process water systems) water depth, and flow and velocity at design conditions should be presented. The sources of the water for each and for any anticipated conditions of reduced circulator

3-1

flow; number and capacity of pumps at intake structure; 3.5.1 Source Term temperature differences between withdrawn and re turned water, including consideration of operational Provide the sources of radioactivity that serve as variation of circulator flow; time of travel across input to the liquid, gaseous, and solid radioactive waste condenser and to the end of contained discharge lines, treatment systems for normal operation and anticipated canals, etc., for different months and flows; point of operational occurrences. Describe the calculational addition and flow rate of any diluent added to the model used to determine the activity of each radio cooling water stream; and details of outfall design, nuclide in the primary and secondary (PWR) coolant.

including discharge flow and velocity and the depth of The fraction of fuel releasing radioactivity into the the discharge structure in the receiving water. Descrip primary coolant or the fission product noble gas release tions should include operational modes of important rate used as a design basis should be consistent with subsystems. Ranges of operating conditions involving operating experience.

special conditions, such as operating with reduced circulator flow, should be described. Provide a complete derivation of the concentrations of activated corrosion products used in the source term Procedures and schedules for removal and disposal of calculations. Provide the bases for all assumptions used blowdown, of slimes and algal growth in the system, and in the derivation. Cite pertinent operating experience of trash collected at the intake structures should be where data are available. The activation of water and described. The methods used to prevent the initial constituents normally found in the reactor coolant accumulation of slime and algae and data on relevant system should also be taken into account. Sources of chemical constituents should be presented in Section isotopes (e.g., N-16, Ar-41), together with the concentra

3.6. tion of each isotope, should be identified.

Seasonal and operational variations in all discharges Identify sources and appearance rate of tritium in the should be described. This should include deicing, back reactor coolant. Describe the management of tritiated flushing, and pump maintenance downtime under liquids during normal operations and anticipated opera worst-case operating conditions. tional occurrences. Identify release points for tritiated liquids and gases and the quantity of tritium (curies)

Include a description of all details supporting the expected to be released annually by each pathway.

claims that any of the exemptions regarding the dis charge of heat in hot side blowdown as permitted by Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

40 CFR Part 423, Section 423.13(1)(2), is warranted for fuel pool cooling and purification systems and for with respect to the requirement that "there shall be no fuel pool ventilation systems. Provide the volume of the discharge of heat from the main condensers." fuel pool and refueling canal, identify sources of makeup water, and describe the management of water inventories

3.5 Radwaste Systems and Source Term during refueling. Provide an analysis of the concentra This section should describe the liquid, gaseous, and tions of radioactive materials in the fuel pool water solid radioactive waste (radwaste) treatment systems and following refueling, and calculate the releases of radio the instrumentation used to monitor all effluent release active materials in gaseous effluents due to evaporation points. The information should include the origin, from the surface of the fuel pool and refueling canals treatment, and disposal of all liquid, gaseous, and solid during refueling and during normal power operation.

radioactive wastes generated by the station during Provide the bases for the values used and cite pertinent normal operation including anticipated operational operating experience.

occurrences (e.g., refueling, purging, equipment down time, maintenance). For purposes of evaluating the effluents from the various ventilation systems, provide estimates of the Describe in detail the capabilities of the proposed leakage rates from the reactor coolant system and other radwaste treatment systems to maintain releases of fluid systems containing radioactivity into buildings and radioactive materials in effluents to "as low as is areas serviced by the ventilation systems. Identify reasonably achievable" levels in conformance with 10 planned operations and anticipated operational occur CFR Parts 20 and 50 including the cost-benefit analysis rences that may result in release of radioactive materials required by Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. to the environment. Consider leakage rates and concen trations of radioactive materials for both expected and Since the radwaste systems are discussed and shown design conditions. Tabulate the sources of leakage and in detail in the applicant's Preliminary Safety Analysis estimate their contribution to the total quantity. Des Report (PSAR), the applicant may show the radwaste cribe special design features provided to reduce leakage.

treatment systems by block diagrams. References to Provide estimates of the releases of radioactive gases, appropriate sections of the PSAR should be indicated radioactive particulates, and radioiodines (by radio wherever needed. nuclide) from each leakage source, and describe their

3-2

subsequent transport mechanisms and release paths. 3.5.3 Gaseous Radwaste Systems Provide the bases for the values used. Cite previous pertinent experience from operating reactors, dqscribing Describe the gaseous radwaste systems and their capa any changes from previous designs that would affect the bilities to control, collect, process, handle, store, and release of radioactive materials to the environment. dispose of gaseous and particulate radioactive wastes generated as the result of normal operation and antici Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calculation of Releases of pated operational occurrences. Include building ventila Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents tion systems that exhaust potentially radioactive from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reactors," may be materials to the environment. Indicate systems that referenced, as appropriate, in providing the above incorporate high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters information. and/or charcoal adsorbers in the treatment of building effluents. Provide P&IDs and flow diagrams for all Provide responses to the source term questionnaires gaseous radwaste systems. Reference may be made to the appropriate sections of the PSAR. Show system and and to the cost-benefit analysis questionnaire which appear as Appendices E, F, and G of this guide. component capacities. Provide calculations for gas holdup systems, indicating holdup times, decay factors, and reserve capacity. Identify the normal mode of operation. List estimated quantities and flow rates from

3.5.2 Liquid Radwaste Systems all sources, expected decontamination factors, and holdup times. Estimated quantities should be given in Describe the liquid radwaste systems and their capa terms of cubic feet, total curie content, and aciivity bilities to control, collect, process, handle, store, and concentration in pCi/cc.

dispose of liquid radioactive wastes generated as the result of normal operation and anticipated operational Indicate which systems are used continuously and occurrences. Provide piping and instrumentation dia which are operated only under specific circumstances.

grams and flow diagrams for liquid radwaste systems. Note those systems that are shared with other reactors Reference may be made to the appropriate sections in at the site, those systems that are shared between the PSAR. Show tank capacities, system flow rates, and separate buildings or between units, and also those that design capacities of components. Show all interconnec share a common effluent release point. Identify all tions with other systems and all potential bypass paths. gaseous radioactive effluent release points including Identify the normal mode of operation. Provide esti heights above station grade, temperature, and exit mated quantities and flow rates from all sources, velocity. Provide a summary tabulation of all radio expected decontamination factors, and holdup times.

nuclides that will be discharged with each effluent Estimated quantities should be given in terms of gallons, stream, and provide the expected annual average release total curie content, and activity concentration in pCi/ml.

rate (Ci/yr per reactor).

Indicate which systems are used separately and which Provide an evaluation showing conformance with the are shared with other units at the site, as appropriate. design objectives specitied in Appendix I to 10 CFR Part Provide a summary tabulation of all radionuclides that 50,Section II, Paragraphs B, C, and D. With regard to will be discharged with each effluent stream, and provide Paragraph D, tabulate the components and the para the expected annual average release rate (Cilyr per meters considered in the cost-benefit analyses along with reactor). the dollar/man-rem reduction. Analyses should be based on a 30-year station operating life. Describe the cost An evaluation should be provided showing confor benefit analysis model in detail sufficient to verify the mance with the design objectives specified in Appendix I tabulated values. Provide the bases for all assumptions to 10 CFR Part 50, Section II, Paragraphs A and D. With and the parameters used in the analyses. Give the design regard to Paragraph D, tabulate the components and the specifications for all equipment involved in the cost parameters considered in the cost-benefit analyses, along benefit analyses. Regulatory Guide 1.110, "Cost-Benefit with dollarlman-rem reduction. Analyses should be Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light-Water-Cooled based on a 30-year station operating life. Describe the Nuclear Power Reactors," may be referenced, as appro cost-benefit analysis model in sufficient detail that the priate, in providing the above information.

tabulated values can be verified. Provide the bases for all assumptions and parameters used in the analyses. Pro 3.SA Solid Radwaste System vide design specifications for all equipment involved in the cost-benefit analyses. Regulatory Guide 1.110, Describe the solid radwaste system and its capability

"Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste Systems for Light to solidify liquid waste concentrates and to handle, Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors," may be refer store, and package for shipment the solid radioactive enced, as appropriate, in providing the above informa wastes generated as a result of normal operation in tion. cluding anticipated operational occurrence

s. Include any

3-3

tanks designed to receive concentrated liquid wastes, treatment sludge supernatant, filter backwash, steam sludges, or resins prior to processing in the solid generator blowdown; area rainfall runoff from construc radwaste system. Interconnections with liquid radwaste tion activities and materials storage piles; waste streams systems should be described. A description of the or discharges from roof, yard, and other drains; laundry provisions for 'the compaction or baling of dry solid waste streams which may also contain radionuclides; and wastes should also be included. List estimated quantities other waste streams that may enter the local environ from all sources. Estimated quantities should be given in ment as a result of station operation.

terms of cubic feet of solid product (as processed and prepared for shipment), total curie content, and activity Maximum and average concentrations (in mg/liter) of concentration in curies per package, or curies per cubic chemicals and solids in any brines or cooling system foot. Indicate if the solid radwaste system is shared with effluents should be given. The expected average and other units at the site. maximum design discharge concentrations of each pollutant for each permitted station discharge should be Describe provisions for the storage of packaged solid listed in a table along with the chemical concentrations wastes. Estimate the decay time provided in storage in each of the above-mentioned waste source categories, prior to shipment offsite. where applicable, and the chemical concentration of the intake water supply. Each pollutant in the station's Provide P&IDs and flow diagrams showing the origin, cooling system effluent should be compared with appli treatment, storage, and shipment provisions for all solid cable State and Federal (40 CFR Part 423) effluent radwaste generated by the station under consideration. limitations guidelines and reported in the table. All flow Reference should be made to the appropriate sections of rates, frequencies of discharge, and regenerant times for the PSAR. Show system and component capacities, and the waste sources should also be included in the table.

identify the normal mode of operation. Quantities of chemicals discharged with treated or partially treated waste streams not covered by 40 CFR

3.5.5 Process and Effluent Monitoring Part 423 should be specifically listed.

Identify all radioactive effluent release points, and Where discharges of free available chlorine or total indicate which points are continuously monitored. Note residual chlorine are not in compliance with 40 CFR

those monitors that automatically terminate effluent Part 423 guidelines, details should be given which discharges upon alarm. Indicate those monitors that, support any conclusion that the proposed unit(s) cannot upon alarm, automatically actuate standby or alternative operate at or below this level of chlorination and thus a treatment systems or that automatically divert streams variance from the effluent limitations of 40 CFR Part to holdup tanks. 423 is warranted (as is currently allowed by 40 CFR Part

423).

3.6 Chemical and Biocide Wastes Ground deposition and airborne concentrations of The applicant should provide a complete list of all chemicals and solids entrained in spray fallout should be chemicals (including scaling and corrosion inhibitors, estimated and the methods and bases for the estimates chemical and biological antifouling agents, and cleaning stated. The discussion should include a description of compounds) to be used at the proposed station. Chemi procedures by which all effluents will be treated, cal names should be given in addition to generic or trade controlled, and discharged to meet State and EPA

names wherever possible. The list should describe in effluent limitation guidelines and new source perfor tabular form the use of each chemical agent, the mance standards. Seasonal and operational variations in frequency of use, and the average and maximum discharges should be described as they relate to effluent limitations and standards of performance. A flow dia quantities (pounds) used annually.

gram (which may also be combined with the liquid The applicant should describe average and expected radwaste system flow diagram) should be included.

maximum design discharge concentrations of chemicals, including corrosion products, that may enter the environment as a result of station operation. 3.7 Sanitary and Other Waste Systems Sources of chemicals discharged by the station should The applicant should describe any other nonradio be identified by the waste categories specified in 40 CFR active solid or liquid waste materials such as sanitary and Part 423, "Effluent Guidelines and Standards for the chemical laboratory wastes, laundry solutions, and de Steam Electric Power Generating Point Source Cate contamination solutions that may be created during gory," issued by the Environmental Protection Agency, station operation. The description should include esti and should include, where applicable, circulating and mates of the quantities of wastes to be disposed of, their service water systems; blowdown from recirculating pollutant concentrations, biochemical oxygen demands cooling water systems; low-volume waste discharge at points of release as appropriate to the system, and systems such as demineralizer regenerant waste, water other relevant data. The manner in which they will be

34

treated and controlled and the procedures for disposal section, the applicant is advised to consult the Depart should also be described. Means for control and treat ment of Interior/Department of Agruculture publica ment of all systems subject to effluent limitation tion, Environmental Criteria for Electric Transmission guidelines and standards of performance under FWPCA Systems; the Federal Power Commission publication, should be described. Electric Power Transmission and the Environmert; the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) book, Trans The applicant should (a) describe any other gaseous mission Line Reference Book, 345kV and Above,2 and effluents (e.g., from diesel engines, gas turbines, heating the National Electrical Safety Code.

plants, incinerators) created during station operation, (b)

estimate the frequency of release and describe how they Adequate descriptions of proposed line-related will be treated before release to the environment, and (c) facilities, such as substations, should be included in the estimate the total quantity of SO 2 and NO, pollutants report. Sufficient information should be provided on the to be discharged annually. external appearance of the transmission structures to permit an assessment of their esthetic impact.

3.8 Reporting of Radioactive Material Movement This portion of the report should describe the The detailed requirements for the analysis Of environ. proposed transmission system and include basic design mental impacts involving the transportation of radio parameters such as voltage, capacity under normal and active materials to and from nuclear power reactors is emergency load conditions, conductor type and configu ration, ruling spans, and electrical clearances. Illustrate contained in 10 CFR Part 51.

the type of transmission structures, and provide profile If the transportation of fuel and waste to and drawings of the conductors and transmission structures from nuclear power reactors is within the scope of to be located in highly visible areas. Indicate the paragraph (g) of § 51.20, the environmental report need dimensions, materials, color, and finish of the trans only contain a statement that such environmental mission structures, substations, and other related facil impacts are as set forth in Summary Table S4 of 10 ities.

CFR Part 51 (see Appendix A). No further discussion of The applicant should supply contour maps or aerial such environmental effects will be required. photographs, or both, showing the proposed rights-of way and identifying substations or other points at which If the transportation of fuel and waste to and the transmission lines will connect with the existing from nuclear power reactors is not within the scope high-voltage system. The lengths, widths, and acreage of of paragraph (g) of §51.20, a full description and the proposed rights-of-way should be specified. The detailed analysis of the environmental impacts of applicant should characterize the land types to be transportation of radioactive materials under normal crossed by transmission lines and indicate the present conditions of transport will be required. An analysis and expected usage of such land. Any area where of the environmental impacts of transportation of construction of the transmission lines will require radioactive materials following the approach set permanent clearing of trees and vegetation, changes in forth in WASH-1238 is acceptable. 1 topography, or removal of man-made structures should also be indicated, as well as areas where the transmission

3.9 Transmission Facilities lines will be placed underground. Indicate where high ways, railways, water bodies, and areas of archeological, The environmental report should contain sufficient historical, and recreational interest will be crossed.

information to permit evaluation of the environmental Where transmission lines offer potential hazard to aerial impact of transmission lines and related facilities that are navigation, appropriate FAA standards should be to be constructed between the proposed nuclear installa referenced.

tion and an interconnecting point or points on the existing high-voltage transmission system, or are Identify alternative rights-of-way and terminal loca required elsewhere in the system for stability or power tions considered, and provide a brief discussion of the distribution purposes directly related to the proposed rationale for the selection of the proposed rights-of-way.

nuclear installation. For material useful in preparing this Provide sufficient information (including selection

1 criteria) for assessment of the alternatives.

A general analysis of the environmental impact of transporting radioactive materials-to and from a light-water-cooled nuclear power reactor has been issued by the Commission. See "Envi ronmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants," WASH-1238, December 1972, and Supplement I to WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038, April

1975. Copies of WASH-1238 and NUREG-75/038 may be obtained from the National Technical Information Service, 2Copies may be obtained from Fred Weidner and Son, Printers, Springfield, Virginia 22161. 421 Hudson St., New York, NY 10014.

3-5

This portion of the report should identify and be taken to minimize these effects. 3 Appropriate State evaluate parameters of possible environmental signifi- and Federal standards should be referenced, as cance, including radiated electrical and acoustic noise, applicable.

induced or conducted ground currents, corona effects,

3 and ozone production, and what mitigating actions will Details of the controls and effects are requested in Section 5.5.

3-6

CHAPTER 4 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF SITE PREPARATION, STATION CONSTRUCTION,

AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION

This chapter of the applicant'senvironmental report disposing of trash and chemical wastes (including oil);

should discuss the expected effects of site preparation excavating; and land filling. Provide information bearing and station and transmissionfacilities construction. The on such questions as: How much land will be torn up?

effects should be presented in terms of their physical For how long? Will there be dust or smoke problems?

impact on the resources and populations described in How will explosives be used? Where and how often?

Chapter 2. Means selected by the applicant to measure Indicate the proximity of human populations. Identify and minimize related environmental effects should be undesirable impacts on their environment arising from outlined. Effects that are primarily economic or social in noise and from inconvenience due to the movement of charactershould be discussed in Chapter8. men, material, and machines, including activities asso ciated with any provision of housing, transportation, and The preparation of the site and the construction of a educational facilities for workers and their families.

nuclear power station and related facilities will inevitably affect the environment; some of the effects The applicant should show in tabular form the land will be adverse and some will be beneficial. Effects are area requirements (in acres) affected by the station and considered adverse if environmental change or stress station-related facilities. Where applicable, acieage causes some biotic population or natural resource to be should be specified for the site, station, cooling towers less safe, less healthy, less abundant, less productive, or (main condenser and service water), switching stations, less esthetically or culturally pleasing, as applicable; if safe-shutdown and emergency cooling ponds, trans the change or stress reduces the diversity and variety of mission line corridors (both onsite and offsite), railroad individual choice, the standard of living, or the extent of spurs (both onsite and offsite) to be constructed, access sharing of life's amenities; or if the change or stress tends roads, makeup and blowdown pipes, intake structures, to lower the quality of renewable resources or to impair parking lots, permanent buildings, and any other facility the recycling of depletable resources. Effects are or pond occupying more than 2 acres.

considered beneficial if they cause changes or stresses having consequences opposite to those just enumerated. An annual schedule of the estimated work force to be involved in site preparation and station construction In the applicant's discussion of adverse environmental should be presented. Describe any expected changes in effects, it should be made clear which of these are accessibility of historical, cultural,' and archeological considered unavoidable and subject to later amelioration sites and natural landmarks in the region.

and which are regarded as unavoidable and irreversible.

Those effects that represent an irretrievable commitment The discussion should also include any effects of site of resources should receive detailed consideration in preparation and station construction activities whose Section 4.3. (In the context of this discussion, "irretriev consequences may be beneficial to the . region; for able commitment of resources" alludes to natural example, the use of spoil to create playgrounds and resources and means a permanent impairment of these, recreational facilities.

e.g., loss of wildlife habitat; destruction of nesting, breeding, or nursing areas; interference with migratory The discussion of water use should describe the routes; loss of valuable or esthetically treasured natural impact of site preparation and construction activities on areas as well as expenditure of directly utilized regional water (e.g., lakes, streams, ground water). The resources.) overall plan for protection of water bodies (e.g., recrea tion, reservoir) that may be affected by station construction should be discussed. Activities that might

4.1 Site Preparation and Station Construction affect water use include the construction of cofferdams and storm sewers, dredging operations, placement of fill The applicant should organize the discussion in terms material in the water, and the creation of shoreside of the effects of site preparation and station construc tion on both land use and water use. The consequences to both human and wildlife populations should be IDepending on location, the construction of a nuclear power considered and identified as unavoidable, reversible, etc., station and associated access roads, docks, landscaping, etc.,

according to the categorization set forth above. may have an impact on monuments of the National Geodetic In the land-use discussion, describe how construction Control Networks. The applicant should list all known markers activities may disturb the existing terrain and wildlife in the construction area in its review and independently notify the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, habitats. Consider the effects of such activities as National Geodetic Survey (NGS) of any impending damage to creating building material supply areas; building markers so that efforts can be made to relocate them prior to temporary or permanent roads, bridges, and service lines; destruction.

4-1

facilities involving bulkheads, piers, jetties, basins, or 4.3 Resources Committed other structures allowing ingress to or egress from the station by water. Examples of other pertinent activities Discuss any irreversible and irretrievable are the construction of intake and discharge structures commitments of resources (e.g., loss of land, water, for cooling water or other purposes, straightening or nonrecyclable building materials, destruction of biota)

deepening of a water channel, and operations affecting that are expected if site preparation and construction of water level (flooding), construction, and dewatering station and transmission facilities proceed. Commit effects on nearby ground water users. The applicant ments of material resources involved in the construction should describe the effects of these activities on naviga of nuclear reactors are discussed in Regulatory Guide tion, fish and wildlife resources, water quality, water 4.10, "Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitments of supply, esthetics, etc., as applicable. Material Resources." Such losses should be evaluated in Where it is proposed to create a cooling lake or pond, terms of their relative and long-term net and absolute describe the effects on the local ecology, including the impacts. (See Section 5.7 for more detailed consider loss of flora and local migration of fauna from the area ation.)

the lake or pond will occupy. In addition, the expected establishment and development of aquatic plant and 4.4 Radioactivity animal life should be described. This discussion may reference any available data based on studies of For multiunit stations, provide the estimated annual similarly sited artificial lakes. doses at various locations in a new unit construction area from onsite radiation sources such as the turbine systems (for BWRs), the auxiliary building, the reactor building, and stored radioactive wastes and from radio active effluents (e.g., direct radiation from the gaseous radioactive plume). Provide estimated annual doses to

4.2 Transmission Facilities Construction construction workers due to radiation from these sources from the adjacent operating unit(s) and the The effects of clearing the rights-of-way and annual man-rem doses associated with such construction.

installing transmission line towers and conductors on the Include models, assumptions, and input data. If the environs and on the people living in or traveling through Safety Analysis Report (SAR) has already been the adjacent area should be discussed in this section. submitted or will be submitted simultaneously with the (Refer to Section 3.9 for the basic information.) applicant's ER, reference may be made to the analysis contained in the SAR.

The following topics may serve as guidelines for this discussion, but the applicant. should include any 2 additional relevant material. 4.5 Construction Impact Control Program The construction permit may require certain actions

1. The proposed techniques for clearing the rights-of on the part of the applicant to ensure that environ way and any resulting temporary and permanent changes mental controls to minimize impacts are carried out. In that will be induced in the physical and biological addition to the discussion of the effects of site prepara processes of plant and wildlife through changes in the tion and construction, the applicant should furnish hydrology, topography, or ground cover or the use of details of the program with which it plans to monitor growth retardants, chemicals, biocides, sprays, etc., those activities affecting site-related environmental during construction and installation of the transmission quality. The applicant should state the specific nature of lines. its control programs and the control procedures it intends to follow as a means of implementing adherence

2. The methods to be used for erecting the trans to environmental quality control limits, as applicable.

mission line structures and for stringing conductors, including related environmental effects. The applicant should describe measures designed to mitigate or reverse undesirable effects such as noise,

3. Number and length of new access and service erosion, dust, truck traffic, flooding, ground water level roads required. modification, and channel blockage. The description should include plans for landscape restoration, protec

4. Erosion directly traceable to construction tion of natural drainage channels or development of activities.

2 A compilation of construction practices is provided in General

5. Loss of agricultural productivity and other present Environmental Guidelines for Evaluating and Reporting the uses of rights-of-way. Effects of Nuclear Power Plant Site Preparation, Plant and Transmission FacilitiesConstruction, AIF/NESP-003, February

1974. Copies may be obtained from the Atomic Industrial Briefly discuss the effects of construction on any Forum, Inc., 7101 Wisconsin Avenue, Washington, identified endangered species (as defined in Section 2.2). D.C. 20014.

4-2

appropriate substitutes, measures taken to control Precautions for handling of fuels, lubricants, oily rainfall runoff, installation of fish ladders or elevators or wastes, and other chemical waste should be included.

other habitat improvement, augmentea water supply for Describe procedures for disposal of slash and unmer affected surface and ground water users, and flood and chantable timber and for cleanup and restoration of pollution control. areas affected by clearing and construction activities.

The applicant should describe the means by which compliance with EPA's effluent limitation guidelines or new source performance standards (40 CFR Part 423) Describe any other measures planned for the protec applicable to construction activities will be achieved. tion of fish and wildlife during construction.

4-3

CHAPTER 5 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF STATION OPERATION

This chapter should describe the interaction of the and 2.4) and the aquatic ecology (Section 2.2) are of station and transmission facilities (discussed in Chapter primary importance in determining what effects the

3) and the environment (discussedin Chapter2). To the released heat will have on the aquatic environment.

extent possible, the applicantshould avoid repeatingthe material presented in Chapters 2 and 3. Measures 5.1.1 Effluent Limitations and Water Quality Standards planned to reduce any undesirable effects of station operation (including the transmission facilities) on the Describe applicable State and Federal (40 CFR Part environment should be described in detail. In the 423) effluent guidelines and the thermal standards or discussion of environmental effects, as in Chapter 4, limitations applicable to the water body to which the effects that are considered unavoidable but either discharge is made (including maximum permissible inherently temporary or subject to later amelioration temperature, maximum permissible increase, mixing should be clearly distinguished from those regarded as zones, and maximum rates of increase and decrease) and unavoidableand irreversible.Those effects that represent whether and to what extent these standards or limita an irretrievablecommitment of resources should receive tions have been approved by the Administrator of the detailedconsideration in Section 5. Z Environmental Protection Agency in accordance with The impacts of operation of the proposed facility the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.

Indicate whether the discharge could affect the quality should be, to the fullest extent practicable, quantified and systematically presented.' In the discussion of each of the waters of any other State or States.

impact, the applicant should make clear whether the

5.1.2 Physical Effects supporting evidence is based on theoretical, laboratory, onsite, or field studies undertaken on this or on previous occasions. The source of each impact (i.e., Describe the effect that any heated effluent, the station subsystem, waste effluent) and the popula including service water or closed-cycle system blow tion or resource affected should be made clear in each down, will have on the temperature of the receiving case. The impacts should be distinguished in terms of body of water with respect to space and time. Describe changes in temperature caused by drawing water from their effects on surface water bodies, ground water, air, one depth and discharging it at another. The predicted and land.

characteristics of the mixing zone and temperature Finally, the applicant should discuss the relationship changes in the receiving body of water as a whole should between local short-term uses of man's environment and be covered. Include seasonal effects. Discuss any model the maintenance and enhancement of long-term pro studies and calculations that have been performed to ductivity. As used in this guide, "short term" may be determine these characteristics, giving references to taken to refer to the operating life of the proposed reports that provide supporting details. Details of facility and "long term" to time periods extending calculational methods used in predicting thermal plume beyond this life. The applicant should assess the action configurations should be given in an appendix to the for cumulative and projected long-term effects from the report. The results should be portrayed in graphic form, point of view that each generation is trustee of the showing isotherms in three dimensions for a range of environment for each succeeding generation. This means conditions that form the basis for the estimation of considering, for example, the commitment of a water ecological impact.

source to use as a cooling medium in terms of impair ment of other actual or potential uses and any other Where releases are determined to be affected by tides long-term effects to which the operation of this facility extent and winds, a probability rose relating directions, Both may contribute. "of modification, and time should be included. a daily and an annual probability rose should be developed

5. 1 Effects of Operation of Heat Dissipation System where tides are operative.

Waste heat dissipated by the system described in 5.1.3 Biological Effects Section 3.A alters the thermal conditions of the environ ment. Since the heat transfer is usually effected through Describe the effects of released heat on marine and the surface of a river, pond, lake, estuary, or ocean or by freshwater life. Give the basis for the prediction of the evaporation of water in a cooling tower, the meteor effects. In this discussion, appropriate references to the ology and hydrology of the environment (Sections 2.3 baseline ecological data presented in Section 2.2 should be made. Expected thermal effects should be related to lQuantification of environmental costs is discussed in Chapter the optimum and tolerance temperature ranges for

10. important aquatic species (as defined in Section 2.2) and

5-1

the food base that supports them. The evaluation icing, precipitation modification, humidity changes, should consider not only the mixing zone, but also the "cooling tower blowdown and drift, and noise. Where entire regional aquatic habitat potentially affected by cooling towers are considered, the discussion should operation of the proposed station. include estimates of the dimensions of the visible plume under various stability classes (Pasquill) and the proba Potential hazards of the cooling water intake and bility distribution of wind directions, air temperature, discharge structures (described in Section 3.4) to fish and humidity expected at the site. Discuss shadowing populations and food base organisms should be effects and esthetic considerations caused by cooling identified, and steps planned to measure and minimize tower plumes. If fog clouds or icing may occur, the the hazards should be discussed. Diversion techniques estimated hours per year, distances, and directions should be discussed in the light of information obtained should be presented, along with transportation arteries from ecological studies on fish population, size, and (including navigable waters) potentially affected and habitats. measures to mitigate such effects. Consider possible synergistic effects that might result from mixing of fog The effects of passage through the condenser on or drift with other effluents discharged into the atmo zooplankton, phytoplankton, meroplankton, and small sphere from nearby fossil-fueled or industrial facilities.

nektonic forms such as immature fish should be (Environmental effects of chemicals discharged from discussed, as well as the resultant implications for the cooling tower blowdown and drift should be discussed in important species and functional groups. Section 5.3.)

The applicant should discuss the potential biological In addition to the meteorological effects noted, other effects of modifying the natural circulation of the water local environmental impacts may occur. These should be bodies affected by the station, especially if water is described. For example, if a cooling pond or lake is withdrawn from one region or zone and discharged into created or where ground water is a source of station another. This discussion should consider such factors as water supply, the effects on ground water may be the alteration of the dissolved oxygen and nutrient substantial; consequently, the alteration of water table content and distribution in the receiving water, as well as levels, recharge rates, and soil permeability should be the effects of scouring and suspended sediments. Where discussed.

natural salinity is modified by station waterflow, the effects should be quantitatively investigated. 5.2 Radiological Impact from Routine Operation Station-induced changes in the temperature of the In this section, the applicant should consider impacts discharged water subsequent to environmental on man or on biota other than man that are attributable stabilization can affect aquatic life in the receiving body. to the release of radioactive materials and to direct Accordingly, the applicant should discuss the possible radiation from the facility. The biota to be considered effects of reactor shutdown (and other temporary are those species of local flora and local and migratory related conditions), including the dependence of effects fauna defined as "important" in Section 2.2 and whose on the season in which shutdown occurs. An estimate of terrestrial and/or aquatic habitats provide the highest the number of scheduled and unscheduled shutdowns potential for radiation exposure. Estimates of the per year should be given. Refueling schedules should be radiological impact on man via the most significant indicated, particularly where the rate and magnitude of exposure pathways should be provided.

temperature change in the receiving waters are likely to be large (e.g., as a result of refueling in winter). Describe procedures for reducing thermal shock to aquatic 5.2.1 Exposure Pathways organisms during shutdown or refueling. A discussion of operation with reduced circulator flow or increased The various possible pathways for radiation exposure temperature differentials should be specifically of the important local flora and local and migratory addressed to timing and extent to provide a basis for fauna should be identified and described in the text and comparison of the effects of such operation with those flowcharts. (An example of an exposure pathway chart of standard operating modes. for organisms other than man is given in Appendix H.)

The pathways should include the important routes of radionuclide translocation (including food chains leading

5.1.4 Effects of Heat Dissipation Facilities to important species) to organisms or sites.

Discuss the expected effects of heat dissipation The various possible pathways for radiation exposure facilities such as cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds, of man should be identified and described in text and spray ponds, or diffusers on the local environment and flowcharts. (An example of an exposure pathway chart on agriculture, housing, highway safety, recreation, air for man is given in Appendix H.) As a minimum, the and water traffic, airports, or other installations with following pathways should be evaluated: direct radiation respect to meteorological phenomena, including fog, from radioactivity contained within the station, shore-

5-2

line fishing (radionuclides deposited in sediments), of Ci/m 2 -yr, at points of potential maximum concentra immersion in airborne effluents, and radionuclides tion outside the site boundary, at points of estimated deposited on the ground surface and vegetation, and maximum individual exposure, and at points within a internal exposure from inhalation of airborne effluents radial grid of sixteen 221/4-degree sectors centered on and from ingestion of milk, drinking water, fish and true north and extending to a distance of 50 miles from game, invertebrates, and plants. Identify any additional the station. A set of data points should be located within exposure pathways specific to the region around the each sector at increments of 0.25 mile to a distance of 1 site that could contribute 10% or more to either mile from the station, at increments of 0.5 mile from a individual or population doses. distance of 1 to 5 miles, at increments of 2.5 miles from a distance of 5 to 10 miles, and at increments of 5 miles

5.2.2 Radioactivity in Environment thereafter to a distance of 50 miles. Estimates of relative concentration (x/Q) for noble gas effluents and, if In Section 3.5, the radionuclide concentrations in the applicable, relative concentration (x/Q) depleted by liquid and gaseous effluents discharged from the station deposition and relative deposition (D/Q) for radioiodine are listed. In this section, the applicant should consider and particulate effluents should be provided at each of how these effluents are quantitatively distributed in the these grid points. In addition, averages of these XiQ

environment. Specifically, estimates should be provided and/or D/Q values between all adjacent grid points along for the radionuclide concentration (a) in all waters that the radials should be provided.

receive any liquid radioactive effluent, (b) on land areas, (c) on vegetation (on a per unit area basis) in the environs, and (d) in the atmosphere around the nuclear 5.2.2.1 Surface Water Models. Models are herein station. classified into two categories: those that estimate physical effects using simplifying, conservative assump If there are other components of the physical tions and those that are state-of-the-art attempts at environment that may accumulate radioactivity and thus realistically modeling physical effects. Predicting the result in the exposure of living organisms to nuclear transport of liquid radioactive effluents may require the radiations, they should be identified and their use of both categories of models, each applicable under radioactivity burden estimated. In addition, information different situations and for different regions of the hydrologic environment. The applicant should discuss concerning any cumulative buildup of radionuclides in the range of applicability of the models used, the the environment, such as in sediments, should be methods used in model calibration and verification, the presented and discussed. Information concerning any error limits of the resulting predictions, and the input relocation of contaminated or potentially contaminated data. Basic hydrologic and station data are discussed in materials in the physical environment, such as occurs in Sections 2.1.3, 2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 6.1. Discussions of dredging operations, should be provided.

the three general types of surface water models (transport, sediment uptake, and water use) that may be Estimate the expected annual average concentrations used in predicting the effects of liquid radioactive of radioactive nuclides (listed in Section 3.5) in receiving effluents follow.

water at locations where water is consumed or otherwise used by human beings or where it is inhabited by biota of significance to human food chains. (If discharges are 5.2.2.1.1 Transport Models. Mathematical and/or intermittent, concentration peaks as well as annual physical models may be required to predict the transport averages should be estimated.) Specify the dilution of liquid radioactive effluents. The size of the region to factors used in preparing the estimates and the locations be simulated and the required level of detail will depend wheie the dilution factors are applicable. on the radionuclide in question, the quantity released, the surface water pathways, and the temporal and spatial The models and assumptions used to determine air variability of important model parameters (e.g.,

concentration andjor deposition should be described in diffusion coefficients). In cases where significant levels detail and their validity and accuracy discussed. of station-discharged radionuclides remain in the surface Guidance on acceptable models is provided in Regula waters over large distances, Appendix I to 10 CFR Part tory Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric 50 requires transport predictions along the surface Transport and Dispersion from Gaseous Effluents in water pathways ranging from the immediate vicinity of Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors." the discharge point to a 50-mile radius of the station.

The meteorological data used in these models should be identified and consistent with Section 2.3. From the Transport predictions will often require the use of atmospheric transport and diffusion models and meteor different models, each applicable to a given region of the ological data, provide estimates of relative concentra surface water pathway. In each case, the model should tions (XJQ), where X and Q are expressed in units of be described in detail. The description should include Ci/m 2 and Ci/yr, respectively, and/or relative annual (or justification of all model input data and assumptions.

seasonal) deposition (D/Q), where D is expressed in units The applicant should describe in detail the methods

5-3

employed to obtain model parameters (e.g., diffusion transport, results should be tabulated separately in the coefficients). table requested in Section 5.2.2.1.1.

In the case of physical models, the applicant should 5.2.2.1.3 Water-Use Models. Where water use may present detailed descriptions of the model facilities, affect or be affected by station discharges, computa scaling requirements, data collection and analysis tional models may be required to predict projected techniques, and error estimates. changes in surface use and flows upstream and down stream (present and projected surface water use is For liquid radwaste transport analysis pursuant to discussed in Section 2.1.3). Such models may be required Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50, a tabulation of the to predict types of water and temporal variations in use expected concentrations and travel times for each of the over the life of the station. Predictions will often require important radionuclides released to each important the use of models of varying sophistication which are pathway to man should be provided on a monthly compatible with population projections. In each case the average basis for conditions anticipated during station model and input data should be described in detail.

operation. Descriptions should include discussions of the applicability and validity of the models with supporting evidence to substantiate the applicant's conclusions.

5.2.2.1.2 Sediment Uptake Models. In some cases, a Models of water use are necessary in rivers, lakes, substantial portion of certain radionuclides released estuaries, and oceans where realistic projections of from the station will be removed from solution and radionuclide transport are undertaken and where the deposited on bottom and suspended sediments. sensitivity of concentration estimates to assumptions of Consideration of such removal mechanisms may monthly average flow indicates changes in water use that substantially change the ultimate calculated doses to could significantly change Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50

man. If credit is claimed for reduction of radionuclide objectives. For example, estimates of monthly average concentrations in surface waters by the mechanism of flow in a river based solely on historical streamflow sediment uptake, analysis and verification should be records will not indicate the changes in water uses that provided. Such analysis should include actual field and have occurred historically, nor will they indicate changes laboratory measurements to determine sorption and to be expected in the future. One way to project flow is transport of radionuclide ions by bottom and suspended to assumne that long-term recorded historical runoff sediments. The sampling and analyses should cover the conditions adjusted for the effects of man (e.g.,

area of significant influence of the station and should reservoirs, diversions, water supply) will be indicative of consider seasonal changes of sediment transport. the future. This adjusted record is then modified for projected water use by man to the end of the station Mathematical models may be used for calculating the lifetime. The analyses can be undertaken by simulating

2 removal of ions by sediment and the transport of streamflow and water use sequentially.

attached ions in the sediment. Models should be verified by comparison to field studies (e.g., tracers) from water 5.2.2.2 Ground Water Models. The general categories bodies having characteristics similar to those at the of models, as described for surface water in Section station. Data should be provided to substantiate that the 5.2.2.1, are also applicable to ground water models.

conditions postulated in the model will be typical of Mathematical models may be used for predicting ground those at the site. water use and flow and radionuclide transport in aquifers to provide the assessment required by Appendix In those cases where a proposed site is similar or in I to 10 CFR Part 50. For ground water use models, the close proximity to an operating station, anticipated size of the region to be simulated is the area within 50

sediment-related effects may be inferred from the results miles of the station unless it can be clearly demonstrated of field measurement programs associated with the that the region within station influence is of smaller operating station. extenL For ground water flow and transport models, the size of the region to be simulated and the required level If the applicant elects to carry out -an analysis of the of detail will depend on the radionuclide in question, the removal of radionuclide ions by sediment uptake, the quantity released, potential ground water pathways, and results should also be used to estimate the concentra temporal and spatial variability of important model tions in the sediments for other pathways to man, such parameters (e.g., dispersion coefficients). In general, the as direct contact or uptake by benthic organisms. size of the simulated region should encompass an area Regulatory guides are in preparation to establish both criteria and data collection requirements for sediment uptake and transport models. 2One such model involving a computer program is "HEC-3, Reservoir Systems Analysis," available from the U.S. Army If credit is claimed for concentration reductions of Corps of Enoeers, The Hydrologic Engineer*i Center, Davis, radionuclides resulting from sediment uptake and California.

5-4

large enough to reach the nearest significant down Data on irrigation usage of the receiving water should gradient surface water body and/or downgradient water be included, such as the amount of water used, the supply wells within 50 miles of the station. number of acres irrigated, locations at which irrigation water is withdrawn (downstream from the site), types of Transport predictions will often require the use of crops produced on irrigated soils within 50 miles down different models, each applicable to a given region of the stream of the site, and the yield per acre of each crop.

ground water pathway. In each case, the model should be described in detail. The description of the model Where downstream users may ingest waters drawn should include justification of all model input data and from mixing zones or acres of limited dilution, provide assumptions. The applicant should describe in detail the data on means to provide temporary water supply from methods employed to obtain model parameters such as storage or alternative sources dispersion and distribution (sorption) coefficients. Data for model parameters should be presented in Section Determine the expected radionudide concentrations

2.4. The techniques and results of both laboratory and in aquatic and terrestrial organisms significant to human field calibration and verification studies, including food chains. (Information and data on aquatic and sensitivity analysi*,-should be presented for each model. terrestrial organisms are requested in Section 2.13.) Use the bioaccumulation factors given in Section 52.3, or

5.23 Dose Rate Estimates for Biota Other Than Man supply others as necessary.

From considerations of the exposure pathways and Calculate, using the above information and any other the distribution of facility-derived radioactivity in the necessary supporting data, the total body and significant environs, the applicant should estimate (1) the organ (including GI tract, thyroid, skin, and bone) doses maximum radionuclide concentrations that may be (millirem/year) to individuals in the population from all present in important local flora and local and migratory receiving-water-related exposure pathways, ie., all fauna and (2) the internal dose rates (millirad/year) that sources of internal and external exposure. Provide details may result from those concentrations. Values of and models of the calculation as an appendix.

bioaccumulation factorsO used in prepaing the estimates should be based on site-specific data, if available; other 5.2.4.2 Gaseous Pathways. Estimate total body and wise, values from the literature may be used. The significant organ doses (millirem/year) to individuals applicant should tabulate and reference the values of exposed at the point of maximum ground-level bioaccumulation factors used in the calculations. Dose concentrations offsite.

rates to important local flora and local and migratory fauna that receive the highest external exposures should Estimate the total body and thyroid doses (millirem/

be provided along with a description of the calculational year) and significant doses received by other organs via models. such potential pathways,4 including direct radiation from surface-deposited radionuclides.

5.2.4 Dose Rate Estimates for Man Provide an appendix describing the transport and dose models used in these calculationsA. 5

5.2.4.1 Liquid Pathway.. Provide data (in terms of man-hours) on recreational and similar use of receiving 5.2.43 Direct Radiation from Faclity. The applicant water and its shoreline, e.g., fishing, picnicking, hunting, should provide an estimate of the total exter clam digging within 50 miles of the site. Include any nal dose (millivremyear) received by individuals outside persons who spend the major part of their working time the facility from direct radiation, e.g., gamma radiation on the water adjacent to the site, and indicate the emitted by turbines and vessels for storage of radioactive amount of time spent per year in this activity. waste. In particular, the applicant should estimate the expected external dose rates at the site boundary (as defined in Section 2.11.2) and-the dose rate at the most

3 The acculation factor for aquatic organisms is the critical nearby residences, as well as schools, hospitals, or evalue of the ratio: (concentration in organism) other publicly used facilities within one mile of the

/(concentration in wawt). Values of bioaccumulation factors can be obtained from such refrences as SE. Thompson, CA.

Burton, DJ. Quinn, and Y.C. Ng, ConeenbtarionFactorsof zemica Elementfs i Edible Aqueous &punism University 3f Califomri, Lawrence Livemore Laboratory Report UXRL 4Modeh and a-smption s for calculating doses awe desibed in

50564 (Rev. 1), October 1972. Vilues of bioaccumulation Regulatory Guide 1.109, "Cakulation of Annual Doses to Man factors for terretria organisms can be obtained from Y.C. Ng. from Routine Release of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of et 2L, hv&edtk of dte Maximum Dage to man fium the Evluting Compliance with 10 MFl Part 50, Appendix L

Fallout of Nudear Devices - IV. Handbookfor Estmateig the 5 Mahimwum Intenl Dowe from Ravoudiiles ReleMased to the Resuktoxy Guide 1.1 1, -Methods for Estimating Atmospheric Maheate, USAb. Report, UCRL-50163, Pt. TV, Lawrence Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous F.fluents i Routine Radiation Lab., University -of Caifornia, livermore, CA,, 1968. Releas from Light-Water-Cooled Reactor&"

5-5

proposed nuclear unit(s). A summary of data, assump The effects on the environment of chemicals in the tions, and models used in the dose calculations should be station's cooling system effluents (including cooling given. tower blowdown and drift) should also be considered in this section. Using the design discharge contaminant concentrations (see Section 3.6), estimate the resulting

5.2.4.4 Annual Population Doses. Using the above stream concentrations at various distances and water information and any other necessary supporting data, flow variations (including the average 7-day, once calculate the annual total-body man-rem dose and the in-l0-years low flow, normal flow conditions, the lowest annual man thyroid-rem dose to the population ex control flow, and the lowest recorded minimum for the pected to reside within the 50-mile region at the receiving water body), and compare, in tabular form, the mid-point of station operation. Also calculate the annual resulting stream concentrations to State water quality total-body man-rem dose and the annual man thyroid standards. Include a description of the method of rem dose received by the population of the contiguous calculation.

U.S. at the same time from all liquid and gaseous exposure pathways. Provide an appendix describing the The applicant should furnish sufficient data and models and assumptions used in these calculations.

information to allow the NRC to fulfill its responsi bilities under NEPA. Calculated receiving water con

5.2.5 Summary of Annual Radiation Doses centrations should also be compared with water quality criteria appropriate to the 6 protection of actual uses of The applicant should present a table that summarizes the receiving water body.

the estimated annual radiation dose to the regional population (during commercial operation of the station) Any anticipated chemical or biocide contamination from all station-related sources, using values calculated of domestic water supplies (from surface water bodies or in previous sections. The tabulation should include, out ground water) should be identified and discussed. Rate to a distance of 50 miles from the site, (a) the total of of percolation of each contaminant into the water the whole-body doses to the population (man-rem/year) supply, travel time from the station to points of public from all receiving-water-related pathways, (b) the total water supply, dilution factors, dispersion coefficients, of the whole-body doses to the population (man-rem/ and the resulting concentrations in the water should be year) attributable to gaseous effluents, and (c) the total estimated.

of the thyroid doses to the population (thyroid-rem/

year) from radioiodines and particulates. The applicant If available, applicants should supply copies of the should include a table comparing the calculated 401 water quality certificate and the 402 discharge individual doses with the applicable design objectives of permit.

Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50.

5.4 Effects of Sanitary Waste Discharges

5.3 Effects of Chemical and Biocide Discharges Sanitary waste systems are described in Section 3.7.

The expected discharges should be discussed as in Chemical and biocide discharges and comparisons Section 5.3 and compared with appropriate effluent with applicable State and Federal (40 CFR Part 423) guidelines and water quality standards for municipal effluent limitation guidelines are described in Section systems under 40 CFR Part 133, "Secondary Treatment

3.6. Water resources and use are discussed in Sections Information."

2.4 and 3.3. In this section, the specific concentrations of these wastes at the points of discharge should be 5.5 Effects of Operation and Maintenance compared with natural ambient concentrations, with of the Transmisson Systems applicable State water quality standards, and, where appropriate, with water quality criteria for the protec The environmental effects of operation and main tion of all other uses of the receiving water body. tenance of the transmission system required to tie in the proposed facility to the preexisting network should be Dilution and mixing of discharges into the receiving evaluated. The evaluation of effects should make clear waters should be discussed in detail, and estimates of the applicant's plans for maintenance of the transmission concentrations at various distances from the point of discharge should be provided. Include a detailed descrip

6 tion of the method of calculation. The estimated area in Applicants are encouraged to reference the latest scientific the receiving body of water enclosed by contours information related to water quality criteria. Other useful corresponding to water-quality-standard values should be documents include: Water Quality Criteria, 1972, National given. Variation of concentrations with changes in Academy of Sciences-National Academy of Engineering, Wash ington, D.C., 1972 and Water Quality CWteria, Second Edition, condition (e.g., streamnflow, temperature) of receiving State Water Quality Control Board, Sacramento, California, water should be discussed. 1963.

5-6

line right-of-way and required access roads. Plans for use small local population, could be less serious if the same of herbicides and pesticides should indicate types, species were abundant in neighboring regions. Similarly, volume, concentrations, and manner and frequency of the loss of a given area of highly desirable land should be use. Include references to authoritative guidelines en evaluated in terms of the total amount of such land in suring that the applicant's procedures are acceptable. the environs. These relative assessments should accord Resulting effects on plant life, wildlife habitat, land ingly include statements expressed in percentage terms resources, and scenic values should be evaluated. in which the amount of expected resource loss is related to the total resource in the immediate region and in New access roads may increase the exposure of which the total in the immediate region is related to that transmission line corridors to the public. The applicant in surrounding regions. The latter should be specified in should consider the effect of this increased exposure on terms of areas and distances from the site.

resident wildlife.

In evaluating long-term effects for their net con This section of the report should also discuss the sequences, the applicant may consider, as an example, potential environmental impacts of any electrical effects the impact of thermal and chemical dischargeg on fish.

identified in Section 3.9 and any operating and main There may be severe losses in the local discharge area.

tenance impacts that will be adopted to minimize these. The local population change may or may not be a net loss. Therefore, changes in population of important

5.6 Other Effects species caused by or expected to be caused by the operation of the station should be examined with the The applicant should discuss any effects of station view of determining whether they represent long-term operation that do not clearly fall under any single topic net losses or long-term net gains. The above considera of Sections 5.1 to 5.5. These may include changes in tions are also applicable to Chapters 9 and 10 of the report.

land and water use at the station site, interaction of the station with other existing or projected neighboring

5.8 Decommissioning and Dismantling stations, effect of ground water withdrawal on ground water resources in the vicinity of the station, and The applicant should describe its plans and policies disposal of solid and liquid wastes other than those regarding the actions to be taken at the end of the discussed in Sections 5.3 and 5.4. Any features of the station's useful life. Information should be provided on station producing noise levels outside the suggested the long-term uses of the land, the amount of land levels7 should be specifically identified and discussed in irretrievably committed, the expected environmental relation to adjacent occupancy, both day and night, consequences of decommissioning, and an estimate of based on measurements of preconstruction ambient the monetary costs involved. The applicant should also levels. discuss the consideration given in the design of the station and its auxiliary systems relative to eventual

5.7 Resources Committed decommissioning, the amount of equipment and build ings to be removed, and the expected condition of the Any irreversible and irretrievable commitments of site after decommissioning. It is understood that the resources due to station operation should be discussed. plans and intentions of applicants for a construction This discussion should include both direct commitments, permit may not be fully developed at the time of filing.

such as depletion of uranium resources, and irreversible However, since the environmental impact of terminating environmental losses, such as destruction of wildlife station operation is, in part, determined by station habitat and consumptive use or diversion of water. design, applicants should give attention to the subject in the project planning.

In this discussion, the applicant should consider lost resources from the viewpoints of both relative impacts 5.9 The Uranium Fuel Cycle and long-term net effects. As an example of relative impact assessment, the loss of two thousand fish of a z1 srnmntl rfzpet for. light -w-atOr coole given species could represent quite different degrees of significance, depending on the total population in the vrtt Auml z;zl:, itteladigg the zffzts of uooaiuu immediate region. Such a loss, however, in the case of a WAiofo and mAiling, the~ przduztieft of uiffltim hezxo fitteriJo, isoteoje efr.iehmeont, fuel fabrizati49, the repro

7 c._in of irradited fu"l, the tr#&rp@rtati4-G of rFad.io See The Industrial Noise Manual, American Industrial Hygiene Association, Detroit, Mich.; Noise Abatement and Control: "eeti.e Dlteeil, and mangement of lo14 ;YAn Departmental Policy Implementation Responsibility and Stan -W&i 1e'.'e 'Wztee related to th40 1-Anil"M A-81 2Gcti0io W

dards HUD Circular 1390.2 (1971); and Information on Levels wt fath in F.! -MeroyT..ble 6- o~f 10 CTR %it 1 of Environmental Noise Requisite to ProtectPublicHealth and 1.200~~ AppeniiA A). No Afuthzr diozumion of 8uc

1,2 Welfare with an Adequate Margin of Safety, EPA, -"'wauMental offsctr in the nvrmetlreport is~

550/9-74-004, U.S. Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C. -mwe.d . Deleted August 1976

5-7

CHAPTER 6 EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS

AND MONITORING PROGRAMS

In all cases, the applicant should estimate the This chapter should describe in detail the means by statistical validity of any proposed sampling program in which the applicantcollected the baseline data presented in other chapters and should describe the applicant's order to avoid unnecessary time delay during staff plans and programs for monitoring the environmental review which might be associated with incomplete impacts of site preparation, station construction, and descriptions, invalid sampling locations, and level of station operation. sample replication. Information should be provided on instrument accuracy, sensitivity, and (especially for highly automated systems) reliability. Where standard analytical or sampling techniques can be identified, they Section 6.1 addresses the proposed program for need only be so identified and referenced.

assessing the characteristics of the site and the surround ing region (including transmission corridors) before For quantitative descriptions of samples collected station operation. The purpose of this program is to within each area of interest and each time of interest, establish a reference framework for assessing subsequent descriptive statistics should include, unless justifiably environmental effects attributable to site preparation, omitted, the mean, standard deviation, standard error, station construction, and station operation. and a confidence interval for the mean. In each case the sample size should be clearly indicated. If diversity The applicant should note two considerations perti indices are used to describe a collection of lake or nent to Section 6.1. First, a given environmental terrestrial organisms, the specific diversity indices used characteristic or parameter may or may not require should be stated.

assessment before site preparation and station construc tion, depending on whether that particular characteristic 6.1 Applicant's Preoperational Environmental programs or parameter may be altered at these stages. Second, in most instances this guide indicates the specific environ The programs for collection of initial or baseline mental effects to be evaluated; consequently, the para environmental data prior to operation should be des meters to be measured are apparent. In some cases, the cribed in sufficient detail to make it clear that the applicant may consider it necessary to establish a applicant has established a thorough and comprehensive monitoring program based on identification of potential approach to environmental assessment. The description or possible effects not mentioned in the guide. In such of these programs should be confined principally to instances, the program should be described. The appli technical descriptions of technique, instrumentation, cant should carefully review plans for the measurement scheduling, and procedures.

of conditions existing prior to site preparation to ensure that these plans include all environmental parameters Where an effect of site preparation or facility that must be subsequently monitored during station construction may alter a previously measured or operation (discussed in Section 6.2), as well as during observed environmental condition, the program for site preparation and station construction. determining the modified condition should be described.

Refer to the discussion in Section 4.5, as appropriate.

If, as permitted by 10 CFR Part 2, §2.101(a), the applicant chooses to make an early separate filing of the Where information from the literature has been used environmental report prior to obtaining and evaluating a.

by the applicant, it should be concisely summarized and full year's environmental data, particular attention documented by reference to original data sources. Where should be paid to the description of sampling design, the availability of original sources that support impor Ssampling frequency, and statistical methodology and tant conclusions is limited, the applicant should provide validity (including calibration checks and standards) in either extensive quotations or references to accessible order to justify the scope of the proposed program, the secondary sources.' In all cases, information derived timing and scheduling of the data collection, and other from published results should be clearly distinguished technical validation that will assure the review staff that from information derived from the applicant's field sufficient information will be available for the prepara measurements.

tion of the Final Environmental Statement.

1Any reports of work (e.g., ecological surveys) supported by the This is especially critical if the timing of partial applicant that are of significant value in assessing the environ presentations under the procedure may be related to mental impact of the facility may be included at appendices or seasonal ecological factors such as migration or other supplements to the environmental report if these reports are not otherwise generally available.

phases of critical biological activity.

6-1

6.1.1 Surface Waters Parameters of stress for important species (as defined in Section 2.2) that could be affected by station When a body of surface water may be affected by the discharges should be identified. The methodology for proposed facility or a practicable alternative, the appli determining such parameters should be reviewed with cant should describe the programs by which the back respect to applicability to actual local conditions antici ground condition of the water and the related ecology pated during operation, including interactive effects were determined and reported in Section 2.4. The among multiple effluents and existing constituents of applicant should have sufficient data to permit staff the surface water body concerned.

verification of any predictive computations or models used in the evaluation of environmental effects. 6.1.2 Ground Water

6.1.1.1 Physical and Chemical Parameters. The pro In those cases in which the proposed facility or a grams and methods for measuring physical and chemical practicable design alternative may potentially affect parameters of surface waters that may be affected by local ground watei or in which the ground water construction or operation of the facility should be environment may serve as a pathway to man, either described. The sampling program should be presented in directly or indirectly, the program leading to assessment sufficient detail to demonstrate its adequacy with of potential effects should be described.

respect both to spatial coverage (surface area and depth)

and to temporal coverage (duration and sampling fre 6.1.2.1 Physical and Chemical Parameters. The pro quency), giving due consideration to seasonal effects. perties and configuration of the local aquifer, variations This discussion should include a description of the (spatial and temporal) in ground water levels, and techniques used to investigate any condition that might ground water quality data are discussed in sufficient lead to interactions with station discharges, such as how detail in Section 2.4 to permit a reasonable projection of the presence of impurities in a water body may ieact the effects of station operation on the ground water.

synergistically with heated effluent or how the heated The methods used to obtain and reduce the data effluent may restrict mixing and dispersion of radio presented in Section 2.4 should be described, including active effluents. The applicant should describe any instrumentation (suggested criteria will be presented in a computational models and their bases and verification forthcoming regulatory guide on hydrologic data collec used in predicting effects described in Section 5.2.2.1. tion).

6.1.1.2 Ecological Parameters. The applicant should 6.1.2.2 Models. Models may be used to predict describe the preoperational program used to determine effects such as changes in ground water levels, dispersion the ecological characteristics presented in Section 2.2. of contaminants, and eventual transport through aqui Those portions of the program concerned with determin fers to surface water bodies. The models should be ing the presence and abundance of important aquatic described and supporting evidence for their reliability and amphibious species (identified in Section 2.2) and validity presented.

should be detailed in terms of frequency, pattern, and duration of observation. The applicant should describe 6.1.3 Air how taxonomic determinations were made and validated. In this connection, the applicant should The applicant should describe the program for obtain discuss its reference collection of voucher specimens or ing information on local air quality and local and other means whereby consistent identification will be regional meteorology. Guidance on an acceptable onsite ensured. meteorological measurement program and on data for mat is presented in Regulatory Guide 1.23 (Safety Guide A description should be provided of the methods 23), "Onsite Meteorological Programs." The description used, or to be used, for observing natural variations of should show the basis for predicting such effects as the ecological parameters. If these methods involve indicator dispersion of gaseous effluents to a distance of 50

organisms, the criteria for their selection should be miles from the station and the alteration of local climate presented. The discussion of methods should include (e.g., fogging, icing, precipitation augmentation, or other estimates of standard error in making reported phenomena) and should present the methodology for determinations. gathering baseline data.

The applicant should discuss the basis for its pre 6.1.3.1 Meteorology. The applicant should identify dictions of any nonlethal physiological and behavioral sources of meteorological data used in the atmospheric responses of important species which may be caused by transport models and reported in Section 2.3. Locations construction or operation of the station. This discussion and elevations of observation stations, instrumentation, should be appropriately correlated with the description and frequency and duration of measurements should be of the monitoring program, including estimates of the specified both for the applicant's measuring activities standard error for each correlation. and for activities of governmental agencies or other

6-2

organizations on whose information the applicant in 6.1.5 Radiological Monitoring tends to rely. For the applicant's preoperational and operational programs, the applicant should include descriptions of instruments, performance specifications, The preoperational program should be described in calibration and maintenance procedures, data output detail in the Environmental Report-Construction Per and recording systems and locations, and data analysis mit Stage. Specific information should be provided on procedures. (a) the types of samples to be collected, (b) sampling locations clearly shown on a map keyed to a table listing

6.1.3.2 Models. Any models used by the applicant, sampling locations as a function of direction and either to derive estimates of basic meteorological infor distance from the proposed site, (c) analyses to be mation or to estimate the effects of effluent systems, performed on each sample, (d) general types of sample should be described in detail and their validity and collection equipment, (e) sample collection and analysis accuracy discussed. Guidance on acceptable atmospheric frequency, (f) lower limit of detection 2 for each transport and diffusion models is provided in Regulatory analysis, and (g) the approximate starting date and Guide 1.111, "Methods for Estimating Atmospheric duration of the program. The discussion should include Transport and Dispersion for Gaseous Effluents in the justification for the choice of. sampling sites, Routine Releases from Light-Water-Cooled Reactors." analyses, and sampling frequencies. Review of this description will be facilitated if the applicant presents a tabular summary of the 'program.

6.1.4 Land The applicant should also describe how it expects to Data collection and evaluation programs concerning extend the preoperational program into the operational the terrestrial environment of the proposed facility phase and in what manner the results of the preopera should be described and justified with regard to both tional program may be used to effect the design of the scope and methodology. operational program. Guidance for both the preopera tional program and operational program is provided in

6.1.4.1 Geology and Soils. Those geological and soil Regulatory Guide 4.1, "Programs for Monitoring Radio studies designed to determine the environmental impact activity in the Environs of Nuclear Power Plants."

of the construction or operation of the facility should be Additional guidance is provided in Regulatory Guide described. The description should include identification 4.8, "Environmental Technical Specifications for of the sampling pattern and the justification for its Nuclear Power Plants." In addition, EPA report ORP/

selection, the sampling method, preanalysis treatment, SID 72.2, Environmental Radioactivity Surveilance and analytic techniques. Other geological and soil studies Guide, recommends methods for conducting a minimum (e.g., conducted in support of safety analyses) should be level of environmental radiation surveillance outside the briefly summarized if relevant. station site boundary of light-water-cooled nuclear power facilities.

6.1.4.2 Land Use and Demographic Surveys. The applicant should describe its program for identifying the actual land use in the site environs and for acquiring The applicant should summarize any information demographic data for the region as reported in Section available from the literature regarding background radi

2.1. ological characteristics of the site which were con sidered in designing the program (reference may be made Sources of information should be identified. Methods to Section 6.3 as appropriate).3 used to forecast probable changes in land use and demographic trends should be described. The Environmental Report-Operating License Stage should discuss the preoperational program which

6.1.4.3 Ecological Parameters. In this section, the has gone or will soon go into operation. Any changes in applicant should discuss the program used to assess the the program (relative to the description supplied at the ecological characteristics of the site, with primary construction permit stage) should be discussed and the reference to important terrestrial biota identified in rationale provided for such changes.

Section 2.2. In general, the considerations involved are similar to those suggested in connection with aquatic 2The lower limit of detection (LLD), as defined in HASL-300,

biota (Section 6.1.1.2). However, the differences in revised August 1974, should be stated for the 95% confidence habitat, differences in animal physiology, and other level.

pertinent factors will, of necessity, influence the design 3 A report on this subject by the National Council on Radiation of .the assessment program. The applicant should pre Protection and Measurements is available; Natural Bacground sent, as in Section 6.1.1.2, an analysis of the program in Radiation 'n the United States, NCRP Report No. 45. Copies terms of taxonomic validation, rationale for its pre may be obtained from Publications, NCRP, P.O. Box 30175, dictive aspects, and the details of its methodology. Washington, D.C. 20014.

6-3

6.2 Applicant's Proposed Operational 6.3 Related Envkonmental Measurement Monitoig rgrng ms mnd Monitoring Progiams Operational monitoring programs may not be fully When the applicant's site lies within a region for developed at the time of applying for a construction which environmental measurement or monitoring pro permit. The applicant should, to the extent feasible, grams are carried out by public agencies or other describe the general scope and objectives of its intended agencies not directly supported by the applicant, any programs and provide a tentative listing of parameters such related programs known to the applicant should be that it bel eves should be monitored for detailed identified and discussed. Relevance of such independent evaluation. This listing should include numerical ex findings to the proposed facility's effects should be cerpts from water or air standards against which the described, and plans for exchange of information, if any, proposed monitoring program will be measured as should be presented. Agencies responsible for the pro understood at the time of initial submission of the grams should be identified and, to the extent possible, environmental report. The listing should also include the procedures and methodologies employed should be parameters that are important for the models described briefly described. These agencies may have developed in Sections 5.2-2.1 and 5.2.2.2, as required in Section IV and verified mathematical or physical models that of Appendix I to 10 CFR Part 50. encompass the site area and the surrounding water environs comparable to those discussed in Sections Regulatory Guide 4.8, "Environmental Technical 5.2.2.1 -and 5.2.2.2. Such models may be used either Specifications for Nuclear Power Plants," describes directly or with minor modifications. When such models information to be submitted with an application for an are used in support of liquid transport analyses of operating license. radionuclide releases, the same data and technical bases as suggsted'in Sections 5.2.2.1 and 5.22.2 should be In the Environmental Report-Construction Permit furnished.

Stage, the operational program need only be discussed to the extent that it is expected to differ (if at all) from the ongoing preoperational program, such as the inclusion of 6.4 Preoperational Enviromnental Radiological a census of dairy cattle and vegetable gardens. If, in the Monitoring Data Environmental Report-Operating license Stage, there are no differences between the preoperational programs Data from the preoperational program may not be (as finally formulated) and the operational programs, the available at the time of submission of the Environmental applicant need only make a statement to that effect and Report-Construction Permit Stage. Accordingly, the provide a commitment to conduct the operational applicant should submit for Section 6.4, as a later program. If there are differences in the operational supplement to the Environmental Report-Operating program, the applicant should describe the reasons for License Stage, 6 to 12 months4 of preoperational the differences. The applicant should also discuss any environmental radiological monitoring data.

plans and rationale for updating the program during station operation.

Final approval of the operational program, as des fThe minimnum amount of preoperational data may be sub cribed completely in the proposed environmental techni mitted if it indudesdata from a crop harvest and a complete grang mason. AR media with a collction frequency less than cal specifications, will be given at the end of the semnammal (e.g., annual or once In 3 years) should be included technical specification review process. in the 6 to 12 months of data ubmitted.

64

CHAPTER 7 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS

In this chapter, the applicant should discuss the environmental report need only contain a statement that potential environmental effects of accidents inolvoing such environmental risks aem as set forth in Summary the station. Table S-4 of 10 CFR Part 51 (see Appendix A). No further discussion of environmental risks concerning

7.1 Station Accidents Involving Radioactivity the transportation of radioactive materials is needed in the environmental report.

The detailed requirements for analysis of accidents are contained in the proposed Annex to Appendix D of If the transportation of fuel and waste to and from

10 CFR Part 50 (36 FR 22851). Appendix D of 10 CFR nuclear power reactors is not within the scope of Part 50 has been superseded by 10 CFR Part 51; paragraph (g) of §51.20, a full description and detailed however, Part 51 does not affect the status of the analysis of the environmental risk from accidents should proposed Annex to Appendix D of 10 CFR Part 50. (See be provided. An analysis of the environmental risks from Appendix I of this guide for this Annex.) accidents in the transportation of radioactive materials to and from nuclear power reactors following the Applicants may, for purposes of environmental approach set forth in WASH-1238 is acceptable.'

reports, take the option in the calculation of xJQ values of using either of two meteorological assumptions for all 7.3 Other Accidents accident cases:

In addition to accidents that can release radioactivity

1. XJQ values may be determined from onsite to the environs, accidents may occur as a result of meteorological data at the 50% probability level or station operation that, although they do not involve radioactive materials, have consequences that may affect

2. xJQ values may be determined at 10% of the levels the environment. Accidents such as chemical explosions, in Regulatory Guide 1.3, "Assumptions Used for Evaluat fires, and leakage or ruptures of vessels containing oil or ing the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of toxic materials can have significant environmental im Coolant Accident for Boiling Water Reactors," or pact. These possible accidents and associated effects Regulatory Guide 1.4, "Assumptions Used for Evaluat should be identified and evaluated (see Section 2.2 of ing the Potential Radiological Consequences of a Loss of Regulatory Guide 1.70, "Standard Format and Content Coolant Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors." of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants").

7.2 Transportation Accidents Involving Radioactivity lAn analysis of the environmentat risks from accidents in the The requirements for analysis of environmental risk transportation of radioactive materials to and from nuclear power reactors is given in WASH-1238, Environmental Survey from accidents involving the transportation of radio of Tanaportation of Radioactive Materials To and From active materials to and from nuclear power reactors are Nuclear Power Plants, December 1972, and Supplement I to contained in 10 CFR Part 51. If the transportation of WASH-1238, NUREG-75/038, April 1975. Both documents fuel and wastes to and from nuclear power reactors is may be obtained from the National Technical Information within the scope of paragraph (g) of §51.20, the Service, Springfield, Vignia 22161.

7-1

CHAPTER 8 ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS OF STATION

CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION

This chapter should present the applicant's assess shortages. The benefits in averting these impacts should ment of the economic and social effects of the proposed be related to regional experience, if any, with brownouts nuclearfacility. and emergency load-shedding and the applicant's plans or procedures for meeting such emergencies. If benefits There are, of course, limitations on the extent to are claimed for recreational uses of the proposed nuclear which the applicant can evaluate all the social and station site, the effect of any plan to place additional economic benefits and costs of-the construction and generating units at the site at some future time should be operation of a nuclear facility that may have a pro discussed.

ductive life of 30 years or more. The wide variety of benefits and costs are not only difficult to assess, but Other primary benefits of some nuclear electrical many are not amenable to quantification or even to generating facilities may be in the form of sales of steam estimation in commensurable units. Some primary bene or other products or services. Revenues from such sales fits such as the generated electrical energy are, to a should be estimated. The use of waste or reject heat for degree, measurable, as are the capital costs and operating desalination or for other processes could expand the and maintenance costs of the proposed facility. On the benefits of nuclear stations. Such benefits, if claimed, other hand, numerous environmental costs and their should be accompanied by an estimate of the degree of economic and social consequences are not readily certainty of their realization.

quantified.'

There are other social and economic benefits that Second- and higher-order costs or benefits (i.e., affect various political jurisdictions or interests to a impacts flowing from first-order social and economic greater or lesser degree. Some of these reflect transfer impacts) need be discussed by the applicant only where payments or other values which may partially, if not they would significantly modify the aggregate of costs or fully, compensate for certain services, as well as external benefits, thus affecting the overall cost-benefit balance. or environmental costs, and this fact should be reflected in the designation of the benefi

t. A list of examples

8.1 Benefits follows:

The primary benefits of the proposed nuclear station 9 Tax revenues to be received by local and State are those inherent in the value of the generated governments.

electricity delivered to consumers. The applicant should report, as shown in Table 1, the expected average annual

  • Temporary and permanent new jobs created and kilowatt-hours of electrical energy to be generated. payroll.

Further, a breakdown of the expected use of electricity in the applicant's service area should be provided for the

  • Incremental increase in regional product (value major classes identified in the Federal Power Commis added concept).

sion publication, NationalPowerSurvey. 2

  • Enhancement of recreational values through The importance of the proposed station in providing making available for public use any parks, artificially adequate reserves of generating capacity to ensure a created cooling lakes, marinas, etc.

reliable supply for the applicant's service area (and associated power pool, if any) is discussed in Section

  • Enhancement of esthetic values through any

1.1. The increase in the probabilities of the extent and special design measures as applied to structures, artificial duration of electrical shortages if the proposed station lakes or canals, parks, etc.

(or its equivalent capacity) is not built by the proposed date should be estimated. The applicant should also D Environmental enhancement in support of the appraise the likely social and economic impacts of such propagation or protection of wildlife and the improve ment of wildlife habitats.

IThe estimate of generated electrical energy-should reflect the outages consistent with the applicant's forced outage ratio experience and should include outages induced by natural 9 Creation and improvement of local roads, water phenomena such as floods, droughts, tornadoes, or hurricanes ways, or other transportation facilities.

(see Sections 2.3 and 2.4).

2 Copies may be obtained from the Superintendent of Docu

. Increased knowledge of the environment as a ments, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. consequence of ecological research and environmental

20402. monitoring activities associated with station operation,

8-1

and technological improvements from the applicant's report could expedite the staff's review process. Item (6)

research program. would permit the staff to compare detailed cost categories to distinguish any significant differences that

  • Creation of a source of heated discharge which might exist between the applicant's estimate and the may be used for beneficial purposes (e.g., in aquaculture, CONCEPT model.

in improving commercial and sport fishing, or in industrial, residential, or commercial heating). The environmental report should include the esti mated cost of generating electric energy in mills per

  • Provision of public educational facilities (e.g., a kilowatt-hour for the proposed nuclear station and for visitors' center). alternative fossil-fueled plants in the detail shown in Table 3. (Alternative energy sources are discussed in
  • Annual savings in consumption of imported crude Chapter 9.) It should be stated whether the costs of fuel oil for power generation. and of operation and maintenance are initial costs or levelized costs over some period of operation and, in the The applicant should discuss significant benefits that latter case, what assumptions are made about escalation.

may be realized from the construction and operation of the proposed station. Where the benefits can be ex There are also external costs. Their effects on the pressed in monetary terms, they should be discounted to interests of people should be examined. The applicant present worth. In each instance where a particular should supply, as applicable, an evaluation plus support benefit is discussed, the applicant should indicate, to the ing data and rationale regarding such external social and extent practical, who is likely to be affected and for how economic costs as noted below. 4 For each cost, the long. In the case of esthetic impacts that are difficult to applicant should describe the probable number and quantify, the applicant should provide illustrations of location of the population group adversely affected, the significant station structures or environmental modifica estimated economic and social impact, and any special tions visible to the public in addition to parks or other measures to be taken to alleviate the impact.

recreational facilities on the site which will be available for public use. The details should be drawn from Temporary external costss include: shortages of information presented in Sections 2.6 and 3.1. housing; inflationary rentals or prices; congestion of local streets and highways; noise and temporary es thetic disturbances; overloading of water supply and

8.2 Costs sewage treatment facilities; crowding of local schools, hospitals, or other public facilities; overtaxing of com The economic and social costs resulting from the proposed nuclear station and its operation are likewise munity services; and the disruption of people's lives or complex and should be quantified wherever possible. the local community caused by acquisition of land for the proposed site.

The primary internal costs are (a) the capital costs of land acquisition and improvement; (b) the capital costs Long-term external costs6 include impairment of of facility construction; (c) the incremental capital costs recreational values (e.g., reduced availability of desired species of wildlife and sport fish, restrictions on access of transmission and distribution facilities; (d) fuel costs, to land or water areas preferred for recreational use);

including the cost of spent fuel disposition; (e) other deterioration of esthetic and scenic values; restrictions operating and maintenance costs, including license fees on access to areas of scenic, historic, or cultural interest;

and taxes; (f) plant decommissioning costs; and (g)

research and development costs associated with potential degradation of areas having historic, cultural, natural, or future improvements of the station and its operation and archeological value; removal of land from present or maintenance. The applicant should discount these costs

3 to present worth. H. 1. Bowers and I. T. Dudley, Multi-Unit Power Plant Cost Models For the Concept Code, ORNL-TM-4300, July 1974, The applicant should provide the types of information Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830

listed in Table 2 for nuclear and alternative power (and references therein).

generation methods. (Alternative power generation 4 For convenience of treatment, the listed cost examples have methods are discussed in detail in Chapter 9.) If the been divided into long-term. (or continuing) costs and the applicant includes a coal-fired plant as a viable alterna temporary costs generally associated with the period of tive to a nuclear power station, information should be construction or the readjustment of the lives of persons whose jobs or homes will have been displaced by the purchase of land provided for both a coal-fired plant with sulfur removal at the proposed site.

equipment and one that burns low-sulfur coal.

SRefer, as appropriate, to the information presented in Chapter In Table 2, items (1) through (5) are necessary to run 4.

the CONCEPT 3 code used by the NRC staff. Inclusion 6 Refer, as appropriate, to the information presented in Chapter of this information in the applicant's environmental 5.

8-2

contemplated alternative uses; creation of locally adverse fishermen attributable to environmental degradation;

meteorological conditions (e.g., fog and plumes from decrease in real estate values in areas adjacent to the cooling towers, cooling lakes and ponds); creation of proposed facility; and increased costs to local noise, especially by mechanical-draft cooling towers; governments for the services required by the reduction of regionial products due to displacement of permanently employed workers and their families. In persons from the land proposed for the site; lost income discussing the costs, the applicant should indicate, to the from recreation or tounsim that may be impaired by extent practical, who is likely to be affected and for how environmental disturbances; lost income of commercial long.

8-3

CHAPTER 9 ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES

This chapter should present the basis for the appli two different energy sources is regarded as providing two cant's proposed choice of site and nuclear fuel among alternatives.

the available alternative sites and energy sources. Ac 2 cordingly, the applicant should discuss the range of 9.2.1 Selection of Candidate Areas practicable alternatives and the considerations and In this section, the applicant should present an initial rationale that led to the proposed site-plant combina survey of site availability using any methodology that tion. It is recognized that planning methods differ surveys the entire region available to the applicant and among applicants.However, the applicantshould present that, after identifying areas containing possible sites, its site-plant selection process as the consequence of an eliminates those whose less desirable characteristics are analysis of alternatives whose environmental costs and recognizable without extensive analysis. The purpose of benefits were evaluated and compared to reveal suitable this site selection process is to identify a reasonable site-plant combinations which were then subjected to a number of realistic siting options. To ensure that detailed cost-effectiveness comparison to make the final realistic alternatives are presented, two or more site selection. candidate areas should be chosen for detailed comparison with appropriate site-plant combinations. In This chapter should encompass information relevant assessing potential candidate areas, the applicant may both to the availability of alternatives and to their place primary reliance on published materials 3 and relative merits. Two classes of alternatives should be reconnaissance level information. Guidance on the considered: those that can meet the power demand selection of potential sites for nuclear stations is without requiring the creation of new generatingcapac presented in Regulatory Guide 4.7, "General Site ity and those that do require the creation of new Suitability Criteria for Nuclear Power Stations." The generatingcapacity. applicant may wish to use the following definitions in discussing its site selection process:

9.1 Alternatives Not Requiring the Creation of New Generating Capacity

  • Region of Interest. The geographical area initially considered in the site selection process. This area may Practicable means that meet the projected power represent the applicant's system, the power pool or area demand with adequate system reliability and that do within which the applicant's planning studies are based, not require the creation of additional generating capac or the regional reliability council or the appropriate ity should be identified and evaluated. 1 Such alterna subregion or area of the reliability council.

tives may include, but not be limited to, purchased energy, reactivating or upgrading an older plant, or base

  • Candidate Areas. Reasonable homogeneous areas load operation of an existing peaking facility. Such within the region of interest investigated for potential alternatives should be analyzed in terms of cost, environ sites. Candidate areas may be made up of a single large mental impact, adequacy, reliability, and other pertinent area or several unconnected ones. The criteria governing factors. If such alternatives are totally unavailable or if a candidate area are the same resources and populations their availability is highly uncertain, the relevant facts on which the potential plant would have an impact and should be stated. This analysis is of major importance similar facility costs.

because it supports the justification for new generating capacity.

  • PotentialSite& Sites within the candidate areas that have been identified for preliminary assessment in estab

9.2 Alternatives Requiring the Creation of New lishing candidate sites.

Generating Capacity

  • CandidateSites. Sites suitable for evaluation by the applicant during the process of selecting a proposed site.

In this guide, an alternative constituting new gener To be a candidate site, the site must be considered to be ating capacity is termed a "site-plant combination" in potentially licensable and capable of being developed.

order to emphasize that the alternatives to be evaluated should include both site and energy source options. A

  • ProposedSites. Sites for which an applicant seeks a site-plant combination is a combination of a specific site license to construct and operate a power station.

(which may include the proposed site) and a particular

2 category of energy source (nuclear, fossil-fueled, hydro As used in this chapter, the term area is defined as several electric, geothermal) together with the transmission square miles (large enough to contain several sites).

hookup. A given site considered in combination with 3 Several methods of site selection and evaluation may be found in Nuclear Power Plant Siting-A Generalized Process, AIF/

NESP-002, Atomic Industrial Forum, August 1974. Copies may lIf transmission facilities must be constructed in order to secure be obtained from Atomic Industrial Forum, Inc., 7101 Wiscon the energy from alternative sources, this should be discussed. sin Avenue, Washington, D.C. 20014.

9-1

The geographical regions considered by the applicant 11. Major interconnections with other power suppliers may be within or outside the applicant's franchise (with emphasis on new rights-of-way).

service area. It is ekpected that each area considered will be small enough for any site developed within it to have These considerations may be expanded to include essentially similar environmental relationships (i.e., ther appropriate factors such as those discussed in Regulatory mal discharge to the same body of water, proximity to Guide 4.7.

the same urban area). The areas considered should not be restricted to those containing land actually owned by Maps of areas outside the japplicant's service area the applicant. should include the probable transmission corridor to the applicant's system.

If a State, region, or locality has a power station'

siting law, the law should be cited and any applicable Suitable correlations should be made among the constraints described.

maps. For example, one or more of the maps showing The applicant should display the areas being ap environmental features may be to the same scale as a praised by means of maps and charts portraying the map showing power network configurations; or present power network, 4 environmental and other features, and generating sites and major transmission lines may be other relevant information. (A consistent identification overlaid on the environmental maps, if this is helpful to system should be established and retained on all graphic the discussion.

and verbal materials in this section.) The map or maps should be clearly related to the applicant's service area The applicant should discuss the availability of fuel or (and adjacent areas if relevant). The maps should display other energy sources at the areas considered. It is pertinent information such as the following: recognized that conditions with regard to alternatives to nuclear fuel vary for different applicant

s. Oil and coal

1. Areas considered by the applicant; may be readily available in many areas although limitations on maximum sulfur content or transporta

2. Major centers of population density (urban, high tion costs may restrict or prevent their use. Hydro density, medium density, low density, or similar scale); electric and geothermal sources should also be consid ered if available. In some situations, combinations of

3. Water bodies suitable for use in cooling systems; energy sources (e.g., coal-fired baseload units plus gas-turbine peaking units may be practical alterna

4. Railroads, highways (existing and planned), and tives. The discussion should clearly establish the energy waterways suitable for fuel and waste transportation; source alternatives.

5. Important topographic features (e.g., mountains, Long-term supplies and forecasted costs of each marshes, fault lines); realistic fuel alternative should be stated. The nature of any supply restriction should be specified as to physical

6. Dedicated land-use areas (e.g., parks, historical shortages, environmental controls, international trade sites, wilderness areas, testing grounds, airports); restrictions, or other factors.

7. Valuable agricultural, residential, recreational, or Using the materials described above, the applicant industrial areas that may be impacted; should provide a condensed description of the major considerations that led to the final selection of the

8. Primary generating plants, together with effective candidate areas. These candidate areas should constitute operating capacity in megawatts, both electrical and a complete but realistic listing of areas in which it would thermal, and indication of fuel (all generating units of be feasible to site a power generation facility. While the the same fuel type at the same location should be number of suitable locations for any one siting consider considered a single source); ation may be large, the comparison of factors may constrain the final list of candidate areas to a small

9. Other generating additions to the network to be number with each area displaying several favorable installed before the proposed nuclear facility goes on characteristics.

line;

The following remarks may apply in specific

10. Transmission lines of 115 kV or more and instances:

termination points on the system for proposed and potential lines from the applicant's proposed facility 1. The first general geographic screening may be (with emphasis on new rights-of-way); and based on power load and transmission considerations.

41TO avoid repetition, the applicant should refer, as appropriate, 2. Certain promising areas may be identified as to material presented in Section 1.1. suitable for only one type of fuel; others may be broadly

9-2

defined at this stage of analysis (e.g., a stretch of The criteria, to be used in selecting the candidate coastline) and may admit several fuel-type options. site-plant alternatives are essentially the criteria used in selecting candidate areas. Application of these criteria in

3. Only the determining characteristics of the greater depth may be required, however, since the identified areas need be discussed. Specific tracts need relative merits of the various site-plant combinations not be identified unless already owned by the applicant. may be less obvious than those of the initially identified areas. If the site is currently, or expected to be, used for

4. If areas outside the service area are not consid agriculture, its soil class should be reported according to ered during this phase of the decision process, the the U.S. Soil Conservation Service Soil Classification reasons for not considering them should be provided. System, 6 and the number of acres should be indicated.

Furthermore, although a particular geographical area

5. If certain fuel types are eliminated in selecting may have been judged unsuitable for consideration as a candidate areas because of predicted unavailability or candidate area because of one major overriding disad because of economic factors, supporting information vantage, the establishment of the suitability of a given should be supplied. site-plant combination will (except for choice of fuel)

require balancing both favorable and unfavorable factors

6. In eliminating a fuel type at a site on the grounds (benefits versus environmental and other costs).

of monetary cost, the applicant should make clear that the excess cost over a preferred alternative outweighs The applicant is not expected to conduct detailed any potential advantages of the eliminated fuel type environmental studies at alternative sites; only prblim with respect to environmental protection. inary reconnaissance-type investigations need be conducted. Neither is it expected that detailed engi

7. The compatability with any existing land-use neering design studies will be made for all alternative planning programs of the development of each candidate plants or that detailed transmission route studies will be area should be indicated and the views, if any, of local made for all alternatives.

planning groups and interested citizens concerning use of the candidate area should be summarized. 9.3 Cost-Effectiveness Analysis of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives

8. If it is proposed to add a nuclear unit to a station where there are already thermal electric generating units A cost-effectiveness analysis of realistic alternatives in under construction or in operation, the local and terms of both economic and environmental costs should regional significance of concentrating a large block of be made to show why the proposed site-plant combina thermal generating capacity at one location should be tion is preferred over all other candidate alternatives for given specific consideration. meeting the power requirement. In presenting the cost-effectiveness analysis, the applicant should use,

9. Current use of the land should be documented insofar as possible, a tabular format showing side-by-side and the potential for preempting other high valued uses comparison or alternatives with respect to selection of land such as agriculture, recreation, residences, or criteria.

industry should be noted.

Quantification, while desirable, may not be possible

10. The availability of a labor pool for power plant for all factors because of lack of adequate data. Under construction within commuting distance should be such circumstances, qualitative and general comparative statements supported by documentation may be used.

estimated.

Where possible, experience derived from operation of plants at the same or at an environmentally similar site

9.2.2 Selection of Candidate Site-Plant Alternatives 5 may be helpful in appraising the nature of expected environmental impacts.

At this point, the number of suitable areas will have been reduced, making possible investigation of a realistic Various criteria have been suggested in this guide for set of alternative site-plant combinations. These alterna use in comparing the alternatives and the proposed tive combinations should be briefly described. The facility. The criteria chosen by the applicant should description should include site plans indicating locations reflect benefits and costs 7 that were evaluated in considered for the plant, access facilities, and any

6 transmission considerations that significantly affect site U.S. Department of Agriculture, Land-CapabilityClassiflcation, desirability. Agriculture Handbook No. 210, 1973, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

7 The applicant may use, if the necessary data are available, the

5 method for calculating generating costs discussed in Chapter The range of candidate site-plant alternatives selected by the 10. The analysis should highlight significant environmental applicant should include other energy source options (coal, oil, differences among alternative sites which can be balanced hydroelectric, geothermal), as practicable. against dollar cost differentials.

9-3

selecting the site-plant candidates. The following OperatingFactors itemization of evaluatory factors may be helpful as a Load-following capability checklist: Transient response Engineeringand EnvironmentalFactors Alternative Site Cost Factors Meteorology Land and water rights Geology Base station facilities Seismology Main condenser cooling system Hydrology Main condenser cooling intake structures and dis Population density in site environs charge system Access to road, rail, and water transportation Transmission and substation facilities Fuel supply and waste disposal routes Access roads and railroads Cooling water supply Site preparation including technical investigations.

Water quality Sensitivity of aquatic and terrestrial habitats affected Commitment of resources Dedicated areas Projected recreational usage 9.4 Costs of Alternative Power Generation Methods Scenic values The applicant should provide cost information for Transmission Hookup Factors alternative power generation methods and the proposed Access to transmission system in place nuclear station. (Costs for the proposed nuclear station Problems of routing new transmission lines are discussed in Chapter 8.)

Problems of transmission reliability Minimization of transmission losses In order to supplement the economic information provided in Chapter 8 of the environmental report, the ConstructionFactors cost information shown in Table 2 should be provided Access for equipment and materials for (1) coal-fired units (one use that would utilize Access, housing, etc., for construction workers low-sulfur coal and a second that would use high-sulfur coal with stack gas cleaning), (2) oil-fired units, and (3)

Land-Use Factors (including compatibility with zoning nuclear power units.

or use changes)

The environmental report should also include the InstitutionalFactors(e.g., State or regional site certifica estimated cost of generating electric energy in mills per tion) kilowatt-hour for the proposed nuclear station and for alternative fossil-fueled plants in the detail shown in Cost Factors Table 3. It should be stated whether the costs of fuel Construction costs including transmission and of operation and maintenance are initial costs or Fuel costs (annual) levelized costs over some period of operation and, in the Operating and maintenance costs (annual) latter case, what assumptions are made about escalation.

9-4

CHAPTER 10

STATION DESIGN ALTERNATIVES

This chapter should show how the applicantarived Different designs for systems that are essentially identi at the design of the proposed station through consider cal with respect to environmental effects should be ation of alternative designs of identifiable systems and considered only if their costs are appreciably different.

through their comparative assessment. The applicant should include alternatives that meet the following criteria: (1) they provide improved levels of The significant environmental interfaces of a nuclear environmental protection (in the case of systems subject power station will be associated with the operation of to 40 CFR Part 423, the analysis should focus on certain identifiable systems. The applicant's proposed alternative systems that comply with 40 CFR Part 423 station should incorporate a combination of these but that are a better environmental solution, taking into identifiable systems, each of which has been selected account impacts on air quality, esthetics, etc.) and (2)

through a cost-effectiveness analysis of economic and although not necessarily economically attractive, they other factors as the preferred choice within its category. are based on feasible technology available to the In some instances, the interaction of these systems may applicant during the design state.

be such as to require their selection on the basis of a preferred combination rather than on the basis of In cases where the system proposed in the applica individual preferred systems. For example, an alternative tion does not comply with thermal effluent limitations cooling system may have to be evaluated in combination under Sections 301 and 306 of Public Law 92-500 [the with a preferred chemical effluent system that would be Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) as used with it. amended] and no disposition of any request for waiver under Section 316(a) is expected until after issuance of a The applicant's discussion should be organized on the construction permit, the environmental report should basis of station systems and arranged according to the clearly identify the most feasible alternative cooling following list: system that would be selected in the event that alternative thermal effluent limitations are not imposed.

  • Circulating water system (exclusive of intake and discharge) 2. Normalization of cost comparison. Alternatives should be compared on the basis of an assumed fixed
  • Intake system for circulating water amount of energy generated for distribution outside the station. Thus, any effect of an alternative on station
  • Discharge system for circulating water power consumption should be discussed.
  • Other cooling systems (including intake and dis 3. Effect of capacity factor. The projected effect of charge where not treated in the preceding three items) alternatives on station capacity factor should be given and explained for capacity factors of 60, 70, and 80
  • Biocide systems (all cooling circuits)' percent.
  • Chemical waste treatment1 4. Monetized costs. The acquisition and operation costs of individual systems and their alternatives (as well
  • Sanitary waste system as costs of the total station and transmission facility and alternatives) should be expressed as power generating
  • liquid radwaste systems (see Section 10.7) costs. The latter will be derived from cost elements compounded or discounted (as appropriate) to their
  • Gaseous radwaste systems (see Section 10.8) present values as of the date of initial commercial operation and will be converted to their annualized

"*Transmission facilities values. The method of computation is shown in Table 4.

The individual cost items in this table should be used as

"*Other systems. applicable. The total cost will be the sum of:

The following should be considered in preparing the

0 Capital to be expended up uritil the scheduled date discussion: of operation.2

1. Range of alternatives. The applicant's discussion should emphasize those alternative station systems that

  • Interest to the date of operation on all expendi tures prior to that date.

appear promising in. terms of environmental protection.

'systems that are subject to effluent limitation guidelines and 2For operating license proceedings, costs should be based on new source performance standards of 40 CFR Part 423. capital to be expended to complete the facility.

10-1

  • Expenditures subsequent to the scheduled date of b. Suggested units to be used for measurement operation discounted to that date. In calculations, the (Column 4). The NRC recognizes the difficulty, if not applicant should assume a 30-year station life.

3 the impossibility, of using the assigned units for every item in Table 5 in each case, given the current state of In computing the annualized present value of station the art. The applicant may elect to use other units, systems and their alternatives, the following cost ele provided they are meaningful to the informed public and ments are suggested: adequately reflect the impact of the listed environmental effects.

e Engineering design and planning costs c. A suggested methodology of computation

0 Construction costs (Column 5). Computation of effects in response to each block in Table 5, e.g., 1.1, 1.2, etc., should be given

  • Interest on capital expended prior to operation without adjustment for effects computed in other blocks for the same population or resource affected. However,
  • Operating, maintenance, and fuel (if applicable) provision is made in Table 5 (i.e., 1.9 and 4.9) to costs over the 30-year life of the station account for combined effects that may be either less than or greater than the sum of individual effects.

"* Taxes In discussing environmental effects, the applicant

"* Insurance costs should specify not only the magnitude of the effect (e.g., pounds of fish killed or acres of a particular habitat

"* Cost of modification or alteration of any other destroyed) but also the relative effect, that is, the station system if required for accommodation of alterna fraction of the population or resource that is affected.

tives to maintain station capacity (see Item 2 above) (See the discussion in Section 5.7.)

  • Maintenance costs for the transmission facility (if In some specific cases, accurate estimation of an applicable) effect which the applicant believes to be very small may require a data collection effort that would not be

0 Cost of supplying makeup power during a delay commensurate with the value of the information to be resulting from an alternative design choice that will obtained. In such cases, the applicant may substitute a not meet the power requirement by the scheduled preferred measure which conservatively estimates envi inservice date. ronmental costs for the effect in question, provided the substituted measure is clearly documented and realisti cally evaluates the potentially detrimental (ie., worst

5. Environmental costs Environmental effects of case) aspects of the effect, and provided the measure is alternatives should be documented and supported by applied consistently to all alternatives.

available information. To the extent practicable, the magnitude of each effect should be quantified. Where 6. Supporting details. In the following sections, the quantification is not possible, qualitative evaluations applicant should discuss design alternatives for each of should be expressed in terms of comparison to the the relevant station systems (e.g., cooling system, intake effects of the subsystem chosen for the proposed design. system). The discussion should describe each alternative, In either case, the derivation of the evaluations should present estimates of its environmental impact, and be completely documented. compare the estimated impact with that of the proposed system. The assumptions and calculations on which the Table 5 presents a set of environmental factors that estimates are based should be presented. Engineering should be considered in comparing alternative station design and supporting studies, e.g., thermal modeling, systems in the cost-effectiveness analysis. Although performed to assess the impact of alternative station incomplete, the factors listed are believed to represent systems should be limited in scope to those efforts the principal environmental effects of power station required to support the cost-effectiveness analysis that construction and operation that can be evaluated by led to selection of the proposed design.

generally accepted techniques. The table provides for three key elements of environmental cost evaluation: 7. Presentation of alternative desnks The results should be tabulated for each station system in a format a. A description of each effect to be measured consistent with the definitions in Table 5.

(Column 3).

The monetized costs of the proposed systems and alternatives should be presented on an incremental bas.

3Uwe 30-year life for steamelectic generatiMg stationi For other This means that the costs of the proposed system should types of electric pneafting prints, m genewal accepted Vahes appear as zeroes in appropriate columns of summary

10-2

tables and costs of the other alternative systems should 10.2 Intake System appear as cost differences, with any negative values enclosed in parentheses. The environmental costs are not The applicant should identify and describe alterna incremental, and the tabulations should therefore show fives to the proposed intake system design, such as these as total costs, whether monetized or not. (If an shoreline and offshore intakes, traveling screens (vertical, environmental effect is considered beneficial, the entry horizontal, angle-mounted, single entry-double exit),

should be enclosed in parentheses.) barriers (lower, electric, sound, light, bubble),

perforated-pipe intakes, and infiltration-bed intakes.

In addition to the information displayed in the tables. Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared the applicant should provide a textual description of the and tabulated. Alternatives should be referenced to any process by which the tradeoffs were weighed and requirements for intake systems imposed under Section balanced in arriving at the proposed design. This 316(b) of PL 92-500.

discussion may include any factors not provided for in the tabulation.

10.3 Discharge System The applicant should identify and describe alterna

10.1 Circulatifg System (exclusive of intake tives to the proposed discharge system design. Estimates and dschaW) of environmental effects should be prepared and tabu lated. Appropriate graphic illustrations of visible plumes The applicant should identify and describe altema or hydraulic mixing zones (air or water as applioable)

tives to the proposed cooling system deign. Estimates of should be included.

environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.

Where cooling towers are discussed, the analysis should include variations in drift and blowdown and optional 10.4 Chemical Waste Treatment control ranges that might minimize the environmental impact to the receiving air, water, or land with respect to Alternative chemical systems that meet EPA effluent time or space. guidelines but involve differing external environmental impacts associated with ultimate waste disposal of end When an applicant proposes to create a lake or pond products should be evaluated. Management of corrosion for primary cooling, the environmental report at the and resulting corrosion products released with cooling construction permit stage should consider the effects of tower blowdown should be treated in detail. The variations in the size of the cooling reservoir on the description should include specification of both maxi performance of the power station, the enviromnental mum and average concentrations and dilution sources.

impacts (including the loss of agricultural lands and (If a discharge is not continuous, the discharge schedule woodlands and the products therefrom and the impacts should be specified.) Any toxicity and lethality to on terrestrial and aquatic life), and the economic costs. affected biota should be documented for all potential The enviromnental report should also discuss the matter points of exposure. Specifically, information should be of making the cooling reservoir and its surroundings a sufficient to define the impacts to entrained organisms multiple-use facility, including a public recreational at their points of exposure, as well as the impacts resource, and should present the reasons for the decision beyond the point of discharge. Estimates of environ in favor of or opposing such a development. mental effects should be prepared and tabulated.

If the applicant decides to provide a recreational facility, the environmental report kt the construction 10.5 Biocide Treatment permit stage should contain a general plan to provide for public recreational use. The specific plan for public The applicant should describe alternatives to the use recreational use should be provided at the operating of biocide for control of fouling organisms, including license stage. The plan should include a discussion of both mechanical and chemical methods where such recreational needs in the area; a description (including alternatives may be expected to have less severe gnviron maps and artist conceptions) of the proposed recrea mental effects than the proposed system. The informa ti6nal facilities, lake management and fisheries stodking tiou provided on chemical biocides should be similar to program, and associated landscaping; a schedule of that specified above for chemical effluent treatment.

installation, estimated costs of construction, operation Estimates of environmental effects should be prepared and maintenance, and the source of funds to pay these and tabulated.

costs; and estimated public use of the facilities. Describe the participation in planning, if any, by local, State, and 10.6 Sanitmy Waste System Federal governments. A commitment to implement the plan must be made if the potential benefit is considered Alternative sanitary waste systems that meet EPA

in balancing the costs and benefits. guidelines for municipal waste treatment should be

10-3

identified and discussed with regard to the environ 10.8 Gaseous Radwaste Systems mental implications of both waste products and chem ical additives for waste treatment. Estimates of environ Consideration of systems for the disposal of gaseous mental effect on receiving land, water, and air should be radwaste is subject to the qualifying condition noted in considered and tabulated to the extent that measurable Section 10.7 above.

effects can be identified.

10.9 Transmission Facilities

10.7 Liquid Radwaste Systems The applicant should discuss the cost and environ For proposed light-water-cooled reactor installations mental effects of alternative routes for new transmission in which the quantities of radioactive material in facilities required for tie-in of the proposed facility to effluents will be limited to levels that are within the the applicant's system. The documentation should numerical guides for design objectives and limiting include maps of the alternative routes. These maps conditions of operation set forth in Appendix I of 10 should clearly indicate topographic features important CFR Part 50, no further consideration need be given to to evaluation of the routes and boundaries of visually the reduction of radiological impacts in formulating sensitive areas. The applicant may find the documents alternative plant designs. If the reactor is not a light. cited in Section 3.9 helpful in this analysis. Estimates of water-cooled reactor, the possibility must be explored of environmental effects should be prepared and tabulated.

an alternative radwaste system that reduces the level of radioactivity in the effluents and direct radiation to the S10.10 Other Systems levels in Appendix I. In any case, for reactors to which Appendix I does not apply, the applicant should Any station system, other than those specified above, demonstrate sufficient consideration of alternative rad that is associated with an adverse environmental effect waste systems and their radiological output to ensure should be discussed in terms of practicable add feasible that releases from the proposed facility will be as low as alternatives that may reduce or eliminate this environ is reasonably achievable. mental effect.

104

CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS

This chapter should demonstrate through a cost consistent with the underlying concept of cost-benefit benefit analysis of the proposed station why in the analysis.

applicant's judgment the aggregate benefits outweigh the aggregatecosts. The NRC will independently prepare The following considerations may be helpful to the a cost-benefit analysis of the proposed station in the applicant in preparing the analysis. As indicated above, it Environmental Statement; nevertheless, the applicant is incumbent on the applicant to demonstrate that the should perform its own analysis in order to aid the NRC benefits of the proposed facility are considered to in its evaluation. outweigh the aggregate costs. Beyond this, the degree to which the benefits may outweigh the costs is a factor Although the cost-benefit analysis approach discussed that will be considered in the NRC's Environmental in this guide is conceptually similar to the cost-benefit Statement. In selecting each proposed station system approach classically employed in a purely economic from a set of alternative systems, the cost-effectiveness context, the method recommended differs from it analysis of Chapter 10 will have maximized the net procedurally. This is because the benefits and costs to be benefit (i.e., aggregate of benefits minus the costs).

evaluated will not all be monetized by the applicant. The incommensurable nature of the benefits and costs makes In presenting the cost-benefit analysis, the applicant it virtually impossible to provide a concise assessment of should first consider the benefits identified and de costs versus benefits in classical quantitative terms. Even scribed in Chapters 1 and 8. Second, the applicant though a simple numerical weighing of benefits against should consider generating, environmental, and other costs is clearly not feasible here, the applicant can cost items identified in Chapters 4, 5, 8, 9, and 10; these evaluate the factors on a judgmental basis that is costs should be summarized in tabular form.

11-1

CHAPTER 12 ENVIRONMENTAL APPROVALS AND CONSULTATION

List and give the status of all licenses, permits, and If a discharge could alter the quality of the water or other approvals of station construction and operations air of another State, indicate the State or States that required by Federal, State, local, and regional authorities may be affected and their applicable limitations, stan for the protection of the environment. dards, or regulations.

list all laws or ordinances applicable to the proposed transmission system and the status of approvals that In view of the effects of the station on the economic must be obtained. Indicate any public hearings held or development of the region in which it is located, the to be held with respect to the proposed transmission applicant should also note the State, local, and regional system. planning authorities contacted or consulted. OMB Circu lar A-95 1 identifies the State, metropolitan, and regional The listing should cite the relevant statutory or other clearinghouses 2 that should be contacted as appropriate.

authority requiring approvals with respect to the con struction and/or operation of the station and should be categorized by the environmental impact to which the Where consumptive water uses involve permits or adjudication, applicants should show evidence of such approval is addressed. These categories could include, for with respect to State, Federal, or Compact or Commis example, air, land, and water use and planning, fish diversion, and construction effects. sion authorities having purview over the proposed diversion.

Discuss the status of efforts to obtain a water quality certification under Section 401 and discharge permits under Section 402 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), as amended. If certification has 'lnquiries concerning this circular may be addressed to the not already been obtained, indicate when it is expected. Office of Management and Budget, Washington, D.C. 20503.

If certification is not required, explain. Any other 2 actions such as a pending request based on Section A listing of the clearinghouses that serve a particular site area

316(a) of Public Law 92-500 (FWPCA) for alternative may be obtained from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commis sion, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, Division of Site effluent limitations should be explained. Safety and Environmental Analysis, Washington, D.C. 2055,.

12-1

CHAPTER 13 REFERENCES

The applicant should provide a bibliography of References should be cited by numerical designation sources used in preparation of the environmental report. and listed at the end of the chapter to which they refer.

13-1

TABLES

TABLE 1 PRIMARY2 BENEFITS TO BE CONSIDERED IN

COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS

Drect Benefits Expected average annual generation in kWh .............. ...............................

Capacity in kW ................... ............................................

Proportional distribution of electrical energy (Expected annual delivery in kWh)

Industrial ................... ............................................

Commercial .................... ..........................................

Residential ....................... ..........................................

Other . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Expected average annual Btu (in millions) of steam sold from the facility ..................

physical units) . .........

Expected average annual delivery of other beneficial products (appropriate Annual revenues from delivered benefits Electrical energy generated .................

Steam sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Indirect Benefits (as appropriate)

S. . . . . . . . . . . .

Taxes (local, State, Federal )....... . . . . . . . . . .

S. . . . . . . . . . .

Research ...... . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

Regional product . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Environmental enhanceme'

°.. . . . . . .. °. . . . . . .* . . . . . . . . . . .* . . . . . . . .* . . . .

Recreation .... . . .° . . . . . . . . . . . .* . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Navigation .

Air Quality:

SO

S.. . . . . . . . . ° o

.° . . . . . . .* . . . . .* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

NO . . . . . .

. . .

Particulates.. . . . . . . . . ° o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .* . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .* . . . . . . . . .* . . . . . . .

o °. . .

Others .......

Employment ....... . . .. . . . . . .°* .. . . . . . . .o* . . . . .* ..

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Education .........

Others .......

%wsceectin &I.1 T-1

TABLE 2 COST INFORMATION FOR NUCLEAR AND

ALTERNATIVE POWER GENERATION METHODS

1. Interest during con struction

4. Average site labor

%/year, pay rate (including compound rate fringe benefits) ef fective at month and

2. Length of construc year of NSSS order tion workweek hours/week -$S/hour

5. Escalation rates

3. Estimated site labor Site labor  %(year requirement man-hours/kWe Materials - Jyear Composite esca lation rate  %/year

6. Power Station Costa Direct Costs Unit I Unit 2 Indirect Costs Unit I Unit 2 a. Land and land a. Construction rights facilities, equip b. Structures and ment, and serv site facilities ices c. Reactor (boiler) b. Engineering and plant equipment construction d. Turbine plant management equipment not services including heat c. Other costs rejection systems d. Interest during e. Heat rejection construction system ((R %1 f. Electric plant year)

equipment g. Miscellaneous Escalation equipment Escalation during h. Spare parts al construction lowance i. Contingency al year lowance Total Cost Total Station Cost,

@Start of Com Subtotal mercial Operation aCost components of nuclear stations to be included in each cost category listed under direct and indirect costs in Part 6 above are described in "Guide for Economic Evaluation of Nuclear Reactor Plant Designs," U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, NUS-531, Appendix B, available from National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

T-2

TABLE 3 ESTIMATED COSTS OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY GENERATION

Milh1/Kilowatt-Hour Fixed Chargsa Cost of money Depreciation Interim replacements Taxes Fuel Cycle CoStab For fossil-fueled plants, costs of high-sulfur coal, low-sulfur coal, or oil For nuclear stations:

Cost of U 308 (yellowcake)

Cost of conver sion and enrich ment Cost of conver sion and fabrica tion of fuel ele ments Cost of proces fn spent fuel Carrying charge on fuel Inventory Cost of waste dis posalc Credit for pluto nium or U-233 Costs of Operation and nItensanced Fixed component Variable component Costs Of in ance Property insurance Liability insurance GGive the capacity factor assumed in computing those charges, and sie the total fixed-chape mte as a percentage of station investment bIndude shipping charges as appropriate. Give the heat rate in BtU/lowatt hour.

cif-ao costs are available, the applicant may ue the cost aswmptims as d= in the most recent publication of Nucdw Induriy. - . .. .

separately the fixed component that in dollars per year does not depend on capacity factor and the variable component that in dollars per yea is proportional to capacity factor.

T-3

TABLE 4 MONETIZED BASES FOR GENERATING COSTSa Item Symbol Unit Item Description Total outlay required to C, $ All capital outlays including interest expense to be in bring facility to operation vested in completion of the facility compounded to present value as of the scheduled inservice date of operation.

Annual operating cost Ot $ This is the total operating and maintenance cost of sta tion operation in year "t."

Annual fuel cost Ft $ This is the total fuel cost in year "t."

Cost of makeup power pur Pt $ Cost of power purchased or supplied internally in year chased or supplied in year "t" to make up deficiency of power associated with

".It.,,

any alternative that introduces delay~b Discount factor P v = (I + if 1 where i is the applicant's estimated average cost of capital over the life of this station.

30 30

Total generating cost GCp $ GCp = C 1 + A(0t +"Ft) + vtPt present value t=!

Total generating cost $~ (1 + 13 0

present value annualized = GCp X-(1+1)3 -0-1 aFor conventional (nuclear or fossil fuel) steam-electric stations bDelay to be computed from the time of tiling for a construction permit (10 CFR Part 51,

§ 51.20)

T-4

K K

TABLE 5

1 of 16)

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS TO BE USED IN COMPARING ALTERNATIVE STATION SYSTEMS (Page Unit of Method of Impact Primary Primay or Population wAfeter Computation I (Sp eciyoaurals Resources Affected Descrptn Measurea

1. NATURAL SURFACE WATER (Specify natural water BODY body affected)

1.1.1 Fishb Juveniles and adults are sub Percent of har Identify all important species as de

1.1 Impingement or entrapment vestable or adult fined in Section 2.2. Estimate the ject to attrition.

by cooling water intake population de annual weight and number of each structure stroyed per year species that will be destroyed.

for each impor (For juveniles destroyed, only the tant species expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.) Compare with the estimated weight and number of the species population in the water body.

Plankton population (ex Percent changes Field studies are required to esti

1.2 Passage through or reten 1.2.1 Phytoplankton mate (1) the diversity and produc and zooplankton cluding fish) may be changed in production tion in cooling systems rates and species tion rates of readily recognizable due to mechanical, thermal, and chemical effects. diversity groups (e.g., diatoms, green algae, zooplankton) and (2) the mortality of organisms passing through the condenser and pumps. Include in direct effectsc which affect mortality.

to the unit of measure shown in this table.

aApplicant may substitute an alternative unit of measure where convenient. Such a measure should be related quantitatively bFgih as used in this table includes shellfish and other aquatic invertebrates harvested by man.

metabolic rates, hatching of fish out of phase with food cIndirect effects could include increased disease incidence, increased predation, interference with spawning, changed organisms.

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measurea Computation

1.2.2 Fish All life stages (eggs, larvae, Percent of har Identify all important species as de etc.) that reach the condenspr vestable or adult fined in Section 2.2. Estimate the are subject to attrition. population de annual weight and number of each stroyed per year species that will be destroyed. (For for each impor larvae, eggs, and juveniles destroyed, tant species only the expected population that would have survived naturally need be considered.) Compare with the estimated weight and number of the species population in the water body.

1.3 Discharge area and 1.3.1 Water quality, The rate of dissipation of the Acres and acre Estimate the average heat in Btu's thermal plume excess heat excess heat, primarily to the feet per hour -dissipated to the receiving atmosphere, will depend on water at full powe

r. Estimate the

-1 both the method of discharge water volume and surface areas and the state of the receiving within differential temperature water (i.e., ambient tempera isotherms of 2, 3, and 5*F under ture and water currents). conditions that would tend, with respect to annual variations, to maximize the extent of the areas and volumes.

1.3.2 Water quality, Dissolved oxygen concentration Acre-feet Estimate volumes of affected waters oxygen avail of receiving waters may be with concentrations below 5, 3, ability modified as a consequence of and 1 ppm under conditions that changes in the water temper would tend to maximize the impact.

ature, the translocation of water of different quality, and aeration.

1.3.3 Fish Fishb.may be affected directly Net effect in Field measurements are required to (nonmigratory) or indirectly because of ad pounds per year establish the average number and verse conditions in the plume. (as harvestable weight (as harvestable or adults)

or adult fish by of important species (as defined species of in Section 2.2). Estimate their interest) mortality in the receiving water from direct and indirect effects.c

(

K K

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measurea Computation

1.3.4 Wildlife (in. Suitable habitats (wetland or Acres of defined Determine the areas impaired as water surface) may be habitat or nest habitats because of thermal dis cluding birds charges, including effects on food affected ing area and aquatic and resources. Document estimates of amphibious affected population by species.

mammals and reptiles)

1.3.5 Fish (migratory) A thermal barrier may inhibit Pounds per year Estimate the fraction of the stock migration, both hampering (as adult or that is prevented from reaching spawning and diminishing harvestable fish spawning grounds because of station the survival of returning by species of operation. Prorate this directly fish. interest) to a reduction in current and long-term fishing effort supported by that stock. Justify estimate on basis of local migration patterns, experience at other sites, and,

-J

applicable State standards.

TABLE 5 (page 4 of 16)

Primary Impact Population or Resources Unit of Method of Affected DescriptionMeasure Computation

1.4 Chemical effluents 1.4.1 Water quality, Water quality may be Acre-feet, % The volume of water required to chemical impaired. dilute the average daily discharge of each chemical to meet applicable water quality standards should be calculated. Where suitable standards do not exist, use the volume re quired to dilute each chemical to a concentration equivalent to a selected lethal concentration for the most important species (as defined in Section 2.2) in the receiving waters. The ratio of this volume to the annual minimum value of th'e daily net flow, where applicable, of the receiving waters should be ex p-3 pressed as a percentage and the

60 largest such percentage reported.

Include the total solids if this is a limiting factor. Include in this calculation the blowdown from cooling towers and other closed-cycle cooling systems.

1.4.2 Fish Aquatic populations may be Pounds per year Total chemical effect on important affected by toxic levels of (by species of species of aquatic biota should be discharged chemicals or by fish) estimated. Biota exposed within reduced dissolved oxygen the facility, as well as biota in re concentrations. ceiving waters, should be considered.

Supporting documentation should include reference to applicable standards, chemicals discharged, and their toxicity to the aquatic populations affected.

(

K

TOLE 5 ( )

Population 9D Unit of Method of Primry impact ResourcaAffacted Description Measurea Computation

1.4.3 Wildlife Suitable habitats for wildlife Acres Estimate the area of wetland or Q(Oluding may be affected. water surface impaired as a wildlife

)6irds and habitat because of chemical con aquatic and tamination, including effects on amphibious food resources. Document the mammals and estimates of affected population reptiles) by species.

Recreational water uses Lost annual The volume of the net flow to the

1.4.4 People (boating, fishing, swim user days and receiving waters required for dilution ming) may be inhibited. area (acres) or to reach accepted water quality shoreline miles standards must be determined on for dilution the basis of daily discharge and converted to either surface area or miles of shore. Cross-sectional and annual minimum flow character istics should be incorporated where applicabl

e. The annual number of

'0

visitors to the affected area or shoreline must be obtained. This permits estimation of lost user-days on an annual basis. Any possible eutrophication effects should be estimated and included as a de gradation of quality.

1.5 Radionuclides dis .1.5.1 Aquatic organisms Radionuclide discharge may Rad per year Sum dose contributions from introduce a radiation level radionuclides expected to be charged to water released.

body that adds to natural back ground radiation.

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impt Resources Affected Measureg Computation

1.5.2 People, external Radionuclide discharge may Rem per year for Sum annual dose contributions introduce a radiation level individual; man from nuclides expected to be re that adds to natural back rem per year for leased.

ground radiation for water estimated popu.

Users. lation at the midpoint of station operation

1.5.3 People, ingestion Radionuclide discharge may Rem per year for Estimate biological accumulation introduce a radiation level individuals (whole in foods and intake by individuals that adds to natural back body and organ); and population. Calculate doses ground radiation for in man-rem per year by summing results for expected gested food and water. for population at radionuclides.

the midpoint of station operation

0

1.6 Consumptive use 1.6.1 People Drinking water supplies Gallons per year Where users withdraw drinking drawn from the water water supplies from the affected body may be diminished. water body, lost water to users should be estimated. Relevant delivered costs of replacement drinking water should be included.

1.6.2 Agriculture Water may be withdrawn Acre-feet per year Where users withdraw irrigation from agricultural usage, water from the affected water and use of remaining water body, the loss should be evalu may be degraded. ated as the sum of two volumes:

the volume of the water lost to agricultural users and the volume of dilution water required to re duce concentrations of dissolved solids in station effluent water to an agriculturally acceptable level.

I (

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary impact Resources Affected Description Measure' Computation

1.6.3 Industry Water may be withdrawn Gallons per year for industrial use.

1.7.1 Water quality, Turbidity, color, or temper Acre-feet and acres The volume of dilution water re

1.7 Plant construction (in quired to meet applicable water cluding site prepara physical ature of natural water body may be altered. quality standards should be cal tion) culated. The areal extent of the effect should be estimated.

Water quality may be Acre-feet, % To the extent possible, the appli

1.7.2 Water quality, cant should treat problems of spills chemical impaired.

and drainage during construction in the same manner as in Item 1.4.1.

The applicant should describe and

1.8 Other impacts quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.

Where evidence indicates that the

1.9 Combined or inter combined effect of a number of active effects impacts on a particular population or resource is not adequately indi cated by measures of the separate impacts, the total combined effect should be described.

1.10 Net effects See discussion in Section 5.7.

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measurea Computation

2. GROUND WATER

2.1 Raising/lowering of 2.1.1 People Availability or quality of Gallons per year Volume of replacement water for

ground water levels drinking water may be local wells actually affected decreased, and the func should be estimated.

tioning of existing wells may be impaired.

2.1.2 Vegetation Trees and other deep-rooted Acres Estimate the area in which ground vegetation may be affected. water level change may have an adverse effect on local vegetation.

Report this acreage on a separate schedule by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural, and residential.

i.l*

2.2 Chemical contamina 2.2.1 People Drinking water of nearby Gallons per year Compute annual loss of potable tion of ground water communities may be water.

(excluding salt) affected.

2.2.2 Vegetation Trees and other deep-rooted Acres Estimate area affected and report vegetation may experience separately by land use. Specify toxic effects. such uses as recreational, agri cultural, and residential.

2.3 Radionuclide con 2.3.1 People Radionuclides that enter Rem per year for Estimate intakes by individuals and tamination of ground water may add to individuals (whole populations. Sum dose contributions ground water natural background radia body and organ); for nuclides expected to be released.

tion level for water and man-rem per year food supplies. for population at the midpoint of station operation

(

K K

TABLE 5 (Page9 of 16)

Primary Impact Population or Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measurea Computation

2.3.2 Vegetation and Radionuclides that enter Rad per year Estimate uptake in plants and animals ground water may add to transfer to animals. Sum dose natural background radia contributions for nuclides ex tion level for local plant pected to be released.

forms and animal popu lation.

2.4 Other impacts on The applicant should describe and ground water quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.

3. AIR

3.1 Fogging and icing 3.1.1 Ground transpor Safety hazards may be Vehicle-hours per Compute the number of hours per (caused by evapora tation created in the nearby year year that driving hazards will be tion and drift) regions in all seasons. increased on paved highways by fog and ice due to cooling towers and ponds. Documentation should in clude the visibility criteria used for defining hazardous conditions on the highways actually affected.

3.1.2 Air transportation Safety hazards may be Hours per year, Compute the number of hours per created in the nearby flights delayed year that commercial airports will regions in all seasons. per year be closed to visual (VFR) and in strumental (IFR) air traffic because of fog and ice from cooling towers.

Estimate number of flights delayed per year.

3.1.3 Water transpor Safety hazards may be Hours per year, Compute the number of hours per tation created in the nearby re number of ships year ships will need to reduce speed gions in all seasons. affected per year because of fog from cooling towers or ponds or because of warm water added to the surface of the river, lake, or sea.

TABLE 5 ( )

Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Population or Computation rtReources Affeted Measurem

3.1.4 Vegetation Damage to timber and crops Acres by crop Estimate the acreage of potential may occur through intro plant damage by crop.

duction of adverse conditions.

3.2 Chemical discharge to 3.2.1 Air quality, Pollutant emissions may di  % and pounds or The actual concentration of each ambient air chemical minish the quality of the tons pollutant in ppm for maximum local ambient air. daily emission rate should be ex pressed as a percentage of the applicable emission standard. Re.

port weight for expected annual emissions.

3.2.2 Air quality, odor Odor in gaseous discharge Statement A statement must be made as to or from effects on water whether odor originating in station body may be objectionable. is perceptible at any point offsite.

3.3 Radionuclides dis 3.3.1 People, external Radionuclide discharge or Rem per year for Sum dose contributions from p.-

charged to ambient direct radiation may add individuals (whole nuclides expected to be released.

air and direct radia to natural background body and organ);

tion from radioactive radiation level. man-rem per year materials (in plant or for population at being transported) the midpoint of station operation

3.3.2 People, ingestion Radionuclide discharge may Rem per year for For radionuclides expected to be add to the natural radioac individuals (whole released, estimate deposit and tivity in vegetation and in body and organ); accumulation in foods. Estimate soil. man-rem per year intakes by individuals and popu for population at lations and sum results for all ex the midpoint of pected radionuclides.

station operation

3.3.3 Vegetation and Radionuclide discharge may Rad per year Estimate deposit of radionuclides animals add to natural background on and uptake in plants and radioactivity of local plant animals. Sum dose contributions and animal life. for radionuclides expected to be released.

t ((

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impct Resources Affected DMcription easure$ Computation

3.4 Other impacts on air The applicant should describe and quantify any other environ mental effects of the proposed plant that are significant.

4. LAND

4.1 Site selection 4.1.1 Land, amount Land will be preempted for Acres State the number of acres preempted construction of nuclear for station, exclusion zone, and power station, station' facil accessory facilities such as cooling ities, and exclusion zone. towers and ponds. By separate schedule, state the type and class of land preempted (e.g., scenic shoreline, wet land, forest land, etc.).

4.2 Construction activities 4.2.1 People (amenities) There will be a loss of desir Total population The disruption of community life U' (including site able qualities in the environ affected, years (or alternatively the degree of preparation) ment due to the noise and community isolation from such movement of men, material, irritations) should be estimated.

and machines. Estimate the number of residences, schools, hospitals, etc., within area of visual and audio impacts. Esti mate the duration of impacts and total population affected.

4.2.2 People (accessi Historical sites may be af Visitors per year Determine historical sites that might bility of historical fected by construction be displaced by generation facilities.

sites) Estimate effect on any other sites in plant environs. Express net impact in terms of annual number of visitors.

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measure' Computation

4.2.3 People (accessi. Construction activity may Qualified opinion Summarize evaluation of impact on bility of archeo impinge upon sites of archeological resources in terms logical sites) archeological value. of remaining potential value of the site. Referenced documentation should include statements from responsible county, State, or Federal agencies, if available.

4.2.4 Wildlife Wildlife may be affected. Qualified opinion Summarize qualified opinion in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effects.

4.2.5 Land (erosion) Site preparation and station Cubic yards and Estimate soil displaced by construc construction will involve cut acres tion activity and erosio

n. Beneficial

'-4 and fill operations with and detrimental effects should be accompanying erosion reported separately.

potential.

4.3 Station operation 4.3.1 People (amenities) Noise may induce stress. Number of resi Use applicable State and local codes dents, school for offaite noise levels foisasessifig populations, impact. If there Is no code, consider hospital beds nearby land use, current zoning, and ambient sound levels in asse~giig impact. The predicted sound level may be compared with the published guidelines of the Environmental Pro tection Agency (EPA), American Industrial Hygiene Association, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).

(

K

TABLE 5 ( )

Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measurea Computation

4.3.2 People (esthetics) The local landscape as viewed Qualified opinion Summarize qualified opinion, in from adjacent residential areas cluding views of cognizant local and neighboring historical, and regional authorities when scenic, and recreational sites available.

may be rendered esthetically objectionable by station structures.

4.3.3 Wildlife 'Wildlife may be affected. Qualified opinion Summarize qualified opinion, in cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available, taking into account both beneficial and adverse effec*

4.3.4 Land, flood Health and safety near the Reference to Reference should be made to regula control water body may be affected Flood Control tions of cognizant Flood Control by flood control. District approval Agency by use of one of the follow ing terms: Has No Implications for flood control, Complies with flood control regulation.

4.4 Salts discharged 4.4.1 People Intrusion of salts into Pounds per Estimate the amount of salts dis from cooling ground water may affect square foot per charged as drift and particulates.

towers water supply. year Report maximum deposition.

Supporting documentation should include patterns of deposition and projection of possible effect on water supplies.

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Unit of Method of Pimary Impact Resources Affected Description Measurea Computation

4.4.2 Vegetation and Deposition of entrained salts Acres Salt tolerance of vegetation in af animals may be detrimental in some fected area must be determined.

nearby regions. That area, if any, receiving salt deposition in excess of tolerance (after allowance for dilution) must be estimated. Report separately an appropriate tabulation of acreage by land use. Specify such uses as recreational, agricultural, and residential. Where wildlife habitat is affected, identify popula tions.

4.4.3 Property Structures and movable Dollars per year If salt spray impinges upon a local resources property may suffer de community, property damage may gradation from corrosive be estimated by applying to the effects. local value of buildings, machinery,

00 and vehicles a differential in average depreciation rates between this and a comparable seacoast community.

4.5 Transmission route 4.5.1 Land, amount Land will be preempted for Miles, acres State total length and area of new selection construction of transmission rights-of-way. Estimate current line systems. market value of land involved.

4.5.2 Land use and Lines may pass through Miles, acres, Total length of new transmission land value visually sensitive (that is, dollars lines and area of rights-of-way sensitive to presence of through various categories of transmission lines and visually sensitive land. Estimate towers) areas, thus imping minimum loss in current property ing on the present and po values of adjacent areas.

tential use and value of neighboring property.

(

K

TABLE 5 ( )

Population or Description Unit of Method of Primary Impact Resources Affected Measuren computation

4.5.3 People Lines may present visually Number of such Estimate total number of visually undesirable features.. features undesirable features, such as (esthetics)

number of major road crossings in vicinity of intersection of inter changes; number of major water way crossings; number of crest, ridge, or other high point crossings; and number of "long views" of transmission lines perpendicular to highways and waterways.

4.6 Transmission 4.6.1 Land adjacent Constructing new roads for Miles Estimate length of new access and facilities to rights-of-way access to rights-of-way may service roads required for alter construction have environmental impact. native routes.

4.6.2 Land, erosion Soil erosion may result from Tons Estimate area with increased erosion

'0 construction activities. per year potential traceable to construction activities.

4.6.3 Wildlife Wildlife habitat and access Number of im Identify important species that may to habitat may be affected. portant species be disturbed (Section 2.2).

affected

4.6A Vegetation Vegetation may be affected.

4.7 Transmission line 4.7.1 Land use Land preempted by rights-of  %, dollars Estimate percent of rights-of-way operation way may be used for addi for which no multiple-use activities tional beneficial purposes are planned. Annual value of such as orchards, picnic areas, multiple-use activities less cost of nurseries, and hiking and improvements.

riding trails.

4.7.2 Wildlife Modified wildlife habitat may Qualified Summarize qualified opinion in result in changes. opinion cluding views of cognizant local and State wildlife agencies when available.

TABLE 5 ( )

Primary Impact Population or Description Unit of Method of Resources Affected Measurea Computation

4.8 Other land. impacts The applicant should describe and quantify any other environmental effects of the proposed station that are significant.

4.9 Combined or Where evidence indicates that the interactive effects combined effects of a number of impacts on a particular popula tion or resource are not adequately indicated by measures of the separate impacts, the total com bined effect should be described.

Both beneficial and adverse inter actions should be indicated.

4.10 Net effects See discussion in Section 5.7.

(

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A

§51.20. 10 CFR PART 51, -APPUCANT-S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT-CONSTRUCTION PERMIT STAGE"

(a) Invmmh nta consderatlkw atswards and kequirenents (including.

Bach applicant I for a permit to construct but not limited to. applicable zoning and a production or utilization facility cur Iand-se regulations auO thermal and ered by i 51.5(a shl submit with its Other Water polution limitatlons or re application a separate document. en quiremnt promulgated or imposed Pur titled -Appncnt's Environmental Re mutt to the Federal Water Polluton port- tu Permit Stage:" which ftntrl Act) which have been imposed contains a description of the proposed by derml State, regional, and local action, a statement of its purposer, and a description of the environment af agaeues having responsibility for en fected, and which discusses the follow virnmmtal protection. 7he discussion Ing considerations: ri alternative. In the Report shall In

(1) -The probable tmpact of the pro dude a dliscussion wether the alterna posed action on the environment: ttve wm cmnpl with msch ipplicable

(2) Any probable adverse environ mental effects which cannot be avoided Menrnmental quality standards and re should the proposal be Implemented; qulrent The envihronental impact

(3) Alterma~e to the SZroposed of the facility and alternatives shall be Action; ful cdacumsed with respect to matters

(4) 22 relationship between local - 1r such standards and require short-term uses of mup' environment ments irrsectv

e. of whether a cerU

and .ie maintenance and enhancement ef long-term Productivity: and ficaton or license from the appropriate

(5) An Irreversible and Iratrievable autortly has been obtained (including, comnmileni of resources which would lbt not limlted to. saw certification ob be involved In the proposed action should ttned purmuant to section 401 of the it be hnpleaented. The discusfn o Feden a Water Pollution Control Act ".

alternatives to the proposed action re Bach discumson shaml be reflected in the quired by paragraph (a) (3) shall be aut ooW-bemsM analysis prescribed in para iciently complete to aid the Commission graph (b). While satisfaction of Com in deweloin and explorinL pursuant to emm standards and crteria pertain section 102(2) (D) of lPA. -appropri.; nog to radiological effects wil be neces ate alternatives *in any proposal saw to meet the licensin requirements bi involvs unesved aonfflts om CC the Atomic Energy Act, the cest-bete cemn alterative mea al avallabel fit analysis prescribed In paragraph (b)

resources." saoll, for the purposes of NEPA. consder (b) Cost-benefit analyde. 'The Mk the radkfolgal effects -together with vhmentsl Report required by parr OWa other effecte. at the facility and gra*h (a) shall include a cost-bmmit altenatives.

anl-ys wbich considems and balances (d) The information submitted por the environmental effects of the faciit innt to paragrups (a)-(c) of this see grd the alternatives avalable for reduc donUsh. ld not be confined to data sup lug or avoiding adverse environmental - x the p- acUo but should efeet. as well as the envitrimnmental. Inhale adverse data as well.

ee minic technical and other benefits fe) In the Environmental Report re of the facility. The cost-beneft analysis I Id by paragraph (a) for lftht-water-:

dm.n, to the ftulest extent practicable. -oienuclear power reactors. -the con qufnmy the varioum factors cdder-ei tributtiou -otU

te tovraimental effecits of.

7a the extent that such factors canmnt rn sob mn and mmrml the pmotd be quantified, Whey shall be discussed In qualitative terms The Environmetal fam at wanhon hezafillorlde. &Isovtoi Report honecontain sucen data to enrichment ful fabrication. repmcesm aid the Commission tn its development tug of Irzadi*ted fuel. transportation of radctivm matls m and nagement cc an iependent costbeneft analysis. of Jow level wastes and highklel wastes (G) btt of complianc The En vUnmUMtal Report required by para related to uranium fuel cyle activities graph (a) shall include a dlscusso of to the environmental omI a licensing the staus of compliance of the facility the maclew pomwer reactor. shall be a set with applicable environmental quality forth *t ftollownf table No further diocuoi of such envuriamental effectb shul be requir aWkAm the "appisUt'*. maumd In Ute Th paragraph does n=t apy to ary part. b a Fedkral agncy. difetet a-ranve appilicaf environental report ub mmtS for -mplemenwltg ]UFA "mybe mae puramnt to the GOuideni estabaitbed by f) -Number of copies. Each applicant the Counc on &Tukooaina Qeuelty. Xlor a permit to construct a production or

  • No permit or UemelS w, of ou-. be .utlization facility covered by § 51.5(a)

Ateod with mepect to an, acvity for wVhcha shall submit the number of copies, as a Amwimiao zequtrd by secUon 401 o th specified in § 51.40, of the Environmen yederal Watur loituta Control Act bha na" tal Report required by § 51.5(a).

bem obtatG&L

A-I

I

I I II ii IaI

II ii liIi

  • 1
  • 1 I

.383 a

Ii Ja I I I

II I If II I *I; ii! I I

II I

I a'

11 ,IJ I

Iii'Iiil a

lift thu11 II I

V*if a 93 a, I ii III I

jJV

wv I

1fi ii II!

Hi V

I

I

Iii I

I

I

1 Ii If'

ifIii II:

UIJi Id U!

I I 11 1

4fiI I I:;

Lii Ii 1 iI

Jul ii' a

0

U

(g) (1) The Environmental Report re (1) The reactor is a light-water-cooled quired by paragraph (a) for light-water Auclear power reactor with a core cooled nuclear power reactors shall con thermal power level not exceeding 3,800

tain either (I) a statement that the megawatts;

transportation of cold fuel to the reactor (II) The reactor fuel is In the form of and irradiated -fuel from the reactor to sintered uranium dioxide pellets encap a fuel reprocessing plant and the trans sulated in zircaloy rods with a uranium portation of solid radioactive wastes from 235 enrichment not exceeding 4% by the reactor to waste burial grounds is weight;

within the scope of this paragraph, and (Mi) The average level of irradiation as the contribution of the environmental of the irradiated fuel from the reactor effects of such transportation to the en does not exceed 33.000 megawatt days vironmental costs of licensing the nu per metric ton and no irradiated fuel clear power reactor, the values set forth assembly Is shipped until at least 90 days in the following Summary Table S-4; or have elapsed after the fuel assembly was (iI) If such transportation does not fanl discharged from the reactor:

within the scope of this paragraph, a (iv) Waste (other than Irradiated full description and detailed analysis of fuel) shipped from the reactor is In the the environmental effects of such trans form of packs ged, solid wastes; and portation and. as the contribution of (v) Unirradiated fuel Is shipped to the such effects to the environmental costs of licensing the nuclear power reactor, reactor by truck; Irradiated fuel Is the values determined by such analyses shipped from the reactor by truck, railL

for the environmental Impact under nor or barge; and waste other than Irradi mal conditions of transport and the ated fuel is shipped from the reactor environmental risk from accidents In by truck or rail.

transport. (3) ThIs paragraph does not apply to

(2) This paragraph applies to the any applicant's environmental report transportation of fuel and wastes to and submitted prior to Februwy 5, 1975.

from a nuclear power reactor only if:

  • uMAzT TABLZ S-4.HEnvirornta impact of Ounepottaiean of fuel mul-wade to mit from Iv lit leow e acto It?

lNormal conditiomoftrnsportl I

"Iest(..r hmdi&WbyfaeFederal cask In tnsit) ............ ....z27 MOW.

Wei&t (governed or Statrt ...................... rAM ~p k toW , ae4 w lraflle density:

Uj..lRTf il *............................

.a ...........................

................. ........... .............


Lothin.1pedi L iestba lpr Erstneted Rang. of dowes to expused Cmaulatlve doss to expoee4

]iposed population pertoai of nomber Individuals 2 (per reacte year) lm (per Reactor populetion expose

"Traresportailon ileueral public:

workers..*.................

20WOotono0mrem *. .................. 4on-ia.

Onlookers ............................. I,100 0.0 to 13lmilrem ...............- mre-iM.

Alid g Routell~ ......................................................---- -::::t AMUDSMN IN TMAX110

F

Common miradiological) causes. ll-taiinl k ylh100yeactoryear I Doohd*

in~ay in 10 resew year 5475 1101-ty arwresetoryes.

aData supporting this table are given In the Commisim's "Enel nae .i'ey ofi of Rat e..

ecU,. Materials to and from Nucler Po Plat. 17. d Sup. , NUIREG-74"kS

=AH13.Dmib Awl t975. Both documeuts are available for insec*io and co a g nIthe Commissio's Pu..c Document Roo,

1f17 H St. NW., Washington. D.C.. and miay be otane Technical nnormat. Service. n edf*,

Ve. 216L WASH-119 is available from NTIS at a cost of $545 (microejoe, $.*))and NUREG-7,-4= -s av l at a cost of S325 (microfiche. -2.25).

' The Federal itudiation Council has recommended that the radiation doses from el sourcets of racdaion other them satural background and medical expoue should be limited to 5,000 williremuspr yewr for individuals as a result at occupational exposure and should be imited to 50 m~lr .nper year ior individu in thegeneral population. Thdoss toindivhiuals due to average natural background radiation is about 130il per-year."rem summnation of whvole body doses to Indivduals ina group. T"lu. Iiteaehm*eber of aMan-reri is an exprewsion for the Spopulatlon group of 1,000 people were to rcceiveadodeof0O.Ul reut UI unllrem), or f 2people were to receive a ma

0 nillir.mn) each, tha total man-rei doas iIn each ease would be I maism rem (80,*10

4Although the environmnental risk of rVadIiogC31 effects stenindug ftrom transportation accidents is curetl.yinca pable of being numerically quantliled. the risk3rentllm ma.ll regordl wnt it s in appi t a single re actor oraimnultireartoite.

A-3

APPENDIX B

§51.21, 10 CFR PART 51, "APPLICANT'S ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT-OPERATING LICENSE STAGE"

Each applicant for a license to operate a production or utilization facility cov

.ered by § 51.5(a) shall submit with it%appli cation the number of copies, as specified in

§ 51.40, of a separate document,* to be en titled "Ap plicant's Environmental Report-OP

erating License Stage," which discusses the same matters described in 1 51.20

but only to the extent that they differ from those discussed or reflect new in formation In addition to that discussed in the final environmental Impact state ment prepared by the Commission In connection with the construction permit.

The "Applicant's Environmental Re port-Operating License Stage" may in corporate by reference any itformation contained in the Applicant's Environ mental Report or final environmental impact statement previously prepared in connection with the construction permit.

With respec; to the operation of nuclear reactors, the applicant, unless otherwise required by the Commission, shall sub mit the "Applicant's Environmental Re port-Operating License Stage" only in connection with the first licensing action that would authorize full power opera tion of the facility.

  • Aniended 41 I.R IS32.

B-I

APPENDIX C

DATA RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (PROPOSED)

With a view toward improving the usability of data center is planned as an appendix in a future revision of presented by applicants, an outline format for a stan this guide. Specific-use categories will be developed for dardized data retrieval system for storage in a computer the following guide outline topics:

DATA CATEGORIES

1. Station purpose

3. A Heat dissipation

1.1 Demand analysis 3.5 Radiation data

1.2 Energy conservation 3.6 Chemical effluent

1.3 Reserve margins 3.7 Sanitary waste data

1.4 Supporting references 3.8 Transportation data

3.9 Electrical transmission

2. Site and resource interface summaries

2.1 Geography and demography 6. Preoperational program summary

2.2 Ecology

2.3 Meteorology and climatology 8. Socioeconomic data summary

2.4 Hydrology

2.5 Geology 9. Cost-benefit summary

2.6 Esthetic and cultural data

10. Design alternatives summary

3. Station and unit data summaries

3.1 Building grounds data 12. Permit and certification summary

3.2 Reactor and steam-electric system

3.3 Water use 13. Reference list C-1

APPENDIX D

USE OF U.S. AGE GROUP POPULATION

DISTRIBUTION DATA

The distribution by age of the U. S. population may surrounding the site. It assumes that dependent age be used provided there is no knowledge that the area groups, i.e., 0 to 18 years, are in about the same within a radius of 50 miles of the site has a significantly proportion for various areas since they generally migrate different distribution. The test of significance is to be with their parents. Moreover,. this procedure takes made by.a determination of whether the age distribution advantage of the tendency of birth rate changes across in the county in which the proposed station is to be regions to follow similar patterns of changes with located varied more than 10 percent from the U. S. different lead-lag relations. The forecasts to be used are population in the 1970 decennial census. If this occurred for the year of the midpoint of the station operating life.

for any of the three age groups, a refinement of the U. S. Specific year figures can be obtained by interpolation or age group distribution should be made as described extrapolation from the years that are available. The below. percent of the BEA region population forecasted to be in the 12- to 18-year age group should be found from The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA), U. S. the following equation:

Department of Commerce, has unpublished data on age distribution for 157 BEA regions covering the U.S. AfBxC

D

These data were compiled for the Office of Business Economics, Department of Commerce and Economic.

Research Service (OBERS), Department of Agriculture, where projections. The age groups are 0 to 14 years, 15 to 64 years, and over 64 years. These data may be obtained A = % of BEA region population forecasted to be in without charge by request to the U.S. Department of the 12- to 18-year age group at the midpoint year of

1 Commerce. station operation, B = % of U.S. population forecasted to be in the 12 In employing the OBERS regional forecasts, the to 18-year age group at this midpoint year of station ratio-trend method may be used for the disparate class operation, intervals of the age groups. First, select the BEA region containing the county in which the proposed station is C = % of BEA region population forecasted to be in to be located. Obtain the age distribution of the region 0 to 14-year age group at the midpoint year of station from the above reference. The 0 to 11-year age group operation, and population for the BEA area at the midyear of the assumed 30-year operating life of the proposed station D = % U.S. population forecasted to be in 0 to can be considered to be 80% of the 0 to 14-year age 14-year age group at the midpoint year of station group since the former was 77% of the latter as of July operation.

1, 1974, and is forecasted at 79% by July 1, 2000. The

12- to 18-year age group requires a different approach. A is then used to estimate the number of persons in The procedure that should be used makes use of existing that age group for the area within 50 miles of the forecasts to estimate this age group for the area proposed site by multiplying the percentage distribution calculated from the above equation by the total popula tion projected for this local area. The population of the

1 Henry De Graff, Assistant Chief, Regional Economic Analysis 19-years-and-over age group can be obtained by subtrac Division, Bureau of Economic Analysis, U. S. Department of ting the sum of the 0 to 11-year and 12- to 18-year age Commerce, Washington, D. C. 20230; Telephone: (202) groups from the projected total population of the local

523-0528. area.

APPENDIX E

DATA NEEDED FOR RADIOACTIVE SOURCE TERM

CALCULATIONS FOR PRESSURIZED WATER REACTORS

The applicant should provide the information listed c. Concentration of fission, activation, and in this appendix. The information should be consistent corrosion products in the primary and secondary coolant with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR) (uCi/g). Provide the bases for the values used.

and the environmental report (ER) of the proposed pressurized water reactor (PWR). Appropriate sections 4. The quantity of tritium released in liquid and of the SAR and ER containing more detailed discussions gaseous effluents (Ci/yr per reactor).

or backup data for the required information should be referenced following each response. Each response, II. PrimarySystem however, should be independent of the ER and SAR. 1 This information constitutes the basic data required to 1. The total mass (ib) of coolant in the primary calculate the releases of radioactive material in liquid system, excluding the pressurizer and primary coolant and gaseous effluents (the source terms). All responses purification system at full power.

should be on a per-reactorbasis. Indicate systems shared between reactors. 2. The average primary system letdown rate (gpm)

to the primary coolant purification system.

The following data should be provided in Appendix E: 3. The average flow rate (gpm) through the pri mary coolant purification system cation demineralizers.

I. General (Note: The letdown rate should include the fraction of time the cation demineralizers are in service.)

1. The maximum core thermal power (MWt) evalu ated for safety considerations in the SAR. (Note: All of 4. The average shim bleed flow (gpm).

the following responses should be adjusted to this power leveL) I1

1. Secondary System

2. Core properties: 1. The number and type of steam generators and the carryover factor used in the applicant's evaluation a. The total mass (lb) of uranium and pluto for iodine and nonvolatiles.

nium in an equilibrium core (metal weight),

2. The total steam flow (lb/hr) in the secondary system.

b. The percent enrichment of uranium in reload fuel, and 3. The mass of steam in each steam generator (lb)

at full power.

c. The percent of fissile plutonium in reload fuel. 4. The mass of liquid in each steam generator (lb)

at full power.

3. If methods and parameters used in estimating the source terms in the primary coolant are different 5. The total mass of coolant in the secondary from those given in Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calcula system (lb) at full power. For recirculating U-tube steam tion of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and generators, do not include the- coolant in the condenser Liquid Effluents from Light-Water-Cooled Power Reac hotwell.

tors," describe in detail the methods and parameters used. Include the following information: 6. The primary to secondary system leakage rate (lb/day) used in the evaluation.

a. Station capacity factor,

7. Description of the steam generator blowdown b. Fraction of fuel releasing radioactivity in the and blowdown purification systems. The average steam primary coolant (indicate the type of fuel cladding), generator blowdown rate (lb/hr) used in the applicant's evaluation. The parameters used for steam generator blowdown rate (lb/hr).

IThe ER or SAR may be referenced as to the bases for the parameters used; however, the parameters should be given with 8. The fraction of the steam generator feedwater the responses in this appendix. processed through the condensate demineralizers and the E-1

decontamination factors (DF) used in the evaluation for V. Gaseous Waste ProcessingSystem the condensate demineralizer system.

1. The volumes (ft3 /yr) of gases stripped from the

9. Condensate demineralizers: primary coolant.

a. Average flow rate (lb/hr), 2. Description of the process used to hold up gases stripped from the primary system during normal opera b. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered tions and reactor shutdown. If pressurized storage tanks resin), are used, include a process flow diagram of the system indicating the capacities (ft3 ), number, and design and c. Number and size (ft3 ) of demineralizers, operating storage pressures for the storage tanks.

d. Regeneration frequency, 3. Description of the normal operation of the system, e.g., number of tanks held in reserve for e. Indicate whether ultrasonic resin cleaning is back-to-back shutdown, fill time for tanks. Indicate the used and the waste liquid volume associated with its use, minimum holdup time used in the applicant's evaluation and and the basis for this number.

f. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity. 4. If HEPA filters are used downstream of the pressurized storage tanks, provide the decontamination factor used in the evaluation.

IV. Liquid Waste ProcessingSystems

5. If a charcoal delay system is used, describe this

1. For each liquid waste processing system (includ system and indicate the minimum holdup times for each ing the shim bleed, steam generator blowdown, and radionuclide considered in the evaluation. List all para detergent waste processing systems), provide in tabular meters, including mass of charcoal (lb), flow rate (cfm),

form the following information: operating and dew point temperatures, and dynamic adsorption coefficients for Xe and Kr used in calculating a. Sources, flow rates (gpd), and expected holdup times.

activities (fraction of primary coolant activity, PCA) for all inputs to each system, 6. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

and process flow diagrams for the gaseous radwaste b. Holdup times associated with collection, systems, along with other systems influencing the source processing, and discharge of all liquid streams, term calculations.

c. Capacities of all tanks (gal) and processing VI. Ventilation andExhaust Systems equipment (gpd) considered in calculating holdup times, For each building housing systems that contain d. Decontamination factors for each processing radioactive materials, the steam generator blowdown step, system vent exhaust, and the main condenser air removal system, provide the following:

e. Fraction of each processing stream expected to be discharged over the life of the station;, 1. Provisions incorporated to reduce radioactivity releases through the ventilation or exhaust systems.

f. For demineralizer regeneration provide: time between regenerations, regenerant volumes and activ 2. Decontamination factors assumed and the bases ities, treatment of regenerants, and fraction of regen (include charcoal adsorbers, HEPA filters, mechanical erant discharged (include parameters used in making devices).

these determinations), and

3. Release rates for radioiodine, noble gases, and g. liquid source term by radionuclide in Ci/yr radioactive particulates (Ci/yr), and the bases.

for normal operation, including anticipated operational occurrences. 4. Release points to the environment, including height, effluent temperature, and exit velocity.

2. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

and process flow diagrams for the liquid radwaste 5. For the containment building, provide the systems along with all other systems influencing the building free volume (ft') and a thorough description of source term calculations. the internal recirculation system (if provided), including E-2

the recirculation rate, charcoal bed depth, operating (Ci/yr per reactor) of principal radionuclides, along with time assumed, and mixing efficiency. Indicate the bases for values usd.

expected purge and venting frequencies and duration and continuous purge rate (if used). 2. Provide information on onsite storage provi sions (location and capacity) and expected onsite storage VII. Solid Waste ProcessingSystems times for all solid wastes prior to shipment.

1. In tabular form, provide the following informa 3. Provide piping and instrumentation diagrams tion concerning all inputs to the solid waste processing (P&IDs) for the solid radwaste system.

system: source, volume (fts/yr per reactor), and activity E-3

APPENDIX F

DATA NEEDED FOR RADIOACTIVE SOURCE TERM

CALCULATIONS FOR BOILING WATER REACTORS

The applicant should provide the information listed c. Concentration of fission, corrosion, and in this appendix. The information should be consistent activation products in the reactor coolant (pCi/sec).

with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR) Provide the bases for the values used.

and the environmental report (ER) of the proposed boiling water reactor (BWR). Appropriate sections of the 4. The quantity of tritium released in liquid and SAR and ER containing more detailed discussions of the gaseous effluents (Ci/yr per reactor).

required information should be referenced following each response. Each response, however, should be H. NuclearSteam Supply System independent of the ER and SAR. 1 This information constitutes the basic data required to calculate the 1. Total steam flow rate (lb/hr).

releases of radioactive material in liquid and gaseous effluents (the source terms). All responses should be on 2. Mass of reactor coolant 0b) and steam (lb) in a per-reactor basis. Indicate systems shared between the reactor vessel at full power.

reactors.

IH. Reactor CoolantCleanup System The following data should be provided in Appendix F: 1. Average flow rate (lb/hr).

2. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered

1. General resin).

1. The maximum core thermal power (MWt) 3. Regeneration frequency.

evaluated for safety considerations in the SAR.

(Note: All of the following responsesshould be adjusted 4. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.

to this power leveL)

IV. CondensateDemineralizers

2. Core properties:

1. Average flow rate (lb/hr).

a. The total mass (lb) of uranium and pluto nium in an equilibrium core (metal weight), 2. Demineralizer type (deep bed or powdered b. The percent enrichment of uranium in resin).

reload fuel, and 3. Number and size (ft 3 ) of demineralizers.

c. The percent of fissile plutonium in reload 4. Regeneration frequency.

fuel.

5. Indicate whether ultrasonic resin cleaning is

3. If methods and parameters used in estimating used and the waste liquid volume associated with its use.

the source terms in the primary coolant are different from those given in Regulatory Guide 1.112, "Calcula 6. Regenerant volume (gal/event) and activity.

tion of Releases of Radioactive Materials in Gaseous and Liquid Effluents from light-Water-Cooled Power Reac V. Liquid Waste ProcessingSystems tors," describe in detail the methods and parameters used. Include the following information: 1. For each liquid waste processing system, pro vide in tabular form the following information:

a. Plant capacity factor, a. Sources, flow rates (gpd), and expected b. Isotopic release rates of noble gases to the activities (fraction of primary coolant activity, PCA) for reactor coolant at 30-minute decay (pCi/sec), and all inputs to each system, b. Holdup times associated with collection, processing, and discharge of all liquid streams, IThe ER or SAR may be referenced as to the bases for the parameters used; however, the parameters should be given with c. Capacities of all tanks (gal) and processing the responses in this appendix. equipment (gpd) considered in calculating holdup times, F-I

d. Decontamination factors for each proces 6. The design holdup time (hr) for gas vented sing step, from the gland seal condenser, the iodine partition factor for the condenser, and the fraction of radioiodine e. Fraction of each processing stream expected released through the system vent. Description of the to be discharged over the life of the station, treatment system used to reduce radioiodine and partic ulate releases from the gland seal system.

f. For waste demineralizer regeneration, time between regenerations, regenerant volumes and activ 7. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

ities, treatment of regenerants, and fractions of regener and process flow diagrams for the gaseous waste treat ant discharged (include parameters used in making these ment system along with all other systems influencing the determinations), and source term calculations.

g. Liquid source term by radionuclide in Ci/yr for normal operation, including anticipated operational VII. Ventilationand Exhaust Systems occurrences.

For each station building housing system that contains radioactive materials, provide the following:

2. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

and process flow diagrams for the liquid radwaste systems along with all other systems influencing the I. Provisions incorporated to reduce radioactivity releases through the ventilation or exhaust systems.

source term calculations.

2. Decontamination factors assumed and the VI. Main Condenser and Turbine Gland Seal Air bases (include charcoal adsorbers, HEPA filters, mechan Removal Systems ical devices).

1. The holdup time (hr) for offgases from the 3. Release rates for radioiodines, noble gases, and main condenser air ejector prior to processing by the radioactive particulates (Ci/yr) and the bases.

offgas treatment system.

4. Release point to the environment including

2. Description and expected performance of the height, effluent temperature, and exit velocity.

gaseous waste treatment systems for the offgases from the condenser air ejector and mechanical vacuum pump. 5. For the containment building, indicate the The expected air inleakage per condenser shell, the expected purge and venting frequencies and duration, number of condenser shells, and the iodine source term and continuous purge rate (if used).

from the condenser.

Vm. Solid Waste ProcessingSystems

3. The mass of charcoal (tons) in the charcoal delay system used to treat the offgases from the main 1. Jn tabular form, provide the following informa condenser air ejector, the operating and dew point tion concerning all inputs to the solid waste processing temperatures of the delay system, and the dynamic system: source, volume (ft 3 /yr per reactor), and activity adsorption coefficients for Xe and Kr. (Ci/yr per reactor) of principal radionuclides along with bases for values.

4. Description of cryogenic distillation system, fraction of gases partitioned during distination, holdup 2. Onsite storage provisions (location and capac in system, storage following distillation, and expected ity) and expected onsite storage times for all solid wastes system leakage rate. prior to shipment.

5. The steam flow (lb/hr) to the turbine gland 3. Piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs)

seal and the source of the steam (primary or auxiliary). and process flow diagrams for the solid radwaste system.

F-2

APPENDIX G

DATA NEEDED FOR RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM

COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS FOR LIGHT-WATER

COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS

The applicant should provide the information listed 2. The cost of borrowed money used in the cost in Tables G.1 and G.2. The information should be analysis and the method of arriving at this cost.

consistent with the contents of the safety analysis report (SAR) and environmental report (ER) for the proposed reactor. Appropriate sections of the SAR and ER 3. If methods and parameters used in the cost-benefit containing more detailed discussions of the required analysis are different from those given in Regulatory information should be referenced following each re Guide 1.110, "Cost-Benefit Analysis for Radwaste sponse. Each response, however, should be independent Systems for Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reac of the ER and SAR. This information constitutes the tors," describe in detail the methods used and provide basic data required in performing a cost-benefit analysis the bases for all parameters. Include the following for radwaste treatment systems. All responses should be information:

on a per-reactorbasis. The following information should be provided:

a. Decontamination factors assigned to each aug

1. Detailed cost estimate sheets, similar to Tables G.1 ment and fraction of "online" time assumed, i.e., hours and G.2, listing all paremeters (and their bases) used in per year used.

determining capital, operating, and maintenance costs associated with all augments considered in the cost benefit analysis. All costs should be stated in terms of b. Parameters and method used to determine the

1975 dollars. Indirect Cost Factor and the Capital Recovery Factor.

G-I

TABLE G.1 TOTAL DIRECT COST ESTIMATE SHEET

OF RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM

FOR LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS

Description of Augment DIRECT COST (1975 $ 1000)/REACTOR

BASIS FOR

ITEM LABOR EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS TOTAL COST ESTIMATE

1. PROCESS EQUIPMENT

2. BUILDING ASSIGNMENT

3. ASSOCIATED PIPING

SYSTEMS

4. INSTRUMENTATION AND

CONTROLS

5. ELECTRICAL SERVICE

6. SPARE PARTS

SUB TOTAL

7. CONTINGENCY

8. TOTAL DIRECT COSTS

G-2

TABLE G.2 ANNUAL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE COST ESTIMATE SHEET

FOR RADWASTE TREATMENT SYSTEM

FOR LIGHT-WATER-COOLED NUCLEAR REACTORS

Description of Augment COST (1975 $ 1000)/REACTOR

BASIS FOR

LABOR OTHER TOTAL COST ESTIMATE

ITEM

1. OPERATING LABOR,

SUPERVISORY AND

OVERHEAD

2. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL

AND LABOR

3. CONSUMABLES, CHEMICALS,

AND SUPPLIES

4. UTILITIES AND SERVICES

Waste Disposal Water Steam Electricity Building Services Other

5. TOTAL OPERATING AND

MAINTENANCE ANNUAL

COST

G-3

APPENDIX H

EXAMPLES OF FIGURES SHOWING

RADIATION EXPOSURE PATHWAYS

77-;_ý

Figure H-1. Generalized Exposure Pathways-for Man H-1

LIQUID E

Sediments VelJ mme rs ion Ingestion Figure H-2. Generalized Exposure Pathways for Organisms Other Than Man H-2

APPENDIX I

PROPOSED ANNEX TO APPENDIX D, 10 CFR PART 50

DISCUSSION OF ACCIDENTS IN APPLICANTS' ENVIRONMENTAL

REPORTS: ASSUMPTIONS

The complete text of the proposedAnnex to Appendix D,

10 CFR Part50, follows. It

%usoriginallypublishedin the Federal Register December 1,

1971 (36 FR 22851).

This Annex requires certain assumptions to be made in discussion of accidents in Environmental Reports Those classes of accidents, other than Classes 1 and 9, submitted pursuant to Appendix D by applicants' for found to have significant adverse environmental effects construction permits or operating licenses for nuclear shall be evaluated as to probability, or frequency of

2 occurrence to permit estimates to be made of environ power reactors. mental risk or cost arising from accidents of the given In the consideration of the environmental risks class.

associated with the postulated accidents, the probabil ities of their occurrence and their consequences must Class I events need not be considered because of their both be taken into account. Since it is not practicable to trivial consequences.

consider all possible accidents, the spectrum of acci dents, ranging in severity from trivial to very serious, is Class 8 events are those considered in safety analysis divided into classes. reports and AEC staff safety evaluations. They are used, together with highly conservative assumptions, as the Each class can be characterized by an occurrence rate design-basis events to establish the performance require and a set of consequences. ments of engineered safety features. The highly conser vative assumptions and calculations used in AEC safety Standardized examples of classes of accidents to be evaluations are not suitable for environmental risk considered by applicants in preparing the section of evaluation, because their use would result in a substan Environmental Reports dealing with accidents are set tial overestimate of the environmental risk. For this out in tabular form below. The spectrum of accidents, reason, Class 8 events shall be evaluated realistically.

from the most trivial to the most severe, is divided into Consequences predicted in this way will be far less severe nine classes, some of which have subclasses. The acci than those given for the same events in safety analysis dents stated in each of the eight classes in tabular form reports where more conservative evaluations are used.

below are representative of the types of accidents that must be analyzed by the applicant in Environmental The occurrences in Class 9 involve sequences of Reports; however, other accident assumptions may be postulated successive failures more severe than those more suitable for individual cases. Where assumptions postulated for establishing the design basis for protective are not specified, or where those specified are deemed systems and engineered safety features. Their conse unsuitable, assumptions as realistic as the state of quences could be severe. However, the probability of knowledge permits shall be used, taking into account the their occurrence is so small that their environmental risk specific design and operational characteristics of the is extremely low. Defense in depth (multiple physical plant under consideration. barriers), quality assurance for design, manufacture, and operation, continued surveillance and testing, and con For each class, except Classes 1 and 9, the environ servative design are all applied to provide and maintain mental consequences shall be evaluated as indicated. the required high degree of assurance that potential accidents in this class are, and will remain, sufficiently remote in probability that the environmental risk is IAlthough this Annex refers to applicants' Environmental extremely low. For these reasons, it is not necessary to Reports, the current assumptions and other provisions thereof discuss such events in applicants' Environmental are applicable, except as the content may otherwise reqWre, to AEC draft and final Detailed Statements.

Reports.

2 Prelminary guidance as to the content of applicants' Environ Furthermore, it is not necessary to take into account mental Rbports was provided in the Draft AEC Guide to the those Class 8 accidents for which the applicant can Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants demonstrate that the probability has been reduced and dated February 19, 1971, a document made available to the public as well as to the applicant. Guidance concerning the thereby the calculated risk to the environment made discussion of accidents in environmental reports was provided equivalent to that which might be hypothesized for a to applicants in a September 1, 1971, document entitled Class 9 event.

"Scope of Applicants! Environmental Reports with Respect to Transportation, Transmission Lines, and Accidents," also made available to the public. Applicant may substitute other accident class break downs and alternative values of radioactive material

1-1

releases and analytical assumptions, if such substitution of radioactive materials outside containment. These is justified in the Environmental Report. releases shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix I.

ACCIDENT-3.0 RADWASTE SYSTEM FAILURE

ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS 3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction (includes operator error).

Accident

1.0 Trivial incidents. (a) Radioactive gases and liquids: 25% of average

2.0 Small releases outside containment. inventory in the largest storage tank shall be assumed to

3.0 Radwaste system failures. be released.

3.1 Equipment leakage or malfunction.

3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents. (b) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values are to be

3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents. 1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.2

4.0 Fission products to primary system (BWR).

4.1 Fuel cladding defects. (c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting

4.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failures the effects in different directions by the frequency the above those expected. wind blows in each direction.

5.0 Fission products to primary and secondary systems (PWR). 3.2 Release of waste gas storage tank contents

5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generator leaks. (includes failure of release valve and rupture disks).

5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected and steam generator leak. (a) 100% of the average tank inventory shall be

5.3 Steam generator tube rupture. assumed to be released.

6.0 Refueling accidents.

6.1 Fuel bundle drop. (b) Meteorology assumptions: xIQ values shall be

6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core. 1/10 of those given in Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

7.0 Spent fuel handling accident.

7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storage pool. (c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting

7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack. the effects in different directions by the frequency the

7.3 Fuel cask drop. wind blows in each direction.

8.0 Accident initiation events considered in design basis evaluation in the safety analysis report. 3.3 Release of liquid waste storage tank contents

8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents.

8.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system (a) Radioactive liquids: 100% of the average storage that penetrates the containment. tank inventory shall be assumed to be spilled on the

8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (PWR). floor of the building.

8.2(b) Rod drop accident (BWR).

8.3(a) Steamline breaks (PWRs outside contain (b) Building structure shall be assumed to remain ment). intact.

8.3(b) Steamline breaks (BWR).

(c) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be ACCIDENT ASSUMPTIONS 1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

ACCIDENT-1.0 TRIVIAL INCIDENTS (d) Consequences should be calcilated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

These incidents shall be included and evaluated under routine releases in accordance with proposed Appendix

1.1

2 Coues of such guide(s) dated November 2, 1970, are ACCIDENT-2.0 SMALL RELEASE OUTSIDE CON available at the Commission's Public Document Room, 1717 H

TAINMENT Street N.W., Washington, D.C., and on request to the Director, Division of Reactor Standards, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Com mission, Washington, D.C. 20555. (These two guides have been These releases shall include such things as releases revised and reissued as Revision 2, Regulatory Guide 1.3, and through steamline relief valves and small spills and leaks Revision 2, Regulatory Guide 1.4, both dated June 1974.

Copies of these guides may be obtained by request from the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, D.C. 20555,

136 FR II 11,June 8, 1971. Attention: Director of Office of Standards Development.)

1-2

ACCIDENT-4.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRIMARY

(c) Secondary system equilibrium radioactivity prior SYSTEM (BWR) to the transient shall be based on a 20 gal/day steam generator leak and a 10 gpm blowdown rate.

4.1 Fuel claddingdefect.

Release from these events shall be included and (d) All noble gases and 0.1% of the halogens in the evaluated under routine releases in accordance with steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be released by the condenser air ejector.

proposed Appendix I.

4.2 Off-destgn transients that induce fuel failures (e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values should be above those expected (such as flow blockage and flux 1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.

maldistributions).

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting (a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and the effects in different directions by the frequency the

0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be wind blows in each direction.

assumed to be released into the reactor coolant.

5.3 Steam generatortube rupture.

(b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the steamline. (a) 15% of the average inventory of noble gases and halogens in the primary coolant shall be assumed to be (c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed released into the secondary coolant.

to be automatically isolated by a high radiation signal on the steamline. The average primary coolant activity shall be based on 0.5% failed fuel.

(d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10% of the halogens shall be (b) Equilibrium radioactivity prior to rupture shall assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser be based on a 20 gallon per day steam generator leak and to the environment at 0.5%/day for the course of the a 10 gpm blowdown rate.

accident (24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />).

(c) All noble gases and 0.1% of the halogens in the (e) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be steam reaching the condenser shall be assumed to be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 dated released by the condenser air ejector.

November 2, 1970.

(d) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the, frequency the wind blows in each direction. (e) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

ACCIDENT-5.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRIMARY

ACCIDENT-6.0 REFUELING ACCIDENTS

AND SECONDARY SYSTEMS

(PRESSURIZED WATER REACTORJ 6.1 Fuel bundle drop.

5.1 Fuel cladding defects and steam generatorleak Release from these events shall be included and evalu (a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one ated under routine releases in accordance with proposed row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity is 1%of total activity in a pin.)

Appendix I.

5.2 Off-design transients that induce fuel failure (b) One week decay time before the accident occurs above those expected and steam generatorleak (such as shall be assumed.

flow blockage and flux maldistributions).

(c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be (a) 0.02% of the core inventory of noble gases and 500.

0.02% of the core inventory of halogens shall be assumed to be released into the reactor coolani. (d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be

99%.

(b) Average inventory in the primary system prior to the transient shall be based on operation with 0.5% (e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to failed fuel. isolating the containment.

1-3

7.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel rack.

(f) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released (g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting into the water. (Gap activity is 1% of total activity in a the effects in different directions by the frequency the pin.)

wind blows in each direction.

(b) 30 days decay time before the accident occurs

6.2 Heavy object drop onto fuel in core. shall be assumed.

(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly shall be assumed to be released (c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity 500.

in a pin.)

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be

99%.

(b) 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> of decay time before object is dropped shall be assumed.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be (c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be 1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

500.

(f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting (d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be the effects in different directions by the frequency the

99%. wind blows in each direction.

7.3 Fuel cask drop.

(e) A realistic fraction of the containment volume shall be assumed to leak to the atmosphere prior to (a) Noble gas gap activity from one fully loaded fuel isolating the containment.

cask (120-day cooling) shall be assumed to be released.

(Gap activity shall be 1%of total activity in the pins.)

(0 Meteorological assumptions: xJQ values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(b) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction. (c) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the ACCIDENT-7.0 SPENT FUEL HANDLING wind blows in each direction.

ACCIDENT

ACCIDENT-8.O ACCIDENT INITIATION EVENTS

7.1 Fuel assembly drop in fuel storagepool CONSIDERED IN DESIGN BASIS

EVALUATION IN THE SAFETY

(a) The gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one ANALYSIS REPORT

row of fuel pins shall be assumed to be released into the water. (Gap activity shall be 1% of total activity in a pin.) 8.1 Loss-of-coolant accidents (b) One week decay time before accident occurs shall Small Pipe Break (6 in. or less)

be assumed.

(a) Source term: the average radioactivity inventory (c) Iodine decontamination factor in water shall be in the primary coolant phall be assumed. (This inventory

500. shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel).

(d) Charcoal filter efficiency for iodines shall be (b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters

99%. and 99% for external filters.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be (c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors shall be assumed.

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4.

(d) For the effects of Plateout, Sprays, Decontami (f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the nation Factor in Pool, and Core Sprays, the following effects in different directions by the frequency the wind reduction factors shall be assumed:

blows in each direction.

1-4

For pressurized water reactors-0.05 with chemical (a) The primary coolant inventory of noble gases and additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives.

halogens shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel.

For boiling water reactors-0.2.

(b) Release rate through failed line shall be assumed (e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time constant for the four-hour duration of the accident.

shall be assumed.

(c) Charcoal filter efficiency shall be 99%.

(0 Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4. (d) Reduction factor from combined plateout and building mixing shall be 0.1.

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the (e) Meteorology assumptions x/Q values shall be wind blows in each direction. 1/10 of thosegiven in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.

(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind Large P*pe Break blows in each direction.

(a) Source term: The average radioactivity inventory in the primary coolant shall be assumed. (This inventory 8.2(a) Rod ejection accident (pressurized water reac shall be based on operation with 0.5% failed fuel), plus tor)

release into the coolant of:

(a) 0.2% of the core inventory of noble gases and For pressurized water reactors-2% of the core halogens shall be assumed to be released into the inventory of halogens and noble gases. primary coolant plus the average inventory in the primary coolant based on operation with 0.5% failed For boiling water reactors-0.2%of the core inven fuel.

tory of halogens and noble gases.

(b) Loss-of-wo6lant accident occurs with break size (b) Filter efficiencies shall be 95% for internal filters equivalent to diameter of rod housing (see assumptions and 99% for external filters. for Accident 8.1).

(c) 50% building mixing for boiling water reactors

8.2(b) Rod drop accident (boiling water reactor)

shall be assumed. Radioactivematerialreleased (d) For the effects of Plateout, Containment Sprays, Core Sprays (values based on 0.5% of halogens in organic (a) 0.025% of the core inventory of noble gas and

0.025% of the core inventory of halogens shall b'e form), the following reduction factors shall be assumed:

assumed to be released into the coolant.

For pressurized water reactors-O.05 with chemical additives in sprays, 0.2 for no chemical additives. (b) 1% of the halogens in the reactor coolant shall be assumed to be released into the condenser.

For boiling water reactors-0.2. (c) The mechanical vacuum pump shall be assumed to be automatically isolated by high radiation signal on (e) A realistic building leak rate as a function of time the steamline.

and including design leakage of steamline valves in BWRs shall be assumed. (d) Radioactivity shall be assumed to carry over to the condenser where 10% of the halogens shall be (f) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall be assumed to be available for leakage from the condenser

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3 or 4. to the environment at 0.5%/day for the course of the accident (24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />).

(g) Consequences should be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency -the (e) Meteorology assumptions: x/Q values shall wind blows in each lirection. be 1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.

8

.1(a) Break in instrument line from primary system (f) Consequences should be calculated by weighting that penetratesthe containment (lines not provided with the effects in different directions by the frequency the isolation capability inside containment).

wind blows in each direction.

I-5

(b) Blowdown to 10 gpm.

8.3(a) Steamline breaks (pressurized water reactors outside containment) Break size equal to area of safety (d) Volume of one steam generator shall be assumed valve throat.

to be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10.

Small break (e) Meteorology assumptions-xIQ values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4.

(a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel. The primary system contribu (f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the tion diring the course of the accident shall be based on a effects in different directions by the frequency the wind

20 gal/day tube leak. blows in each direction.

(b) During the course of the accident, a halogen 8.3(b) Steamline breaks (boiling waterreactor)

reduction factor of 0.1 shall be applied to the primary

2 coolant source when the steam generator tubes are Small pipe break (of 1/4 ft )

covered; a factor of 0.5 shall be used when the tubes are uncovered. (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera (c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to tion with 0.5% failed fuel.

the accident shall be based on: (b) The main steamline shall be assumed to fail, releasing coolant until 5 seconds after isolation signal is (a) 20 gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak. received.

(b) Blowdown of 10 gpm. (c) Halogens in the fluid released to the atmosphere shall be at 1/10 the primary system liquid concentration.

(d) Volume of one steam generator shall be released to the atmosphere with an iodine partition factor of 10. (d) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be

1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.

(e) Meteorology assumptions: xJQ values shall be

1/10 of those given in AEC Safety Guide No. 4. (e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

(f) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction. Large break (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera tion with 0.5% failed fuel.

Large break (b) Main steamline shall be assumed to fail, releasing (a) Primary coolant activity shall be based on opera that amount of coolant corresponding to a 5 seconds tion with 0.5% failed fuel. The primary system contribu isolation time.

tion during the course of the accident shall be based on a

20 gal/day tube leak. (c) 50% of the halogens in the fluid exiting the break shall be assumed to be released to the atmosphere.

(b) A halogen reduction factor of 0.5 shall be applied to the primary coolant source during the course of the (d) Meteorology assumptions-x/Q values shall be accident. 1/10 of those in AEC Safety Guide No. 3.

(c) Secondary coolant system radioactivity prior to (e) Consequences shall be calculated by weighting the accident shall be based on: the effects in different directions by the frequency the wind blows in each direction.

(a) 20 gallons per day primary-to-secondary leak.

1-6

UNITED STATES FIRST CLASS MAIL

POSTAGE & FEES PAID

NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION USNRC

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20555 PERMIT No. G-67 OFFICIAL BUSINESS

PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE, $300